Vol. 62
January 1986
THE
No. 1
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
WERNER, F. G.-Frank Henry Parker 1910-1984 . 1
COHER, E. I.—Asian biting fly studies V: Tabanidae. Records from Thailand. 6
LIEBHERR, J. K. and A. E. HAJEK—Geographic variation in flight wing development and
body size of the tule beetle, Tanystoma maculicolle (Coleoptera: Carabidae). 13
HENDERSON, G. and R. D. AKRE—Dominance hierarchies in Myrmecophila manni (Or-
thoptera: Gryllidae). 24
FRANKIE, G. W., J. B. FRASER, and J. F. BARTHELL—Geographic distribution of Syn-
anthedon sequoiae and host plant susceptibility on Monterey pine in adventive and native
stands in California (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae). 29
McCLUSKEY, E. S. and J. S. NEAL—Time of nuptial flight in two ant species (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). 41
RUST, R. W.—Seasonal distribution, trophic structure and origin of sand obligate insect com¬
munities in the Great Basin. 44
HYNES, C. D.—Description of a new species of Hexatoma (Hexatoma ) from California (Ti-
pulidae: Diptera). 53
UDOVIC, D.—Floral predation of Yucca whipplei (Agavaceae) by the sap beetle, Anthonaeus
agavensis (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae). 55
FELLIN, D. G.—Movement and distribution of Pleocoma larvae in western Oregon coniferous
forest soils (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 58
SANTIAGO-BLAY, J. A.—Morphological malformations am ong scorpions of Puerto Rico and
the adjacent islands. 77
GRISWOLD, T.— Notes on the nesting biology of Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris (Cock¬
erell) (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). 84
GOEDEN, R. D. and F. L. BLANC—New synonymy, host, and California records in the genera
Dioxyna and Paroxyna (Diptera: Tephritidae). 88
PARKER, F. D., T. L. GRISWOLD, and J. H. BOTSFORD-Biological notes on Nomia
heteropoda Say (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) . 91
SCIENTIFIC NOTES.23, 83
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1986
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1986
Larry G. Bezark, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Stanley C. Williams, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly (January, April,
July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at
San Francisco, California, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes
to THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118-9961.
This issue mailed February 28, 1986
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 1-5
Figure 1. Frank Henry Parker, undated. Courtesy of Persis Parker.
1 The University of Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station, Journal Series No. 4069.
Frank Henry Parker
1910 - 1984 1
Floyd G. Werner
Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721.
Frank Parker was bom June 16, 1910 at Little Silver, New Jersey. Entomologists
have known him as a long-term resident of 6-Shooter Canyon, near Globe, Ar-
2
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
izona. His family moved to Globe in 1914, and purchased the ranch from the
original homesteader. Frank graduated from Globe High School at the age of 14,
but was denied entrance to the University of Arizona because of his age, and
spent several years working in the Globe area, constructing some of the first barbed
wire fencing in that region, before continuing his education.
He entered the University of Arizona in the Fall of 1927, for a major in
Entomology and Economic Zoology. His interest in insects, beetles in particular,
had started when another well-known coleopterist, Douglas K. Duncan, came to
the canyon on collecting trips. Mr. Duncan was employed in the Globe post office
and was acquainted with Frank, Sr. through the latter’s employment as a postman
on the Globe area rural route.
Even with a grazing allotment on adjacent National Forest land, the Parker
ranch did not support the Parker family. The Parkers put in an orchard and a
market garden, watered by a quite elaborate system of ditches from 6-Shooter
Creek. This creek, starting high in the Pinals, runs most of the time during the
winter, and well into the summer during a wet year. Summer rains can cause it
to roar.
Frank’s labels for the ranch are “Globe, Ariz.”; Duncan chose “base of Pinal
Mts.” The localities are the same. Much of what was collected probably came
from the lower part of the canyon, because that is where the ranch houses are.
Collecting trips onto the upper part of the ranch would have been called “Pinal
Mts.” by both collectors. The “Pioneer Pass” of Wickham is in the upper part of
the ranch, where dense stands of chaparral oak dominate the scene. The creek
bottom has a good mix of mesophytic vegetation, but the sides of the canyon are
definitely desertic, with a thin stand of grass and some small shrubs.
At the University, Frank found kindred spirits in E. D. Ball and A. A. Nichol.
The department hired him as a laboratory assistant, for the many things that
entomologists are used to doing, including pinning an infinity of points for the
leafhopper collections of Ball and Nichol’s mirids. Ball was Dean of the College
of Agriculture for part of this time, but continued his work on Homoptera even
while a dean, favoring work in the early morning, which he considered the best
time to get things done. The Ball collection went to the U.S. National Museum.
I have not seen it, but the selection of Arizona species of leafhoppers that came
back to the University of Arizona, in recognition of the state’s claim to part of
the material, was itself quite impressive. For at least part of the time in his
undergraduate years, Frank worked at the Tucson “bug station” of the Office of
the State Entomologist. This was an entomological quarantine station, which could
cover part of the entrance roads into the state, on a stretch of highway with the
unoriginal name of “Miracle Mile.” Frank’s transportation was a bicycle, and the
roads were mostly dirt or gravel. He told of the joys of the trip to Sabino Canyon
and how easy it was to stop and look at vegetation from a bicycle. The Santa Rita
Range Reserve, which appears on his labels as “Santa Rita RR,” was also within
his travel circle. A label vagary of this period is his “Tuczon” labels. For these
there is a simple explanation. The department had a printing press and a few
fonts of type. What with labels left set up and type lost, the lower case “s” was
at a premium. Frank used a long list of locality labels, and fitted them to field
locations quite precisely.
Frank graduated from the university in 1932, and married Per sis Stewart the
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
3
same year. The Parkers had three children, Caroline, Frank and Stan. In the early
1930’s, Frank took to the road collecting and tried to make a living selling spec¬
imens. During this period he was employed to an extent by Owen Bryant, who
lived in Tucson. The commercial collecting venture was pretty well concentrated
into the years 1934 and 1935, with Persis a partner on most of the trips.
He started into a graduate program at the University of California in 1937, and
there became acquainted with E. C. Van Dyke and F. E. Blaisdell. He would
certainly have gone through the program if financial problems and a bout with
pneumonia had not interfered. He had found employment and housing as care¬
taker of a large church in Berkeley, but apparently had little time to collect, because
I haven’t found any specimens in his collection from that period. He was in
Berkeley less than a year.
For some years Frank then worked as a professional entomologist in the Office
of the Arizona State Entomologist. Phoenix was his home base most of the time.
We can put dates on his other duty stations from the labels in his collection.
During one period the Parkers moved to Blythe, California and Frank worked at
the station at Ehrenberg, across the Colorado River in Arizona. In the days before
air conditioning, being stationed in Ehrenberg during the summer was hard time.
I first became acquainted with Frank when I started working on the genus
Epicauta in 1942. My undergraduate employment was for 18 hours a week at the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, in the beetle room, with easy access to the
LeConte collection. In the course of sorting and arranging the general collection,
I discovered that the genus Epicauta had a good many undescribed species hidden
by misidentifications. Comparison with the critical types was easy, so I selected
this genus to revise for an honors thesis in biology. It didn’t seem as if there was
anyone working on it at the start, but correspondence with H. S. Barber, I think,
finally put me into contact with Frank. He also had been working on the genus,
and must have been farther along than I. But he had nothing but encouragement
for my efforts, and I submitted the thesis, which became the basis for a published
revision. World War II and a year in the Philippines for the Field Museum
intervened for me. I wrote Frank from the Philippines and arranged to visit him
in Phoenix on the way back, in July 1947. He and Louis Lauderdale, then the
State Entomologist, took me along on a week’s field trip through southeastern
Arizona. I had gotten used to a certain level of insect populations in the Philip¬
pines, and provided myself with pill boxes and other storage supplies at this scale.
The abundance and diversity of the insects that I collected on this trip filled all
the boxes in the first couple of days.
I started graduate school that Fall, but Bill Nutting and I were back in Arizona
in the summers of 1948 and 1949, running circuits around the state following
Frank’s advice and using the ranch as base. Frank and his family had moved to
the ranch in the winter of 1947, and were busily engaged in making a living
ranching, selling fruit, mostly peaches as I remember, and eggs.
Frank lived at the ranch from then on, but in 1952 was employed by the
Inspiration Consolidated Copper Company at its Miami mine. He and D. K.
Duncan were clerks for the electrical department. Sharing the job made getting
off for a collecting or fishing trip easier. They worked together on beetles at night
over many years, identifying specimens and interpreting keys. During his em¬
ployment by Inspiration Consolidated, Frank moved from the electrical depart-
4
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
ment to the mechanical engineering department, to the Christmas mine, and finally
to the computer division of the Miami mine. He retired in 1970 as chief systems
analyst.
Over the years there has always been a string of visitors to the ranch, to see
Frank and his collection and to collect in the canyon. Frank had built a small
adobe building to house the collection in 1933, and kept it there until he and
Persis moved to the main ranch house in 1972. Frank, and the whole family,
were ever alert to rare beetles in the canyon. Frank continued collecting trips, but
over the years found his familiar haunts and camping areas increasingly crowded.
One other car in a campground made a crowd. He and “Dune,” D. K. Duncan,
made forays into the Sierra Anchas and to the White Mountains trout fishing,
and the Parker family to Cholla Bay and Rocky Point in Sonora for ocean fishing.
The early day trips to the Mexican localities were over long stretches of roads of
dirt, sand or worse, with the problem of an overheated engine one to be reckoned
with. On one such trip tomato juice substituted for water in a Model T Ford. No
matter what the objective, every trip was a collecting trip.
The high price of Schmitt boxes early drove both Parker and Duncan to make
their own housing. The design they settled on was a large double Schmitt, Parker’s
larger than Duncan’s. The pinning bottom changed over the years. An early choice
was composition cork, which they discovered, as many entomologists did, was
quite corrosive to pins. The softer grades of wall board were substituted, but these
were too hard for easy pinning, especially for the smaller sizes of insect pins. For
his best boxes Frank finally used dried flower stalks of century plants, cut length¬
wise. These are very soft near the center, much harder near the rinds.
Mr. Duncan notified us in 1963 that he wanted to donate his collection to the
University of Arizona. He had sold some of the choicest specimens to Edith
Mank, who had offered him a dollar a species for anything that she did not have
in her collection. But the collection was a major addition, in both species and
localities of collection.
Frank had become acquainted with another beetle collector in Phoenix, Peter
C. Grassman, at first when Mr. Grassman was in high school. Mr. Grassman
made boxes like Frank’s and was well started on a beetle collection when World
War II intervened. He left his collection with Frank when he entered the military,
and was killed in action in the Battle of the Bulge. Frank donated the Grassman
collection, a large part of his own, and the tiger beetles from the Duncan collection,
with the intention of using the extra space in boxes to expand the parts of his
collection that he still retained.
Ill health forced him to early retirement. Despite problems, he remained cheerful
and calm, and ever ready to discuss the issues of the day or the populations of
beetles with family and visitors. We asked him to run a light trap for us at the
house, and he kept this going until his final day at the ranch, when he entered the
hospital in Phoenix and died four days later, on August 18, 1984.
Mrs. Parker has donated the balance of the Parker collection to the University
of Arizona, along with the journals and reprints. The Meloidae and Buprestidae,
which were his favorites, are particularly impressive. Parker and Duncan kept
good track of publications on the beetle fauna of Arizona. Frank had copies of
essentially all of the pertinent literature on Meloidae, part of which were typed
from the originals when he was at Tucson or Berkeley. There is a start on a catalog
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
5
of the beetles of Arizona, with many records entered. Frank’s interleaved copy
of the Leng catalog has been annotated from the supplements, and has many other
entries.
The combined Parker-Duncan-Grassman collections are the product of over a
century of diligent collecting of beetles and some other groups of insects. Some
of the localities represented have changed vastly over the past 50 years, and many
that were easy to get to in the past have now been blocked off for the insect
collector. It isn’t easy to come up with a conspicuous beetle that these collectors
did not find. Much of my collecting has been in the small to minute size range,
where additions are easier. But one of Frank’s recommendations, which I have
passed on to others, is a good one. Never abandon a good collecting site for
another that you think will be better. It almost always isn’t, and you never seem
to get back to the good place in time to capitalize on it. Perhaps this is more true
in an arid area than elsewhere, but it certainly holds here.
List of Publications
Ball, E. D., and F. H. Parker. 1946. Some new North American Idiocerus (Homoptera: Cicadellidae).
Joum. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 19:73-82.
Parker, F. H. 1947. A new Paratyndaris from Arizona (Coleoptera, Buprestidae). Bui. Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc., 42:31-33.
-. 1955. A new species of Schizillus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 31:148-
150.
Werner, F. G., W. R. Enns, and F. H. Parker. 1966. The Meloidae of Arizona. Ariz. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Tech. Bui. 175, 96 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 6-12
Asian Biting Fly Studies V: Tabanidae.
Records from Thailand
Edward I. Coher
Division of Natural Sciences, Southampton College, L.I.U., Southampton, New
York 11968.
Following the work of Burton (1978) it would seem inappropriate to add another
study to the tabanid fauna of Thailand. However, the material under consideration
in the present study was collected by this author almost 20 years earlier; at that
time it was recognized to include a number of new forms, all of which have since
been described by Burton (1978) or Philip (1960a). The collections reported in
this study strongly supplement that of Burton and provide much new data on
the distribution of southern Thailand species.
1. Tabanus agnoscibilis Austen, 1922
1922. Austen, Bull. Ent. Res. 12:453, f.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand: 100, synonymy.
A single male taken at a light in my living quarters. This is the first record of
this species from Chiengmai Province.
Record. — Chiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 10 July 1959.
2. Tabanus aurilineatus Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926
1926. Schuurmans Stekhoven, Treubia 6-Suppl.:231, f, m.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:68.
Two specimens were captured at a light at about 2200 hours in jungle villages.
Both specimens agree well with the form ascribed to this species by Burton. The
frontal callus of the two is like that figured by Schuurmans Stekhoven (fig. 94b).
This is the first record of this species in Trang Province.
Records. — Trang Province, Lamor, Vill. #4, 9 May 1960, f; Vill. #3, 8 June
1960, f.
3. Tabanus brunnicolor Philip, 1960
1960b. Philip, Studies Inst. Med. Res. Malaya No. 29:43, new name for T. brun-
neus Macquart, 1834, f, m, synonymy.
The tomentum of the subcallus and clypeus is whiter in a specimen taken in
May. Also, its median dorsal abdominal triangular markings are narrower and
somewhat shorter and whiter and the ventral abdominal markings do not show
median darker areas as clearly as specimens taken in June.
I am not sure why Burton did not include this species in his review of the Thai
fauna.
All specimens were taken along the edge of a jungle stream.
Records.— Trang Province, Chong, 13 May, 15, 24 June 1960, 3f.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
7
4. Tabanus brunnipennis Ricardo, 1911
1911. Ricardo, Rec. Indian Mus. 4:160, f.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:70.
Of three specimens representing this form, the one from Sarapee is darkest with
a strongly contrasting mid-dorsal abdominal stripe and lateral spots on TII; there
are faint small lateral spots on Till.
Records.— Chiengmai Province, Sarapee, Vill. #5, 23 July 1959, f; Trang Prov¬
ince, Bang Mark, 29 April 1960, f, Trang, 10 May 1960, f.
5. Tabanus ceylonicus Schiner, 1868
1868. Schiner, Reise Novara, Diptera, Band 2:93, f.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:38, synonymy.
Record.— Chiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 1 Nov. 1959, f.
6. Tabanus dissimilis Ricardo, 1911
1911. Ricardo, Rec. Indian Mus. 4(6): 180, f.
1960b. Philip, Stud. Inst. Med. Res. Malaya No. 29:45.
The frontal callus of a single specimen agrees well with that figured by Ricardo
(fig. 15) and by Schuurmans Stekhoven (1926:369). The center of distribution of
this species seems to be to the south of Thailand. Burton (1978) did not include
this species in his review although Schuurmans Stekhoven (1928:443) reported
it from Trang Province.
Record. —Trang Province, Trang, 3 March 1959, f.
7. Tabanus hybridus Wiedemann, 1828
1828. Wiedemann, Aussereuropaische zweifliigelige Insekten 1:57, f.
1926. Schuurmans Stekhoven, Treubia 6-Suppl.:235.
These Thai specimens agree well with the form recorded by Philip (1960b:48)
from Malaya; the frons corresponds closely to that figured by Schuurmans Stek¬
hoven (Text fig. 97a). The series shows very little variation and I suggest that the
variable Schuurmans Stekhoven material should be examined to determine whether
more than a single species is involved. Secondly, the Wiedemann type, or topotypic
material from Macao, needs to be studied to determine if it, the Philip material
and specimens included here as hybridus are conspecific.
This is the first record of this species from Thailand and for the time, it represents
the northernmost population of hybridus. Capture was along a jungle stream.
Records.— Trang Province, Chong, 19 May 1960, f; 15 June 1960, 8f; 29 June
1960, 5f.
8. Tabanus subhybridus Philip, 1960
1960a. Philip, Studies Inst. Med. Res. Malaya No. 29:22, f.
This species was taken flying with hybridus and can be distinguished from it
by its deeper orange appearance. Although Philip indicates that his specimens are
rather small (13 mm), the forms from Thailand are equivalent in size to hybridus.
8
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Despite other minor differences, these southern Thai forms correspond quite
closely to the description of subhybridus.
This is the first record of this species from Thailand and it represents the
northernmost population of subhybridus. All were taken in a Shannon trap along
a jungle stream.
Records. — Trang Province, Chong, 15 June 1960, 2f; 29 June 1960, f.
9. Tabanus konis Philip, 1960
1960a. Philip, Studies Inst. Med. Res. Malaya No. 29:17, f.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:99, synonymy.
Four specimens were taken at a light. The series represented by these collections
is highly variable in respect to size (10-13 mm) and markings; abdominal tergites
vary from entirely concolorous to with up to the first four tergites lighter than the
posteromost ones. Totally unrubbed specimens have scattered light-colored me-
sonotal and scutellar setae and a distinct median dorsal abdominal line of these
on TI-TVI, the line being slightly expanded laterally on TI.
Records.—C hiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 6, 10, 19 July 1959, 3f; Tawan
Tan, 14 July 1959, 2f; Chompu, 27 July 1959, f; Sarapee Distr., July 1959, f.
10. Tabanus leucocnematus (Bigot) 1892
1892. Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France 5:656, Atylotus leucocnematus, f.
1926. Schuurmans Stekhoven, Treubia 6-Suppl.:321, redescription.
This, the earliest-named species of a large group of radiating Asian tabanids of
distinctive appearance, includes the biannularis group of Philip (1962) and Burton
(1978:17). This large complex would be better called the leucocnematus group.
Considerable speciation has occurred and I attribute 28 species to it, some of
which, including the name species, are poorly known. The characteristics defining
this group are a combination of the following: subcallus bare; callus subrectangular
and either wider than high or higher than wide, connected or not to an oval¬
shaped median callus which may be as large as the callus; scutellum with white
or yellow pollinosity and setae, in most species contrasting sharply with a darker
scutum which may have a band of light pollinosity and setae along the anterior
margin; white or yellow tibiae with apical dark rings; abdomen generally with
distinctive bands or wide spots along the posterior margin of some of the tergites.
Preliminary evidence seems to indicate that the polymorphic form of the sper-
mathecae in each species I have studied as well as the highly membranous char¬
acteristic of the spermathecal ducts serve to indicate the close relationships within
this group. Much more study needs to be done before incorporating these char¬
acteristics into the diagnosis of this group. If these characteristics should prove
to be valid after widespread study of species considered to be in the group, it
would be valid to resurrect the subgenus Callotabanus Szilady, 1926. Burton
(1978:14) has discussed the validity of Callotabanus based on other criteria; I am
not in accord with either his treatment of the subject nor with that of Philip.
Within this complex, color and pattern generally fall into three major and one
unique ( T. equicinctus S.S.) category.
I have seen a single rather denuded female from Boun Tay, nr. Phong Saly,
Indochina, 6 January 1929 (R. Wheeler) and I have a single female from Trang
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
9
Province, Chong, Vill. #1, 19 May 1960 (Surin et al.) which are provisionally
referred to this species. Neither specimen is in perfect condition and they may
not be conspecific with leucocnematus nor with each other. Differences are found
in their size and in the color of their frontal areas; the antennae of the Thai
specimen are missing. A study of the internal characteristics of the type and any
specimens which have been referred to this species is necessary to resolve the
identity and distribution of leucocnematus.
11. Tabanus caduceus Burton, 1978
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:27, f.
A single female flying at the same time as macdonaldi and griseipalpis was
taken in a Shannon trap along a jungle stream just above a waterfall. In the field,
its larger size and the anterior infuscation of its wing quickly separated it from
those species. This is the southernmost collection of caduceus in Thailand, others
being from the northern province of Chiengmai.
Record. — Trang Province, Chong, 15 June 1960, f.
12. Tabanus griseipalpis Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1926
1926. Schuurmans Stekhoven, Treubia 6-Suppl.:312, f.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:28.
At the time of original description, Schurrmans Stekhoven described a single
female of this species from Nakon Sri Tamarat in southern Thailand along with
specimens from Sumatra and Java. There is some reason to wonder if these are
conspecific considering the differences he noted in the frontal area of the head
and in the subcallus. Burton indicates that of two specimens from Trang which
Schuurmans Stekhoven later determined as griseipalpis (1928:443), one is cer¬
tainly not.
Examination of my series of nine specimens shows the basal callus and median
callus of eight of them to be separated and much like that in the 1926, Textfig.
142b (Java). The ninth has a partial lateral connection between the calli. Thus, a
worn specimen could conceivably appear as Textfig. 142c (Thailand). Addition¬
ally, the subcallus of all my specimens is as figured in 142c which shows a median
projection on the lower margin. Burton describes “a considerable amount of yellow
hair on both the anterior portion and the hind margin of the scutum, . . . .” Such
setation is sparse anteriorly and either absent or virtually so on the posterior
scutum of all of my specimens.
Until the types can be studied, it appears that the best course is to refer my
series to that of the Schuurmans Stekhoven species.
All specimens were taken in a Shannon trap; that in May from jungle surround¬
ing a small village, those in June from jungle along a stream above a waterfall.
Records. —Trang Province, Chong, 15 June 1960, 8f; Vill. #1, 19 May 1960, f.
13. Tabanus macdonaldi Philip, 1960
1960a. Philip, Stud. Inst. Med. Res. Malaya, No. 29:18, f.
Although my specimens show some differences from the original description,
they agree in many characteristics with macdonaldi. The differences are as follows:
10
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
median callus shaped like a broad arrowhead; calli red-brown rather than black;
TI-II with yellowish pollinose markings; no banding whatsoever on the stemites.
Field notes mention a single green eye band. I hesitate to erect a new taxon for
this form in the present state of knowledge of the leucocnematus group.
This is a jungle species and was taken in a Shannon trap along a jungle stream
above a waterfall.
Records. — Trang Province, Chong, 19 May 1960, f; 15 June 1960, 2f.
14. Tabanus monilifer (Bigot) 1892
1892. Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France 5:654, f, Atylotus monilifer.
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand: 104.
The most southern population of this species is represented by this collection.
The spur vein which is rather short in this series does not occur at all on the wing
of one specimen. Taken along a jungle stream.
Records. —Trang Province, Chong, 13 May 1960, 2f; 19 May 1960, 2f; 24 May
1960, f.
15. Tabanus pristinus Burton, 1978
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand:84, f.
My specimens agree well with the original description except that those taken
in October and December exhibit dark abdominal stemites. One of the specimens
is almost twice the bulk of the other two although the difference in length is only
about 4mm.
Records. —Chiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 29 October 1959, f; 23, 26 Decem¬
ber 1959, 2f.
16. Tabanus striatus Fabricius, 1787
1787. Fabricius, Mantissa Insectorum 2:356, f.
1981. Burger and Thompson, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 83:340, review of
the striatus complex, figures.
Records.— Chiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 10 July 1959, f; 4 August 1959, f.
17. Tabanus unicus Burton, 1978
1978. Burton, Tabanini of Thailand: 116, f.
There are some differences between my specimens and the holotype. My south¬
ern forms have a darker and differently shaped subcallus and less developed
markings on the abdominal tergites. Data on the collection of these specimens
are not available and they can only be recorded as having been taken in Trang
Province between early March and the middle of July 1959.
18. Chrysops dispar (F.), 1798
1798. Ent. Syst. Suppl.:567, Tabanus, m.
1960b. Philip, St. Inst. Med. Res. Fed. Malaya No. 29:38.
My personal experience with this species involves its distribution in both Thai¬
land and Nepal. Except for darker pigment in high altitude Nepalese specimens,
I find no differences in the populations from these two areas. This fly was on the
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
11
wing in large numbers during early and middle June in north central Nepal; a
single specimen was collected in the south central terai during early July and the
coloration of this specimen is very much like those from Thailand.
Records.— Chiengmai Province, Chiengmai, 1959; 28 June, 2f; 10 July, f; 13
July, f; Sarapee District, July, 6f; Vill. #4, 23 July, 2f; 6 July, f; Trang Province,
Bang Mark, 26 April 1960.
19. Chrysops jbcissimus Walker, 1857
1857. Walker, J. Linn. Soc. London 1:112, fixissima, f.
A single female taken in a Shannon trap within the edge of the jungle during
the early afternoon. This represents the first record for this species in Thailand;
its principal distribution lies to the south of this area.
Record. —Trang Province, Chong, 15 June 1960.
Discussion
Three species of Tabanus and one of Chrysops are reported for the first time
from Thailand; these are T. hybridus, T. subhybridus and T. macdonaldi from
Malaya and C. fixissimus. Two other species, T. brunnicolor and T. dissimilis are
confirmed as part of the Thai fauna. Others of the nineteen (19) tabanid species
reported represent extensions of the range of these forms in Thailand or in respect
to their total known range.
Problems with speciation and variation occur in respect to the leucocnematus
group. Further studies are needed to ascertain the identity of a number of forms
described by several authors and the relationship of those to forms such as those
included in this review.
A review of some major assemblages of species flying on the same date and
often at the same hours is of some interest.
19 May 1960. Chong: griseipalpis, hybridus, macdonaldi and monilifer.
15 June 1960. Chong: brunnicolor, caduceus, griseipalpis, hybridus, macdonaldi,
subhybridus and C. fixissimus.
29 June 1960. Chong: hybridus and subhybridus.
10 July 1959. Chiengmai: agnoscibilis, konis, striatus and C. dispar.
23 July 1959. Sarapee: brunipennis and C. dispar.
All collections at Chong were taken at the same site.
Specimens will be deposited at the California Academy of Sciences, Cornell
University and the National Museum of Natural History.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank Dr. Peter F. Beales, WHO, OMS, Geneva, Switzerland
for his cooperation and aid in the capture of a number of these forms. Dr. L. L.
Pechuman of Cornell University has made material of a number of Thai species
available, resulting in more critical comparison of my material with Burton’s than
descriptions alone would allow.
Literature Cited
Austen, E. E. 1922. Some Siamese Tabanidae. Bull. Ent. Res., 12(4):431-455.
Bigot, J. M. F. 1892. Descriptions de Dipteres nouveaux. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 5:602-691.
12
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Burger, J. F., and F. C. Thompson. 1981. The Tabanus striatus complex: a revision of some Oriental
horse fly vectors of surra. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 83:339-358.
Burton, J. J. S. 1978. Tabanini of Thailand above the Isthmus of Kra (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ento¬
mological Reprint Specialists, Los Angeles, 165 pp.
Fabricius, J. C. 1787. Mantissa insectorum sistens species nuper detectas. Vol. 2, Impensis Christ.
Gotti. Proft, Hafniae, 1-382.
-. 1798. Supplementum entomologiae systematicae. Hafniae, 1-572.
Philip, C. B. 1960a. Malaysian parasites XXXV. Descriptions of some Tabanidae (Diptera) from
the Far East. Stud. Inst. Med. Res., Fed. Malaya, No. 29:1-32, 27 figs.
-. 1960b. Malaysian parasites XXXVI. A summary review and records of Tabanidae from
Malaya, Borneo and Thailand. Stud. Inst. Med. Res., Fed. Malaya, No. 29:33-78, 2 Pis., 2 figs.
-. 1962. A review of the Far Eastern biannularis group of Tabanus. Pacific Insects, 4(2):293-
301.
-. 1969. Supplemental notes on the Far Eastern biannularis group of Tabanus. J. Med. Ent.,
6(2): 197-198.
Ricardo, G. 1911. A revision of the species of Tabanus from the Oriental region, including notes
on species from surrounding countries. Rec. Indian Mus., 4:111-258, 2 Pis.
Schiner, J. R. 1868. Diptera. IN Reise der osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde. Zool. theil.
Band 2, Abt. 1, B, 1, Wien, aus der K.-K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, vi + 1-388 pp., pis. 1-4.
Schuurmans Stekhoven, J. H. 1926. The bloodsucking arthropods of the Dutch East Indian Archi¬
pelago VII. The tabanids of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago (including those from neighboring
countries). Treubia, 6(Suppl.): 1-552, pis. 1-18.
-—. 1928. The bloodsucking arthropods of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago IX. Recent col¬
lections of tabanids from Sumatra, middle east Borneo, Soemba etc. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. System.
Okol. Geogr. Tiere, 54(5-6):425-448, figs. 1-5.
Szilady, Z. 1926. New and Old World horseflies. Biol. Hungarica, 1(7): 1-30, figs. 1-7, PI. 4.
Walker, F. 1857. Catalogue of the Dipterous Insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo, by Mr. A.R.
Wallace, with descriptions of new species. J. Linn. Soc. London Zool., 1:105-136.
Wiedemann, C. R. W. 1828. Aussereuropaische Zweiflugelige Insekten Schulz, Hamm. l:xxxii, 1-
608, Pis. 1-6.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 13-22
Geographic Variation in Flight Wing Development and Body
Size of the Tule Beetle, Tany stoma maculicolle
(Coleoptera: Carabidae)
James K. Liebherr and Ann E. Hajek
Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853.
Abstract.— The tule beetle, Tanystoma maculicolle (Coleoptera: Carabidae), a
common ground beetle in California, shows considerable geographic variability
in flight wing development and body size. Flight wings may be fully developed
or reduced to flap-like stubs. Ecologically marginal populations on the mainland
exhibit high percentages of fully winged individuals, whereas populations from
more mesic habitats and from the California Channel Islands are predominantly
brachypterous. Populations with high percentages of macropterous individuals
are restricted to ecologically marginal habitats, suggesting frequent extinction and
recolonization in these areas.
On the mainland, body size increases clinally from south to north. Stepping-
stone gene flow between mainland populations would facilitate this clinal varia¬
tion. Body size of Channel Island populations varies erratically from south to
north but is positively correlated with the floristic diversity of the islands.
The tule beetle, Tanystoma maculicolle (Dejean), is a common carabid beetle
of mesic, open and woodland habitats in California, northern Baja California,
and southern Oregon (Liebherr, 1985). In California, it occupies lowland habitats
in the Central Valley which are hot and dry during the summer, along with more
mesic, mid-elevational habitats in the foothills of the Coast Range and Sierra
Nevada. Coast Range habitats receive more winter rain than Central Valley hab¬
itats, and the climate is moderated by a maritime influence. Sierra Nevada foothill
habitats regularly receive winter rains and snow, as well as spring and summer
runoff from snowfall at higher elevations. Tule beetle larvae develop during the
winter, and most adults eclose from March to June (Liebherr, 1984). Thus, the
occurrence of the larvae and pupae, the stages most susceptible to desiccation, is
synchronized with the period of winter rains.
The tule beetle exhibits flight wing dimorphism across its distributional range
(Liebherr, 1985). The macropterous morph possesses a well-developed flight ap¬
paratus; the metepistemum is elongate, and internal apodemes of the metanotum
are evident. The flight wings range from 1.3 to 1.5 x the length of the elytra. The
brachypterous morph has a much shorter metepistemum, the internal apodemes
of the metanotum are much reduced, and the flight wings are short scale-like flaps
that extend only to the base of the abdomen.
This paper first describes the geographic variation in flight wing configuration
in this species, and investigates the relationship between habitat stability and
flight wing development. Secondly, the patterns of body size variation on the
14
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
mainland are compared with those on the California Channel Islands. Comparison
of the isolated populations on islands with ecologically marginal populations on
the mainland suggests fundamental differences in selective regimes acting on the
two types of populations.
Materials and Methods
Our evaluation of the geographic distribution of macroptery and brachyptery
in T. maculicolle is based on museum material used in a taxonomic revision of
the genus Tanystoma (Liebherr, 1985). Presence or absence of fully developed
flight wings can be observed through the semi-hyaline areas of the maculate elytra,
or by lifting the apex of an elytron. To determine the geographic distribution of
fully flighted forms, we excluded specimens possibly collected at light. Although
this results in fewer samples, it eliminates any bias toward flighted forms. Data
for males and females were recorded separately for flight wing dimorphic popu¬
lations. Because no difference in flight wing configuration was attributable to sex,
the sexes were pooled in all samples. Specimens collected on different dates at
particular localities were also pooled because no temporal variation was observed
in the material at hand.
We used elytral length as a measure of body size. Elytral length is highly cor¬
related with overall body size (Liebherr, 1986), and measurement of the elytra
rather than overall body length eliminates error due to the posture of pinned
specimens. Elytra were measured from the tip of the mesoscutellum to the elytral
apex. Specimens were held horizontally in a rotatable specimen holder, and mea¬
sured using a calibrated ocular grid. On average, females are larger than males,
so the sexes were analyzed separately. Seven mainland localities were compared
to 7 samples from the Channel Islands. Twenty individuals of each sex were
measured for most localities; the smaller sample sizes from some localities are
due to a shortage of material. Results are portrayed using Dice-Leraas diagrams
with the modifications suggested by Simpson et al. (1960).
As body size of the beetles varies among the California Channel Islands, bio¬
logical attributes of the islands were investigated to determine whether they are
correlated with the pattern of body size variation. Floristic diversity, measured
by the number of plant associations present on each island (Philbrick and Haller,
1977), was used as an independent variable upon which elytral length was re¬
gressed. Floristic associations that occur in habitats unsuitable for T. maculicolle
were excluded from the analysis; this limited the associations tallied to island
chaparral, valley and foothill grassland, southern coastal oak woodland, island
woodland, southern riparian woodland, Bishop pine forest, Torrey pine forest,
and coastal marsh (Philbrick and Haller, 1977).
Results
The proportion of macropterous individuals ranges from 1.0 (Warner Springs,
Brentwood) to 0 (San Jacinto Mtns., several Channel Islands, Three Rivers, Ti-
buron, and Oroville) (Appendix 1). The pattern of flight wing variation is a mosaic,
with abrupt frequency changes occurring over short distances within the species’
range (Fig. 1). For example, the macropterous Warner Springs sample (n = 17)
was taken at most 70 km away from the totally brachypterous San Jacinto Moun¬
tains sample {n = 13) (different at P < 0.001, chi-squared = 30.3, d.f. = 1). The
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
15
Figure 1. Percentage of macropterous (solid) and brachypterous (open) Tanystoma maculicolle
from 34 localities in California and northern Baja California (see Appendix 1 for numbers of specimens
in each sample).
Tipton sample (n = 8) has 7 individuals winged, whereas the Three Rivers sample
(n = 11) from 55 km away is 100% brachypterous (different at P < 0.001, chi-
squared = 15.3, d.f. = 1).
In general, populations from the floor of the Central Valley, Los Angeles, and
the southernmost portion of the range exhibit the highest fraction of fully winged
individuals. Populations along the coast are more variable. The Carmel and Big
Sur samples contain 27% and 37% macropterous beetles, whereas other coastal
samples (San Luis Obispo, Paso Robles, Paraiso Springs, Stanford, Tiburon, Hop-
land, Humboldt Co.) range from 0 to 13% macropterous. The few samples avail¬
able from higher elevations (e.g., Three Rivers [250 m], West Point [650 m], and
San Jacinto Mtns.) exhibit a high proportion of brachypterous beetles.
Almost all beetles on the Channel Islands are brachypterous. Sample sizes are
quite large for most of the islands, and only the Sta. Catalina, San Nicolas, and
Sta. Cruz island samples contain any macropterous individuals. The only fully
winged beetle from Sta. Catalina Isl. is teneral, indicating this specimen actually
eclosed on the island. San Nicolas Isl., the most isolated of the islands and farthest
from the mainland, has 5% macropterous individuals. The closest mainland sam¬
ples to compare with the Channel Island populations are San Diego and Los
Angeles. These samples contain 52 and 43% macropterous individuals, respec¬
tively.
16
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
□ZZ h ; Y . "; ::..lb ■ .M| ffl
1 20
20
20
i—gtoj-
20
20
20
- 1 1 3 -1 DIXON
20 1
I 1 ~~| -1 WEST POINT
1 20
- 1 I -1 STANFORD
20
I | I -1 PASO ROBLES
-1 SAN MIGUEL I.
18
- fjiW -1 STA. ROSA I.
20
-1 STA. CRUZ I.
ANACAPA I.
-1 LOS ANGELES
-1 SAN NICOLAS I.
18
-1 STA. CATALINA I.
SAN CLEMENTE l.
-1 SAN DIEGO
H MANEANDERO
— i - 1-1 - 1 - 1 - 1 —
4.75 5.0 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.0
—i-1-1—
6.25 6.50 6.75
20
I- 111(51
20
-1 DIXON
-1 WEST POINT
-1 STANFORD
-1 PASO ROBLES
SAN MIGUEL I.
STA. CRUZ I.
STA.
ROSA I.
ANACAPA I.
LOS ANGELES
SAN NICOLAS I.
—I STA. CATALINA I.
SAN CLEMENTE I.
-1 SAN DIEGO
MANEANDERO
4.75 5.0 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.0 6.25 6.50 6.75 7.0
elytral length (mm)
Figure 2. Dice-Leraas diagram showing elytral length for 7 California mainland (open) and 7
Channel Island (shaded) populations. Range shown as long line; box represents 95% confidence interval
about mean (x ± t 0 5i x s/ n' h )\ number above mean is sample size. Samples are ordered by latitude,
from south to north. A) Males. B) Females.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
17
Table 1. Mean elytral length for males and females of Tanystoma maculicolle from the Channel
Islands, and the number of plant associations on each island suitable for habitation by the species.
Island
x (33)
JC (99)
# plant associations
San Clemente
4.91
4.99
3
Sta. Catalina
5.82
5.83
6
San Nicolas
5.44
5.55
2
Anacapa
5.18
5.55
1
Sta. Cruz
5.76
5.98
7
Sta. Rosa
5.98
6.39
8
San Miguel
5.45
5.61
1
Average elytral length varies from 4.92 mm (San Clemente Isl.) to 6.06 mm
(Dixon and Stanford) for male beetles, and 4.98 mm (San Clemente Isl.) to 6.38
mm (Sta. Rosa Isl.) for females (Fig. 2). Mainland populations of both males and
females exhibit a relatively smooth increase in body size from south to north.
Maneandero, Baja California averages the smallest of the mainland samples, San
Diego and Los Angeles average somewhat larger, and the 4 northernmost samples
are the largest of the mainland samples. Within sample variability is similar in
all 7 mainland samples.
The Channel Island samples exhibit a very erratic pattern of body size variation
from south to north (Fig. 2). San Clemente Isl. beetles are significantly smaller
than those of any other island or mainland population, except the small sample
of beetles from Anacapa Isl. The Sta. Catalina, Sta. Cruz, and Sta. Rosa samples
have the largest beetles among the island populations. Several beetles from Sta.
Rosa Isl. are actually larger than any of the other mainland or island specimens.
The variation in body size is much greater among the island populations than
among populations from the larger mainland area. When differences between the
geographically adjacent localities in Figure 2 are averaged, for males the change
in elytral length per km map distance is 0.039 mm/km in the island populations
versus 0.00087 mm/km for the mainland populations ( t = 85.7, d.f. = 12, P c
0.01). For female beetles, adjacent island populations differ in elytral length by
an average of 0.046 mm/km, whereas mainland populations change by 0.00095
mm/km (7 = 58.2, d.f. — 12, P 0.01).
For our 7 Channel Island samples, average elytral length is positively correlated
with the number of plant associations available to T. maculicolle on each island
(Table 1, Fig. 3). For males, the regression of elytral length on number of plant
associations produces the equation y = 0.099x + 5.11, with a slope significantly
different from zero {t = 2.73, d.f. = 6, P < 0.05). The regression accounts for
nearly 60% of the variation in the data set. Female beetles are also larger on
floristically more diverse islands (y = 0.108x + 5.27; t = 2.39, d.f. = 6, P <
0.05). Over 53% of sample variation can be accounted for by this regression. In
both sexes, beetles from San Clemente Island are much smaller than expected
based on the regression (P < 0.001 for both sexes).
A very limited sample of male beetles from Guadelupe Isl., Baja California
Norte, has an average elytral length of 5.33 mm (n = 5, range 5.11-5.73 mm).
The body size on Guadelupe Isl. does not differ significantly from that at Ma¬
neandero, the nearest mainland locality.
18
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 3. Regression of average elytral length (mm) on number of plant associations suitable for
Tanystoma maculicolle males (•) and females (A) on the California Channel Islands (see Table 1).
Discussion
Wing polymorphism. — A dispersal polymorphism can be interpreted as an evo¬
lutionary response that permits a species to utilize a mosaic of stable and tem¬
porary habitats. Darlington (1943) reported that brachypterous carabids are con¬
centrated in mountains and mountainous islands, apparently because flight is not
required in these limited habitats. Brachyptery is not limited to mountain inhab¬
iting populations of Notiophilus biguttatus (F.) in Bohemia. Lowland populations
may also contain up to 30% brachypterous individuals (Honek, 1981), demon¬
strating that higher altitudes are not the only habitats in which brachyptery can
occur.
Based on data from carabid species that had colonized areas glaciated during
the last glaciation, Lindroth (1969, 1979) hypothesized that regions with high
percentages of brachypterous individuals had served as glacial refugia. He argued
that these more stable areas maintained wingless stocks, whereas colonization of
newly available habitats proceeded by macropterous propagules. Such a relation¬
ship between habitat age and brachyptery has also been reported for 3 species of
capniid Plecoptera in Alberta (Donald and Patriquin, 1983). Vepsalainen (1978)
adds that isolation is frequently characteristic of brachypterous populations in
genetically determined polymorphic species. Among Gerridae (Hemiptera), iso¬
lated populations receive few macropterous colonists, enhancing the trend toward
brachyptery.
Southwood (1962) extended Lindroth’s historically based hypothesis, general-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
19
izing that dispersal from habitats of origin is the means by which species colonize
changing or temporary habitats. This hypothesis has been corroborated by nu¬
merous studies of insects (Greenslade and Southwood, 1962; Den Boer, 1970,
1971, 1979; Denno, 1976, 1979; Vepsalainen, 1978). Maintaining a fraction of
vagile colonizing individuals in a population assures the ability to colonize nearby
habitats where extinction has occurred.
For Tanystoma maculicolle, an hypothesis of relatively frequent extinction and
refounding of populations due to environmental fluctuations in marginal habitats
is consistent with our findings. Localities in the Central Valley, and lower ele-
vational sites in the southern part of the range have the highest percentage of
winged individuals. These localities are the most unpredictable in terms of habitat
suitability for these winter and spring breeding beetles; i.e., winter rainfall is the
least and its occurrence sporadic. By comparison, the more mesic mainland hab¬
itats which receive more winter rain, and the geographically isolated Channel
Island populations have higher percentages of brachypterous individuals.
That the Channel Islands were never connected to the mainland during Pleis¬
tocene sea-level fluctuations is now well established (Junger and Johnson, 1980).
We conclude therefore that the islands were colonized by T. maculicolle from the
adjacent mainland. The relatively high percentage of macropterous individuals
in Los Angeles and San Diego suggests that the islands were colonized by winged
propagules, and that selection pressure is acting against macroptery on the islands.
Although colonization of the islands by macropterous individuals is most likely,
brachypterous beetles may also have colonized as suggested by As (1984) for
carabids colonizing islands in the Baltic Sea.
Several bases for selective advantage of winglessness on islands have been
proposed. The notion that winged individuals may be blown away from suitable
habitats or face more environmental hazards on islands has been attributed to
Darwin (1859), and recently supported by Den Boer et al. (1980) and Bengtson
and Eriksted (1984). Several of the Channel Islands (San Clemente, Sta. Catalina,
Sta. Cruz, Sta. Rosa) are large enough to support a number of localized populations
of T. maculicolle. These local populations occur in a variety of woodland and
grassland habitats. In this case it is apparent that flight activity would not nec¬
essarily result in movement to unsuitable habitats, or off-island dispersal. We feel
an hypothesis in which the frequency of macropters is reduced solely due to
dispersal cannot completely explain the near total brachyptery on the Channel
Islands.
Other hypotheses for the evolution of brachyptery stem from Darlington’s
(1943) suggestion that brachypterous individuals are favored when dispersal is
not required for maintenance of the population. Among gerrids (Vepsalainen,
1978; Zera, 1984) and aphids (Wratten, 1977), flightless morphs are more fecund
and frequently develop faster than flighted morphs. Such an occurrence would
give a selective advantage to brachypterous individuals of T. maculicolle if den¬
sity-dependent mortality acted on the populations. One such mortality factor
operating within populations could be cannibalism. The larval stages of T. ma¬
culicolle are voracious predators, and often cannibalistic when reared together
(Liebherr, 1984, unpubl. data). T. maculicolle is a very common species, often
occurring in dense populations. If the larvae of wingless individuals develop faster,
cannibalism would exert strong selective pressure to reduce the frequency of slower
20
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
developing macropters in dense populations. A combination of intrasite advantage
for brachypters, and lack of winged immigrants due to isolation would be sufficient
to explain the absence of macropters on the Channel Islands.
Body size. — Body size in mainland populations of T. maculicolle increases
clinally from the southern to northern limits of the distributional range (Fig. 2).
The gradual change in body size is consistent with an isolation by distance model
of differentiation (Wright, 1943) influenced by uniformly changing selection pres¬
sure.
In Eusattus muricatus LeConte, a sand dune inhabiting tenebrionid beetle,
specimens from southern California are larger than specimens from northern
California (Doyen and Rogers, 1984). A longer period for larval development in
the southern portion of the range is believed to be the determinant for larger body
size. Southern populations of this univoltine species can develop year round,
whereas northern populations must cease activity during winter.
The tule beetle breeds during the rainy California winter and teneral adults are
present from March to June (Liebherr, 1984). Large body size in northern pop¬
ulations is associated with the longer rainy season there. Southern populations
have a much shorter period for larval development because of the shorter rainy
season. The converse dines in body size variation observed in E. muricatus and
T. maculicolle can both be related to the length of the larval developmental period.
Differences in habitat preference and phenology appear to govern the difference
in body size dines between these species.
The pattern of body size variation among all of the Channel Islands is a mosaic
(Fig. 2), but is positively correlated with floristic diversity (Table 1, Fig. 3). The
variety of plant associations on an island can be considered an indication of the
general suitability of an island for larval development. It is not known whether
floral diversity is indicative of general moisture conditions, the quality or quantity
of prey, or other factors influencing the size of adult T. maculicolle.
The 4 northern Channel Islands (San Miguel, Anacapa, Sta. Rosa, and Sta.
Cruz) were united in a superisland, Santarosae, during periods of maximum sea-
level lowering in the Pleistocene (Wenner and Johnson, 1980). Yet, distinct dif¬
ferences in body size exist among tule beetle populations on these islands today.
The San Miguel and Anacapa populations have significantly smaller beetles than
those on Sta. Cruz or Sta. Rosa. The intense stripping of vegetation on San Miguel
Isl. (Johnson, 1980) has left only valley and foothill grassland (Philbrick and
Haller, 1977) as habitats suitable for T. maculicolle. Due to its small size, Anacapa
Isl. also has only grassland for T. maculicolle to inhabit. The Sta. Rosa and Sta.
Cruz islands have a variety of chaparral, and oak and pine woodlands that are
suitable for tule beetle populations. Among these 4 islands, the divergence in body
size has occurred since the fragmentation of Santarosae. Whether differential
selection pressures have resulted in genetic change among the island populations
remains to be studied.
Conclusions
Tanystoma maculicolle populations that are isolated on islands or in ecologi¬
cally marginal areas on the mainland possess fundamentally different character¬
istics. Island populations are predominantly brachypterous, with this reduced
vagility suggesting very limited among-island dispersal. Island populations are
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
21
long-lived enough for substantial among-island divergence in body size to have
arisen. In contrast, marginal mainland populations possess mostly winged indi¬
viduals, and appear to be in genetic contact with adjacent populations based on
clinal variation in body size. Population extinction is judged to be a relatively
common occurrence on the mainland, based on the low frequency of brachyp-
terous individuals in many of these populations.
Acknowledgments
We thank the following curators and institutions for use of material: Lee H.
Herman, Jr., American Museum of Natural History; David H. Kavanaugh, Cal¬
ifornia Academy of Sciences; John A. Chemsak, California Insect Survey, Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley; Robert O. Schuster, University of California, Da¬
vis; Cornell University Insect Collection; Charles L. Hogue, Los Angeles County
Museum; Alfred F. Newton, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University; John D. Lattin, Oregon State University. John T. Doyen and Catherine
A. Tauber provided helpful reviews of the manuscript. This research was sup¬
ported by Hatch Project NY(C) 139406 to JKL.
Literature Cited
As, S. 1984. To fly or not to fly? Colonization of Baltic islands by winged and wingless carabid
beetles. J. Biogeog., 11:413-426.
Bengtson, S.-A., and K. E. Erikstad. 1984. Wing polymorphism in Amara quenseli (Schonherr)
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) in Iceland. Entomol. Scand., 15:179-183.
Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1943. Carabidae of mountains and islands: data on the evolution of isolated
faunas, and on atrophy of wings. Ecol. Monog., 13:37-61.
Darwin, C. 1859. The origin of species. John Murray, London, 502 pp.
Den Boer, P. J. 1970. On the significance of dispersal power for populations of carabid-beetles
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Oecologia (Berl.), 4:1-28.
-. 1971. On the dispersal power of carabid beetles and its possible significance. Pp. 119-137
in P. J. Den Boer (ed.), Dispersal and dispersal power of carabid beetles. Misc. Pap. Landbou-
whogeschool, Wageningen.
-. 1979. The significance of dispersal power for the survival of species, with special reference
to the carabid beetles in a cultivated countryside. Fortschr. Zool., 25:79-94.
-, T. H. P. Van Huizen, W. Den Boer-Daanje, B. Aukema, and C. F. M. Den Bieman. 1980.
Wing polymorphism and dimorphism in ground beetles as stages in an evolutionary process
(Coleoptera: Carabidae). Entomol. Gener., 6:107-134.
Denno, R. F. 1976. Ecological significance of wing polymorphism in Fulgoroidea which inhabit tidal
salt marshes. Ecol. Entomol., 1:257-266.
-. 1979. The relation between habitat stability and the migratory tactics of planthoppers
(Homoptera: Delphacidae). Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 11:41-49.
Donald, D. B., and D. E. Patriquin. 1983. The wing length of lentic Capniidae (Plecoptera) and its
relationship to elevation and Wisconsin glaciation. Can. Entomol., 115:921-926.
Doyen, J. T., and E. Rogers. 1984. Environmental determinants of size variation in Eusattus mu-
ricatus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 57:485-489.
Greenslade, P. J. M., and T. R. E. Southwood. 1962. The relationship of flight and habitat in some
Carabidae (Coleoptera). The Entomologist, 95:86-88.
Honek, A. 1981. Wing polymorphism in Notiophilus biguttatus in Bohemia (Coleoptera, Carabidae).
Vest. Cs. Spolec. Zook, 45:81-86.
Johnson, D. L. 1980. Episodic vegetation stripping, soil erosion, and landscape modification in
prehistoric and recent historic time, San Miguel Island, California. Pp. 103-121 in D. M. Power
(ed.), The California islands. Santa Barbara Museum of Natural Elistory.
Junger, A., and D. L. Johnson. 1980. Was there a Quaternary land bridge to the northern Channel
Islands? Pp. 33-39 in D. M. Power (ed.), The California islands. Santa Barbara Museum of
Natural History.
22
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Liebherr, J. K. 1984. Description of the larval stages and bionomics of the tule beetle, Tanystoma
maculicolle (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 77:531-538.
-. 1985. Revision of the platynine carabid genus Tanystoma (Coleoptera: Carabidae). J. New
York Entomol. Soc., 94:1182-1211.
-. 1986. Cladistic analysis of the Platynini and revision of the Agonum extensicolle species
group (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., In press.
Lindroth, C. H. 1969. The theory of glacial refugia in Scandinavia, comments on present opinions.
Not. Entomol., 49:178-192.
-. 1979. The theory of glacial refugia. Pp. 385-394 in T. L. Erwin, G. E. Ball, D. R. Whitehead,
and A. L. Halpem (eds.), Carabid beetles: their evolution, natural history and classification.
Dr. W. Junk Publ., The Hague.
Philbrick, R. N., and J. R. Haller. 1977. The southern California Islands. Pp. 893-906 in M. G.
Barbour and J. Major (eds.), Terrestrial vegetation of California. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
Simpson, G. G., A. Roe, and R. C. Lewontin. 1960. Quantitative zoology. Harcourt Brace and Co.,
New York, 440 pp.
Southwood, T. R. E. 1962. Migration of terrestrial arthropods in relation to habitat. Biol. Rev., 37:
171-214.
Vepsalainen, K. 1978. Wing dimorphism and diapause in Gerris : determination and adaptive sig¬
nificance. Pp. 218-253 in H. Dingle (ed.), Evolution of insect migration and diapause. Springer-
Yerlag, New York.
Wenner, A. M., and J. L. Johnson. 1980. Land vertebrates on the California Channel Islands:
sweepstakes or bridges. Pp. 497-530 in D. M. Power (ed.), The California islands. Santa Barbara
Museum of Natural History.
Wratten, S. D. 1977. Reproductive strategy of winged and wingless morphs of the aphids Sitobium
avenae and Metopolophium dirhodum. Ann. Appl. Biol., 85:319-331.
Wright, S. 1943. Isolation by distance. Genetics, 28:114-138.
Zera, A. J. 1984. Differences in survivorship, developmental rate and fertility between the longwinged
and wingless morphs of the waterstrider, Limnoporus canaliculatus. Evolution, 38:1023-1032.
Appendix 1
Sample localities and numbers of brachypterous (B) and macropterous (M)
individuals used in analysis of flight wing variation.
MEX: B.C. Norte, Guadelupe Isl. (4B, 1M); MEX: B.C. Norte, Maneandero
(14B, 10M); MEX: B.C. Norte, Ensenada (5B, 11M); CA: San Diego Co., San
Diego (14B, 15M); CA: S.D. Co., Warner Sprs. (0B, 17M); CA: Riverside Co.,
San Jacinto Mtns. (13B, 0M); CA: L.A. Co., Los Angeles (50B, 38M); CA: L.A.
Co., Antelope (3B, 5M); CA: L.A. Co., San Clemente Isl. (168B, 0M); CA: L.A.
Co., Sta. Catalina Isl. (35B, 1M); CA: Ventura Co., San Nicolas Isl. (113B, 6M);
CA: Sta. Barbara Co., Anacapa Isl. (13B, 0M); CA: Sta. Barb. Co., Sta. Cruz Isl.
(93B, 1M); CA: Sta. Barb. Co., Sta. Rosa Isl. (35B, 0M); CA: Sta. Barb. Co., San
Miguel Isl. (46B, 0M); CA: Kern Co., Tehachapi Mtns. (4B, 5M); CA: Kern Co.,
Bakersfield (10B, 7M); CA: S.L.O. Co., San Luis Obispo (15B, 2M); CA: S.L.O.
Co., Paso Robles (26B, 3M); CA: Tulare Co., Tipton (IB, 7M); CA: Tulare Co.,
Three Rivers (11B, 0M); CA: Monterey Co., Big Sur (5B, 3M); CA: Mont. Co.,
Paraiso Spgs. (27B, 2M); CA: Mont. Co., Carmel (8B, 3M); CA: Sta. Clara Co.,
Stanford (62B, 1M); CA: Alameda Co., Arroyo Mocho (37B, 3M); CA: Marin
Co., Tiburon (19B, 0M); CA: Contra Costa Co., Brentwood (0B, 13M); CA: Solano
Co., Dixon (33B, 19M); CA: Calaveras Co., West Point (52B, 1M); CA: Sac’to.
Co., Sacramento (11B, 7M); CA: Yuba Co., Yuba City (4B, 5M); CA: Butte Co.,
Oroville (8B, 0M); CA: Mendocino Co., Hopland (9B, 1M); CA: Humboldt Co.
(pooled localities) (7B, 1M); OR: (pooled localities) (9B, 2M).
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, p. 23
Scientific Note
A Collection of Four Species of Tabanid Flies Taken from an
Anaconda Snake in Peru in May 1984
This note is to report identification of 4 species of Tabanidae (Diptera) among
17 flies taken by Dr. W. Pulawski of California Academy of Sciences while the
flies were biting a large Anaconda snake. The snake was a lethargic, recently-fed
specimen on the bank of a tributary of the Rio Tambopata, Peru, on 6 May 1984.
The specimens are deposited in the entomology collections of the California
Academy of Sciences (CAS), Smithsonian Institution (SI), and Universidad Na¬
tional de San Marcos, Lima, Peru (UNSM).
The specimens, all females, comprised 4 species in 3 genera of the subfamily
Tabaninae as follows: Phaeotabanus innotescens (Walk.), 5 (CAS, SI, UNSM);
Tabanus dorsiger ssp. stenocephalus Hine, 1 (CAS); T. d. ssp. modestus Wied.,
10 (CAS, SI, UNSM); and Stenotabanus incipiens (Walk.), 1 (CAS). The last 2
were reported to me by Dr. F. Medem of Colombia, South America (Philip, 1976,
Pan-Pac. Entomol., 52:83-88) as feeding exclusively on tethered caimans, even
in the presence of nearby persons, while the first 2 species were taken occasionally
on those reptiles.
Only P. innotescens has not been reported to invade Central America; the others
have been recorded as far north as Honduras or Guatemala.
It is an interesting corollary that I have since discovered in our collection another
female of P. innotescens identified in 1981 by Dr. G. B. Fairchild of University
of Florida (ret.) labelled “biting caiman” in Colombia (upper Amazon tributary)
in 1971.
Cornelius B. Philip, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sci¬
ences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 24-28
Dominance Hierarchies in Myrmecophila manni
(Orthoptera: Gryllidae ) 1
Gregg Henderson and Roger D. Akre 2
Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washing¬
ton 99164-6432.
Myrmecophila manni Schimmer are small, apterous crickets found only in
association with ants. Their primary host in southeastern Washington is the west¬
ern thatching ant, Formica obscuripes Forel (Henderson, 1985). A study of these
crickets was initiated in 1983 to investigate their biology and relationship with
the host ants. Observations of the behavior of the crickets soon revealed that they
establish linear dominance hierarchies in the laboratory. Field crickets also es¬
tablish hierarchies in laboratory populations (Kato and Hyasaka, 1958), but these
hierarchies are usually associated with territoriality (Alexander, 1961). The pur¬
pose of this paper is to report the hierarchy, how it is established and maintained,
and its possible roles.
Materials and Methods
Crickets were collected from colonies of F. obscuripes in the vicinity of Pullman,
Whitman Co., WA. They were transported to the laboratory in small containers
with a layer of plaster of Paris/charcoal in the bottom. This layer was moistened
with distilled water to maintain a high humidity since the crickets were very
susceptible to desiccation.
Initially, crickets were maintained without ants in 6.5 x 15 cm plastic containers
to determine if ants were necessary for their survival (Henderson, 1985). The
containers also had a thin layer of plaster of Paris/charcoal that was moistened
with distilled water to maintain humidity. Honey on paper toweling was supplied
as food, and it was replaced at least once a week.
Observations of aggression between crickets soon developed into the present
study on dominance hierarchies. Crickets in three containers were used. One
contained 5 adult male and 3 adult female M. manni. The males were identified
by a letter designation for observations, A-E. Most of the crickets were recog¬
nizable by size or general appearance. Males A and B were the largest of the five,
and about the same size. However, A was missing one hind leg. Male C was the
smallest, with males D and E being slightly larger. The latter were marked with
White-out® for rapid identification purposes since they were similar in size. Fe¬
males were identified, and their behavior was recorded. A second container housed
two immature crickets and a single F. obscuripes worker. One of these crickets
was obviously larger, and was probably a later instar. The third container housed
3 1st instars (1.4 mm), one 2nd instar (1.8 mm), and 2 F. obscuripes workers.
1 Scientific Paper Number 7217, Washington State University, College of Agriculture and Home
Economics Research Center, Pullman. Work conducted under project 0037.
2 Research Assistant and Entomologist, respectively.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
25
( 3 )
Figures 1-3. Diagrammatic representation of dominance hierarchies among male M. manni. Let¬
ters represent individual males. Numbers indicate the number of aggressive interactions between
adversaries. Arrows point from the winner to the loser of the fights.
Most observational periods of the crickets were one hour in duration, and they
were made at random times during the 24 hour cycle. A total of 31 recordings
were made from 1 July to 22 August 1984.
Results
A linear dominance hierarchy existed among male M. manni. Two hundred
twenty male-male and 101 female-male aggressive interactions were recorded.
Interactions were categorized into four distinct types. Type 1 consisted of a head
thrashing duel. Crickets, upon contacting each other, faced off and moved their
heads in an up and down swinging motion in an attempt to bring their head over
that of their opponent’s and to strike downward. This sometimes caused physical
damage when the mandibles of one cricket struck the unsclerotized cervical region
of the other. Bouts usually lasted about 2 sec and were terminated when one
cricket broke off the attack and moved away. Just prior to fully retreating, the
loser turned away from the winner, and one or both crickets then shook their
cerci in quick, lateral motions of short duration (ca. one sec). Type 2 interactions
were characterized by less aggressive behavior than in Type 1. Interactions in¬
volved cereal shaking by one or both crickets (as in Type 1 interactions), stilt¬
walking, (one cricket lifted its body high off the substrate and walked in a slow,
stiff gait toward its adversary), or head bobbing, (one cricket moved its head up
and down in a manner similar to that in Type 1 interactions but slower and with
26
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Frequency of Type 1-4 interactions between crickets.
Type of interactions
l
2
3
4
Total
Male-male interactions
77
109
30
4
220
Male-female interactions
2
14
68
17
101
reduced intensity). Type 3 interactions involved one cricket butting another and
chasing the latter from its position. Type 4 interactions were characterized by one
cricket lowering its head and body so that it laid flush with the substratum and
did not move despite persistent head butts by its opponent, a position, apparently,
of complete subordination.
The dominance order in a five male hierarchy, observed from 1 to 20 July is
shown in Figure 1. Male A was dominant over the other four crickets, and fought
its closest rival, male B, more often than any other opponent (n = 29). Similarly,
male B fought often with its close rivals, male C (n = 11) and male E (n = 13).
Males D and E did not establish a clear dominant-subordinate relationship since
both fought and won equal numbers of fights with each other (n = 3 and n = 3).
In fact, encounters between the more subordinate males were limited. Possibly,
their rank in the hierarchy caused them to avoid interactions.
Type 1 interactions were most often observed between close rivals with the
exception of male E. Male E interacted with male A in Type 1 displays and was
the only cricket other than male B to challenge the dominant male. Interactions
between crickets did not appear to become less aggressive over time. Type 1
interactions continued to occur despite the apparent dominance of one cricket
over another. However, Type 2 interactions were the most common behavior
when crickets came into contact with each other (Table 1).
Upon the death of male B, a new linear dominance was established, but the
same dominant-subordinate relationship among the remaining crickets was main¬
tained (Fig. 2). Observations of this hierarchy were made from 20 July to 6 August,
at which time male A died. Male E was the only cricket to challenge male A, and
on two occasions it inflicted telling blows with its head to the dominant male.
Both fights occurred while the crickets were positioned on the wall of the container.
Immediately after the mandibles of male E contacted the neck region of male A,
the dominant male dropped to the ground and then moved in an uncoordinated
fashion as it rubbed its head against the side of the container. This did not,
however, seem to give male E an advantage in later battles with male A.
The study was continued 6-22 August with the remaining 3 males (Fig. 3).
However, the dominance order of this latter group remained unstable. Males C
and D remained dominant over male E, but a single male did not dominate.
Male-female encounters. —Generally, females were much less active than males
so that interactions with other crickets were minimal and were usually initiated
by males. Interactions between males and females involved mostly Type 3 and
4 interactions. Even the most subordinate male dominated a female. However,
just prior to egg laying (ca. three days) a noticeable change in female aggressiveness
was evident, and Type 1 and 2 interactions, where females won over males
occurred (n = 15). In 40, Type 3 interactions males followed females and then
went into a mating posture for 1-5 sec (Henderson, 1985). This behavior suggests
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
27
Figure 4. Dominant male interfering in subordinate male’s courtship of female. Note spermato-
phore on the subgenital plate of the subordinate male (arrow).
that males interact with females in an attempt to mate and these interactions
probably have little to do with dominance.
Immatures. — Competition among immature crickets was observed as they strig-
ilated and engaged host ants in trophallaxis (n = 22). Crickets usually maintained
at least a 40° angle, 1-2 mm from other crickets when simultaneously strigilating
on an ant. Displacement resulted when crickets were closer than these minimum
spacing requirements. Displacement of first instars by second instars indicated
that size was a key factor influencing dominance among the immatures. The same
dominance relationship was observed in the container with the two larger im¬
matures of undetermined age; the larger dominated the smaller immature. Com¬
petition among first instars was also evident but a dominance relationship was
not determined because of the difficulty of distinguishing individuals.
Discussion
Size and age seem to play a role in the dominance hierarchies of M. manni.
Conversely, Alexander (1961) found that age, but not size was a factor in the
establishment of dominance hierarchies among field crickets. The large males A
and B were always the dominants during this study, and second instars displaced
the smaller, first instars to feed on the ants. In addition, the stilt-walking displays
in Type 2 interactions also suggest that size is important in maintaining domi-
28
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
nance. A similar behavior observed by Holldobler (1976) in competing Myr-
mecocystus mimicus Wheeler ants led him to suggest that stilt-walking is done so
that the ant will appear larger and that this had a potential effect on the outcome
of the encounter. However, size is obviously not the only factor influencing dom¬
inance since male C was much smaller than its subordinates D and E. It is perhaps
somewhat ironic that size plays a role in dominance hierarchies in M. manni
since its myrmecophilous life style, undoubtedly, caused this cricket to be the
smallest of all crickets.
All reasons ascribed for the establishment of dominance hierarchies suggest
that the dominant individual attains an advantage towards some limiting resource.
Nutritional advantages along with an increase in reproduction are associated with
dominance in Polistes wasps (Pardi, 1948). Nutritional advantages may also be
a factor in M. manni dominance relationships since immatures fought for troph-
allaxis or strigulation on a host ant. However, for adult males, mating seems to
be the major reason for the establishment of dominance. Successful mating was
linked to the establishment of territories in field crickets (Alexander, 1961), but
no advantage in fighting by M. manni was ever detected due to position in the
container. Although males mark areas where they lead females for mating, these
areas are not defended and cannot be considered territories (Henderson, 1985).
However, subordinate males were sometimes displaced by a dominant when they
attempted to mate with a female (Fig. 4) (Henderson, 1985). Although the evidence
collected during this study is minimal, it suggests that mating may be one of the
primary reasons for dominance hierarchies in M. manni.
Acknowledgments
We thank R. Sites, R. Zack, and G. Sehlke for comments on improving the
manuscript.
Literature Cited
Alexander, R. D. 1961. Aggressiveness, territoriality and sexual behavior in field crickets (Orthoptera:
Gryllidae). Behaviour, 17:130-223.
Henderson, G. 1985. The biology of Myrmecophila manni Schimmer (Orthoptera: Gryllidae). M.S.
thesis, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, 83 pp.
Holldobler, B. 1976. Tournaments and slavery in a desert ant. Science, 192:912-914.
Kato, M., and L. Hayasake. 1958. Notes on the dominance order in experimental populations of
crickets. Ecol. Rev., 14:311-315.
Pardi, L. 1948. Dominance order in Polistes wasps. Physiol. Zool., 21:1-13.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 29-40
Geographic Distribution of Synanthedon sequoiae and Host
Plant Susceptibility on Monterey Pine in Adventive and
Native Stands in California (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae)
Gordon W. Frankie, Jack B. Fraser, and John F. Barthell
Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract. — A systematic survey of larval Synanthedon sequoiae in adventive
and native California stands of Monterey pine, Pinus radiata, indicated that the
insect is mostly restricted to urban northern California. High densities of S.
sequoiae were found north of San Francisco to Ft. Bragg in mostly inland valleys;
around the southern portion of the San Francisco Bay; and around Monterey Bay.
Pinus radiata, P. patula and P. thunbergiana were preferred hosts in urban areas;
whereas P. canariensis, P. halepensis and P. pinea appeared largely resistant.
Synanthedon sequoiae was significantly more abundant on host trees that had
been pruned. The current practice of planting fast-growing pines, especially Mon¬
terey pine, in urban landscapes makes it likely that S. sequoiae will spread more
widely through the state, eventually establishing in the Central Valley and in
southern coastal cities. An isolated infestation in southern California and another
in the Sierra-Nevada foothills support this possibility.
The sequoia pitch moth, Synanthedon sequoiae (Hy. Edwards), 1 occurs through¬
out western North America (Essig, 1926; Keen, 1952; Ohmart, 1981). Larvae feed
and develop locally on phloem, cambium and, to a limited extent, on xylem
tissues in branches and trunks of numerous native and exotic pine species (Weid-
man and Robbins, 1947) and on Douglas fir, Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) (Fur-
niss and Carolin, 1977). Their feeding results in a colorful, red-brown mass of
pitch and frass that protrudes noticeably from the wood substrate. Occasionally,
this localized feeding causes weakened branches, but rarely branch dieback. Two
reports (Brunner, 1914; Powers and Sundahl, 1973) suggest that under certain
conditions S. sequoiae may become a forest pest. However, greatest concern for
the insect stems from the unsightliness of pitch masses on ornamental trees (Payne,
1973; Ohmart, 1981; Koehler et al., 1983).
Although some general biological and behavioral information has been gen¬
erated on S. sequoiae, much remains to be learned about its habits. Interest in
the insect increases yearly due to a general awareness of its potential as a pest in
ornamental landscapes. Information gaps include the lack of data on its current
distribution in specific geographic areas, especially where pines are being used
extensively in landscape plantings. Further, although S. sequoiae is known to use
numerous pine species as hosts (Weidman and Robbins, 1947), preferred and
non-preferred (resistant) species have yet to be appropriately designated. Finally,
1 Formerly in the genus Vespamima.
30
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
several factors that render a host attractive have been suggested (see above ref¬
erences), but more work is needed on this aspect. In particular, previous host
damage appears to be the most important factor predisposing a tree to infestation
(Weidman and Robbins, 1947; Powers and Sundahl, 1973; Koehler et al., 1983).
In this paper we report results of a survey that systematically examined the
distribution of S. sequoiae on Monterey pine in adventive (mostly urban) and
native stands in California. Tabulated infestation sites on surveyed trees (esp.
pruned versus unpruned) provided new insights on the attraction of S. sequoiae
to its host trees. Finally, an assessment of preferred ornamental pine species in
urban areas and an evaluation of potential for spread to new areas are offered.
Methods and Materials
Monterey pine was used in 1981 as the primary host for surveying S. sequoiae
infestations in numerous adventive and in three native endemic stands. Suitability
as an index host derives from its known wide-spread distribution in California
and general attractiveness to the insect (Engelhardt, 1946; Payne, 1974; Koehler
et al., 1983). Five different geographic zones were recognized and used in the
survey (Fig. 1). The first of these was the north coastal zone. The second was the
San Francisco Bay Area, which included the northern, southern and eastern sec¬
tions of the Bay Area. The third zone was the central coastal region that extended
from just south of San Jose along the coast to just beyond Santa Barbara in southern
California. The fourth was the Central Valley, which extended from Redding to
Bakersfield. Finally, the south coastal zone included the greater southern California
coastal region. Specific adventive sites within each zone were preselected on a
map at intervals of approximately 30 km. Native sites, all of which were in the
central coastal zone, were selected in different representative sublocations that
were easily accessible (steep hillside forests were avoided).
Forty Monterey pines were selected for survey in adventive and native sites in
zones I—III from northern California (Fig. 1). In some Central Valley and southern
coastal sites (zones IV and V) it was not always possible to locate 40 planted
Monterey pines. Where this was a problem, other pine species known to host S.
sequoiae were surveyed to supplement the available Monterey pines, the com¬
bination of which amounted to 40 sampled trees.
In adventive stands (usually urban plantings in cities), about half the trees were
unpruned and half were pruned. Pruning ranged from one or two branches sawed
close to the trunk to a complete pruning of all branches up to three meters on the
trunk. Adventive stands consisted of variously aged hedgerow and specimen trees
in industrial and recreational parks, around schools, or in wind breaks along
coastal roads. Estimated tree age ranged from 6-30 years; however, surveyed trees
at a given adventive location were usually of one age class. On rare occasions,
two or three smaller groups of trees (each variously aged) had to be sampled within
a few hundred meters to achieve a sample size of 40.
In each of the three native Monterey pine stands on mainland California (Ano
Nuevo, Monterey and Cambria) three subsites were selected for survey (Fig. 1).
Forty unpruned trees of mixed ages were chosen at each of these nine subsites.
Natural branch pruning, which was common on older trees in native stands, was
not considered equivalent to artificial pruning in urban areas.
Trees in both types of stands were individually inspected on trunks, branches
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
31
Figure 1. Geographic zones surveyed for 5. sequoiae pitch masses. Zone I: north coastal; zone II:
San Francisco Bay Area; zone III: central coastal; zone IV: Central Valley; zone V: south coastal.
A— endemic stands of Monterey pine; •—cities having general geographic significance or unique S.
sequoiae infestations.
and nodal/intemodal areas, as well as the unions where pine cones attached to
branches. To assist in this process binoculars were used for many of the taller
trees. On rare occasions where infestations were suspected high in the crown, trees
were climbed to make a closer inspection. Very large, old trees, although rarely
encountered, were bypassed because of the difficulty of assessing infestations at
the highest crown levels.
Three distinct infestation types, new, old and reinfestations, on trunks and
branches were recognized. New infestations were reddish-brown in color, had a
glistening, pitchy appearance and protruded noticeably from'the wood substrate.
Old infestations were grey in color, hardened, protruding or flat and were often
large and cracked in appearance. They remain recognizable on trees for several
years. Finally, reinfestations were characterized by new flows of red-brown resin
and frass that exuded from the margins and/or center of old pitch masses.
An arbitrary system of infestation categories was established to generally assess
low, moderate and high levels of pitch masses (all types) in the surveyed stands.
A low level had 1-40 infestations; 41-80 constituted the moderate level; and a
high level consisted of more than 80 infestations.
32
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Collection records of S. sequoiae were examined and compiled from the fol¬
lowing California collections and museums: State Department of Food and Ag¬
riculture, Sacramento; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Natural
History Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles; University of California,
Riverside.
Results
California Survey Results
New, old and reinfestations of S. sequoiae were noted and compiled for each
of 97 adventive sites and 9 native subsites in the California survey. Sampling
revealed that the insect was established in the north coastal region of California
which includes geographic zones I—III (Fig. 1, Tables 1 and 2). The survey did
not detect S. sequoiae in the Central Valley or the south coastal region (zones IV
and V in Fig. 1 and additional distribution information below). Overall, much
higher levels of S. sequoiae were recorded on trees in adventive as compared to
native stands (Tables 1 and 2).
Using the arbitrary system of infestation categories, each site was placed into
a low, moderate or high infestation level. All sites were then grouped to determine
where the insect was least and most abundant in the state. Most sampled areas
had no infestations or low levels, including 8 of 9 natural areas (Tables 1 and 2).
Only the adventive stands at Willits and Fremont I and the Monterey B natural
site were found to contain moderate levels. Twelve sites, all adventive, had high
levels and these were distributed primarily in three regions: two in the north coast
(Ukiah and Napa), seven around the south end of San Francisco Bay, and three
in the north section of the central coastal zone. Sites at Mountain View, Sunnyvale,
San Jose I and II and Carmel had exceptionally high infestation levels with total
infestations exceeding 300 per site (Table 1). Although high densities were re¬
corded from these three regions, a few of the included stands in each region had
relatively few or no pitch masses (e.g., Cloversdale, Healdsberg and Rohnert Pk.
in zone I; San Carlos and Menlo Pk. in zone II; Davenport and Salinas in zone
III; see Table 1).
The percentage of trees infested was almost always greater in pruned versus
unpruned adventive stands (Table 1). San Jose II was an obvious exception to
this generality. It was common for some trees at a site to be highly infested while
other surrounding or nearby trees had only a few pitch masses. This uneven
distribution is reflected in part by high variances of the means reported in Table
1. There was no obvious reason for differences in the uneven distribution of pitch
masses on comparable nearby trees. Other workers (cf. Powers and Sundahl, 1973)
have also observed clear differences in infestation levels among trees in affected
stands.
1 New, old and reinfestations.
2 Pruned and unpruned P. radiata, halepensis and thunbergiana, and to a limited extent canariensis,
muricata and sabiniana.
3 Pruned and unpruned P. halepensis only.
4 Pruned and unpruned P. halepensis, thunbergiana, and to a lesser extent canariensis.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
33
Table 1. Numbers of infestations, 1 percent trees infested and mean numbers (± SD) of Synanthedon
on unpruned and pruned trees in adventive sites in five geographic zones (see Fig. 1). Unless otherwise
indicated, surveyed trees were Monterey pine.
Location
Nos. infestations
% trees infest.
x nos. infest, per infest, tree
Unpruned
Pruned
Unpruned
Pruned
Unpruned
Pruned
I. North Coastal
Willits
0
46
0%
21%
0
11.5 ± 14.7
Ukiah
4
85
14
63
1.3 ± 0.6
7.1 ± 6.0
Healdsburg
0
2
0
8
0
1.0 ± 0
Rohnert Pk.
3
0
21
0
1.0 ± 0
0
Napa
9
212
33
64
1.5 ± 0.6
15.1 ± 22.0
Albion, Areata, Cloverdale, Eureka, Ft. Bragg, Jenner, and Pt. Arena: none
with infestations.
II. San Francisco Bay Area
Novato
0
3
16
0
1.0 ± 0
0
San Rafael
2
0
5
0
2.0 ± 0
0
Mill Valley
0
5
0
15
0
1.7 ± 0.6
San Bruno
0
35
0
47
0
3.9 ± 3.1
Burlingame
0
245
0
53
0
11.3 ± 21.7
Menlo Pk.
16
17
31
17
4.0 ± 4.8
3.4 ± 3.4
Mt. View
70
240
21
90
17.3 ± 17.6
12.6 ± 16.1
Sunnyvale
14
336
45
95
1.6 ± 0.9
17.7 ± 16.2
Santa Clara
29
60
30
70
4.8 ± 3.4
4.3 ± 1.9
San Jose I
100
314
80
95
6.3 ± 3.8
17.3 ± 16.9
San Jose II
429
168
95
80
22.6 ± 11.5
10.5 ± 11.5
Livermore
73
216
54
89
10.4 ± 9.5
9.0 ± 8.4
Fremont I
0
41
0
41
0
2.7 ± 2.1
Fremont II
0
4
0
20
0
1.0 ± 0
Hayward
0
2
0
10
0
1.0 ± 0
Castro Valley
0
1
0
5
0
1.0 ± 0
Oakland
1
0
5
0
1.0 ± 0
0
Piedmont
0
1
0
5
0
1.0 ± 0
Albany
0
9
0
8
0
3.0 ± 2.6
Vallejo II
0
4
0
5
0
4.0 ± 0
Alamo, Berkeley, Concord, Crockett, Daly City, El Cerrito, El Sobrante, Richmond, San Carlos,
San Francisco, San Gregorio, San Leandro, Sausalito, Stinson Beach, Union City and Vallejo I:
none with infestations.
III. Central Coastal
Davenport
0
1
0
20
0
1.0 ± 0
Santa Cruz
27
157
50
69
3.9 ± 6.7
8.7 ± 11.1
Watsonville
24
100
38
75
2.7 ± 1.4
8.3 ± 8.9
Salinas
0
23
0
14
0
7.7 ± 7.6
Carmel
28
459
38
96
4.7 ± 5.2
20.9 ± 17.9
Atascadero, Gaviota, Lompoc, Los Padres, Lucia, Morro Bay, Pismo Beach, San Miguel and
Santa Maria: none with infestations.
IV. Central Valley
Bakersfield, 2 Chico, Davis, Delano, 2 Fairfield, 2 Madera, 2 Merced, 2 Modesto, Orland, 3 Oroville,
Red Bluff, Redding, Sacramento, 2 Selma, 2 Stockton, Tracy, 2 Tulare, 2 Turlock, 2 Yuba City/Marys¬
ville: none with infestations.
V. South Coastal
Beverly Hills, 2 Buena Park, 2 Chula Vista, Compton, 2 Laguna Hills, 2 Long Beach, 2 National City, 2
North Hollywood, 2 Oceanside, Pasadena, 2 Pomona, 2 San Clemente, 2 San Diego, 4 Simi Valley,
Ventura 2 and Woodland Hills 2 : none with infestations.
34
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. Numbers of infestations, 1 percent trees infested and mean numbers (± SD) of Synanthedon
infestations on 40 Monterey pines at each native subsite.
Location
Nos. infestations
% trees infest.
x no. infest, per infest, tree
Ano Nuevo 2
Site C
4
5
2.0 ± 1.4
Monterey
Site A
17
25
1.7 ± 0.9
Site B
64
48
3.4 ± 2.4
Site C
9
15
1.5 ± 0.8
Cambria
Site A
29
25
2.9 ± 1.8
Site B
11
1
2.8 ± 1.0
Site C
17
23
1.9 ± 1.5
1 New, old and reinfestations.
2 No. infestations at subsites A and B.
The type of infestation (i.e., new, old or reinfestation) was tabulated for each
site to assess the relative infestation age of a particular stand. In the following
account, only those sites having greater than 20 infestations were examined (Tables
1 and 2). In virtually all adventive and native stands there were considerably
more old or new infestations than reinfestations. Further, most sites (71%) had
more old as compared to new infestations; the opposite relationship was noted
at Santa Clara, Santa Jose I, Livermore, Santa Cruz, Watsonville and Salinas. In
these cases, it appeared that the trees supported incipient or growing populations
of S. sequoiae.
Examination of tabulated data provided information on preferred infestation
sites on individual trees (Tables 3 and 4). Comparing overall infestations on trunks
and branches of adventive trees, approximately twice as many were found on the
trunks (Table 3). Pruned sites on both trunks and branches had about three times
as many infestations as did the respective unpruned sites, and the differences in
both cases were significant (£-test, P = 0.005). On the lower halves of trees about
four times as many infestations were recorded as compared to the upper halves
(each half included trunks and branches) (Table 3). Further, pruned areas had
significantly more infestations than unpruned areas, regardless of tree half. The
same general infestation patterns were also observed on native trees where sub¬
stantially more infestations were recorded on trunks versus branches and on lower
versus upper halves of trees (Table 4).
Pitch masses were found on adventive or native trees at the following specific
locations: nodes (bases of branches), intemodes, injured or pruned areas, previous
infestations, and pine cone attachment points on branches. To gain insight on
which locations were preferred, new infestations only were tabulated from all
survey trees (Table 5). In the case of unpruned trees, nodes and intemodes were
the preferred sites. To a slightly lesser extent, previous infestations were also
preferred. New pitch masses were relatively uncommon on injured sites and pine
cone bases in this group of trees. In the case of pruned trees, nodes and intemodes
had considerably more pitch masses than the other sites, including those injured
or pruned. Previous infestations and pine cone bases were the least preferred in
this group.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
35
Table 3. Total numbers of infestations 1 on trunks versus branches and on lower versus upper
halves of unpruned and pruned Monterey pines in adventive stands.
Location
Total nos. of infestations per zone
Trunk
Branches
Unpruned
Pruned
Unpruned
Pruned
N. Coastal
12
254
4
91
S.F. Bay Area
491
1078
243
616
Central Coastal
53
448
21
292
Totals:
556
1780
268
999
P = 0.005
r = 5.19
II
Lower half
Upper half
N. Coastal
13
279
3
65
S.F. Bay Area
647
1352
87
342
Central Coastal
59
548
15
190
Totals:
719
2179
105
597
P = 0.005
t = 4.45
t= 5.1
1 New, old and reinfestations.
In 1943 and 1944, Weidman and Robbins (1947) recorded the distribution and
numbers of S. sequoiae pitch masses on 3690 pine trees at the Eddy Arboretum
in Placerville, California (Fig. 1). They found evidence of the insect on 33 pine
species and four hybrids. Based on total numbers of pitch masses per 100 trees,
they constructed a list of the most frequently infested pine species. According to
their tabulation, Monterey pine was one of the least infested pines. However, it
seems that variously-treated trees at the arboretum may have influenced this
tabulation. For example, some pine species were pruned; others were not. A few
pine species were extensively drilled by sapsucking woodpeckers; others were
scarcely affected or lacked drillings entirely. Further, infestations were often lo¬
calized within the arboretum. Thus, the Weidman and Robbins (1947) listing
serves best as guide only for those species that are likely to host S. sequoiae. To
develop a more accurate scale of relative suitability or susceptibility by host pine
species would involve a considerable testing effort, exposing reared adult moths
to trees standardized for such characteristics as age, size and pruning activity.
Although this type of testing was beyond the scope of the current investigation,
a group of similarly-treated ornamental pines was surveyed in the city of San Jose
to develop information on the question of relative host susceptibility. San Jose
Table 4. Total numbers of infestations 1 on trunks versus branches and on lower versus upper
halves of Monterey pines in native stands.
Location
Total nos.
of infestations per site
Trunk
Branches
Lower Vi
Upper Vi
Ano Nuevo
4
0
4
0
Monterey
65
25
65
25
Cambria
54
3
45
12
Totals:
123
28
114
37
New, old and reinfestations.
36
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 5. Total numbers of new infestations only on five specific sites on adventive and native
Monterey pines.
Infestation site
Nos. of new infestations
Unpruned
Pruned
Nodal (intact)
198
274
Intemodal (intact)
157
299
Injury and/or pruning
19
121
Previous years’ infest.
141
55
Pine cone base
8
43
was chosen since the insect was found to be very active there (Table 1). Repre¬
sentatives of five common pine species were selected throughout the city (Table
6). They ranged in age from 10-25 years, and each tree had some evidence of
past flush pruning on the trunk. Comparing the San Jose results with those of
Weidman and Robbins (1947), there was agreement in relative susceptibility for
three species, P. canariensis, P. pinea and P. thunbergiana. However, for three
species ( radiata, patula and halepensis ) there were considerable differences in
survey results. With regard to P. halepensis, our supplemental observations in
other California cities (unpub.) indicated that this species is only an occasional
host, especially if unpruned (see also results of Westlake Village survey below).
Additional sites throughout California were examined, and these locations pro¬
vide supplemental information on the current geographic distribution of and
relative susceptibility of host pine species to S. sequoiae.
Ft. Bragg. —Surveyed Monterey pine in this city showed no evidence of S.
sequoiae (Table 1), which is consistent with its general distribution in this geo¬
graphic zone (Fig. 1). However, a later examination of another group of Monterey
pines in Ft. Bragg revealed that the insect occurred there in low numbers. Rather
than resurvey the second group, two other common pines, P. muricata and P.
contorta were examined for the insect. Twenty pruned and 20 unpruned orna¬
mental trees, mostly 5-20 years old, of each species showed the insect in low
densities in P. muricata (total of 39 masses) and in high densities in P. contorta
(total 126 masses). These results indicated that S. sequoiae can effectively use
other pine species as hosts, even in the presence of Monterey pine. It is noteworthy
that both pines occur natively in and around Ft. Bragg, and thus the infestation
was considered long-standing in the area.
Hollister. — At a nursery just north of the city, about 60,000 Monterey pines
are grown in pots for use as Christmas trees (Fig. 1). Trees were first planted at
this site in 1980, and S. sequoiae first appeared on a few trees in late 1983. A
survey in early 1985 of several hundred trees in three age classes revealed the
following distribution. One year old trees were almost entirely free of the insect;
two year olds had a frequency of about 1%; three year olds had a 10% infestation
rate. Most infested trees had a single pitch mass.
Although S. sequoiae is considered new to this locality, its potential as a major
pest in such a pine plantation is recognized on the basis of several factors. It does
not usually infest such small sized trees; larger diameter wood is generally required
to support developing larvae. Further, the vigorous handling trees receive during
repotting and shearing, and the rapid growth they experience through generous
applications of drip-irrigated water and fertilizer may be predisposing them to
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
37
Table 6. Numbers of infestations and percent trees infested with Synanthedon on pruned Pinus
species in San Jose.
Pinus species
n
Nos.
infestations
% trees
infested
Est. relative
attract.
Relat. attract,
cf. Weidman
& Robbins (’47)
P. radiata I 1
20
314
80
hi
low
P. radiata II 2
20
168
95
hi
low
P. patula
16
117
69
hi
low
P. thunbergiana
20
37
55
mod
mod
P. halepensis
20
23
40
low?
mod-hi
P. canariensis
20
0
0
NR 3
none
P. pinea
20
0
0
NR 3
low
1 San Jose I from Table 1.
2 San Jose II from Table 1.
3 NR—none recorded. Occasionally, pruned or injured trees have been observed with a few pitch
masses, however.
the insect. Finally, the nursery is in close proximity to Monterey Bay (zone III—
Fig. 1), one of the regions where S. sequoiae was found in high densities (Table 1).
Westlake Village. — The Westlake Village Golf Course, located in the south
coastal zone (Fig. 1), was the only site in southern California where S. sequoiae
was found. The golf course was not part of the systematic survey, but rather it
resulted from an information inquiry about the moth during the time of the
statewide survey in 1981. The site contained more than 300 Monterey pine, with
some P. halepensis and P. pinea; the majority of these trees were planted in 1967.
Most Monterey pines were infested with the insect, and many were highly infested.
Two trees were exemplary: one had 225-250 pitch masses; the second had 350-
400 (new, old and reinfestations). Only a few infestations were found on some
individuals of P. halepensis, and one infestation was located on P. pinea.
Infestations of S. sequoiae at Westlake differed from others in the state in two
respects. First, the pitch masses were about twice as large as masses in any other
location. The weight of some caused them to fall from trees and litter the edges
of fairways. Secondly, masses were commonly found on the upper trunk region
and associated branches. This unique distribution appeared to be related to bark
lesions that commonly occurred in the upper crown. Lesions were small and
irregularly shaped and may have resulted from localized feeding by squirrels or
other rodents. Although none of these mammals were actually sighted at Westlake,
in Pacific Grove (Central Coastal zone, Fig. 1) squirrels have been observed
chewing lesions of this type in Monterey pine branches.
The first pitch masses at Westlake were noticed by grounds keepers in 1980.
By 1981, the numbers of new masses far outnumbered old ones, indicating that
the population was still developing. Despite the observed high densities in 1981,
it appeared that the golf course infestation was highly localized since various
ornamental pines examined in 1982 in a residential neighborhood around the
golf course showed no evidence of the insect. Further, at a nearby golf course in
Camarillo, 10-year-old Monterey pines (and P. halepensis ) showed similar lesions
on branches and trunks but no evidence of S. sequoiae.
Placerville. — Pines at the Eddy Arboretum in Placerville were examined in 1981
and 1982 for pitch masses of S. sequoiae. A few masses were found on some
38
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
representatives of several pine species; however, none of the affected species
appeared to be as susceptible as reported by Weidman and Robbin (1947) in their
1943-1944 assessment of the S. sequoiae infestation. Because of these low den¬
sities it was impossible to sort out the most and least susceptible pine species.
Overall, the infestation was assessed as persisting at low densities, which may be
characteristic of older trees that have not been damaged for several years.
Collection records from major California collections and museums were of
limited use in supplementing the state distribution pattern of S. sequoiae. Most
collections were taken from Monterey pine in northern California, especially
around the south end of the San Francisco Bay and from the Carmel/Monterey
area. In southern California, only a very few collections were available, and these
were from pines in natural forests at higher elevations (~ 1500 m). One of these
was taken from P. coulteri at the Arrowhead area of the San Bernardino Moun¬
tains. Two collections each were from P. coulteri and P. jeffreyi at Idyllwild
(vicinity of Mt. Baldy) in the San Jacinto Wilderness Area.
Discussion
Overall results of the systematic survey, supplemental observations in specific
locations and museum records indicated that S. sequoiae is mostly a coastal to
somewhat inland insect in urban northern California. More specifically, the moth
is found in relatively high densities in three general areas. The first extends from
Ft. Bragg to San Francisco, just east of the coastal mountains (Fig. 1 and Table
1). The second area occurs around south San Francisco Bay (mostly San Mateo
and Santa Clara Counties). Payne (1974) also noted a high frequency of S. sequoiae
in Santa Clara Co. The third area is located around Monterey Bay, immediately
coastal and slightly inland, and includes the cities of Santa Cruz, Watsonville,
Hollister and Carmel.
Additional collecting from native pines (P. coulteri, P. jeffreyi, P. ponderosa
and P. sabiniana) in the inland mountains of northern and southern California
would probably reveal a more widespread distribution of the insect in the state.
The observations at Placerville and collections from the San Bernardino and San
Jacinto mountains provide evidence for this possibility. The long-standing infes¬
tations of S. sequoiae in Placerville and the new infestations at Hollister and
Westlake Village also suggest that the insect has the capacity to establish high
populations in new areas. The popular trend of using fast-growing pines in many
urban California landscapes, especially in southern California and in the cities of
the Central Valley, may increase the chances of new localized infestations.
Based on our observations statewide and the observations of other workers
(Brunner, 1914; Engelhardt, 1946; Weidman and Robbins, 1947; Powers and
Sundahl, 1973; Payne, 1974), it was possible to sort the urban ornamental pines
into two major groups; preferred and non-preferred species. In the preferred
category were P. radiata, P. patula, P. thunbergiana, P. muricata, P. contorta and
P. ponderosa (the latter three species are only occasionally used in urban California
landscapes). Pines showing resistance to S. sequoiae were P. canariensis, P. hale-
pensis and P. pinea. Pinus halepensis can best be described as generally resistant,
but susceptible under some circumstances. Pinus canariensis, P. pinea and P.
halepensis become slightly more susceptible as hosts only if they have experienced
substantial pruning or other mechanical damage.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
39
Because of its rapid growth and desirable form, it is likely that Monterey pine
will continue to be widely planted in urban California, despite its susceptibility
to the moth. However, in areas where S. sequoiae is common, P. halepensis may
be substituted for P. radiata owing to its general resistance to the insect and
similarity in size, form, texture and needle color with P. radiata. It is likely that
this option will only be considered by land owners and managers when S. sequoiae
or other insect pests such as bark beetles severely damage Monterey pine. This
was the case at Westlake Village Golf Course where S. sequoiae and Ips bark
beetles threatened to seriously damage about one-third of the standing trees.
It seems clear that certain human activities, especially pruning or similar me¬
chanical injury, predispose host trees to S. sequoiae. This was experimentally
demonstrated by Koehler et al. (1983) and by our comparative survey on unpruned
and pruned trees in adventive and native stands of Monterey pine. Other factors
that render host trees more susceptible include the activities of rodents, wood¬
peckers (Weidman and Robbins, 1947), increment borers (Powers and Sundahl,
1973), and damage by moving vehicles and support wires/metal stakes left in
place too long (Payne, 1974). Powers and Sundahl (1973) also suggest that rapidly
growing trees have a higher risk of infestation by S. sequoiae. Our experience
with fast-growing Monterey pines in Hollister and elsewhere support their ob¬
servation. Overall, the evidence indicates that tree stress leading to bark rupture
or reduced outer bark thickness will encourage entry of the insect.
Several other studies have demonstrated the relationship between increased
borer infestations and human-induced tree stress. Potter and Timmons (1981)
showed that trunk wounding and exposure to sun were the most important factors
predisposing flowering dogwoods in Kentucky to the dogwood borer, Synanthedon
scitula (Harris). Frankie and Koehler (1971) and Frankie and Ehler (1978) de¬
scribed how larval infestations of the cypress bark moth, Laspeyresia cupressana
(Kearfl), increased on Monterey cypress that had been stressed through rapid
growth and mechanical bark ruptures in urban California environments. Byers et
al. (1980) reported that the smaller European elm bark beetle, Scolytus multi-
striatus (Marsh.) was more attracted to pruned limbs of European and Siberian
elms compared to healthy, non-pruned limbs in California. Landwehr et al. (1981)
found that native elm bark beetles, Hylurgopinus rufipes (Eichhoff), were more
attracted to pruned versus unpruned American elms in Minnesota. Their work
also showed that treating pruned sites with wound dressing compound would
reduce the number of incoming bark beetles. Finally, collection notes by Engel-
hardt (1946) on U.S. sesiids suggest that larvae of several species are commonly
associated with fast growing trees, especially in urban or suburban settings. The
implication is obvious; that trees in well cared for human environments are
apparently more attractive than conspecific hosts in natural environments. En-
gelhardt mentions that one sesiid, Vitacea scepsiformis (Hy. Edwards), is excep¬
tional in this regard; it thrives on host plants in cultivation and is very rare or
absent in natural habitats.
Acknowledgments
We thank C. McGowan and R. Mandel for their assistance in the statewide
Synanthedon sequoiae survey. P. H. Amaud, Jr. (Calif. Acad. Sciences), L. R.
Brown (Univ. Calif., Riverside), T. D. Eichlin (Calif. Dept. Food and Agric.) and
40
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
R. R. Snelling (Los Angeles Co. Museum) kindly provided us with collection
records of S. sequoiae. J. K. Grace and C. S. Koehler reviewed an early draft of
this paper. The Elvenia J. Slosson Fund, California Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion and El Modeno Gardens, Inc. provided support for this research.
Literature Cited
Brunner, J. 1914. The sequoia pitch moth, a menace to pine in western Montana. U.S. Dept. Agr.
Bull. No. 111.
Byers, J. A., P. Svihra, and C. S. Koehler. 1980. Attraction of elm bark beetles to cut limbs of elm.
J. Arboriculture, 6:245-246.
Engelhardt, G. P. 1946. The North American clear-wing moths of the family Aegeriidae. Bull. U.S.
Nat’lMus., 190:1-222.
Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. The MacMillan Co., New York.
Frankie, G. W., and L. E. Ehler. 1978. Ecology ofinsects in urban environments. An n. Rev. Entomol.,
23:367-387.
-, and C. S. Koehler. 1971. Studies on the biology and seasonal history of the cypress bark
moth, Laspeyresia cupressana, Can. Entomol., 103:947-961.
Fumiss, R. L., and Y. M. Carolin. 1977. Western forest insects. U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 1339.
Hall, R. W., and L. E. Ehler. 1980. Population ecology of Aphis nerii on oleander. Env. Entomol.,
9:338-344.
Keen, F. P. 1952. Insect enemies of western forests. U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 273.
Koehler, C. S., G. W. Frankie, W. S. Moore, and V. R. Landwehr. 1983. Relationship of infestation
by the sequoia pitch moth (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae) to Monterey pine trunk injury. Environ.
Entomol., 12:979-981.
Landwehr, Y. R., W. J. Phillipson, M. E. Ascemo, and R. Hatch. 1981. Attraction of the native elm
bark beetle to American elm after the pruning of branches. J. Econ. Entomol., 74:577-580.
Ohmart, C. P. 1981. An annotated list of insects associated with Pinus radiata D. Don in California.
Forest Research CSIRO, Div. Rept. No. 8.
Payne, P. B. 1974. Sequoia pitch moth on Monterey pine. Coop Extern, Univ. of California, OSA-
270.
Potter, D. A., and G. M. Timmons. 1981. Factors affecting predisposition of flowering dogwood
trees to attack by the dogwood borer. HortScience, 16:677-679.
Powers, R. F., and W. E. Sundahl. 1973. Sequoia pitch moth: a new problem in fuel-break construc¬
tion. J. Forestry, 71:338-339.
Weidman, R. H., and G. T. Robbins. 1947. Attacks of pitch moth and turpentine beetle on pines
in the Eddy Arboretum. J. Forestry, 45:428-433.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 41-43
Time of Nuptial Flight in Two Ant Species
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
Elwood S. McCluskey and Jack S. Neal
(ESM) Biology and Physiology Departments, Loma Linda University, Loma
Linda, California 92350; (JSN) Biology Department, Loma Linda University,
Loma Linda, California 92350.
Abstract. — A flight of Myrmecocystus ewarti was seen near Palm Desert, Cali¬
fornia, at 1500 on 30 December. It is reported because neither hour nor date has
been published for this species; and more important, because this genus varies
more than most in flight and worker timing among species. This is the first winter
flight record for the genus. Secondly, a flight of Pogonomyrmex californicus was
seen near Riverside, California, at 1015 on 4 October, surprising because the
flights usually occur in June and July.
A single flight of each of two species is reported here: Myrmecocystus ewarti
Snelling because we are aware of no published record for this species; and Po¬
gonomyrmex californicus (Buckley) because it was seen at an unusually late date.
M. ewarti was observed by JSN and P. californicus by ESM.
Myrmecocystus ewarti
The nest was about 8 km north of Palm Desert, California, in a Larrea-Encelia
desert community. The entrance was a 2 cm hole straight down, in a wash area.
The ground had been moist several days before, indicating a previous rain.
The nest was observed several times on 30 December 1983, as noted below.
The day was sunny and warm, becoming partly shaded by cloud by 1500 (PST);
the temperature at the surface then was 23°C in the sun and 15° in the shade; at
7 cm deep it was 19°.
1415: Passed by nest and noticed nothing.
1500: About 300 workers moving in unusual zigzag pattern within 1-m radius
of entrance. About 15 males motionless on pebbles, some taking flight. Four
females emerged gradually from nest and were collected.
1600: 20 workers only were left.
Several days later, 3 January 1984, this nest was observed again. The afternoon
was clear and sunny, with surface temperature in the sun 24-27°. The ground was
now quite dry. No ants were seen at 1445, 1500, or 1550; 2 workers were inside
the entrance at 1520. (At a nearby nest of M. mimicus 100 workers and 2 males
[in the entrance] were seen at 1500.)
The two dates listed by Snelling (1976) when alates of M. ewarti have been
found in the nest, 26 January and 1 March, are both in the winter like the flight
reported here.
Published records of flight time for other species in the genus include M. men-
42
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
dax, 18 July at 1610 (Wheeler, 1908); M. mexicanus, 24-28 July, 1922-1936
(Conway, 1980); M. mimicus, July, 1730-1900 and 0600-0700 (Bartz and Holl-
dobler, 1982); M. pyramicus, 7 April, near sundown (Smith, 1951 with Snelling,
1976); M. testaceus, early spring and midautumn, late afternoon (Snelling, 1976).
A second morning-flying species is M. depilis, July, 0600 (G. Alpert, personal
communication). Thus there is more spread of both date and hour of flight than
for most genera (cf. McCluskey, 1974); and our new record (M. ewarti) adds yet
another season, winter.
Pogonomyrmex califortiicus
Published records of date of flight include 27 June-15 July (Michener, 1942)
and June-July (Mintzer, 1982). Through the years locally the flights have often
been observed (such as collecting the alates for laboratory study, McCluskey and
Carter, 1969) from the first of June into August. So imagine my surprise to
encounter a flight in the fall. A couple times in preceding days a female had been
noticed at a nest, but thought to be merely a straggler left over for some reason.
The nest openings were in a crack of the pavement of a parking lot in Loma
Linda (near Riverside, CA), where I passed one or more times a day; the colony
had been there for many years. At 1005 on 4 October 1983 I noticed many alate
females out. So observations were made as follows:
1010: About 150 females out at three exits, massed in usual way (somewhat in
rows around exits); also many workers. No males seen now or later.
1005-1035: Large number continued out, sometimes spreading to a meter be¬
yond exits, both females and workers running excitedly. Several females flew,
perhaps one per minute for a while (but could never verify by sighting against
sky). A student who stopped by (1015-1020) also said he saw them fly. Sunny
and warm (hot sitting in sun) most of time, but dimmed by clouds part of time.
Often a breeze. By 1035 number out had dropped to a half or third.
1055: Only 7 females out.
1100: Sun much dimmed by clouds; shade air temperature 24°C.
Between 1035 and 1055: Checked six other nests, mostly in more typical habitat,
as along railroad siding. Workers but no alates out. More cloudy by now. Ground
wet from heavy rain 30 September.
In conclusion, this report adds another species flight hour and date for a genus
that deserves further analysis because of unusual diversity in timing. Secondly,
it provides a reminder that variability in biological phenomena within a species
should not be overlooked.
Acknowledgments
We thank R. R. Snelling for determining M. ewarti, and the Geoscience Re¬
search Institute for grant support.
Literature Cited
Bartz, S. H., and B. Holldobler. 1982. Colony founding in Myrmecocystus mimicus Wheeler (Hy-
menoptera: Formicidae) and the evolution of foundress associations. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol.,
10:137-147.
Conway, J. R. 1980. The seasonal occurrence of sexual brood and the pre- and post-nuptial behavior
of the honey ant, Myrmecocystus mexicanus Wesmael, in Colorado. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 88:
7-14.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
43
McCluskey, E. S. 1974. Generic diversity in phase of rhythm in myrmicine ants. J. N.Y. Entomol.
Soc., 82:93-102.
-, and C. E. Carter. 1969. Loss of rhythmic activity in female ants caused by mating. Comp.
Bioch. Physiol., 31:217-226.
Michener, C. D. 1942. The history and behavior of a colony of harvester ants. Scientific Monthly,
55:248-258.
Mintzer, A. C. 1982. Copulatory behavior and mate selection in the harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex
californicus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 75:323-326.
Smith, M. R. 1951. Two new ants from western Nevada (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Great Basin
Naturalist, 11 (3—4):91—96.
Snelling, R. R. 1976. A revision of the honey ants, genus Myrmecocystus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae).
Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County, Science Bull., 24:1-163.
Wheeler, W. M. 1908. Honey ants, with a revision of the American Myrmecocysti. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 24:345-397.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 44-52
Seasonal Distribution, Trophic Structure and Origin of Sand Obligate
Insect Communities in the Great Basin
R. W. Rust
Biology Department, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada.
Recent surveys of insects in western North American sand dunes (Hardy and
Andrews, 1979, 1981; Andrews et al., 1979; Cobb, 1981; Bechtel et al., 1981,
1983; Rust et al., 1983) have established the presence of unique, often endemic
groups of Coleoptera, Hemiptera and Orthoptera. These species are referred to
as sand obligate species and are defined as species whose life history activities are
restricted to sand dune environments (Koch, 1961; Hardy and Andrews, 1976).
I will show that sand obligate (SO) species from one sand dune, Sand Mountain,
Nevada, are principally detritivores and carnivores that occur either throughout
the year or in cold, winter months. The distribution of sand obligate faunas in
several dunes in the Great Basin Desert of the United States may possibly be
explained by examination of past climatic conditions during the Pleistocene in
the Great Basin. The hypothesis being examined is that the present distributions
and restriction of the sand obligate fauna is a result of contraction of Pleistocene
sand areas with decreasing aridity in recent times.
Study Area
Sand Mountain dune is approximately 46 km ESE of Fallon, Churchill County,
Nevada (39°20'N-118°20'W) and is 1250 m in elevation. It is an active star dune
of approximately 3.2 km 2 and results from eolian sand deposited during the
Turupah and Fallon formations of about 4000 years before present (B.P.) (Mor¬
rison and Frye, 1965). Sparse dune vegetation consists of the shrubs Atriplex
confertifolia, Tetradymia tetrameres, Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus, Eriogonum
kearneyi, Psorothamnus polyadenitis and the grass Oryzopsis hymenoides. The
dune was sampled 18 times from June 1979 through June 1980.
Monthly average temperature and precipitation from Fallon, Nevada (39°27-
118°47'W and 1208 m elevation) for a thirty year period are given in Table 1
(USDC 1970). Sand Mountain is in the cold desert of North America with cold,
wet winters (—0.4 to 5.8°C and 1 to 1.6 mm) and hot, dry summers (10 to 22°C
and 0.5 to 1.8 mm). Thirty year mean monthly temperatures were analyzed by
Fisher’s L.S.D. test to determine which months have equal mean temperatures.
L.S.D. valve was 0.73°C or all monthly means are significantly different from each
other.
Methods and Materials
Several collecting techniques were used. Permanent pitfall traps were 0.95 L
(11.5 cm diameter) plastic cartons buried level with the sand surface and one-
third to one-half filled with ethylene glycol. Traps were covered with a 13 x 13
cm Masonite lid held 2 cm above the surface. Six traps were placed 10 meters
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
45
apart in a transect and six transects were used. Traps were operative for 30 days
between collecting periods. Temporary pitfall traps were 15 cm diameter ceramic
bowls placed level with the sand surface. Twelve traps placed 10 meters apart
represented a transect and six transects were used. Temporary pitfall traps were
used for 12 to 18 hr during a survey period and trapping duration was determined
by the length of the night. Hand held lamps were used in searching the dune for
nocturnal species. Sand was sifted through two screens of 12 x 12 mm and 1.5
x 1.5 mm mesh to recover subsurface arthropods. Surface sand to a depth of 0.4
to 0.5 m both from beneath vegetation and open sand (non-vegetated areas) was
sifted. During surveys, four or five different sites on the dune were visited and
sampled and the sites were varied each survey.
All specimens were sent to taxonomists for identification (see Bechtel et al.,
1981, 1983; Rust et al., 1983 for listings). Four of the species were determined
as new to science. These species will be described by taxonomists and are here
treated as species unique to Sand Mountain, NY.
Trophic level placement of species was based on field observations, dissection
of digestive tracts and literature citations. When few specimens were available or
species specific literature was not available, then trophic level assignment was
based on generic patterns.
Spearman’s rank correlation test was used to compare a species monthly abun¬
dance to both mean monthly temperature and precipitation. The hypothesis being
tested is that a species monthly abundance ranking is independent of either month¬
ly temperature or precipitation ranking.
Results
Sixteen species are recognized as sand obligate, 3 herbivores, 4 carnivores and
9 detritivores (Table 1). Serica species (Scarabaeidae) adults were found from
May to June and were observed feeding of Psoralea lanceolata (Fabaceae) and
Ambrosia acanthicarpa (Asteraceae). Larvae were recovered in October and March-
April from sand beneath the roots of Oryzopsis hymenoides (Poaceae). Their guts
contained masticated plant material. Cardiophorus species (Elateridae) adults were
found from November to March and were recovered from sand beneath several
dune shrubs. A single larva was taken in May. Cardiophorus have unknown feeding
habits. The larval mouth opening is small suggesting that they probably take only
liquid food. Edrotes ventricosus (Tenebrionidae) was present in all months but
November to January. La Rivers (1947) observed E. ventricosus feeding on salt-
grass, Destichlis spicata, brome grass, Bromus tectorum, Russian Thistle, Salsola
kali, and wild onion, Allium sp. and considered it a strict herbivore. SO carnivores,
Rhadine myrmecodes (Carabidae), and Mecynotarsus delicatulus (Anthicidae) were
present in all months, Philothris species (Histeridae) was found during the winter
months, and Tetragonoderus pallidus (Carabidae) was present from May to Sep¬
tember. Of the detritivores, Niptus ventriculus (Ptinidae) (Hinton, 1941; Brown,
1959), Eusattus muricatus (Doyen, 1984 for recent review), Lariversius tibialis
(gut analysis, unpublished data), and Trogloderus costatus (La Rivers, 1946; Tan¬
ner and Packham, 1965; Thomas, 1979) (Tenebrionidae) were present in all months.
Chilometopon brachystomum (Doyen, 1982) (Tenebrionidae) was present during
the summer months. Aegialia hardyi (Rust and Hanks, 1982), Aphodius nevadensis
(gut analysis, unpublished data), and Coenonycha species (Scarabaeidae) were
On
Table 1. Seasonal distribution of sand obligate insects from Sand Mountain, Nevada from June 1979 through June 1980, larval numbers are given in parentheses.
Species dry weight is given in milligrams (E means estimated dry weight because of few specimens). Mean monthly temperature and precipitation based on a
thirty year average are given for Fallon, Nevada.
Species
Weight
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
June
July
Aug
Sept
Oct
Nov
Dec
Herbivores
Cardiophorus species
6.0E
2
1
(1)
1
2
Serica species
14.8
(17)
(37)
36
63
37
(10)
Edrotes ventricosus
13.7
4
3
19
5
19
46
5
4
1
Carnivores
Mecynotarsus delicatulus
5.0
3
2
5
2
2
7
12
296
26
9
3
1
Rhadine myrmecodes
94.0
2
21
29
7
13
12
7
25
12
1
13
22
Tetragonoderus pallidus
18.5
1
10
13
14
4
Philothrus species
2.0E
1
2
2
4
2
2
1
Detritivores
Ammobaenetes lariversi
40.1
3
7
4
2
10
42
48
30
40
45
3
1
Niptus ventriculus
6.6
4
1
3
1
3
33
5
12
9
2
11
7
Aegialia hardyi
2.2
158
55
54
68
30
54
86
60
(79)
(144)
(38)
Aphodius nevadensis
5.4
15
28
23
5
16
(26)
(21)
Coenonycha species
10.0E
6
4
Chilometopon brachystomum
20.0E
12
Eusattus muricatus
133.0
2
10
29
14
7
6
98
372
85
22
6
3
Lariversius tibialis
19.1
16
39
32
23
15
50
70
482
241
76
7
12
Trogloderus costatus
18.9
3
3
3
9
13
35
52
25
210
2
2
1
Average temperature °C
-0.4
3.0
5.8
9.7
14.2
18.5
22.7
21.2
16.9
11.0
4.6
0.7
Average precipitation mm
12.4
16.0
13.9
9.6
18.5
11.4
4.8
4.3
5.5
10.6
9.1
11.6
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
47
Table 2. Spearman’s rank correlation and probabilities of species monthly abundance to monthly
temperature and monthly precipitation 30 year averages and probability levels. Rankings are from
high to low for monthly species abundance, temperature and precipitation.
Temperature Precipitation
Species*
n
n
p
p
Mecynotarsus delicatulus
12
0.805
0.002
<
P
<
0.005
-0.631
0.02
<
P
<
0.05
Neptus ventriculus
12
0.335
0.20
<
P
<
0.50
-0.482
0.10
<
P
<
0.20
Rhadine myrmecodes
12
-0.108
P
>
0.50
0.136
P
>
0.50
Tetragonoderus pallidus
5
0.80
P
=
0.20
-0.90
P
>
0.10
Ammobaenetes lariversi
12
0.797
0.002
<
P
<
0.005
-0.203
P
>
0.50
Aegialia hardyi
8
-0.660
0.05
<
P
<
0.10
-0.482
0.20
<
P
<
0.50
Aphodius nevadensis
5
0.375
P
>
0.50
0.825
0.10
<
P
<
0.20
Edrotes ventricosus
9
0.595
0.10
<
P
<
0.20
-0.412
0.20
<
P
<
0.50
Eusattus muricatus
12
0.715
0.01
<
P
<
0.02
-0.548
0.05
<
P
<
0.10
Lariversius tibialis
12
0.692
0.01
<
P
<
0.02
-0.475
0.10
<
P
<
0.20
Trogloderus costatus
12
0.795
0.002
<
P
<
0.005
-0.319
0.20
<
P
<
0.50
* Cardiophorus species, Philothris species, Coenonycha species and Chilometopon brachystomum
were not analyzed because of limited number of specimens and Serica species and also Coenonycha
species and Chilometopon brachystomum were not analyzed because of insufficient sample size for
Spearman’s rank correlation test.
found during the winter months. Larvae of Aegialia hardyi and Aphodius neva-
densis were found from March to May in sand beneath dune vegetation. Am-
mobaenetes lariversi (La Rivers, 1948) (Rhaphidophoridae) adults and nymphs
were found in all months with most individuals obtained from July to October.
Spearman’s rank correlation of species monthly abundance to either monthly
temperature or precipitation 30 year averages (Table 2) indicate that Mecynotarsus
delicatulus, Ammobaenetes lariversi, Eusattus muricatus, Lariversius tibialis, and
Trogloderus costatus were significantly, positively correlated with monthly tem¬
peratures and only Mecynotarsus delicatulus was significantly, negatively corre¬
lated with monthly precipitation. Eusattus muricatus shows a possible negative
relationship with monthly precipitation.
Discussion
Three seasonal activity patterns exist in the sand obligate species: 1) continuous
year-round, 2) summer-warm months, and 3) winter-cold months. Carnivores
Rhadine myrmecodes, and Mecynotarsus delicatulus, and detritivores Ammo¬
baenetes lariversi, Niptus ventriculus, Eusattus muricatus, Lariversius tibialis, and
Trogloderus costatus are active year-round. Herbivores Serica species, and Edrotes
ventricosus, carnivore Tetragonoderus pallidus, and detritivore Chilometopon
brachystomum, are summer-warm month species, with E. ventricosus extending
into the cooler winter months. Winter-cold month species are herbivore Cardi¬
ophorus species, carnivore Philothrus species, and detritivores Aegialia hardyi,
Aphodius nevadensis, and Coenonycha species. Winter activity of Cardiophorus
species may represent non-feeding adults that mate and deposit eggs during this
period. Other populations of Cardiophorus species from Great Basin sand dunes
show similar adult winter activity periods (Hardy and Andrews, 1976; E. C.
Becker, pers. comm.).
Comparisons of seasonal activity patterns of other populations of SO species
48
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
(Table 3) are in general the same as Sand Mountain. Notable exceptions are
Tetragonoderus pallidus showing gradually year-round activity in populations at
decreasing latitude or reduced cold-winter months, Niptus ventriculus with re¬
duced hot-summer month activity with decreasing latitude, and Trogloderus cos¬
tatus showing a reduction in the winter-spring activity with decreasing latitude.
Year-round and winter-cold active SO species are responding to both the phys¬
ical and biotic factors during the cold period. During the cold-month period,
warming of surface and subsurface (10 to 15 cm) above ambient produced an
environment allowing both adult and larval activity (Rust and Hanks, 1982).
Maximum precipitation during the cold period, with monthly averages above
average monthly precipitation for Oct., Dec., Jan., Feb., and Mar. and fall only
slightly below in Nov. (Table 1), produces a humid environment for adults and
especially immatures developing during this period. Combination of lower tem¬
peratures and more precipitation reduces evaporative losses from subsurface sand
which prolongs humid conditions, reducing desiccation problems for the winter
active species. Hot, dry summers may represent conditions that are physically
unsuitable for many of the smaller SO species and only larger (10 mg or more)
species can escape by active temporal movements (Holm and Edney, 1973).
The addition of leaves and flowers from deciduous shrubs on the dune (Eri-
ogonum kearneyi, Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus, Tetradymia tetrameres, Atriplex
confertifolia, Psorothamnus polyadenius and Psoralea lanceolata ) will be at a
maximum during the start of the cold-month period adding to the organic base
for the detritivores. Plant materials are trapped in the sand that collects around
the stems of the perennial shrubs, the site where most of the winter active species
were collected (Rust and Hanks, 1982). The combination of detritus availability,
temperature and moisture conditions favorable to both adults and immatures
may explain the winter activity period observed in many SO species.
Long distance dispersal characters, wings, of the SO species divide them into
two groups: 1) winged and 2) wingless or brachypterous. Serica species, Tetrago¬
noderus pallidus, and Philothris species are winged and capable of flight. Rhadine
myrmecodes, Niptus ventriculus, Edrotes ventricosus, Eusattus muricatus, Lari-
versius tibialis, and Ammobaenetes lariversi have no wings and Cardiophorus
species, Mecynotarsus delicatulus, Aegialia hardyi, Aphodius nevadensis, Coenon-
ycha species, and Chilometopon brachystomum have brachypterous wings and
flight is most likely impossible.
The wingless condition of most of the SO species may represent a derived state
of recent origin resulting in reduced chances of being blown away from the dune.
However, except for Chilometopon brachystomum, the wingless tenebrionids be¬
long to genera or tribes that are primatively flightless (Doyen, 1968, 1972; Arnett,
1960). Active sand dunes are limited in their distribution and size in Great Basin
and the chances of being blown to a new dune are considered extremely rare.
Sand dunes may be viewed in the same manner as remote oceanic islands with
respect to the evolution of flightlessness (Darlington, 1943). An individual of
Aegialia crescenta from Cresent Dune, NV was observed being blown across the
dune in a wind storm. The individual was unable to stop itself (unpublished
observation). In Chilometopon brachystomum, Doyen (1982) found that the bra¬
chypterous condition produced wings that still showed distinct anterior venation
indicating recent origin. The wings of Aegialia hardyi, Aphodius nevadensis, Me-
Table 3. Seasonal distribution of sand obligate Coleoptera species from eight sand dunes in southwestern United States: Sand Mountain Dune (present study):
Blow Sand Mountains Dunes, Nevada (Bechtel et al., 1983): Eureka Valley Dune, California; Owens Lake Dune, California; Cadiz Dune, California; Rice Dune,
California; Palen Dune, California; and Algodones Dune, California (Andrews et al., 1979). Dunes are arranged latitudinally from north, Sand Mountain, to south,
Algodones Dune. Winter (W) November to February, spring (S) March to May, summer (S) June to August and fall (F) September to October (after Andrews et
al., 1979).
Sand
Blow
Eureka
Owens
Cadiz
Rice
Palen
Algodones
Species
w
S
s
F
w
s
s
F
w
s
s
F
w
s
s
F
w
s
s
F
w
s
s
F
w
s s
F
w
s
s
F
Mecynotarsus
delicatulus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Tetragonoderus
pallidus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Neptus
ventriculus
Edrotes
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ventricosus
Eusattus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
muricatus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lariversius
tibialis
Trodloderus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
costatus
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
4 ^
VO
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
50
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
cynotarsus delicatulus, Coenonycha species, and Cardiophorus species are reduced
to very short paddle-like structure without any trace of venation. This being
interpreted as an older condition than that of C. brachystomum.
The hypothesis being presented is that the present distributions and restriction
of the sand obligate fauna in the southwestern United States is a result of past
climatic conditions and contraction of sand areas with decreasing aridity in recent
times. This hypothesis is not new; Howden (1963) suggested that distribution
patterns observed in eight genera of flightless Scarabaeid beetles found in North
America can best be explained by past climatic conditions during the Pre-Pleis¬
tocene and Pleistocene periods in non-glaciated areas. La Rivers (1946) also
suggested that the subspeciation observed in Trogloderus costatus may have been
associated with the desiccation of Pleistocene lakes in western Nevada and that
T. costatus nevadus is confined to the distribution of Lake Lahontan.
The Pleistocene is geologically noted for its glacial record (Flint, 1971) and
approximately 15 periods of cooling and warming have been associated with
glacial and interglacial periods (Kvasov, 1978). The past 40,000 years in the Great
Basin began with an interpluvial period lasting to near 25,000 B.P. Two pluvial
periods lasted from 25,000 to 21,500 and 13,600 to 11,100 B.P. with high stands
of greater than 1300 m (Benson, 1978; Morrison, 1965). Numerous pluvial lakes,
the largest in the western Great Basin being Lake Lahontan (13,580 km 2 ) (Mifflin
and Wheat, 1979), existed throughout the Great Basin. Extensive sand shores and
sand deposits were present in the western lakes receiving discharge from the Sierra
Nevada Mountains (Morrison, 1964). Warm, arid conditions prevailed from 9000
to 5000 B.P. and during this time all lakes except Pyramid Lake (northwestern
Nevada) desiccated and during the last 5000 years Pyramid and Walker lakes
(west-central Nevada) have increased in size (Benson, 1978). Pluvial paleoclimates
have been estimated as approximately 5°F (2.77°C) cooler than present with a
corresponding increase in precipitation averaging 68% above present basin av¬
erages (Mifflin and Wheat, 1979).
Present species distributions potentially follow the eolian dispersal patterns of
the sands from points of deposition or distribution on pluvial lake shores to its
present position. Sand at Sand Mountain is from the Walker River drainage of
the Sierra Nevada Mountains (D. Trexler, USGS, Univ. Nevada, Reno, pers.
comm.) and has moved from 50 to 5 5 km to its present position at Sand Mountain.
One other active dune, Blow Sand Mountains, lies 25 km SSW of Sand Mountain
and is formed from the same sand deposit. All SO species except Cardiophorus
species, Aphodius nevadensis and Coenonycha species were present at Blow Sand
Mountains (Bechtel et al., 1981, 1983). Presently, we see widespread and/or newly
evolved populations of these past faunas trapped in the active sand dunes of the
intermountain basins. The widespread species are M. delicatulus, T. pallidus, N.
ventriculus, E. ventricosus, E. muricatus, and T. costatus, with Ammobaenetes
lariversi and A. hardyi and other possible Sand Mountain endemics represent the
newly speciated forms. Doyen and Slobodchikoff (1984) have shown the devel¬
opment of microgeographic races of the costal dune beetle Coelus ciliatus (Te-
nebrionidae) from different types of dunes without isolation. Populations inhab¬
iting the eolian and stabilized dunes were among the longest and smallest observed
for the species. Doyen and Rogers (1984) found that body size (elytral length and
width) in Eusattus muricatus was inversely associated with altitude and latitude
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
51
over a large geographic area and speculate that temperature (annual accumulated
day degrees) is involved with body size determination. Whether or not the wide¬
spread SO species are genetically different at different dunes within their geo¬
graphic ranges, it appears that the ephemeral nature of sand dunes may allow for
extremely rapid selection and isolation of SO species and populations.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank R. C. Bechtel and L. M. Hanks for their assistance with
collecting activities and support during the project. This paper would not have
been possible without the help of numerous taxonomists in identification of the
insects collected. Drs. J. T. Doyen and D. R. Miller reviewed and commented
on the manuscript; their comments are appreciated and helpful.
Literature Cited
Andrews, F. G., A. R. Hardy, and D. Giuliani. 1979. The coleopterous fauna of selected California
sand dunes. A report. Bureau of Land Management Contract CA-960-1285-1225-DEOO,
141 pp.
Arnett, R. H. 1960. The beetles of the United States. The Catholic University of America Press,
Washington, D.C., 1112 pp.
Bechtel, R. C., L. M. Hanks, and R. W. Rust. 1981. Orthopteroids of Sand Mountain and Blow
Sand Mountains, Nevada. Entomol. News, 92:125-129.
-,-, and-. 1983. Coleoptera of Sand Mountain and Blow Sand Mountains, Nevada.
Southwest Natur., 28:473-478.
Benson, L. V. 1978. Fluctuation in the level of pluvial Lake Lahontan during the last 40,000 years.
Quater. Res., 9:300-318.
Brown, W. J. 1959. Niptus Boild. and allied genera in North America (Coleoptera: Ptinidae). Canadian
Entomol., 91:627-633.
Cobb, N. 1981. An ecological study of the Alvord Basin dunes, southeastern Oregon. Final Technical
Report. NSF Grant SP-7905328, 142 pp.
Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1943. Carabidae of mountains and islands: data on the evolution of isolated
faunas and on atrophy of wings. Ecol. Monogr., 13:37-61.
Doyen, J. T. 1968. The phylogenetic position of Edrotes and a new species of the genus. (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 44:218-227.
-. 1972. Familial and subfamilial classification of the T enebrionoidea (Coleoptera) and a revised
generic classification of the Coniontini (Tentyriidae). Quaest. Entomol., 8:357-376.
-. 1982. New species of Tenebrionidae from western North America (Coleoptera). Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 58:81-91.
-. 1984. Systematics of Eustattus and Conisattus (Coleoptera; Tenebrionidae; Coniontini;
Eusatti). Occas. Papers California Acad. Sci., 141:1-104.
-, and E. Rogers. 1984. Environmental determinants of size variation in Eusattus muricatus
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Jour. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 57:483-489.
-, and C. N. Slobodchikoff. 1984. Evolution of microgeographic races without isolation in a
coastal dune beetle. Jour. Biogeog., 11:13-25.
Flint, R. F. 1971. Glacial and Quartemary geology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY.
Gordon, R. D., and O. L. Cartwright. 1977. Four new species of Aegialia (s. str.) (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from California and Nevada sand dunes. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 67:42-48.
Hardy, A. R., and F. G. Andrews. 1976. A final report to the Office of Endangered Species on
Contract 14-16-0008-966, 42 pp.
-, and-. 1981. An inventory of selected Coleoptera from the Algodones Dunes. Report
to the Bureau of Land Management of Contract CA-060-CT8-68.
Hinton, H. E. 1941. The Ptinidae of economic importance. Bull. Entomol. Res., 31:331-381.
Holm, E., and E. B. Edney. 1973. Daily activity of Namib Desert arthropods in relation to climate.
Ecology, 54:45-56.
52
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Howden, H. F. 1963. Speculations of some beetles, barriers, and climates during the Pleistocene
and Pre-Pleistocene periods in some non-graciated portions of North America. System. Zool.,
12:178-201.
Koch, C. 1961. Die Dunentenebrioniden der Namibnuste mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer
Okologie (und Physiologie). Yerhand. XI Intern. Kongr. Entomol. (Vienna), 1:655-657.
Kvasov, D. D. 1978. The Barents ice sheet as a relay regulator of glacial-interglacial alternations.
Quater. Res., 9:288-299.
La Rivers, I. 1946. On the genus Trogloderus Le Conte (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Entomol. News,
57:35-44.
-. 1947. A synopsis of the genus Edrotes (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.
America, 40:318-328.
-. 1948. A synopsis of Nevada Orthoptera. Amer. Midi. Natur., 39:652-720.
Mifflin, M. D., and M. M. Wheat. 1979. Pluvial lakes and estimated pluvial climates on Nevada.
Nevada Bureau of Mines Bulletin, 94:1-57.
Morrison, R. B. 1964. Lake Lahontan: Geology of southern Carson Desert, Nevada. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Prof. Paper, 401:1-156.
-. 1965. Quaternary geology of the Great Basin. In H. E. Wright and D. G. Frey (eds.), The
Quaternary of the United States. Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ.
-, and J. C. Frye. 1965. Correlation of the middle and late Quaternary successions of the Lake
Lahontan, Lake Bonneville, Rocky Mountain (Wasatch Range), southern Great Plains, and
eastern Midwest areas. Nevada Bureau of Mines Report, 9:1-45.
Rust, R. W., and L. M. Hanks. 1982. Notes on the biology of Aegialia hardyi Gordon and Cartwright
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 58:319-325.
-,-, and R. C. Bechtel. 1983. Aculeata Hymenoptera of Sand Mountain and Blow Sand
Mountains, Nevada. Great Basin Natur., 43:403-408.
Tanner, V. M., and W. A. Packham. 1965. Tenebrionidae beetles of the Nevada test site. Brigham
Young Univ. Sci. Bull. Biol. Ser., 6:1-44.
Thomas, D. B. 1979. Patterns in the abundance of some tenebrionid beetles in the Mojave Desert.
Envir. Entomol., 8:568-574.
U.S.D.C. 1971. Climatography of the United States, No. 20-26. N.O.A.A. Prepared C. M. Sakamoto.
M.S., 22:1-4.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 53-54
Description of a New Species of Hexatoma ( Hexatoma) from
California (Tipulidae, Diptera)
C. Dennis Hynes
Department of Biological Sciences, California Polytechnic State University, San
Luis Obispo, California 93407.
Recently I received, and later found and reared, specimens of a crane-fly which
is recognized as a new species of the subgenus Hexatoma, genus Hexatoma. The
subgenus Hexatoma has two species recorded from the North American continent,
none from the western United States. All other species of the genus within the
United States are of the subgenus Eriocera. The types are preserved in the col¬
lection at California Polytechnic State University at San Luis Obispo, CA.
Hexatoma {Hexatoma) hartmani, New Species
Male.— Length 6.1-7 mm; wing 6.3-6.9 mm; antenna 0.71-1.7 mm.
Female. —Length 7.4 mm; wing 7.7 mm; antenna 1.5 mm.
Rostrum dark gray, short, palpi black. Antennae black, short, 7 segments; the
scape twice the length of the pedicel. The first flagellar segment twice the length
of the scape and pedicel combined. The last flagellar segment small, about one-
fourth the length of the penultimate segment. Head with the anterior vertex black.
Mesonotal praescutum with two yellowish stripes on either side of a dark brown
median line. Halteres at bases dark gray, remainder of stem and knob yellow.
Legs with the coxae, trochanter and femur black, the remainder of the leg gray.
Wing (Fig. 1) with ground color light yellow, radial and medial veins bordered
by darker coloration. Darkened areas also at base of cells R, M, origin of Rs, and
in the Cell IA toward the margin of the wing; dark brown bordering the vein Cu.
Venation with Sc, ending beyond the fork of Rs, Sc 2 at fork of Rs, Sc, alone equal
to the length of r-m. R 2 about its own length before the fork of R 3+4 ; Rs angulated
at origin; m-cu just beyond the fork of M. Vein M 1+2 present and reaching the
wing margin; other veins of M absent. Cell 1st M 2 preserved. Abdominal segments
uniformly dark gray, with white setae at edges of terga. Hypopygium dark gray
except on distal portion of the basistyle, which is yellow. Outer dististyle slender,
gently curved medially. Inner dististyle relatively large, fleshy, and cylindrical
with abundant erect setae. Aedeagus elongated, reaching back to about the level
of the dististyles, curved downward and inward at posterior third of its length.
Ovipositor of allotype is fleshy.
Holotype. —(male) Atascadero, CA, Atascadero Creek, March 19, 1984 (Hynes).
Allotype. — With the same data as given above for the holotype.
Paratypes. —Three males and 3 females, with same data as given for holotype;
one male (Tracey Estes) slide 1590 (wing and genitalia), April 2, 1983 Atascadero,
CA. All specimens, with the exception of the one collected by Miss Estes, were
reared from larvae and pupae.
I am pleased to name this fly after Dr. Margaret Hartman, whose work with
54
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
the Rangeland Crane-fly, Tipula simplex, has been of great value to the knowledge
of crane-fly biology.
Hexatoma hartmani is very much like Hexatoma microcera Alexander, but
readily told from this species by the coloration and the larger terminal segment
of the antennae. The retention of the Cell 1 st M 2 by the adult is not reflected by
differences in the larval stages. Consequently, the erection of a new subgenus on
this basis is not warranted. The preservation of the Cell 1st M 2 is much as in
Hexatoma (. Hexatoma ) schmidiana of Kashmir, Pakistan (Alexander, 1957a).
However, by its description, Hexatoma schmidiana has longer antennae and the
coloration very different. Another species with the Cell M 2 preserved was described
by Alexander in 1957 as Hexatoma coheri (Alexander, 1957b), placing it in the
subgenus Eriocera. He later explained that he did so on the basis of the elongate
antennae in the male (Alexander, 1958). Since the preservation of Cell M 2 is
accompanied by short antennae and the presence of a fleshy ovipositor in the
female, I am placing Hexatoma hartmani in the subgenus Hexatoma.
Numerous larvae and pupae were found in the sandy areas between mounds
of Carex senta which abounds along the edges of the stream.
Literature Cited
Alexander, C. P. 1957a. New or little-known Tipulidae (Diptera) CII. Oriental-Australasian species.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (12)10:97-115.
-. 1957b. Undescribed species of crane-flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Tipulidae, Diptera).
I. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 64:137-147.
-. 1958. New or little-known Tipulidae from eastern Asia (Diptera), XLV. Phil. Joum. Sci.,
86:405-409; 4 pits.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 55-57
Floral Predation of Yucca whipplei (Agavaceae)
by the Sap Beetle, Anthonaeus agavensis
(Coleoptera: Nitidulidae)
Daniel Udovic
Department of Biology, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403.
Abstract. —Female sap beetles, Anthonaeus agavensis, oviposit in the flower
buds of Yucca whipplei. The larvae destroy both pollen and ovaries, causing
premature abortion of buds and flowers.
Adult sap beetles, Anthonaeus agavensis (Crotch) (Nitidulidae), are often found
on the flower stalks of Yucca whipplei Torrey (Agavaceae) in southern California.
They occur in large numbers at many of the sites where I have been studying the
pollination biology of Y. whipplei (Udovic, 1981, MS), particularly in coastal sage
scrub (Munz, 1973) south of the Los Angeles basin. Parsons (1943) reported that
the adults of this species occur in the flowers of Agave. However, of the 18 samples
of specimens with host-plant information in the collections of the University of
California, Berkeley, and the University of California, Riverside, 11 were found
on Y. whipplei, 2 others were probably on Y. whipplei, and 4 were on undetermined
species of Yucca\ none were reported from Agave (Powell, pers. comm.; Frommer,
pers. comm.). Since the larvae of many of the other members of its subfamily
(Cateretinae) live in seed capsules of various plants, Parsons (1943) conjectured
that the larvae of A. agavensis are associated with seed capsules of Agave. Here I
report observations showing that the beetle larvae are floral predators of Y. whip¬
plei that may significantly affect the plant’s floral display.
I observed adult and larval behavior during the spring of 1981 on the Ryan
Oak Glen Reserve northeast of Escondido, CA, in a coastal sage scrub community.
This site corresponds to CSS4 in Udovic (1981). Adults congregate in the open
flowers of Y. whipplei and are often found mating inside the flowers. The devel¬
oping branches of yucca inflorescences, together with their primordial flower buds,
are covered by protective bracts. Female A. agavensis are able to crawl beneath
the bracts, where they oviposit on the developing flower buds. Although I was
unable to determine how many eggs are placed in each bud, I never observed
more than one larva in a bud or flower. Inside the bud the larva feeds on the
anther sacs and burrows into and excavates the floral ovary, causing significant
damage. Completion of larval development takes approximately one week. If the
flower has not opened before the larva completes development the larva drills an
exit hole through the petals and drops to the soil. Since the duration of the flowering
season for Y. whipplei is usually two months or less, A. agavensis is probably
univoltine.
Many of the attacked buds are aborted by the plant before they open. Open
flowers that have been attacked by beetles typically wilt and abscise more rapidly
56
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
% Buds aborted
Figure 1. Frequency distribution for the percentages of flowers which aborted as buds among plants
flowering at Ryan Oak Glen in 1981. Aborted buds are a measure of the extent of floral predation by
Anthonaeus agavensis.
than neighboring uninfested flowers. The flowers are invariably too severely dam¬
aged to serve as pollen donors or to produce mature fruits. Furthermore, the
specialized pollinators of Yucca whipplei, the yucca moths, Tegeticula maculata
(Riley) (Lepidoptera: Incurvuriidae; Powell and Mackie, 1966; Aker and Udovic,
1981), apparently avoid damaged flowers. I have never observed female moths,
which also oviposit in floral ovaries, pollinating, ovipositing, or resting in damaged
flowers.
Damage to yucca inflorescences resulting from floral predation is quite variable
both within and between populations. I determined the total number of flowers
produced, the height of the flower stalk, and the number of buds aborted for each
of 40 plants at Ryan Oak Glen in 1981. Floral predation was the major cause of
abortion, although occasionally buds aborted for other reasons. The percentage
of aborted buds ranged from 2% to 57% (Fig. 1) with a mean value of 14.7% and
a 95% confidence range of 11.8%-18.8% (obtained using the arcsine transfor¬
mation and then backtransforming). Regressions of the percentage of aborted
buds on either the total number of flowers or on stalk height yield no significant
relation. At Pinyon Flat, CA, in the evergreen chaparral (corresponding to CH4
in Udovic, 1981), infestation rates in 1981 were much lower than at Ryan Oak
Glen. Only a few plants showed any signs of beetle attack with damage never
exceeding 5%. Although plants at this study site often abort buds, particularly
near the end of the flowering season (Aker, 1982), only a few of the aborted buds
which I examined showed any signs of beetle infestation. Perhaps the heaviest
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
57
infestation I’ve encountered was on the Elliot Reserve, east of San Diego, in 1979
(corresponding to CSS3 in Udovic, 1981). Although at that time no attempts were
made to quantify the extent of damage, most plants probably lost over 25% of
their flowers to beetle predation.
The extent of coevolution between A. agavensis and Y. whipplei deserves further
investigation. The beetle may be highly specialized, and may be an important
agent of selection on the plant’s floral display. Its interaction with yucca’s spe¬
cialized pollinator, the yucca moth, which competes with it for suitable oviposition
sites, also deserves further study.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank Saul Frommer and Terry Seeno for help with identification,
Jerry Powell and Saul Frommer for providing information about the Berkeley
and Riverside collections, and Charles Aker, Peter Frank, and David Wagner for
comments on the manuscript. I am grateful to the University of California for
permission to study and use the facilities at the Philip Boyd Deep Canyon Reserve,
the Elliot Reserve, the Ryan Oak Glen Reserve, and the Pinyon Flat Geophysical
Observatory. I thank Frances Ryan and the late Lewis Ryan for their hospitality.
This work was partially supported by a small grant from the University of Oregon.
Literature Cited
Aker, C. L. 1982. Regulation of flower, fruit and seed production by the monocarpic perennial,
Yucca whipplei. J. Ecol., 70:357-372.
-, and D. Udovic. 1981. Oviposition and pollination behavior of the yucca moth, Tegeticula
maculata (Lepidoptera: Prodoxidae), and its relation to the reproductive biology of Yucca
whipplei (Agavaceae). Oecologia, 49:96-101.
Munz, P. A. 1973. A California flora and supplement. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1681
+ 224 pp.
Parsons, C. T. 1943. A revision of nearctic Nitidulidae (Coleoptera). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 92:
121-278.
Powell, J. A., and R. A. Mackie. 1966. Biological interrelationships of moths and Yucca whipplei
(Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae, Blastobasidae, Prodoxidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 42:1-46.
Udovic, D. 1981. Determinants of fruit set in Yucca whipplei : reproductive expenditure vs. pollinator
availability. Oecologia, 48:389-399.
-. MS. An experimental attempt to modify fruit production in Yucca whipplei. In Prep.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 58-76
Movement and Distribution of Pleocoma Larvae in
Western Oregon Coniferous Forest Soils
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae ) 1
David G. Fellin
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Intermountain Research Sta¬
tion, Forestry Sciences Laboratory, P.O. Box 8089, Missoula, Montana 59807.
Abstract.— The movement and spatial and vertical distribution of Pleocoma
larvae were studied in coniferous forests of western Oregon, incidental to a study
of larval feeding habits. Larvae are able to burrow, using their mandibles, through
hard and compact forest soil at rates up to 11 cm per day. With the exception of
first stage larvae and larvae preparing to moult or pupate in early fall, most larvae
actively burrow throughout the year. Larvae do not appear to travel for any length
of time in any particular direction. Larval populations in forested areas in western
Oregon are usually localized. More than 60 sample holes (1 m 2 and no less than
75 cm in depth) were dug searching for larvae. More than one-third produced no
larvae, and populations in the others ranged from 1 to 56. Larvae were found at
depths from 10 to 110 cm. Vertical distribution and, to a lesser extent, spatial
distribution of larvae appear to be influenced by a combination of factors, prin¬
cipally soil moisture, soil temperature, and the presence or absence of a silicate
clay layer. This silicate clay hardpan directly affects the distribution of smaller
coniferous roots—the principal source of food for Pleocoma larvae.
I studied the feeding habits of Pleocoma larvae in some old-growth coniferous
forests in western Oregon in the early 1960’s (Fellin, 1975). The study began
shortly after Stein (1963) confirmed that Pleocoma larvae feed on the roots of
forest trees. Five species of Pleocoma were studied: P. dubitabilis dubitabilis Davis 2 ,
P. carinata Linsley, and P. simi Davis primarily, and to a lesser extent P. minor
Linsley and P. crinita Linsley.
Incidental to that study, other studies and observations were made on the
biology, ecology, behavior, and distribution of Pleocoma spp. Many new localities
were recorded and described. Based on these and other locality descriptions, the
geographic distribution of all species of Pleocoma in Oregon was summarized and
the habitats for P. simi and P. carinata were described (Fellin and Ritcher, 1967).
Observations also were made on trapping male Pleocoma with female-baited traps
1 This investigation was supported chiefly by the Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station and
National Science Foundation Grants Numbers 14296 and 17935 and partially by the Intermountain
Research Station, USDA Forest Service.
2 According to Hovore (pers. comm.) the variety dubitabilis Davis was described in 1934 as a new
variety of Pleocoma staff Schaufuss. Later, it was considered by Linsley to be a distinct species but
inadvertently misspelled as P. dubitalis. This error of misspelling has persisted since that time.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
59
Figure 1. Technique used to mark Pleocoma larvae. (Left) Thoracic area of seventh instar P.
dubitabilis showing minuten nadeln thrust through fleshy lobes at base of meso thoracic leg (15 x).
(Right) Thoracic area of seventh instar P. dubitabilis showing two black spots (arrow) caused by
darkening of haemolymph where lobes were punctured by minuten nadeln (25 x).
(Fellin, 1968). Observations on egg and larval biology and the flight characteristics
of adults were presented elsewhere (Fellin, 1981). This paper presents results from
studies of movement and spatial and vertical distribution of larvae.
Movement of Larvae
The movement of P. dubitabilis larvae in the soil was studied at a site in
McDonald Forest, 8 km north of Corvallis from 1 May to 31 October 1961. I
collected larvae at the study area and brought them to the laboratory for mea¬
surement and marking for later identification.
Each larva was pierced in one of its many fleshy areas, particularly along the
meso-ventral line of the thorax or abdomen, with a minuten nadeln (Fig. 1A).
Darkening of the haemolymph upon exposure to air left an obvious mark (Fig.
IB), and by piercing larvae on different segments or in different areas of the same
segment, numerous marking combinations were achieved. I noticed no ill effects
on the larvae as long as the puncture was made as far as possible out on the lobes.
Marked larvae were returned to the study area and placed in small niches in
the side of a sample hole that had not been refilled with soil. The niches were
then covered with a salve tin lid (Fig. 2A). After a week, lids were removed and
the soil dug away until the larvae were recovered and identified (Fig. 2B).
Because it was impossible to follow larval burrows through the soil, I used an
arbitrary method to determine how far larvae traveled. Vertical and lateral mea¬
surements were taken between the point at which a larva was released and the
point of recovery. From these measurements I computed two distances: (1) the
distance a larva would have traveled had it gone straight into the soil and then
60
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Technique used in studying movement of larvae in the soil (Left) A larva is placed in a
small niche provided for it in the side of an old sample hole, and the niche is covered with a salve
tin lid. (Right) Searching for Pleocoma larvae that had been marked and placed on the side of the
sample hole 1 week prior.
at a right angle downward, upward, or to the right or left (the two perpendicular
sides of a right triangle), and (2) the distance traveled had it gone a direct route
from the point of release to the point of recovery (the hypotenuse of a right
triangle). The average of these two distances was used to estimate the distance
traveled during the week, then an average rate of movement per day was calculated.
Because Pleocoma larvae often follow winding paths through the soil, the cal¬
culated average rate of movement is probably conservative.
Burrow Construction and Method of Movement
Larvae move through the ground by biting away soil in front of them with their
mandibles and depositing it to their rear as they move. Each bite of soil is mo¬
mentarily held beneath the thorax by the thoracic legs. After a few bites, the
larva—holding the soil by its legs, mandibles, and maxillae—turns and deposits
this soil in the rear of the burrow. Here, presumably with the aid of secretions
from the mouth, it is cemented against the back wall, filling the burrow behind.
Cells removed intact from the soil reveal on their edges an interesting pattern
of marks made by the larval mandibles. The photographs in Figure 3 illustrate
this and establish that larvae move through the soil by use of the mandibles and
not by burrowing with the thoracic legs.
Larval movement through the soil depends mainly on three-point body contact.
By manipulating the dorsum of the abdomen, the anal area and the thoracic legs,
larvae are able to move through an open burrow fairly rapidly by pressing these
three points against the walls of the burrow. Pleocoma larvae are well adapted
for this type of movement; they possess many spine-like setae dorsally on most
abdominal segments and on the caudal segments where contact is made with the
soil. Necessity of three-point contact is shown by the helplessness of larvae trying
to move on a flat surface.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
61
Figure 3. Cell showing pattern made by mandibles as larvae moved through the soil. (Top) Portion
of a P. simi cell halved lengthwise to show the mandible pattern on cell wall (2.5 x). (Bottom) Closeup
of individual mandible marks in the cell. Arrow points to a narrow ridge of soil formed at the point
where each mandible of a pair come together (10 x).
While moving through the soil, larvae maintain some distance of open burrow
behind them, the length of which often varies with depth, direction, size of larva,
or time of year. Fifth instar Pleocoma have been found with as much as 10 cm
of open burrow behind them.
62
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Average rate of movement of P. dubitabilis larvae through hard and compact forest soil
between early May and late October 1961. 1
Approximate instar
No. of larvae
Average rate of movement
(cm per day)
2
9
0.8
3
6
3.8
4
2
0.7
5
2
8.7
6
3
1.7
7
3
4.9
8
4
4.6
8-older
8
2.9
1 Data are not included for larvae preparing for or recovering from a moult.
Rate of Movement
Larvae are able to move through the hard and compact forest soil at speeds
varying from a little less than 1 cm per day to nearly 9 cm per day (Table 1).
Of the individual larvae observed, a fifth instar traveled the fastest, covering
about 11 cm per day between 27 April and 18 May. Also, a seventh and an eighth
instar burrowed 8.5 and 7.5 cm per day, respectively, during June.
Time of Year of Movement
First instars and young second instars were often collected in groups at or near
the site of oviposition, indicating these small larvae do not move far. First stage
larvae do not leave the egg niche moulting therein to second instars in early
October. Second stage larvae have been found in egg niches in mid-November;
evidently they do not begin to travel from the oviposition site until after that.
Most larvae actively burrow from early May to late October when larval move¬
ment was most intensively studied. Periodic observations from early November
to late April indicate that most larvae are active during this period as well.
However, between early August and late October, especially during September,
there is a general period of inactivity when larvae are moulting or pupating.
The number of days that larvae ceased burrowing during the moulting period
varied considerably between individuals. Some larvae slowed little in their move¬
ments prior to moulting, while others ceased movements entirely for as many as
21 days prior to the moult. Following the moult, some larvae began burrowing
almost immediately and others remained motionless for as many as 24 days before
they traveled again.
Direction of Movement
The inability to follow larval burrows through the soil made it difficult to
determine exactly which direction the larvae moved. Of the 46 larvae studied,
31 traveled predominantly downward, two traveled down and then up, and one
larva went up first and then down. Six larvae traveled horizontally, and the
direction that another six traveled is not known.
It appears that Pleocoma larvae generally do not travel for any length of time
in any particular direction. Open burrows behind larvae indicate that in the
relatively short distance of 5 to 10 cm, they may have traveled in several directions.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
63
Figure 4. A typical larval sample collecting hole, 1 m 2 and about 120 cm deep.
For example, one medium-sized P. simi larva was found with 10 cm of open
burrow behind it, and in this distance had traveled upward, turned a bit, leveled
off, and turned twice more on a generally flat plane. Other Scarabaeidae larvae
also change direction of movement, often doubling back in the direction from
which they had burrowed (Hallock, 1935; Hawley, 1934).
There is no evidence that Pleocoma larvae migrate, in the sense of a continued
or prolonged movement in a direction and at a rate over which they have control
and resulting in a temporary or permanent change of habitat (Schneider, 1962;
Williams, 1957). Movement of Pleocoma larvae beneath the ground can probably
be characterized in terms of dispersal, defined by Schneider (1962) as a lengthening
of the average distance between neighboring individuals. The abundance and
distribution of the smaller coniferous roots, their principal diet in the forest
environment (Fellin, 1975), no doubt also influences the movement of Pleocoma
larvae.
Density of Larvae in the Soil
Because the primary objective of this study was to determine the feeding habits
of Pleocoma larvae in the coniferous forest environment, the goal in collecting
was to gather as many larvae as possible. Consequently, the number and location
of sampling holes was purposely, and not randomly, selected.
64
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. Spatial distribution of P. dubitabilis larvae in coniferous forest soil at McDonald Forest
during 1961.
Date
Depth of hole
(cm)
Larvae/m 2
28 January
120
21
25 February
94
x 22
31 March
94
2 35
28 April
75
0
29 April
90
21
29 May
130
21
28 June
120
11
28 July
120
18
15 August
100
2
13 September
124
11
21 October
110
14
21 November
105
14
22 December
105
20
1 Unavoidable circumstances prevented the sampler from completing this hole. Had further digging
been possible more larvae may have been collected.
2 Fifteen of these 35 larvae were young second instars congregated in the same general area and
probably all from the egg complement of a single female.
Sites at which sample holes were dug and larvae collected were restricted to
known larval habitats or where adult males had been taken in flight. The sample
hole was 1 m 2 and dug at least 75 cm deep (Fig. 4). Any hole dug 75 cm deep
without larvae being found was abandoned. When larvae were found, the sample
hole was dug as least 15 cm deeper than where the deepest larva was found. The
depth at which larvae were collected was measured to the nearest 2 cm and depths
later grouped into 10 cm classes. Other investigators have also used some of these
procedures for collecting Scarab larvae—particularly determining depth of sample
holes (Ellertson, 1958; Hartzell and McKenna, 1939; Shorey and Gyrisco, 1960;
Travis, 1939).
Spatial Distribution of Larvae
I made 13 collections of P. dubitabilis larvae at the McDonald Forest study
site in 1961. Larval population densities averaged 16 larvae per m 2 and ranged
from 0 to 35 in sample holes varying from 75 to 130 cm in depth (Table 2).
Between May 1960 and October 1961, I made 17 collections of P. carinata
larvae at three sites in southwestern Oregon. Larval abundance varied from 0 to
15 per m 2 in sample holes ranging from 75 to 105 cm deep (Table 3). Six of the
17 sample holes, or about 35%, produced no larvae.
Thirty-one sample holes were dug searching for P. simi larvae at eight sites in
southwestern Oregon between May 1960 and December 1961. Fifteen of the 31
holes produced no larvae and five yielded only one larva. The two most dense
populations of 34 and 56 larvae per m 2 were collected at the same site (#19) in
May and March 1961, respectively (Table 4).
Four collections each of P. crinita and P. minor were made in forested areas
adjacent to Hood River Valley orchards, averaging, respectively, 2 and 5 larvae
per m 2 .
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
65
Table 3. Spatial distribution of P. carinata larvae in coniferous forest soil at three forested sites
in southwestern Oregon in 1960 and 1961.
Date
Site 1
Depth of hole
(cm)
Larvae/m 2
2 January 1961
3
90
0
3 January 1961
3
90
0
3 January 1961
3
105
5
28 March 1961
8
90
6
10 May 1961
3
75
0
10 May 1961
3
90
2
11 May 1961
3
60
0
11 May 1961
3
105
1
12 May 1961
2
80
2
21 May 1960
2
60
0
21 May 1960
2
75
15
18 July 1961
2
90
3
19 July 1961
2
75
3
2 September 1960
2
75
3
2 September 1960
2
75
8
27 October 1961
8
75
1
27 October 1961
8
60
0
1 The location of each site is as follows:
Elevation
Site #2—32 km east of Medford, Jackson Co. 762-822 m
Site #3—21 km east of Butte Falls, Jackson Co. —
Site #8—23 km northeast of Idleyld Park, Douglas Co. 700-762 m
Tables 3 and 4 show that larval populations of P. carinata and P. simi in forested
areas in southwestern Oregon are very localized. Had I dug sample holes at random
rather than in areas where larvae were known to occur or where adults had been
collected, the densities shown in the two tables would undoubtedly have been
even less.
The relative larval densities for the five species in coniferous forest soil are
compared to the larval densities for three species in some orchard soils (Table 5).
Larval populations in the Hood River apple orchards are quite high. Though
larval populations vary widely between and within orchards, with islands of high
Pleocoma density surrounded by areas where no larvae can be found, Zwick et
al. (1970) collected 4312 P. crinita larvae in the soil under one mature “Newton”
apple tree. One can easily see why larvae of P. minor and P. crinita are a serious
economic problem in these orchards.
Vertical Distribution of Larvae
Pleocoma dubitabilis larvae were collected at the McDonald Forest study site
in August and November 1960 and once each month during 1961. The vertical
distribution of these larvae (Fig. 5) indicate several points of biological signifi¬
cance: (1) From May to September larvae were generally absent from the upper
40 cm of soil, and only five larvae, all of a size large enough to pupate, were found
at depths shallower than 40 cm. (2) Larvae were generally deeper in the soil in
July than in any other summer month; with the exception of two larvae, none
were found shallower than 60 cm in July. (3) Between October and April, excluding
66
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 4. Spatial distribution of P. simi larvae in coniferous forest soil at eight forested sites 1 in
southwestern Oregon in 1960 and 1961.
Date
Site 2
Depth of hole
(cm)
Larvae/m 2
7 January 1961
14
75
12
22 March 1961
19
130
2 56
22 March 1961
19
90
0
19 May 1960
10
60
0
19 May 1960
10
60
1
20 May 1960
55
75
0
20 May 1960
55
75
0
22 May 1961
27
75
0
22 May 1961
27
90
0
22 May 1961
27
75
0
26 May 1961
19
120
34
9 June 1960
14
60
1
9 June 1960
14
60
0
9 June 1960
14
60
0
9 June 1960
14
60
0
16 June 1960
21
60
3
16 June 1960
21
60
3
16 June 1960
21
75
13
16 June 1960
21
75
9
16 June 1960
21
60
1
19 July 1960
14
75
0
19 July 1960
14
75
0
19 July 1960
14
75
4
19 July 1960
14
75
2
26 August 1960
11
60
2
26 August 1960
11
75
0
26 August 1960
11
60
0
26 August 1960
16
75
16
1 September 1960
10
60
0
1 September 1960
10
75
7
7 December 1961
19
120
21
1 The location of each site is as follows:
Elevation
Site #10— 11 km north of Trail, Jackson Co. 850 m
Site #11 — 8 km west of Elkton, Douglas Co. 30 m
Site #14—8 km south of Eugene, Lane Co. 400 m
Site #16 — 3 km northwest of Drain, Douglas Co. 90 m
Site #19—10 km north of Oakland, Douglas Co. 200 m
Site #21—27 km northwest of Union Creek, Douglas Co. 850 m
Site #27—16 km northeast of Tiller, Douglas Co. —
Site #55 — 1 km south of Selma, Josephine Co. 400 m
2 Thirteen of these 56 larvae were small second instars congregated in the same general area and
probably all from the egg complement of a single female.
December, most larvae were fairly well distributed vertically through the soil. (4)
Of the 176 larvae represented in Figure 5, I collected 134, or 76% in a 50-cm
stratum between 41 and 90 cm in depth.
The vertical distribution of P. simi larvae from eight collections at five sites
(Fig. 6) reveals some interesting characteristics: (1) Frequency distributions A and
B in March and May, respectively, show a large congregation of larvae in a 20-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
67
Table 5. Larval densities of the six western Oregon species of Pleocoma in some coniferous forest
and orchard soils.
Species
No.
Minimum
larvae/m 2
Maximum
Site
P. dubitabilis
0
35
Douglas-fir forest
P. simi
0
56
Douglas-fir forest
P. carinata
0
15
Mixed conifer forest
P. oregonensis 1
0
18
Beneath western yellow pine
P. oregonensis 1
1
4
Beneath cherry tree
P. crinita 1
5
84
Apple orchard
P. crinita
0
5
Mixed conifer forest
P. minor 1
227
Apple orchard
P. minor
1
11
Mixed conifer forest
1 Data from Ellertson and Ritcher (1959), recomputed from ft 2 to m 2 .
cm stratum between 61 and 80 cm; in no other P. simi collection was there such
a striking example of larval accumulation by depth. (2) Larvae presented in dis¬
tribution C were taken in December at the same site as those in distributions A
and B; there was, however, no accumulation of larvae at the lower depths in
December when larvae were generally evenly distributed between 21 and 110 cm
in the soil. (3) Though collected in 5 months and from four sites, larvae represented
by distributions D-H were generally in the upper layers of soil, mostly above 60
cm in depth.
P. carinata larvae were collected at relatively shallow depths in the soil. Fifteen
larvae collected on 21 May 1960 were generally less than 50 cm deep in the soil,
and six collected on 28 March were shallower than 70 cm.
Most P. dubitabilis larvae collected during the 4 summer months (June to
September) were generally fairly deep in the soil, usually below 40 cm (Fig. 5F-
I). P. simi larvae collected at other sites during those 4 months were generally
shallow in the soil, usually above 50 cm in depth, however (Fig. 6E-H).
Throughout this study, no Pleocoma larvae of any of the three species were
found below 110 cm in depth. This is considerably more shallow than the max¬
imum depth that larvae of other Pleocoma species and other genera of white grub
have been observed. P. minor larvae have been found as deep as 149 cm (Ellertson
and Ritcher, 1959) and P. puncticollis Rivers as deep as 240 cm (Linsley, 1938).
Larvae of P. linsleyi Hovore have been taken at depths of between 60 and 240
cm (Hovore, 1971). Larvae, pupae, and adults of P. conjungens lucia Linsley have
been collected from cells in rocky, clay soil at depths ranging from about 36 cm
to several meters below the soil surface (Hovore, 1977). White grubs of the genus
Phyllophaga have been found as deep as 190 cm in some Canadian soils (Hayes,
1929).
Environmental Factors Influencing Larval Distributions
On the basis of other Scarabaeid research, soil temperature, moisture, pH, and
profile were considered most likely to directly or indirectly influence larval density
in the soil, particularly vertical distribution, and to a lesser extent spatial distri¬
bution.
68
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
O
m
i—
CL¬
UJ
O
0-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
81-90
91-100
101-110
111-120 L
1 2 3 4 5
5
(A) JAN.
1 2 3 4 5
0-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
81-90
91-100
101-110
111-120
i r
1
(E)MAY
1 2 3 4 5
0-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
81-90
91-100
101-110
111-120
i i r
(I)SEPT.
FREQUENCY (No.of larvae)
12 3 4
] n
i r
IL
(B) FEB.
12 3 4
(F) JUNE
12 3 4
TH
(J)OCT.
(C) MAR.
(G) JULY
(K) NOV.
(D)APR.
(H) AUG.
(L) DEC.
Figure 5. Vertical distribution of Pleocoma dubitabilis larvae in the soil at McDonald Forest in
1960 and 1961. Hatched blocks indicate larvae collected in 1960.
I collected soil samples at four depths —15,45,75, and 105 cm—in each sample
hole to determine soil moisture content and soil pH.
Soil moisture was expressed in percentage of dry weight as outlined by Lyon
and Buckman (1948). By their procedure, 100 grams of soil was mixed, weighed,
air dried, and heated in an oven for 7 to 8 hours at 38 to 43°C, then cooled in a
desiccator and weighed again.
Soil samples for pH determination were collected in 1-pint waxed cardboard
containers. A 2-gram soil sample was suspended in 2 ml of distilled water in a
5-ml beaker. Micro-electrodes were immersed in the suspension and the pH read
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
69
FREQUENCY (No.of larvae)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12
O
3=
CL¬
UJ
a
(F)1 SEPT.,I960
Site no.10
0-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41~50
51-60
i i i i i i i i i i i i
1
61-70
71-80
81-90
r
91-100
101-110
111-120
(A)22 MAR.,1961
Site no.19
1
2
3
i
0-10
i
11-20
21-30
31-40
j
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
81-90
91-100
i—
101-110
-
111-120
L
(C) 7DEC.,1961
Site no.19
i
2
3
i
0-10
n
11-20
21-30
n
31-40
|
41-50
51-60
61-70
_
71-80
_
81-90
91-100
101-110
_
111-120
(B) 26 MAY,1961
Site no.19
1 2 3 4 5
J
1 2 3
' VTH
(D) 7 JAN.,1961
Site no.14
(E)19 JULY,1960
Site no.14
12 3 4
[T
(G) 26 AUG.,1960
Site no.16
(H)16 JUNE,1960
Site no.21
Figure 6. Vertical distribution of Pleocoma simi larvae in the soil at several forested sites in
southwestern Oregon in 1960 and 1961. Locations of sites are described in footnote 1, Table 4.
on a Beckman Model N portable pH meter 3 . All measurements were first made
using a buffer of pH 7; samples measuring 5.5 or below were rerun using a buffer
of pH 4 for a more accurate reading.
3 The use of trade, firm, or corporation names in this publication is for the information and con¬
venience of the reader. Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval by the U.S.
Department of Agriculture of any product or service to the exclusion of others that may be suitable.
70
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
MONTH
Figure 7. Soil temperatures at four depths during 1961 at McDonald Forest study area, 8 km north
of Corvallis.
At each of the four depths, I took soil temperatures by thrusting an ordinary
immersion-type 110°C etched-stem thermometer at least 4 cm laterally into the
soil and leaving it for at least 5 minutes before reading it.
The soil profile also was described for each sample hole.
Soil Temperature
At the McDonald Forest study area, where P. dubitabilis is found, soil tem¬
peratures at all depths were generally highest during the summer months and
lowest during the late fall, winter, and early spring months. During the summer
months, temperatures at the shallower depths were higher than those at lower
depths, but during the winter months the reverse was true (Fig. 7). This transition
in soil temperature was responsible for two temperature overturns during the year,
when temperatures at all four depths were equal or nearly so. During the spring
overturn in April, soil temperature at all four depths was 9°C while during the
fall overturn in late September to early October 1961 temperatures at all four
depths were 12 to 13°C.
The general absence of P. dubitabilis larvae above 40 cm during the 5 summer
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
71
JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUNE JULY AUG. SEPT. OCT. NOV. DEC.
MONTH
Figure 8. Soil moistures at four depths during 1961 at the McDonald Forest study area, 8 km
north of Corvallis.
months from May to September seems to be correlated with higher soil temper¬
ature at the 15-cm depth during this period. This is not a strong relationship,
however, because temperatures at 45 and 75 cm during these 5 months were
within 1 to 1.5°C of temperatures at 15 cm. Moreover, in May, July, and Sep¬
tember, the difference in soil temperature between the 15- and 45-cm depths was
only 0.5°C or less.
Pleocoma dubitabilis larvae did not appear to seek the soil stratum with the
least temperature fluctuation. Had they done so, they should have been congre¬
gated at a depth of 105 cm or deeper, where soil temperatures throughout the
year fluctuated the least (Fig. 7).
72
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Soil temperatures taken with collections of P. simi and P. carinata larvae gen¬
erally followed the same seasonal pattern as shown for the P. dubitabilis collections
at the McDonald Forest study area (Fig. 7). Larvae of both P. simi and P. carinata,
however, were generally shallower than 60 cm during summer months when
temperatures were highest at the more shallow depths.
At least one site shows that no relationship appears to exist between soil tem¬
perature and vertical distribution of P. simi larvae (Fig. 6A-C). In May, when
soil temperatures at 15 cm were higher than temperatures deeper in the soil, most
larvae were congregated between 61 and 80 cm. In March, soil temperatures at
15 cm were cooler than those deeper in the soil, yet larvae were also congregated
between 61 and 90 cm—even a more striking congregation than in May. During
December, larvae were rather evenly distributed over a wide range in depths
between 21 and 110 cm, and soil temperatures varied from 5.5°C at 15 cm to
8.0°C at 110 cm.
Soil Moisture
At the P. dubitabilis sites in McDonald Forest, percentage soil moisture was
generally lower at all depths from June through October and higher from No¬
vember through May. As with soil temperature, there was an overturn in soil
moisture percentage twice a year, although the transposition in May to June and
October to November is a bit indistinct (Fig. 8).
The generally drier soil at the 15- and 45-cm levels seems to be related to the
absence of larvae at these levels from June through September (Fig. 5). In October,
percentage soil moisture, though remaining low at 45 cm, increased at the 15-cm
depth with the onset of fall rains, accompanied by the movement of some larvae
to the more shallow depths (Fig. 5 J). However, this apparent response to increased
soil moisture is not supported by larval distributions in May and December (Fig.
5E, L). In those months, percentage soil moisture was highest at the 15- and 45-
cm stratum, yet larvae were generally concentrated below 40 and 60 cm, respec¬
tively. October, November, and January to April moisture percentages at 15 and
45 cm were relatively high, yet larvae were reasonably well distributed in these
strata. Other Scarabaeid larvae are known to move deeper into the soil as the
upper layers dry out during the summer months (Shorey and Gyrisco, 1960;
Rudolph, 1950).
Soil moisture percentages fluctuated least at the 105-cm level at the McDonald
Forest study area in 1961 (Fig. 8). Pleocoma dubitabilis larvae, however, did not
appear to search out the depth at which soil moisture was most stable or they
would have congregated at 105 cm or deeper in the soil.
The relationship of P. simi and P. carinata larvae to percentage soil moisture
is about the same as their respective relationship to soil temperatures. Soil mois¬
ture percentages taken with collections of larvae of these species are similar to the
seasonal pattern shown for P. dubitabilis (Fig. 8). As was found with soil tem¬
peratures, larvae of P. simi and P. carinata generally burrowed at relatively shallow
depths during that period of the year when the soil there was driest.
Although apparently only weakly related to vertical distribution of Pleocoma
larvae, variations in percentage soil moisture could influence their spatial density.
Infestations of other root-feeding Scarabaeid larvae are often light in poorly drained
locations (Shorey et al., 1960; Nitto and Tachibana, 1955; Forbes, 1907; Smith
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
73
and Hadley, 1926). Excessively dry soil, however, can at times be detrimental to
Scarab larvae (Smith and Hadley, 1926; Travis, 1939).
Soil pH
Soil pH did not appear to be a factor affecting the vertical distribution of P.
dubitabilis larvae at McDonald Forest or P. simi or P. carinata at the various
sites where they were collected. There was a slight increase in acidity with depth,
averaging a pH of about 0.3 between 15 and 105 cm.
Though not apparently tied to vertical distribution of Pleocoma larvae, soil pH
could influence their spatial density. A generally low pH seems to be correlated
with higher larval population of the Japanese beetle (Polivka, 1960; Wessel and
Polivka, 1952), Phyllophaga sp. (Hammond, 1949), and the European chafer
(Shorey et al., 1960).
Soil Profile
Spatial distribution of Pleocoma larvae probably is not influenced by soil profile,
but the vertical distribution of larvae apparently is influenced by the presence of
a silicate clay horizon (hardpan or fragipan) at some sites. When a clay horizon
was present, larvae were often congregated just above it, and when the horizon
was absent there was usually no significant congregation of larvae by depth.
At the P. dubitabilis site at the McDonald Forest study area, no silicate clay
horizon exists as attested by the vertical distribution of larvae collected there.
Throughout the year there was no congregation of larvae at either shallow depths
or deeper in the soil (Fig. 5); even in those months when I collected only a few
larvae (i.e., September), they were rather well distributed vertically.
All collections of P. simi and P. carinata were made in coniferous forests in
Lane, Douglas, and Jackson Counties, each lying in a major soil type characterized
by horizons of silicate clay accumulation (Knox, 1962). The depth of the clay
hardpan varied considerably between sites. At some sites it was relatively deep,
80 to 85 cm, and fairly regular, while at others it was as shallow as 15 cm and
generally irregular and undulating.
The presence of a silicate clay hardpan at most sites where P. simi larvae were
collected is reflected in the vertical distribution of larvae. At site #19, for example,
a definite silicate clay hardpan existed at about 95 cm, and the horizon boundary
was fairly regular. In all three collections at that site (Fig. 6A-C) the majority of
the larvae were above 90 cm. The concentration of larvae immediately above
that hardpan is particularly evident in the March and May collections (Fig. 6A,
B). At other P. simi sites the hardpan was encountered at relatively shallow depths.
Without exception, larvae collected at these sites were above the hardpan (Fig.
6D-H).
Clay hardpans and other soil characteristics are also known to affect the vertical
movements of other Scarab larvae, especially Phyllophaga (Granovsky, 1958;
Travis, 1939).
A silicate clay horizon may also affect maximum depth of oviposition, thus
indirectly influencing vertical distribution of Pleocoma larvae, at least soon after
hatching. On 8 July 1960,1 collected a female P. dubitabilis and her 64 eggs at a
forested site 3 miles north of Brownsville in Linn County. She was taken at 47
74
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
cm and her first eggs had been deposited at 58 cm. At about 60 cm there was a
horizon of silicate clay accumulation.
Discussion
The vertical distribution of Pleocoma larvae and, to a lesser extent, the spatial
distribution probably are influenced by an interaction of factors. During the sum¬
mer months most larvae probably avoid the upper layers of soil as temperatures
there increase and the soil dries out. If no silicate clay layer is encountered, or if
the hardpan is relatively deep, larvae are able to burrow as deep as necessary to
find moisture and temperature conditions more suitable than near the surface. If
a fairly shallow silicate clay layer is present, it obstructs the larvae in their move¬
ment downward while retreating from unsuitable conditions near the surface.
Because Pleocoma larvae are known to be capable of burrowing into very hard
soil (Davis, 1934), including a hard clay layer, the silicate clay horizon may only
indirectly restrict the downward movement of the larvae through the direct effect
of the clay layer on tree roots. An obstructing layer such as a fragipan will cause
a proliferation of Douglas-fir roots (and no doubt roots of other conifers) resulting
in a greater density of rooting just above the fragipan (McMinn, 1963).
When the silicate clay layer is shallow, larvae probably tolerate suboptimum
temperature and moisture conditions in the presence of abundant food (coniferous
roots) immediately above the clay hardpan rather than burrow down into or below
the rootless hardpan, even though temperature and moisture conditions there
might be more suitable. This would account for finding many P. simi and P.
carinata larvae at very shallow depths at sites where the silicate clay horizon was
correspondingly shallow, even during summer months when most larvae in soils
without shallow hardpans are deeper in the soil. In orchard soils, Ellertson and
Ritcher (1959) found the character of the subsoil affected penetration of orchard
tree roots and the vertical distribution of P. crinita and P. minor.
At the McDonald Forest study area, many prepupal P. dubitabilis larvae were
found at depths less than 30 cm during the summer months when all other larvae
at that area were deeper in the soil. This indicates that the intrinsic behavioral
trait to pupate at shallow depths outweighed the effect of warmer and drier soil—
apparently unfavorable to most larvae. In these cases then, the physiological or
developmental state of the larvae is yet another factor influencing the vertical
distribution of Pleocoma larvae in the soil.
With other Scarabaeids a complex interaction of factors is responsible for the
vertical movements of larvae (Fidler, 1936; Smith and Hadley, 1926; Nakashima,
1952; McCulloch and Hayes, 1923; Granovsky, 1956).
Different types of soil probably influence the spatial distribution and density
of P. dubitabilis, P. simi, and P. carinata, as they apparently do larvae of other
species of Pleocoma. The larvae of P. behrensii LeConte are found in soils that
are “. . . usually of a rich loamy or clayey nature, intermixed with humus ...”
(Rivers, 1890). And in collecting P. fimbriata LeConte, Hopping (1920) always
found females “. . . in the red soil.” At the type locality of three new sympatric
Pleocoma—P. marquai Hovore, P. rubiginosa Hovore, and P. hirticollis reflexa
Hovore (all described by Hovore, 1972)—larvae showed no apparent preference
for a particular soil type as the soils vary from hardpacked, decomposing granite
to a loose clay loam. Stein (1963) summarized the available information and,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
75
though fragmentary, it clearly demonstrates that species of Pleocoma inhabit a
variety of soils. With other Scarab genera, lighter soils are more heavily infested
with Phyllophaga than heavier ones (Seamans, 1956), and highly impervious soils
are detrimental to Japanese beetle larvae (Smith and Hadley, 1926).
Acknowledgments
Professors Paul O. Ritcher (retired) and Julius A. Rudinsky (deceased) provided
funds for this work, and suggestions and criticisms during the study.
The manuscript was kindly reviewed by Dr. Richard L. Westcott and Dr.
Richard L. Penrose of the State Department of Agriculture, Salem, Oregon, and
by Dr. Frank T. Hovore of the Placerita Canyon Nature Center, Newhall, Cali¬
fornia.
Literature Cited
Davis, A. C. 1934. A revision of the genus Pleocoma. Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., 33(3): 123-130.
Ellertson, F. E. 1958. Biology of some Oregon rain beetles, Pleocoma spp., associated with fruit trees
in Wasco and Hood River counties. Ph.D. dissertation, Ore. St. Univ., Corvallis, 129 pp.
-, and P. O. Ritcher. 1959. Biology of rain beetles, Pleocoma spp. associated with fruit trees
in Wasco and Hood River counties. Ore. Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 44, 42 pp.
Fellin, D. G. 1968. Further observations on trapping male Pleocoma with female-baited traps (Co-
leoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 44(l):69-70.
-. 1975. Feeding habits of Pleocoma larvae in coniferous forests of western Oregon. Northwest
Sci., 49(2):71-86.
-. 1981. Observations on flight characteristics, and egg and larval biology of Pleocoma spp. in
western Oregon coniferous forests (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 57(4):461-
484.
-, and P. O. Ritcher. 1967. Distribution of Pleocoma species in Oregon with notes on the
habitats of P. simi and P. carinata (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 43(4):251-
263.
Fidler, J. H. 1936. An investigation into the relation between chafer larvae and the physical factors
of their soil habitat. J. Anim. Ecol., 5(2):333-347.
Forbes, S. A. 1907. On the life history, habits and economic relations of the white grubs and May
beetles. Bull. Illin. Agric. Exp. Sta., 116:447-480.
Granovsky, A. A. 1958. Ecological studies on the vertical movements in the life cycle of Phyllophaga.
Pp. 375-383 in Proc. 10th Inter. Congr. Entomol. Montreal, Vol. 3. Mortimer, Ottawa; 1956.
Hallock, H. C. 1935. Movements of larvae of the Oriental beetle through the soil. J. New York
Entomol. Soc., 43(4):413-425.
Hammond, G. H. 1949. Soil pH and intensity of Phyllophaga infestation. Pp. 13-18 in 79th Annu.
Report of the Entomol. Soc. of Ontario. Guelph, Ontario, Canada.
Hartzell, A., and G. F. McKenna. 1939. Vertical movements of the Japanese beetle larvae. Contrib.
Boyce Thompson Inst., 11(1):87-99.
Hawley, I. M. 1934. A preliminary report on the horizontal movement of grubs of the Japanese
beetle. J. Econ. Entomol., 27(2):503-505.
Hayes, W. P. 1929. Morphology, taxonomy and biology of larval Scarabaeoidea. Illin. Biol. Monogr.,
12(2): 1—119.
Hopping, R. 1920. Popular and practical entomology. Some winter insect life. Can. Entomol., 52(8):
217-218.
Hovore, F. T. 1971. A new Pleocoma from southern California with notes on additional species
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 47(3): 193-201.
-. 1972. Three new sympatric Pleocoma from the southern Sierra Nevada Mountains of Cal¬
ifornia (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci., 71(2):69-80.
-. 1977. New synonymy and status changes in the genus Pleocoma LeConte (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae). Coleopt. Bull., 31(3):229-238.
76
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Knox, Ellis G. 1962. Soils. Pp. 43-45 in Richard M. Highsmith, Jr. (ed.), Atlas of the Pacific
Northwest, resources and development, 3rd ed. Ore. St. Univ. Press, Corvallis.
Linsley, E. G. 1938. Notes on the habits, distribution and status of some species of Pleocoma
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 14(3):97-104.
Lyon, T. L., and H. O. Buckman. 1948. The nature and properties of soils, 4th ed. Macmillan, New
York, 499 p.
McCulloch, J. W., and W. P. Hayes. 1923. Soil temperature and its influence on white grub activities.
Ecology, 4:29-36.
McMinn, R. G. 1963. Characteristics of Douglas-fir root systems. Can. J. Bot., 41:105-122.
Nakashima, Toshio. 1952. Ecological studies on Anomala species (Scarabaeidae) in Hokkaido,
Sapporo, Japan. Hokkaido Univ., Coll, of Agric. Res. Bull. Coll. Exp. For., 16(1): 1-115.
Nitto, M., and K. Tachibana. 1955. An ecological study of May beetles on the coastal sand dune.
II. Changes of the population density of larvae in relation to lapse of time after planting. III.
White grub damages to young plantations and the seasonal history of May beetles. Bull. Tokyo
Univ. For., 50:97-115.
Polivka, J. B. 1960. Effect of lime applications to soil on Japanese beetle larval population. J. Econ.
Entomol., 53(3):476-477.
Rivers, J. J. 1890. Habits in the life history of Pleocoma behrensii LeC. Zoe., 1:24-26.
Rudolph, P. O. 1950. Forest plantations in the Lake States. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1010,
171 pp.
Schneider, F. 1962. Dispersal and migration. Annu. Rev. Entomol., 7:223-242.
Seamans, H. L. 1956. Field crop and vegetable insects. Can. Entomol., 88(7):322-331.
Shorey, H. H., R. H. Burrage, and G. G. Gyrisco. 1960. The relationship between several environ¬
mental factors and the density of European chafer larvae in permanent pasture sod. Ecology,
41(2):253-258.
-, and G. G. Gyrisco. 1960. Effects of soil temperature and moisture on the vertical distribution
of European chafer larvae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 53(5):666-670.
Smith, L. B., and C. H. Hadley. 1926. The Japanese beetle. U.S. Dept. Agric., Circ. No. 363, 66 pp.
Stein, W. I. 1963. Pleocoma larvae, root feeders in western forests. Northwest Sci., 37(4):126-143.
Travis, B. V. 1939. Migrations and bionomics of white grubs in Iowa. J. Econ. Entomol., 32(5):
693-697.
Wessel, R. D., and J. B. Polivka. 1952. Soil pH in relation to Japanese beetle populations. J. Econ.
Entomol., 45(4):733-735.
Williams, C. G. 1957. Insect migration. Annu. Rev. Entomol., 2:163-180.
Zwick, R. W., F. W. Peifer, and F. E. Ellertson. 1970. Field-plot and laboratory screening of chemical
control agents against Pleocoma larvae. J. Econ. Entomol., 63(5): 1573-1576.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 77-82
Morphological Malformations Among Scorpions of Puerto Rico
and the Adjacent Islands
Jorge A. Santiago-Blay 1
Biology Department, Biology Museum, University of Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras,
Puerto Rico 00931.
Abstract. - Twenty-eight different malformations are detected and illustrated in
scorpions of Puerto Rico and adjacent islands. Malformations are more common
in buthids (17.5% of examined specimens) than in diplocentrids (4.7%). Pectinal
malformations are the most common among buthids (9.2%) whereas the arisal
of terminal leg spurs from tarsomere I instead of II is the most frequent among
diplocentrids (1.6%).
The “normal pattern” is a construct made after noticing a phenomenon re¬
peatedly in approximately the same way. Great deviations from the so-called
“normal pattern” are called abnormalities or, for this paper, malformations. Mal¬
formations can be intuitively viewed as very extreme values or “outliers” in a
frequency-class plot.
Malformations are one of the manifestations of biological phenomena, and,
therefore, are of interest to biology. They might be related to environmental events
such as radiation (Heatwole et al., 1970) or accidents, or to internal aspects of
the organisms in question such as molting (Curcic et al., 1983) or teratologies
(Holmberg et al., 1983; Walton et al., 1983).
When malformations affect structures of taxonomic importance problems might
arise in deciding whether the structure represents a character of taxonomic value
(Kaston, 1982; LourenQo, 1984; Mayr, 1968; Quintero, 1983; Tennenson and
Gotlfried, 1983). Usually, a thorough inspection of additional characters of the
specimen, especially if the malformation occurs in one member of paired struc¬
tures, and a good acquaintance with the group under study is very useful for
decision-making.
In scorpions striking malformations such as double tailed specimens have re¬
ceived much attention (Franganillo, 1937; Vachon, 1953). Less evident malfor¬
mations are only occasionally reported (Armas, 1977a; LourenQo, 1984) and most¬
ly in connection with taxonomic studies (Armas, 1976, 1977b; Francke, 1978).
To my best knowledge, only two preliminary attempts to evaluate the relative
occurrence of malformed structures in scorpions have been done and they show
that leg and pectine malformations are the most common and those on the telson,
pedipalps, and chelicera less frequent (Armas, 1977a; Gonzalez, 1984). These data
might be of importance in the evaluation of possible changes in the intensity of
factors causing malformations and, perhaps, might open new research avenues to
the understanding of their possible genetic basis (Curcic et al., 1983).
The purpose of this paper is to enumerate and illustrate most of the malfor-
1 Current address: Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, CA
94720.
78
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The acronyms herein used and their meanings are: AES (Agricultural Experiment Station, Ento¬
mology Museum, Rio Piedras, PR), BM (Biology Museum, University of Puerto Rico), JASB (author’s
personal collection), MSC (miscellaneous scorpion collections of several individuals available through
the author), UZM (Universitets Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark), WO (William Ortiz
personal collection available through BM), and ZM (Zoologisches Museum an der Humbolt Univer-
sitat, Berlin). Field data for each illustrated case follows figure title and scale.
Figures 1-13. 1. Reduced chelicera fixed finger of Centruroides sp. Scale line = 0.5 mm. MONA
IS: Trail from Sardinera to Capitan, 1979 (M. Alvarez and C. Aranda) (BM XVI-29). 2. Absence of
a lateral eye group of Heteronebo portoricensis Francke, 1978. Scale fine = 1 mm. GUAYACAN IS:
1 3, 22.IV.82, under rock (JASB) (JASB-196). 3. Asymmetrical carapace of Cazierius sp. Scale line =
1 mm. MONA IS: 1 3, Bajura de los Cerezos, 29.VIII.82 (C. Cianchini) (BM XVI-99). 4. Incomplete
pedipalp femur keel of Centruroides griseus. Scale line = 1 mm. BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS: 1 2
(subadult), Little Tobago Island, 4.IV.66 (Island Project Staff) (BM XVI-150). 5. Extra protuberance
on pedipalp chela of H. portoricensis. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 2, Guanica, 12.III.72
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
79
mations found during the examination of 1245 specimens from Puerto Rico and
the adjacent islands and to evaluate the relative frequency of the most common
ones.
Results and Discussion
The following malformations were detected among the specimens studied: che-
licera fixed finger not reaching the level of the movable finger apex (Fig. 1), absence
of a lateral eye group (Fig. 2), carapace front margin deformed (Fig. 3), pedipalp
femur keel incomplete (Fig. 4), protuberance on pedipalp manus (Fig. 5), pedipalp
movable finger small (=not reaching the level of the fixed finger) (Fig. 6), pedipalp
movable finger large (Fig. 7), pedipalp manus and finger scarps (Fig. 8), absence
of supernumerary granules (Fig. 9), coalescence of non basal primary denticle
rows (Fig. 10), absence of primary row denticles (Fig. 11), extra supernumerary
granules (Figs. 12, 13), palp-fixed finger area incisioned (Fig. 14), terminal spurs
of legs arising from femur (Fig. 15), spurs arising from tarsomere I (Fig. 16),
tarsomeres I—II coalesced (Fig. 17), enlarged and bifid terminal spur (Fig. 18),
enlarged terminal dorsal leg spine (Fig. 19), extra pectinal tooth very reduced (Fig.
20) or deformed pectinal teeth (Fig. 21), scars on mesosomal terga (Fig. 22),
metasomal segment keels deformed (Fig. 23), incomplete (Fig. 24), or absent (Fig.
25), protuberance on metasomal keel (Fig. 26), aculeus and subaculear tubercle
deformed (Fig. 27), and telson vesicle with a scar (Fig. 28).
Malformations were found in 17.5% of the buthid specimens examined. Re¬
duced or deformed teeth in the pectines is the most common malformation (9.2%)
among specimens of this family. For example, 7.1% of the Centruroides griseus
(Koch, 1845) specimens and 3.9% of the Tityus obtusus (Karsch, 1879) examined
bear this malformation. Other commonly found malformations are: deformed
metasomal keels (3.7% of the C. griseus, 1.8% of the T. obtusus), joined primary
denticle rows (1.7% of the C. griseus, 1.4% of the T. obtusus ), and split primary
denticle rows (due to the absence of one or more of the denticles) (1.1% of the C.
griseus, 2.3% of the T. obtusus).
Among diplocentrid scorpions, malformations were found in 4.7% of the ex¬
amined individuals the most common being the arisal of the terminal leg spurs
from tarsomere I instead of II, which was detected in 1.6% of the diplocentrid
studied.
(unknown collector) (BM XVI-107). 6. Reduced movable finger of Cazierius sp. Scale line = 1 mm.
MONA IS: 1 $ (subadult), 4.VII.67 (unknown collector) (BM XVI-94). 7. Enlarged movable finger of
Centruroides griseus. Proximal arrow points possible origin of malformation. Scale line = 1 mm.
PUERTO RICO: 1 9 , Guanica State Forest, 3.IV.63 (F. Torres) (BM XVI-1). 8. Palm and movable
finger scarps of Tityus sp. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 9 , Cayey, Guavate Forest, 3.III.77
(W. Ortiz) (WO-2). 9. Absence of a supernumerary granule of Centruroides sp. Scale line = 1 mm.
MONA IS: trail from Sardinera to Capitan, 1979 (M. Alvarez and C. Aranda) (BM XVI-29). 10.
Coalescence of non-basal primary denticle rows of Centruroides griseus. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO
RICO: 1 <5 [South West Puerto Rico], on a beach, 1.111.82 (R. Soto) (JASB-115). 11. Absence of a
denticle on a primary row of Tityus obtusus. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 9 , Villalba, Toro
Negro Forest, 20.VII.82, “dry pinus” (C. J. Cianchini) (BM XVI-112). 12. Extra supernumerary
granules of Centruroides sp. Scale line = 1 mm. MONA IS: 1 9 , no more data. 13. Extra supernumerary
granules of Isometrus maculatus (DeGeer, 1778). Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 9 , El Yunque,
near La Mina, 1.X.63, loose bark (F. Torres) (BM XVI-42).
80
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 14-28. 14. Palm-fixed finger junction area of C. griseus incisioned. Scale line = 1 mm.
PUERTO RICO: 1 9 (juvenile), 18.XII.1888 (L. Krug) (ZM-7623). 15. Terminal leg spurs arising from
femur of C. griseus. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 6, Faro Beach, 4.III.82 (W. Irizarry) (JASB-
145). 16. Terminal leg spurs arising from tarsomere I of Cazierius sp. Scale line = 0.5 mm. MONA
IS: Bajura de los Cerezos, 25.XI.80, under rocks (M. Alvarez and V. Quevedo) (JASB-18). 17. Co¬
alescence of tarsomeres I—II of H. portoricensis. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 9, Ponce,
behind Holiday Inn Hotel, 30.VIII.81, under rock (M. E. Arroyo and JASB) (JASB-85). 18. Enlarged
and bifid terminal spur of C. griseus. Scale line = 0.25 mm. DESECHEO IS: 1 <3, 6.VI.80, in a Tillandsia
sp. (R. Thomas and JASB) (JASB-1). 19. Enlarged dorsal projection on tarsomere II of Centruroides
sp. Scale line = 0.5 mm. MONA IS: Mujeres Beach, 21.1.82, dry rotten tree (JASB) (JASB-11). 20.
Extra protuberance (fulcrum ?) between pectinal teeth of Centruroides sp. Scale line = 0.5 mm. MONA
IS: Meseta, unknown date (R. Santo Domingo) (BM XVI-30). 21. Deformed pectinal teeth of T.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
81
Most of the buthids inhabiting the Puerto Rico region have about three times
more pectinal teeth than the diplocentrids, and therefore have a greater probability
of having a malformation in the pectinal teeth (assuming all other possible factors
equal). However, diplocentrids were found to have proportionately less frequency
of pectinal abnormalities than expected. On the other hand, diplocentrids tend
to be soil dwellers and are more likely than buthids to use the terminal segments
of the legs for digging in the ground (thus breaking segments and producing spurs
where they are usually not present).
Interestingly, malformations of the chelicera, chela manus or fingers, and telson,
all of which might decrease prey capture efficiency, were found very few times
(< 1%), although other malformations on structures not so directly related to prey
capture such as those on the pedipalp femur and tibia were also not frequent.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank museum curators and workers whose help throughout the loan
of specimens and exchange of communications contributed to the fulfillment of
my M.S. thesis, a part of which this paper is: Mr. Luis F. de Armas (Coleccion
Zoologica, Academia de Ciencias de Cuba), Dr. H. Enghoff (Zoologisk Museum,
Copenhagen, Denmark), Dr. M. Moritz (Zoologishes Museum an der Humbolt
Universitat, Berlin), Mr. P. Hillyard [British Museum (Natural History), London,
Great Britain], Dr. J. E. Raastad (Zoologisk Museum, Universitet I Oslo), Dr. G.
Anderson (Goteborgs Naturhistoriska Museum, Sweden), Dr. T. Kronestedt (Na-
turhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden), Dr. G. B. Edwards (Florida State
Collection of Arthropoda, Gainesville), Dr. H. W. Levi (Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA), Dr. N. I. Platnick (American
Museum of Natural History, New York, NY), and Dr. W. Pulawski (California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, CA).
Dr. Stanley C. Williams (San Francisco State University, CA) read the manu¬
script and suggested changes.
Literature Cited
Armas, L. F. de. 1976. Escorpiones del Archipielago Cubano. VI Familia Diplocentridae (Arachnida:
Scorpionida). Poeyana, 147:1-35.
-. 1977a. Anormalidades en algunos Buthidae (Scorpionida) de Cuba y Brazil. Poeyana, 176:
1 - 6 .
obtusus. Scale line = 0.5 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 2, Orocovis, Sector Saltos Cabra, road 566, III. 1983
(Saltos Cabra School Students) (JASB-497). 22. Scars on mesosomal terga margins of T. obtusus. Scale
line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 2, north side of Luquillo forest, 8.IV.61 (H. Heatwole) (BM XVI-
276). 23. Completely deformed metasomal keels of I. maculatus. Scale line = 1 mm. “VESTINDIEN”:
1 3, 12.VIII.1889 [M (=Meng)] (UZM). 24. Partially absent dorsal metasomal keel of T. obtusus. Scale
line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 2, north side of Luquillo forest, 8.IV.61 (H. Heatwole) (BM XVI-
276). 25. Total absence of a dorsal metasomal keel of T. michelii. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO:
1 2, 12.III.81 (A. Ramirez) (JASB-3). 26. Extra protuberance on a ventral metasomal keel of Tityus
sp. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 2, Toa Baja, road 2, km 21.3, pitfall trap, 28.V.82 (JASB)
(JASB-35). 27. Partially deformed aculeus and subaculear tubercle of C. griseus. Scale line = 0.5 mm.
UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS: 1 juvenile, St. John, Caneel Bay, 4.V.83 (W. I. Knausenberger)
(MSC-2). 28. Vesicle scar of C. griseus. Scale line = 1 mm. PUERTO RICO: 1 3, Cabo Rojo, Boqueron,
12.11.82 (K. Rodriguez-Montalvo) (JASB-126).
82
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-. 1977b. Redescripcion de Tityus obtusus (Karsch, 1879) (Scorpionida: Buthidae). Poeyana,
178:1-7.
Curcic, B. P. M., M. D. Krunie, and M. M. Brajkovie. 1983. Tergal and sternal abnormalities in
Neobisium Chamberlin (Neobisiidae, Pseudoscorpiones, Arachnida). J. Arachnol., 11:243-250.
Francke, O. F. 1978. Systematic revision of diplocentrid scorpions (Diplocentridae) from circum-
Caribbean lands. Sp. Publ., Mus. Texas Tech. Univ., 14:1-92.
Franganillo, P. 1937. Un monstruo aracnologico. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., 11:55.
Gonzalez-Sponga, M. A. 1984. Escorpiones de Venezuela. Cuademos Lagoven, 126 pp.
Heatwole, H., A. Rossy, I. Colorado, and R. Amadeo. 1970. Effects of radiation on a population of
the Puerto Rican tree snail Caracolus caracolla. In H. T. Odum (ed.), A Tropical Rain Forest.
Book 2. E-17-24. Office of Information Services. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington.
Holmberg, R. G., and E. G. Kokko. 1983. A blind Homolophus biceps (Arachnida: Opiliones).
Entomol. News, 94:49-52.
Kaston, B. J. 1982. Additional ocular abnormalities. J. Arachnol., 10:279-281.
Lourengo, W. L. 1984. Alguns casos de teratologia observados em escorpioes do genero Tityus
(Scorpiones, Buthidae). Rev. Bras. Biol., 44:9-13.
Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of systematic zoology. McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 428 pp.
Quintero, D. 1983. Bifid spines in Paraphrynus azteca (Pocock) (Amblypygi: Phrynidae). J. Arachnol.,
11:99.
Tennenson, K. J., and P. K. Gotlfried. 1983. Variation in the structure of ligula of Tanypodinae
larvae (Diptera: Chironomidae). Entomol. News, 94:109-116.
Vachon, M. 1953. The biology of scorpions. Endevour, 12:80-89.
Walton, B. T., C. H. Ho, C. Y. Ma, E. G. O’Neill, and G. L. Kao. 1983. Benzoquinolindions activity
as insect teratogens. Science, 222:423.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, p. 83
Scientific Note
Notes on Valgus californicus Horn (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
Valgus californicus is found throughout the southern Cascades and mountainous
areas of southern California. This species is mentioned as an inquiline in the nest
of the termite Zootermopsis angusticollis Hagen in the Pacific coast region by
Banks and Snyder (1920). Hinton (1930) remarked on collecting larvae, pupae
and adults beneath loose bark at the base of termite infested Sugar Pine ( Pinus
lambertiana Dougl.). He commented on the fact that the pupae were found in
cells constructed of termite castings. The third instar larvae of this species was
described by Ritcher (1966).
Linsley and Ross (1940) collected V. californicus in several localities in the San
Jacinto Mts., Riverside Co., California. All of the specimens were collected in
association with Zootermopsis sp. beneath the bark of Ponderosa Pine {Pinus
ponderosa Laws.).
During the months of April and May 1980, C. L. Bellamy, L. H. Shaw, R. K.
Yelten, and the author conducted several trips to the San Jacinto Mts. in search
of this uncommon scarab. Individuals were found in various localities, but Keen
Camp Summit, east of Mountain Center proved to be an ideal habitat. The area
had been logged many years before, leaving a number two or three foot high
stumps of P. ponderosa behind. Most of the stumps were heavily infested with
Zootermopsis. Several V. californicus were found beneath the bark at the base of
the stumps. By carefully chopping with a machete, the blind galleries in the dry,
upper portion of the stump were exposed, revealing as many as 48 individuals in
one stump. Both males, females, and copulating pairs were found in these galleries.
Termite activity was restricted to the moist environs below. Copious quantities
of termite castings had accumulated in the lower chambers and in spaces beneath
the bark. Third instar larvae were found in loose cells constructed from the
castings. No pupae were found. Attempts to rear the larvae to the imaginal stage
proved unsuccessful.
Literature Cited
Banks, N., and T. E. Snyder. 1920. A revision of the nearctic termites. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 108:
1 - 211 .
Hinton, H. E. 1930. Observations on two California beetles. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 7(2):94-95.
Linsley, E. G., and E. S. Ross. 1940. Records of some Coleoptera from the San Jacinto Mountains,
California. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 16(2):75—76.
Ritcher, P. O. 1966. White grubs and their allies. Oregon State University Press, Corvallis, 219 pp.
Arthur V. Evans, Department of Entomology, University of Pretoria, Pretoria
0002, Republic of South Africa.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 84-87
Notes on the Nesting Biology of
Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris (Cockerell)
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae ) 1
Terry Griswold
Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, Logan, Utah
84322.
Abstract. — Nests of Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris (Cockerell) (new com¬
bination) recovered from trap-nest blocks are described and aspects of the nesting
biology compared with related species. Like other Protosmia and the closely
related Heriades, P. rubifloris uses resin in constructing its nests. It apparently
differs from Protosmia (.Protosmia ) in its choice of nest site, utilizing cavities in
wood rather than snail shells, crevices in stones, or abandoned mud nests of other
bees and wasps. No parasites were found in this study. P. rubifloris was found to
overwinter as an adult, a condition uncommon among megachilids.
Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris (Cockerell) is the sole representative in
the Nearctic of an otherwise Palaearctic and Ethiopian genus. It has previously
been regarded as belonging to the genus Chelostomopsis Cockerell, which is here
relegated to subgeneric rank. (Justification will be presented in a forthcoming
paper on the classification of heriadines.) This vernal bee is widely distributed in
cismontane California and sparingly north into Oregon and Washington west of
the Cascades. A disjunct population has also been recorded from the mountains
of northern Arizona (Hurd and Michener, 1955). The only previous reference to
the biology of P. rubifloris is a note that it was reared from the cones of Pinus
attenuata Lemmon in northern California (Hurd and Michener, 1955). In this
paper, notes are given on the nesting biology of another disjunct population, this
one from the higher desert ranges of the eastern Mojave Desert.
Methods
Trap-nest blocks were made from 2.5 x 15.2 cm (1" x 6") pine cut into 10 cm
lengths. Blocks were made by binding three such sections together side by side
with filament tape. Two burrows each of five hole sizes were drilled in a random
pattern into the end of each section. Hole diameters and depths were as follows:
2 mm, 45 mm deep; 3 mm and 4 mm, 60 mm deep; 6 mm and 8 mm, 90 mm
deep. An additional hole was drilled completely through the middle section to
allow attachment of the block using a nail. The design proved faulty in that the
filament tape deteriorated in the sun and heat. Consequently, the two outer sections
1 Contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, Journal Paper
No. 3092 and USDA-ARS-Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
85
fell to the ground. Traps were put out at the beginning of April in the Providence
Mountains, New York Mountains, and the intervening Mid Hills of eastern San
Bernardino County, California. Trap sites were chosen along an elevational cline
(620-1730 meters), three traps to a site. Traps were nailed to trees (dead where
possible) or fence posts, one to two meters above the ground with entrance holes
facing southeast. They were recovered in early November. Rearing methods and
pollen analysis were as described by Parker (1981).
Results
Nesting habitat. — All nests of P. rubifloris were in the mountainous portion of
the desert at elevations of 1370 to 1650 meters in the pinyon-juniper woodland
plant community (Thome et al., 1981). Pinus monophylla Torr. and Frem. and
Juniperus osteosperma (Torr.) were common at all sites. Significant shrubby com¬
ponents of the vegetation included Artemesia tridentata Nutt., Ephedra viridis
Cov., Haplopappus spp., Guttierezia microcephala (DC.), Opuntia acanthocarpa
Engelm. & Bigel., Prunus fasciculata (Torr.), Purshia glandulosa Curran, Rhus
trilobata Nutt., Salvia dorrii (Kell.), Yucca baccata Torr., and at the lowest ele¬
vation site, scattered Yucca brevifolia Engelm. Associated cavity nesters in the
trap-nest blocks included Ashmeadiella (Arogochila) sp., Osmia marginata Mich-
ener, O. ( Chenosmia ) sp., Anthidium maculosum Cresson, Dianthidiumplatyurum
Cockerell, and at the lower elevational limit, Chalicodoma occidentalis (Fox).
Nests. -Thirty-nine nests of P. rubifloris from five sites were recovered. These
contained a total of 150 cells. Borings of 3 and 4 mm diameter were used exclu¬
sively by this bee. Assuming equal numbers of available holes, there appeared to
be no preference between the two sizes, with 18 and 21 holes respectively, utilized
(X 2 = 0.2, d.f. = 1, P > 0 .60). The number of cells per nest ranged from 1 to 7
(x = 4.0 ± 1.2, n = 37 since nests with supersedure were excluded from the anal¬
ysis). Again, no difference in number of cells was detectable between the two hole
sizes within the sample size ( t = 0.929, d.f. = 35, P > 0.30).
Nest construction. — Nest construction was initiated at the bottom of the burrow
in nearly all cases. Rarely (5% of all nests), an initial thin layer of resin less than
1 mm thick was applied to the bottom of the burrow. Cells were arranged linearly
in the burrow with 0.2 mm to 1 mm thick partitions composed of clear resin
separating the cells. Cell walls were not lined with resin though resin extended
slightly along the cell walls on both sides of the partition. Cells ranged in length
from 5 to 14 mm (Jc = 7.7 ± 1.8, n = 148). There was no significant difference
in length of cells between hole sizes (t = 0.0003, d.f. = 146, P > 0.50), perhaps
due to variations in expansion and contraction of the wood. But the length of
female cells (x = 8.5 ± 1.8, n = 34) was significantly greater ( t = 13.76, d.f. = 77,
P < 0.001) than the length of male cells (x = 7.0 ± 1.2, n = 45). Twenty-three
nests (59%) had an interstitial cell between at least two of the brood cells. In 9
nests (23%) these were present between all provisioned cells. All nests were plugged
upon completion of provisioning. Plugs varied in thickness from 1 mm to 8 mm
(x = 4.4 ± 1.9, n = 39) and were composed of translucent, colorless to golden
resin, sometimes with embedded bits of gravel. Plugs were either flush with the
nest entrance (36%) or recessed (64%) 1-19 mm within the burrow. In the former
case, the plug often bulged above the entrance. At least one vestibular cell (between
the last provisioned cell and the entrance plug) was present in 85% of the nests.
86
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Four nests had two vestibular cells while two nests had three such cells. Vestibular
cells ranged in length from 3 to 29 mm (x = 11.8 ± 7.5, n = 41).
Provisions. —Pollen samples from ten cells covering four of the five sites were
analyzed. At the two lower elevation sites these consisted exclusively of Salvia
pollen. At the other two sites pollen was approximately equally divided among
Salvia, a legume, and an unknown pollen.
Cocoon and feces.— Cocoons consisted of a thin transparent white layer occu¬
pying all or nearly all of the cell. There was no nipple on the end of the cocoon.
Fecal pellets were yellow to amber, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.2 mm wide, sausage¬
shaped, straight or slightly curved, without a longitudinal groove, and bluntly
pinched off at both ends. Most fecal pellets were loosely clumped outside of the
cocoon at either end of the cell. A few were scattered along one side of the cell
and adhered to the outside of the cocoon. These were often flattened and occa¬
sionally were located between loose outer strands of the cocoon and the main
sheet-like layer.
Nest associates and mortality. —There were two incidents of supersedure. In
both cases P. rubifloris nested above cells of another bee: Ashmeadiella ( Arogo-
chila ) sp. in one case, Osmia (Chenosmia ) sp. in the other. One nest was destroyed
by an unknown predator which did not damage the plug or the outermost partition
but tunneled through the adjacent wood. One cell was destroyed by mold. There
was no parasitism. Immature mortality was extremely high (53%), and was likely
due, in part, to the faulty block design, which allowed the outer sections to fall
to the ground. The 62% mortality in the fallen sections was significantly higher
than the 41% mortality in the sections remaining in place (x 2 = 5.02, d.f. = 1,
P < 0.025).
Overwintering and sex ratio. —Protosmia rubifloris overwintered as an adult in
diapause. The sequence of cells in the nest normally followed a pattern of females
in interior cells and males in outer cells. In nests with two or more cells, 83% of
the first cells were female, while 85% of the outermost cells were male. Occasional
nests had the sexes intermingled or contained only male or female cells. A count
of all emerging adults plus dead pupae recognizable to sex, gave totals of 45 males
and 34 females resulting in a sex ratio of 1.32 males/females.
Discussion
Protosmia rubifloris uses resin in constructing its nests as do all other heriadines
whose nesting biologies are known. Its high developmental mortality is paralleled
by the 56.6% reported for H. carinatus by Matthews (1965). The extremely low
combined rate of parasitism-predation in P. rubifloris is comparable to the 1.6%
recorded for Heriades carinatus Cresson (Matthews, 1965) and appreciably less
than Maciel (1976) reported for H. truncorum (Linnaeus) (21.2% and 11.7% in
successive years), the only other heriadines for which such data exist. However,
this low rate may not accurately reflect the average rate for P. rubifloris since the
sample was small, and was from only one year.
The choice of nest site is similar to that recorded for most Heriades, but is in
marked contrast to that reported for typical Protosmia. Protosmia paradoxa (Friese)
(Mavromoustakis, 1939), P. exenterata (Perez) (Ferton, 1894), P. stelidoides (Pe¬
rez) (Ferton, 1909), and P. sideritis Tkalcu (1978) all nest in empty snail shells,
while P. monstrosa (Perez) uses crevices in stones (Mavromoustakis, 1939), and
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
87
P. glutinosa (Giraud) nests in the abandoned mud nests of other aculeates (Giraud,
1871).
Protosmia rubifloris differs from all other heriadines with known life cycles in
overwintering as an adult. Most Osmia and a few Megachile are the only other
megachilids reported to overwinter in this form (Stephen et al., 1969). Parker
(pers. comm.) has found a third genus of Megachilidae, the parasitic Dioxys,
overwintering as adults in the nests of Osmia. It has been suggested that this form
of life cycle is an adaptation for early spring emergence (Stephen et al., 1969).
This seems a plausible explanation for P. rubifloris. Collecting in the vicinity of
the nesting sites showed it to be one of the first megachilids active in the spring.
It was taken as early as mid April, flying with Osmia.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank G. E. Bohart, F. D. Parker, V. J. Tepedino, and R. W. Thorp
for their manuscript reviews; and D. Veirs for analyzing the pollen samples.
Literature Cited
Ferton, C. 1894. Seconde note sur les moeurs de quelques Hymenopteres du genre Osmia Panzer,
principalement de la Provence. Act. Soc. Bordeaux, 47:203-214.
-. 1909. Notes detachees sur l’instinct des Hymenopteres melliferes et ravisseurs, 4e serie, avec
la description de quelques especes. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr., 77:536-586.
Giraud, J. 1871. Miscellanees Hymeopterologiques. III. Description d’Hymenopteres nouveaux avec
l’indicationdes moeurs de la plupart d’entre eux et remarques sur quelques especes deja connues.
Ann. Soc. Entomol. Fr., 1:389-419.
Hurd, P. D., Jr., and C. D. Michener. 1955. The megachiline bees of California. Bull. Calif. Insect
Surv., 3:1-247.
Maciel de A. Correia, M. 1976. Notes sur la biologie d 'Heriades truncorum L. Apidologie, 7:169-
187.
Matthews, R. W. 1965. The biology of Heriades carinata Cresson. Contrib. Amer. Entomol. Inst.,
1(3): 1-33.
Mavromoustakis, G. A. 1939. IX. On the bees of the genera Osmia and Megachile from Cyprus. I.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (11)4:154-160.
Parker, F. D. 1981. Nests and nest associates of a desert bee, Osmia marginata Michener. South¬
western Entomol., 6:184-189.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of
bees, with a synopsis of the genera of northwestern America. Agricultural Experiment Station,
Corvallis, Oregon, 140 pp.
Thome, R. F., B. A. Prigge, and J. Henrickson. 1981. A flora of the higher ranges and the Kelso
Dunes of the eastern Mojave Desert in California. Aliso, 10:71-186.
Tkalcu, B. 1978. Fiinf neue palaarktische arten der familie Megachilidae. Cas. Slez. Muz. Opava,
(A) 27:153-169.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 88-90
New Synonymy, Host, and California Records in the Genera
Dioxyna and Paroxyna (Diptera: Tephritidae)
R. D. Goeden and F. L. Blanc
(RDG) Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, Cali¬
fornia 92521; (FLB) 5309 Spilman Avenue, Sacramento, California 95819.
Abstract.—Paroxyna corpulenta (Cresson) is synonymized with P. genalis
(Thomson). New host-plant rearing records are reported for this redefined species.
Paroxyna sabroskyi Novak is initially recorded from a host plant, Stephanomeria
virgata Bentham, and from California. New rearing records for Dioxyna picciola
(Bigot) also are reported from the genus Coreopsis (Asteraceae).
Rearings of Paroxyna spp. from flower heads of Asteraceae collected in southern
and central California by RDG have yielded new host-plant and State records
and provided FLB new opportunity to study certain Paroxyna species taxonom-
ically. Specimens of tephritids formerly designated as P. genalis (Thomson, 1869)
and P. corpulenta (Cresson, 1907) by Foote and Blanc (1963), Foote (1967), and
Novak (1974) were reared from single samples of flower heads from each of several
plant genera and species, leading us, after close morphological examination, to
the inescapable conclusion that they are the same species.
Critical taxonomic study of the reared flies by FLB showed an intergradation
of morphological characters that until now have been used to separate populations
of genalis and corpulenta. The separation character most commonly used has been
the presence or absence of an amber color on the tip of the scutellum. Within
groups of flies reared from single head samples in the present study, a wide
variation occurred, ranging from flies with the scutellum amber over its terminal
Vi, to some with the scutellum amber only at the very tip, to some with amber
only on the ventral portion of the tip, to those with a totally dark brown scutellum.
The number or absence of very small hyaline spots in the dark area of cell r 3
directly posterior to the pterostigma also has been used to separate genalis from
corpulenta. Reared specimens in this study varied from none to three spots in
this area.
The degree of distinctiveness of the borders of the hyaline wing spots, and the
size of the hyaline spots in cell r 4+5 , are additional characters often used to separate
genalis and corpulenta. These characters were observed to be variable in all reared
samples.
The geographical distribution of the two formerly separated populations are
practically identical. Paroxyna genalis ’ records include California, Oregon, Wash¬
ington, British Columbia, N.W. Territories, Alberta, Wyoming, South Dakota,
Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico. The distribution of P. corpulenta
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
89
Table 1. Paroxyna reared from Asteraceae flower heads in California.
Host-plant species
Sampling date
Location
No. reared as
corpu¬
lenta genalis
Venegasia carpesiodes de Can¬
dolle
30 V 1980
Gaviota, San Bernardino
Co.
22
8
Haplopappus linearifolius de
Candolle
27 V 1980
Devil’s Punchbowl, Los An¬
geles Co.
17
13
Haplopappus ericoides (Lessing)
12 XI 1980
Orcutt, Santa Barbara Co.
2
10
Hooker & Amott ssp. blakei
C. B. Wolf
Eriophyllum staechadifolium
Lagasca y Segura var. artemis-
13 XI 1980
Point Buchon, Santa Bar¬
bara Co.
0
4
aefolium (Lessing) Macbride
Layia platyglossa (Femald &
Macbride) Gray prob. ssp.
17 IV 1980
Howard Canyon, Santa Bar¬
bara Co.
2
4
campestris Keck
Senecio douglasii de Candolle
12 XI 1980
Orcutt, Santa Barbara Co.
0
2
var. douglasii
Haplopappus ericoides ssp.
7 XII 1982
Orcutt, Santa Barbara Co.
1
7
blakei
7 XII 1982
Los Osos, Santa Barbara
Co.
2
3
Madia sp. prob. elegans D.
Don
15 IV 1983
Santa Cruz Island, Santa
Barbara Co.
5
1
Senecio canus Hooker
26 VII 1983
Troy Meadows, Sequoia
Nat. Forest, Tulare Co.
11
6
25 VII 1984
Bald Mountain, Sequoia
Nat. Forest, Tulare Co.
4
2
Haplopappus linearifolius
17 IV 1984
Big Rock Canyon, Los An¬
geles Co.
3
5
Senecio integerrimus Nuttall
var. exaltatus (Nuttall) Cron-
20 VI 1984
Jackass Meadow, Sequoia
Nat. Forest, Tulare Co.
1
1
quist
Senecio douglasii var. monoen-
sis (Greene) Jepson
29 IV 1984
Silurian Hills, San Bernardi¬
no Co.
5
4
Senecio serra Hooker
25 VII 1984
Rattlesnake Creek, Sequoia
Nat. Forest, Tulare Co.
3
3
Haplopappus pinifolius Gray
16 X 1984
McCain Valley, San Diego
Co.
2
1
includes California, Oregon, Washington, British Columbia, Yukon, Alaska, N.W.
Territories, Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, Nevada, Utah, Arizona, and
New Mexico (Novak, 1974; Blanc, unpublished data).
Rearing records of Paroxyna from mature flower heads of native Asteraceae
from central and southern California are given in Table 1. Plant nomenclature
follows that of Munz and Keck (1959) and Munz (1974). Both corpulenta and
genalis were reared from 14 of 16 flower head samples, which represents a lengthy
series of pairings of synphagous, congeneric species only observed by RDG this
once during 5 years of extensive rearings of flower heads. No other Paroxyna
90
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
species were reared from these 16 samples, which represent mostly new, host-
plant records for the redefined P. genalis (Wasbauer, 1972; Novak, 1974).
The authors conclude from the above morphological, distributional, and eco¬
logical data that Paroxyna corpulenta (Cresson) is a synonym of P. genalis (Thom¬
son).
Two males and one female of P. sabroskyi Novak were reared by RDG from
a quantity of flower heads of Stephanomeria virgata Bentham collected at Kennedy
Meadows, Sequoia Nat. Forest, SE Tulare Co., on 3 VIII 1983. This represents
the initial host-plant record for this species and the first record of its occurrence
in California (Novak, 1974).
New host-plant rearing records according to Novak (1974) for the closely related
tephritid Dioxyna picciola (Bigot), from mature, flower heads of four species of
Coreopsis (Asteraceae) are as follows: three males and five females from C. bigelovii
(Gray) Hall, Long Valley, Sequoia Nat. Forest, SE Tulare Co., 6 VI 1984; one
male and four females from C. douglasii (de Candolle) Hall, 3.3 km S of 29 Palms,
SW San Bernardino Co., 27 IV 1982; large, unrecorded number from C. gigantea
(Kellogg) Hall, Ocean Beach, Santa Barbara Co., 18 IV 1980; 18 males and 18
females from C. maritima (Nuttall) Hooker, Point Loma, San Diego Co., 7 IV
1980.
Acknowledgment
Our thanks to A. C. Sanders, Herbarium Scientist, Department of Botany and
Plant Sciences, University of California, Riverside, who identified most of the
plant species mentioned in this publication.
Literature Cited
Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1907. Some North American Diptera from the South West. Paper II. Am. Entomol.
Soc. Trans., 33:99-108, 1 pi.
Foote, R. H. 1967. Family Tephritidae. Pp. 568-678 in A. Stone et al. (eds.), A catalog of the Diptera
of America North of Mexico. USDA Handbook 276, 1696 pp.
-, and F. L. Blanc. 1963. The fruit flies or Tephritidae of California. Bull, of Calif. Insect
Survey, 7:1-117.
Munz, P. 1974. A flora of Southern California. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles,
1086 pp.
-, and D. D. Keck. 1959. A California flora. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles,
1681 pp.
Novak, J. A. 1974. A taxonomic revision of Dioxyna and Paroxyna for America north of Mexico.
Melanderia, 16:1-53.
Thomson, C. G. 1869. 6. Diptera. Species nova descripsit. Pp. 443-614 (=h. 12, no. 2) in K. Svenska
Vetenskaps-Akademien, Kongliga svenska fregatten Eugenies resa omkring jorden Pt. 2: Zool-
ogie, [Sec.] 1: Insekter, 617 pp., 9 pis. Stockholm, “1868”.
Wasbauer, M. S. 1972. An annotated host catalog of the fruit flies of America north of Mexico
(Diptera: Tephritidae). Calif. Dept, of Agric., Bur. Entomol., Occas. Papers, 19:1-172.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(1), 1986, pp. 91-94
Biological Notes on Nomia heteropoda Say
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae ) 1
Frank D. Parker, Terry L. Griswold, and Joanne H. Botsford
USDA, ARS, Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University,
UMC 53, Logan, Utah 84322.
Abstract.— Nests of Nomia heteropoda Say are described and illustrated. Nests
were constructed in sandy soil with short series of vertical cells (1-8) constructed
in lateral branches off the main burrow. Soil depth where the first cells were found
averaged 51.5 cm. No nest associates were found. Overwintering prepupae were
reared to adults. A brief comparison of nesting habits of related species is included.
The largest species of North American Halictidae, Nomia heteropoda Say, is
found throughout the southern part of the United States, with its distribution in
the Mississippi Valley extending northward (Hurd et al., 1980). Because females
prefer to nest in sand or sandy soil, populations are discontinuous throughout
this range (Blair, 1935). Surprisingly, biological information on this large and
showy species is scattered and scant. Most information is found in papers that
deal either with the systematics of the group or with biologies of other species.
For example, notes on nests discovered by Mickel and Dawson were recorded in
Blair’s (1935) systematic study. Cross and Bohart’s (1960) description of a single
nest of N heteropoda is found in a study on the biology of N. triangulifera Vachal.
A cell containing a pollen ball made by N. heteropoda was illustrated by Stephen,
Bohart, and Torchio (1969). Hurd et al. (1980) listed unpublished references on
the biology of this bee. The recent Hymenoptera Catalog (Krombein et al., 1979)
listed host plants, but failed to cite any references about its nesting habits.
This paper presents additional observations on the nests, cells, and immature
stages of N. heteropoda from a population nesting in sand dunes near Capital Reef
National Monument in Utah.
Nesting Site
A large aggregation of females (> 100) was found nesting in a sand dune formed
on the hills above the west bank of Sandy Creek, 5200', SSE Notom, Garfield
Co., Utah on September 16, 1983. The nesting site was in a 2500-m 2 blowout on
the southern slope of the dune. The nests were made in the bottom and along the
margins where the sides sloped at a 45-degree angle. The nests were characterized
and easily found by the large accumulation of sand surrounding the entrance. The
general area had abundant flowering plants of Helianthus petiolaris Nutt, which
both sexes of Nomia visited.
1 Contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, Journal Paper
No. 3129, and USDA-ARS-Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University.
92
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-6. 1. Tumulus surrounding nest entrance. 2. Partially excavated cells made in a lateral
branch as seen from above. 3. A 3-celled series illustrating nest architecture in lateral branches. The
last cell is finished (waxed) but not provisioned. 4. Three views (dorsal, ventral, lateral) of overwintering
prepupae. Note the characteristic and extended dorsal lobes. 5. A typical cell that was excavated,
dried, and the loose sand removed. 6. Clay blocks with wax-lined holes used to rear Nomia larvae.
Nest Architecture
The entrance to each nest was surrounded by a large tumulus of sand. The
tumuli varied in shape both because of the frequent winds in the area and the
differences in ground slope. The tumuli were unusually large (about 10 cm wide
by 5 cm high, Fig. 1) and visible from a considerable distance. Nest entrances
were plugged when bees had ceased activities but were open when the bees were
foraging. Often, nest entrances were at the side of the tumulus where a vestibular
chamber was formed. These chambers appeared lined with some type of material
because they held together when the tumulus was blown away. In some nests,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 1
93
however, the entrance was exposed when even this vestibular chamber had been
erased by the wind.
The initial slope of the 11-12 mm wide burrow varied from 45 degrees to
vertical. The lower portion of the burrow was vertical in all nests and extended
to an average depth of 71.8 cm (n = 4). In two nests, the burrow ended in a small
chamber where a dead female was found. The main shaft did not appear to have
a lining, although it was smooth. Cells were constructed in lateral burrows at a
60-degree angle downward from the main burrow. The average depth when
branching began was 51.5 cm (n = 9). The direction of these lateral burrows was
variable and not influenced by compass direction. There were series of cells in
each lateral burrow, and more than one lateral in two nests. The lateral burrows
were separated by as much as 10 cm between branching points along the main
tunnel.
The first cell in a lateral was 4.5 to 6 cm from the main burrow. Subsequent
cells in a series were 3 to 8.5 cm apart (n = 24) and progressively deeper (Fig. 2).
The number of cells in a lateral varied from 1-9 and averaged 3.6 (n = 13).
Individual cells were large and ranged from 33 to 45 mm long and from 10 to
12 mm wide. The top of the cell was narrowed subapically and formed a slight
neck (Fig. 3). At the time of excavation (in early November), most cells contained
overwintering prepupae (Fig. 4), but details of construction were evident in a few
incomplete cells. The basal portion of the finished cell was lined by a coating of
wax that extended up the side for 12 to 15 mm. No pollen provisions were found
during our excavations; however, Stephen et al. (1969) illustrated a pollen ball
made by this bee.
Some cells were cut from the surrounding soil and taken to the laboratory for
further study. After the sand had dried, it could be removed away from the cell
walls by gently rubbing it between the fingers. The resulting cells were elongate
(Fig. 5) and firm. Apparently, the female incorporated some type of material with
the sand during construction. The cell walls averaged 1-2 mm thick. The cells
were closed at the top by a plug of sand formed in a concentric circle with the
center left open. Above this plug, the entrance to the cell was filled with sand
(Fig. 3).
Larval feces at the bottom of the cells were deposited in short links that were
stacked on one another in a pile several mm high (Fig. 5).
No nest associates were found in this study and none were observed when the
nests were active. In some cells, spores of an unknown fungus were found on the
lining of the cell walls.
Some overwintering larvae were kept at 3°C from November until June and
then transferred to wax-lined clay blocks that were moistened and placed in petri
dishes (Fig. 6) and incubated at 30°C. Several larvae transformed to the pupal
stage and later both males and females emerged. These voucher specimens were
deposited in the collection at this Laboratory.
Discussion
The nesting biology and larval forms are similar to N. triangulifera (Cross and
Bohart, 1960). The details of nest architecture were similar; for example, the
arrangement of lateral burrows and placement of cells along the branches. More
cells/laterals were found in nests of N. triangulifera than in nests of N. heteropoda.
94
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Also, the short lateral pockets along the main shaft reported in N. triangulifera
nests were not found in those of N. heteropoda. The pollen ball was similar in
both species, but obviously that of N. heteropoda was much larger. The depth of
the nests in this study were comparable, but other observers have reported N.
heteropoda nests to be much deeper (Blair, 1935). Nest depth is likely influenced
by soil moisture conditions and may be variable from site to site.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank P. Torchio of this laboratory for use of his technique
for rearing the Nomia larvae. Our thanks to the following persons who offered
helpful manuscript suggestions: N. Youssef (Utah State University), R. Rust (Uni¬
versity of Nevada, Reno), and V. Tepedino (this laboratory).
Literature Cited
Blair, B. H. 1935. The bees of the group Dieunomia. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 43:201-215.
Cross, E. A., and G. E. Bohart. 1960. The biology of Nomia ( Epinomia ) triangulifera with com¬
parative notes on other species of Nomia. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 41:761-792.
Hurd, P. D., W. E. LaBerge, and E. G. Linsley. 1980. Principal sunflower bees of North America
with emphasis on the southwestern United States. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. 310, 158 pp.
Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of Hymenoptera in
America north of Mexico, Vol. 2, Apocrita, pp. 1741-2209. Smithsonian Instit. Press, Wash¬
ington, D.C.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of
bees with a synopsis of the genera of northwestern America. Agric. Exper. Sta., Oregon St.
Univ., Corvallis, 140 pp.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 V 2 X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4 5 /g X l'/% inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format;
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e... . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted ..
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Voi. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to Vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to Vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for Vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) and subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl Pritchard and
Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. Price $10.00 (plus $1.25
postage and handling).*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
*(Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ‘/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20%
discount on the price of the memoirs.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-9961
U.S.A.
Vol. 62
April 1986
THE
No. 2
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PULAWSKI, W. J .— Tachysphexperuanus, a new species related to Tachysphex galapagensis
Williams (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 95
CLARK, W. H., P. E. BLOM, and A. M. LOWMAN—Contents of a nest of the desert ant,
Pheidole grallipes Wheeler, in Baja California, Mexico. 99
SCHMIDT, J. O. and S. L. BUCHMANN—Are mutillids scarce? (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)
. 103
KIMSEY, L. S.—Designation of Chrysidid lectotypes. 105
TURNER, W. J., J. M. BABCOCK, and J. JENKINS—New record and first observations of
adult flight activity for Deuterophlebia coloradensis Pennak (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae)
in Idaho.. 111
MILLER, T. D.—New species of the genus Sierolomorpha from New Mexico (Hymenoptera:
Sierolomorphidae). 121
SHELLY, T. E.—Foraging success of Neotropical robber flies: variation with attack distance
and angle. 124
MANWEILER, S. A. — Developmental and ecological comparisons of Trichogramma minutum
and Trichogramma platneri (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae). 128
GIESBERT, E. F.—A new species of Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) from western
Mexico. 140
ULRICH, G. W. — Construction of a compact submersible aquatic light trap. 144
DOWELL, R. Y. and M. JOHNSON— Polistes major (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) predation of
the tree hopper, Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membracidae). 150
DARLING, D. C. and P. E. HANSON—Two new species of Spalangiopelta from Oregon
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea), with a discussion of wing length variation. 153
ARNAUD, JR., P. H. and H. B. LEECH-George Pearson Holland 1911-1985 . 167
SCIENTIFIC NOTES. 119, 165
Publications received. 98, 118, 123, 149, 166
Financial statement Pacific Coast Entomological Society. 168
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1986
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1986
Larry G. Bezark, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Stanley C. Williams, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly (January, April,
July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at
San Francisco, California, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes
to THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118-9961.
This issue mailed June 10, 1986
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 95-98
Tachysphex peruanus, a New Species Related to
Tachysphex galapagensis Williams
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
WOJCIECH J. PULAWSKI
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Abstract. —Tachysphex peruanus, previously unknown, is a sister species of
Tachysphex galapagensis and occurs in the coastal area of Peru.
A species not included in my revision (Pulawski, 1974) of Neotropical Tachy¬
sphex was found in material recently received for study. Relevant information is
presented below. I sincerely thank Mary Ann Tenorio for taking the SEM picture
and for drawing the distributional map.
Tachysphex peruanus , New Species
Name derivation. — Peruanus is a neo-Latin adjective derived from Peru, where
the specimens have been collected.
Diagnosis. — Like other members of the terminatus species group, peruanus has
a swelling behind each hindocellus combined with a flat, nonprominent labrum
and punctate mesopleuron. Like clarconis W. Fox and galapagensis Williams,
but unlike the remaining species of the group, the metapleuron of peruanus is
simple (without carina or prominence in its upper part), and the metapleural
flange is not expanded. Unlike all other species of the terminatus group, the clypeal
lobe of the male is markedly angulate in peruanus (instead of truncate or arcuate),
and the inner mandibular angle is simple (rather than dentate). Unlike clarconis,
the vertex of peruanus is narrow (width to length ratio 1.3-1.4 in the female and
1.6-1.7 in the male instead of 1.9-2.2 and 2.1-2.6) and in the male the foretarsal
rake is absent. Unlike galapagensis, the propodeal side is ridged in peruanus
(nonridged or partly microridged in the former).
Description. — Mesopleural punctures more conspicuous posteriorly than in ga¬
lapagensis, but less than in clarconis. Metapleural flange narrow. Upper meta¬
pleuron with a few simple, longitudinal ridges in front of propodeal spiracle,
without prominence in its posterior part, without oblique carina beneath fore end
of flange. Propodeum finely sculptured between dorsum and side, side ridged.
Basal tooth of hindcoxa low, obtuse.
Vestiture partly obscuring integument between antennal socket and orbit. Setae
length: on vertex about 1.5 times midocellar diameter in female and about 1.7
in male; about 1 midocellar diameter on scutum anterolaterally.
Head, thorax and legs black, except the following: mandible reddish yellow at
about two-thirds of its length, and tarsal apex brown. Color of gaster variable,
96
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Tachysphex peruanus species nova—clypeus of male.
gastral terga I-IV fasciate apically (fascia of tergum IV less conspicuous than the
remaining ones). Wings weakly infumate.
$: Clypeus width 2.8 times its midlength; bevel poorly defined; lip arcuate or
very obtusely angulate, without median projection. Dorsal length of flagellomere
I 2.4-2.5 times its apical width. Frons dull, microsculptured between punctures.
Vertex width 1.3-1.4 times its length. Length 7.3-9.8 mm. Gaster all red or with
dark, irregular spots.
<5: Mandibular inner margin nondentate (Fig. 1). Clypeus width 2.8 times its
width; lip angulate, with free margin concave on each side of apex (Fig. 1). Dorsal
length of flagellomere I 1.3-1.5 times its apical width. Frons punctatorugose.
Vertex width 1.6-1.7 times its length. Gastral sterna pubescent throughout. Fore¬
femur notched. Foretarsomeres without preapical rake spines. Length 6.0-7.3
mm. Gaster differently colored in each specimen studied: all black, black basally
(segments I—III) with the remaining segments red, and predominantly red (only
segment I black).
Discussion. — The simple, unspecialized metapleuron of clarconis, galapagensis,
and peruanus is a symplesiotypic character and therefore does not demonstrate
close relationship. However, it does indicate that the three species are rather
distinct from the remaining members of the group (in which the metapleuron is
variously modified). Two derived characters are shared by galapagensis and pe¬
ruanus, a narrow vertex and a reduced (some galapagensis ) or absent foretarsal
rake in the male, thus demonstrating their common origin. This is of great interest,
since peruanus lives in an area from which ancestors of galapagensis most prob-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
97
Figure 2. Geographic distribution of Tachysphex galapagensis Williams and peruanus, n. sp.
ably colonized the Galapagos Archipelago. However, each of the two species has
at least one specialized character absent in the other (nonridged or barely ridged
propodeal side in galapagensis, peculiar male clypeus and nondentate male man¬
dible in peruanus), obviously precluding the latter from being the ancestor of the
former. Clearly, the two are sister species, and must have evolved in parallel after
their common ancestor colonized the Galapagos.
Geographic distribution (Fig. 2).—Coastal Peru, including foothills.
98
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Material examined. — Holotype: 2, Peru, Lambayeneque Province, Lambaye-
neque sand dunes, 2 Sep 1979, M. E. Irwin (1 3, University of California, Davis).
Paratypes (all from Peru): Lambayeneque Province: Same data as holotype (1
6, California Academy of Sciences; 1 6, University of California, Davis). Lima
Province: Chosica, 2800 feet, 11 June 1914, H. S. Parish (1 6, Cornell University);
Matucana, 17 May 1920, Cornell Univ. Expedition (1 2, Cornell University).
Literature Cited
Pulawski, W. J. 1974. A revision of the Neotropical Tachysphex Kohl (Hym., Sphecidae). Polskie
Pismo Ent., 44:3-80.
Publications Received
Trichoptera of the Area Platense. By Oliver S. Flint. Biologia Acuatica [Instituto
de Limnologia ILPLA], No. 2, 70 pp., 71 figs. Published by Instituto de Limnologia
“Prof. Dr. Raul A. Ringuelet.” Indicated as “noviembre 1982” issue. Available
from Analia C. Paggi, Instituto de Limnologia “Prof. Raul A. Ringuelet,” Casilla
de Correo 55, 1923 Baerisso, Argentina (Bank drafts orders should be written in
to the name of Analia C. Paggi). ISSN 0326-1638. Price US $8 (postage fees
included). Review copy received by PCES at CAS 31 May 1983.
New Zealand Butterflies. Identification and Natural History. By George W.
Gibbs. William Collins Publishers Ltd., P.O. Box No. 1, Auckland. 207 pp., 63
figs., 197 colored “plates.” Available from International Specialized Book Ser¬
vices, Inc., 10230 S.W. Parkway, Portland, Oregon 97225. First published 1980.
Price $45 hard cover. Review copy received by PCES at CAS 28 June 1983.
The Ecology of Aquatic Insects. Edited by Vincent H. Resh and David M.
Rosenberg. Praeger Publishers, 521 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10175.
x + 625 pp., figs. ISBN 0-03-059684-X. Publication date: March 1984. Price $35
hard cover. Review copy received by PCES at CAS 2 April 1984.
Insect Ecology. Second Edition. By E. G. Matthews and R. L. Kitching with
colour photographs by Densey Clyne. University of Queensland Press, xv + 211
pp., 14 figs., 12 illustrations, and 21 colored “plates.” ISSN 0156-6695. Publi¬
cation date given as 16 October 1984. Available from Queensland University
Press, 5 South Union Street, Lawrence, Massachusetts 01843. Price $15.95 pap-
erbound. Review copy sent to PCES at CAS 7 May 1985.
The Pleasures of Entomology. Portraits of Insects and the People Who Study
Them. By Howard Ensign Evans. Illustrated by Peter Eades. Smithsonian Insti¬
tution Press. 238 pp., figs. ISBN 0-87474-421 (alk. paper). Paperbound. Price not
indicated. Review copy received by PCES at CAS 31 May 1985. Available from
Smithsonian Institution Press, Publications Distribution Section, 1111 North
Capitol Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20560.—P. H. Amaud, Jr., California
Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 99-102
Contents of a Nest of the Desert Ant, Pheidole grallipes
Wheeler, in Baja California, Mexico
William H. Clark, Paul E. Blom, 1 and Angela M. Lowman 2
(WHC, PEB) Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho
83605; (AML) Capitol High School, Boise, Idaho 83704.
Abstract. —Nest contents of the desert ant, Pheidole grallipes Wheeler, sampled
from a crack in granitic rock in the Central Desert of Baja California, Mexico,
were analyzed to inventory: number, weight, caste, and life stage of P. grallipes ;
number and kinds of associated arthropods; and composition of food items. Major
workers, although they made up only 2% of the nest population, comprised 31%
of the ants’ biomass. Guests included Coleoptera (adults and larvae) and other
arthropods. A variety of plant material was present, including leaves, stems, and
flowers. A high number (250) of seeds of the California poppy, Eschscholzia
californica, was found, as well as 54 fruits from the same species. Contents suggest
that P. grallipes may be granivorous as well as entomophagus.
Resumen.—El contenido de un nido de la hormiga desierta, Pheidole grallipes
Wheeler, se cato de una grieta en una roca de granito en el Desierto Central de
Baja California, Mexico, se analizeo para determinar estas cosas: el numero, el
peso, la casta, y las etapas de la vida de P. grallipes ; el numero y las clases de los
arthopodos asociados; y la composition de los alimentos. Los trabajadores ma-
yores, aunque solamente 2% de la population del nido, comprendieron 31% de
la biomasa de las hormigas. Los convidados incluyeron Coleoptero (las adultos
y las larvas) y otros arthopodos. Una variedad de material de plantas estaba
presente incluyente las hojas, los tallos y las floras. Pasmosamente, un numero
elevado de Eschscholzia californica (la semilla) se encontro y tambien las frutas
de la misma especie. El contenido sugere que P. grallipes sea granivoro y tambien
entomofago.
Nest contents of the desert ant, Pheidole grallipes Wheeler, were sampled from
a granitic crevice in the Central Desert of Baja California, Mexico, by Clark and
Blom, 11 April 1978, to determine the food items and myrmecophiles. The
collection was made 9 km NW Rancho Santa Ines, a midpeninsular location (Lat.
28°46'N, Long. 114°46'W, Elevation 550 m). The area is a boulder field with
sandy soil and scattered vegetation. Average precipitation is 85-100 mm and
average temperatures for January are 10-18°C and for July and August 20-29°C
1 Present address: Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, University of Idaho,
Moscow, Idaho 83843.
2 Present address: Department of Biology, College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho 83605.
100
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
PHEIDOLE GRALLIPES NUMBERS
Figure 1. Distribution of stages and castes of Pheidole grallipes from a nest in the Santa Ines area,
Baja California, Mexico, 11 April 1978.
(Hastings and Humphrey, 1969). Dominating the landscape are granite boulders,
the boojum, barrel and cardon cactus. For more detailed description see Blom
and Clark (1980, 1984). The P. grallipes nest was extracted from a crack, 50 cm
in depth and 30 cm in length. Field observations recorded the presence of several
species of live arthropods in the nest in addition to the ants.
Materials and Methods
Using hand tools the rock crack was split apart as far as possible. All ants and
other live arthropods encountered were collected to alcohol with aspirators and
forceps. Dry contents were sampled with plastic vials and stored for later sorting.
The ants were inventoried to determine the number of minor, callow minor,
and major workers; pupae; and larvae within that sample. Weights for each cat¬
egory were measured with a Sartorius analytical balance.
Results and Discussion
The nest was in a rock crack which when excavated was found to be 50 cm
deep and 30 cm long. Other nests of P. grallipes at this site also appear to be
associated with rock cracks. Mallis (1941) reported a nest of the species located
in sandy soil at the base of a shrub in southern California.
Minor workers far outnumbered major workers. There were 568 minors, 37
callow minors (for a total of 605 minor workers, 76%), compared to 16 majors
(2%), 123 pupae (16%), and 49 larvae (6%) (Fig. 1).
While major workers comprised only 2% of the nest’s ant population, their
weight (mean 22 mg) comprised 31 % of the ants’ biomass; and minor workers
(less callows), with 5% of the ant biomass (mean =1.0 mg), totaled 71% of the
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
101
Figure 2. Distribution of biomass within the stages and castes of Pheidole grallipes from a nest in
the Santa Ines area, Baja California, Mexico, 11 April 1978.
nest’s ant population. Callow workers (mean =1.0 mg) formed 3% of the biomass,
while pupae and larvae were collectively 15%. The function of the major workers
is unknown, but it must be important for the colony to have such an energy
investment. Usually only the minor workers are observed foraging.
Myrmecophiles included the following Tenebrionidae: Conibius opacus (Le-
Conte) (7); Araeoschizus sp. (prob. antennatus ) (2), and Argoporis a. apicalis
Blaisdell (3), and 11 larvae. Araeoschizus sp. has also been reported as a guest of
this ant in southern California (Wheeler and Wheeler, 1973). Papp (1981) reported
Araeoschizus antennatus Blaisdell from one of our non-ant associated collections
at this locality. One scorpion ( Vejovis sp.) was also found in the rock crack. Its
relationship with the ants is unknown.
Animal material consisted mainly of exoskeletons of Coleoptera, Tenebrioni¬
dae; Diptera; and Hymenoptera, Formicidae. Most ant fragments were of P.
grallipes individuals and probably do not represent food items. Tenebrionidae
and other Coleoptera comprise the largest portion of this component, though it
is difficult to say how much of this can be considered food.
There was a variety of vegetative material in the nest. Leaves, stems and flower
parts were found. It is always possible for material of this sort to be carried into
the nest by the ants for purposes other than food, or for its deposition by wind;
however, the accumulation of 250 seeds of the California poppy, Eschscholzia
californica Cham., and 54 of its fruits seemed more than accidental. E. californica
var. peninsularis (Green) Munz is known from the Catavina area (Santa Ines area)
in the Central Desert (Wiggins, 1980). The seeds are small and round. Among
other materials were 8 seeds of a leguminous species.
Other ants nesting in the immediate vicinity include a new species of Pheidole
(10 m distant), Pheidole yaqui Creighton and Gregg (12 m), Crematogaster depilis
102
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
(15 m), and Pogonomyrmex tenuispina Forel (16 m) (Blom and Clark, 1980). Of
these species all but Crematogaster depilis are known seed harvesters. C. depilis
gathers extrafloral nectar (Blom and Clark, 1980).
Pheidole grallipes is a species thought to be exclusively entomophagus (Pullen,
1961), though Blom and Clark (1980) have since recorded it as a frequent visitor
to the extrafloral nectaries of the barrel cactus, Ferocactus gracilis Gates. No
previous evidence has established P. grallipes as a seed foraging species, though
the genus is considered granivorous (Wheeler and Wheeler, 1973; and others).
With examination of these nest contents it appears P. grallipes may be a diversified
feeder utilizing both animal and plant (seed and nectar) resources.
Acknowledgments
Mary and Ellen Clark assisted with the field work. Dr. C. A. Triplehom provided
the Tenebrionidae identifications, C. S. Papp an identification of Araeoschizus
from the site, and D. R. Frohlich the scorpion identification. I. L. Wiggins iden¬
tified the plant seeds. We thank Susan Lowman and Mary Clark for review of the
manuscript and other assistance during this report.
Literature Cited
Blom, P. E., and W. H. Clark. 1980. Observations of ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) visiting
extrafloral nectaries of the barrel cactus, Ferocactus gracilis Gates (Cactaceae), in Baja California,
Mexico. SW Natur., 25:181-196.
-, and-. 1984. Phobetus desertus, a new melolonthine Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from
the Central Desert of Baja California, Mexico. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 60:304-312.
Hastings, J. R., and R. R. Humphrey. 1969. Climatological data for Baja California. Univ. Ariz.
Inst. Atmos. Physics Tech. Rep. 18, 96 pp.
Mallis, A. 1941. A list of the ants of California with notes on their habits and distribution. South.
Calif. Acad. Sci., 40(2):61-100.
Papp, C. S. 1981. Revision of the genus Araeoschizus LeConte (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Entomol.
Arb. Mus. Frey, 29:273-420.
Pullen, B. E. 1961. Non-granivorous food habits of Pheidole grallipes Wheeler and its possible
phyletic significance. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 37:93-96.
Wheeler, G. C., and J. Wheeler. 1973. Ants of Deep Canyon. Univ. Calif. Press, Riverside, 162 pp.
Wiggins, I. L. 1980. Flora of Baja California. Stanford Univ. Press, 1025 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 103-104
Are Mutillids Scarce? (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)
Justin O. Schmidt and Stephen L. Buchmann
Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Arizona, Tuc¬
son, Arizona 85721.
Mutillid wasps are familiar, often brightly colored species that may be seen
rapidly running across open or sandy areas. Yet mutillid wasps are rarely observed
in large numbers; rather, collectors usually find isolated individuals or small
numbers in any given habitat. In the western part of the U.S., mutillids are rarely
observed in large numbers. The general acknowledgment that mutillids exist in
low population densities is so accepted that the rare occurrences of large numbers
of individuals in an area are given special note (Manley and Taber, 1978; Schmidt
and Hook, 1979).
The question arises: because many brightly colored mutillid species are readily,
yet infrequently, seen, can we safely assume their population densities are low?
Our present observations indicate that mutillid wasps may not be as scarce as
generally believed.
In the course of ecological and population studies of the bee Diadasia rinconis
rinconis Cockerell (Anthophoridae) 90 x 90 cm emergence traps were placed
April 13, 1985 over a nesting aggregation located northwest of Tucson, Arizona.
The traps were monitored until May 14 for emergence of hosts and parasites (13
D. rinconis, 5 Bombyliidae, 3 Anthidium bees [Megachilidae], and 1 rhipiphorid
beetle were trapped) and then left until August 6, 1985. At that date the three
traps contained the following mutillid wasps: trap 1, 77 male Dasymutilla foxi
(Cockerell); trap 2, 6 male and 1 female D. foxi ; trap 3, 8 male D. foxi and 1
male D. vestita (Lepeletier). These findings confirm that D. rinconis is a host of
D. foxi and suggest it is a possible host of D. vestita (see Krombein et al., 1979
for host records).
Based on these three traps we can estimate the numbers of parasitic mutillids
produced by this nesting aggregation of D. rinconis. The traps catch at most only
one-half of the mutillid wasps produced—the males (92 males to 1 female caught).
The apterous, fossorial females appear to crawl or dig under the trap rims and
escape. Thus, 2.4 m 2 of this cactus bee nesting aggregation produced approximately
184 mutillids, or 76 individuals per m 2 . The average nesting density of this D.
rinconis nesting aggregation is estimated to be approximately 25 nests/m 2 (Buch¬
mann, unpubl.) and based on an average of 7.0 cells/nest (E. Ordway, unpubl.)
we estimate a cell density of 175/m 2 . The nesting aggregation covered an estimated
446 m 2 and therefore produced approximately 78,000 cells. If our survey was
representative, 34,000, or 43%, of these cells were parasitized by mutillid wasps.
The above figures are remarkable not only because of their magnitude, but also
because in six years of investigating D. rinconis we have never seen a D. foxi in
a nesting aggregation. D. foxi is not rare by comparison with other Mutillidae
and was at least once recorded in large numbers (Manley and Taber, 1978). This
suggests either the species is active at times other than when we are present, or
104
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
that a vast percentage of the population simply is behaviorally cryptic. We suggest
that both factors are probably involved, but that the second is more important
than might be anticipated.
Supportive evidence that mutillid wasp populations may be higher than gen¬
erally perceived comes from ultraviolet (u.v.) light trap data. Neither male nor
female individuals of nocturnal mutillid species are captured by routine collecting
activities such as searching ground and soil litter, and turning over rocks. More¬
over, nocturnal seaching with head lamps almost never results in finding female
nocturnal Mutillidae. However, in spite of their apparent rarity by these collecting
methods, male nocturnal mutillids are exceedingly abundant at u.v. lights. Based
on our preliminary emergence trap data and on u.v. light observations we suggest
that mutillid populations are likely much higher than usually believed and that
these species are highly successful and ecologically important parasites of many
species of Hymenoptera.
Literature Cited
Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks. 1979. Catalogue of Hymenoptera
in America north of Mexico, Vol 2. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.
Manley, D. G., and S. Taber III. 1978. A mating aggregation of Dasymutilla foxi in southern Arizona
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Pan-Pac. Ent., 54:231-235.
Schmidt, J. O., and A. W. Hook. 1979. A record population of Pseudomethoca simillima (Smith)
(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Florida Ent., 52:152.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 105-110
Designation of Chrysidid Lectotypes
Lynn Siri Kimsey
Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616.
Abstract. — Lectotypes are designated from syntype series for 98 species of Chry-
sididae from the Palearctic, Neotropical and Ethiopian regions.
The Chrysididae comprises approximately 4000 species. Many of these species
are based on syntype series. Because of the possibility of a syntype series containing
individuals of more than one species or even genera, lectotypes need to be des¬
ignated to prevent confusion. In preparation of a world revision of the Chrysididae
with R. M. Bohart it has become necessary to designate lectotypes before the final
revision is completed.
Type material was examined from the following institutions and individuals:
BUDAPEST—Zoological Department, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Bu¬
dapest (L. Zombori, J. Papp); CAPETOWN—Department of Entomology, South
African Museum, Capetown (V. Whitehead); LENINGRAD—Zoological Insti¬
tute, Academy of Sciences, Leningrad, USSR (V. A. Trajpitzyn, Y. A. Pesenko,
E. Budrys); LONDON—Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural
History), London (M. C. Day, C. Vardy); OXFORD—Hope Entomological Col¬
lections, Oxford University Museum, England (C. O’Toole); PARIS—Museum
National d’Histoire Naturalle, Laboratoire d’Entomologie, Paris, France (M. Kel-
ner Pillault); PRETORIA—Department of Entomology, Transvaal Museum, Pre¬
toria, South Africa (R. Toms, M. C. Scoble), and VIENNA—Zweite Zoologische
Abteilung, Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, Austria (M. Fischer).
The following list of types is organized alphabetically by genus. The type re¬
pository is indicated in parentheses, followed by the correct genus if that name
differs from that of the original description.
Acrotoma arnoldi Edney, 1940:51. Lectotype male; Southwest Africa: Okahandja,
#13.177 (LONDON). =Hedychridium
Acrotoma discrepans Edney, 1940:54. Lectotype male; South Africa: Cape Prov.,
Matjesfontein, #13.179a (LONDON). =Hedychridium
Acrotoma discrepans Candida Edney, 1940:56. Lectotype male; Southwest Africa:
Aus, #13.178a (LONDON). =Hedychridium
Actineuchrum soloriens Semenov, 1954:144. Lectotype male; USSR: Turkmenia,
Imam-Baba (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Amisega aeniceps Ducke, 1903:130. Lectotype male; Brazil: Itatuba (PARIS).
Chrysidea dido Zimmermann, 1956:149. Lectotype female; Madagascar: Bekily,
II-III/1940, A. Seyrig (Seyrig Coll., PARIS).
Chrysis aurotecta Abeille, 1878:3. Lectotype female; Sardinia (Abeille Coll., box
IV, PARIS).
106
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Chrysis chevrieri Abeille, 1877:67. Lectotype female; no data on specimen (“nos
environs” given in text) (Abeille Coll., box IV, PARIS).
Chrysis dallatorreana Mocsary, 1896:2. Lectotype female; “Hongrie” (Buysson
Coll., box 22, PARIS). =Spinolia
Chrysis fervida Fabricius, 1781:456. Lectotype female; “Env. de Paris,” coll.
Lepeletier (Buysson Coll., box 11, PARIS). =Holopyga
Chrysis fugax Abeille, 1878:5. Lectotype sex ? (no abdomen); no data (“Lorgues”
given in text) (Abeille Coll., box II, PARIS).
Chrysis gemma Abeille, 1878:3. Lectotype male; Meudon (Abeille Coll., box IV,
PARIS).
Chrysis hydropica Abeille, 1878:4. Lectotype male; La Seyne (Abeille Coll., box
II, PARIS).
Chrysis insignis Lucas, 1849:307. Lectotype female; “Algerie: La Calle” (Buysson
Coll., box 22, PARIS). =Spinolia
Chrysis lais Abeille, 1877:66. Lectotype male; no data (“Lorgues” given in text)
(Abeille Coll., box III, PARIS).
Chrysis mulsanti Abeille, 1878:3. Lectotype male; Montpellier (Abeille Coll., box
II, PARIS). =Chrysura
Chrysis rugulosa Mocsary, 1909:8. Lectotype male; Turkey: Karatangebirge bei
Djulek (BUDAPEST). =Euchroeus
Chrysis spinifer Abeille, 1878:5. Lectotype female; Montpellier (Abeille Coll., box
V, PARIS).
Chrysis varidens Abeille, 1878:6. Lectotype female; Montpellier (Abeille Coll.,
Box III, PARIS).
Chrysis viridula fenestrata Abeille, 1877:67. Lectotype male; no data (“nos en¬
virons” given in text) (Abeille Coll., box IV, PARIS).
Cleptes abeillei Buysson, 1887:6. Lectotype male; Allier (Buysson Coll., box 2,
PARIS).
Cleptes afra Lucas, 1849:315. Lectotype female; Algeria: Oran (Buysson Coll.,
box 2, PARIS).
Cleptes anceyi Buysson, 1891:74. Lectotype male; Algeria: Tlemcen, May ’88
(Buysson Coll., box 2, PARIS).
Cleptes aurora F. Smith, 1874:452. Lectotype female; Brazil: Ega, #13.3 (LON¬
DON). =Cleptidea
Cyrteuchridium breviceps Semenov. In Semenov and Nikoskaya, 1954:101. Lec¬
totype female; Armenia: Darschichag (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Cyrteuchridium cyanellum Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:101. Lectotype fe¬
male; USSR: Tadzhikistan, Shurobad (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Cyrteuchridium fulvago Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:102. Lectotype female;
USSR: Tadzhikistan, Stalinabad (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Ellampus auratus trianulifer Abeille, 1877:65. Lectotype female; St. Baume (Abeille
Coll., box I, PARIS). =Omalus
Ellampus conifer Semenov, 1932:24. Lectotype male; USSR: Shipovo (LENIN¬
GRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus gussakovskii Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:95. Lectotype female;
USSR: Tadzhikistan, Kondara (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus hirsutus Semenov, 1932:29. Lectotype male; USSR: Turkestan, Fer¬
gana, Chedzu-tshiburgan (LENINGRAD). = Omalus
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
107
Ellampus hirtus Semenov, 1932:28. Lectotype female (not male); USSR: Turke¬
stan, Alatau Talassicum Mnts. (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus kuznetzovi Semenov, 1932:25. Lectotype male; USSR: Transcaucasia,
Kodzhory Prov., Tiflisensis (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus margianus Semenov, 1932:15. Lectotype female; USSR: Turkmenia,
Imam-Baba Dist., Mervensis (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus nikolskii Semenov, 1932:30. Lectotype male; USSR: Bucharia orien-
talis, Roshan, Kalai-vamar (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus olgae Semenov, 1891:383. Lectotype female; central Russia (LENIN¬
GRAD). =Elampus
Ellampus potanini Semenov, 1932:11. Lectotype male; China: Setschuan Prov.,
Sjao-tzhin-cho (LENINGRAD).
Ellampus ruthenus Semenov, 1932:39. Lectotype male; USSR: Shipovo (LEN¬
INGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus scrutator Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:94. Lectotype female; USSR:
Tadzhikistan, Kondara (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus sculpticollis Abeille, 1878:2. Lectotype male; “Mile” (“nos environs”
given in text) (Abeille Coll., box I, PARIS). =Omalus
Ellampus shokalskii Semenov, 1932:24. Lectotype male; Mongolia: Urga (LEN¬
INGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus smaragdulus Semenov, 1932:37. Lectotype female; USSR: Turkestan,
Maracandica Prov., Samarkand (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus speculifer Semenov, 1932:18. Lectotype male; USSR: Bucharia Merid.,
Termez, Oxum (LENINGRAD). —Omalus
Ellampus Stella Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:93. Lectotype female; USSR:
Tadzhikistan, Stalinabad (LENINGRAD). = Omalus
Ellampus subopacus Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:95. Lectotype female; USSR:
Tadzhikistan, Kondara (LENINGRAD). = Omalus
Ellampus tarnanii Semenov, 1920:40. Lectotype male; Bucharia australis: Ter¬
mez, Oxum (Amu-darj’ja) (LENINGRAD). =Omalus
Ellampus timidus Nurse, 1902:305. Lectotype male; Peshin, #13.10a (LONDON).
=Omalus
Euchroeides oblatus Nurse, 1904:23. Lectotype male; Quetta, #13.16lb (LON¬
DON). =Spinolia
Euchroeus purpuratus orientis Semenov, 1910 (1909):214. Lectotype female;
“Dzhungaria chinens. orient.”: Kami (LENINGRAD).
Hedychridium aegyptiacum Buysson, 1898:126. Lectotype female; Egypt: Koub-
beh (Buysson Coll., box 13, PARIS).
Hedychridium alpestre Semenov, 1954:100. Lectotype male; USSR: Tadzhikistan,
Kok-kyu (LENINGRAD).
Hedychridium bergi Semenov, 1954:98. Lectotype female; USSR: Tadzhikistan,
Peter the Great Range (LENINGRAD).
Hedychridium capensis Mocsary, 1889:136. Lectotype female; “Le Cap” (Buysson
Coll., box 15, PARIS).
Hedychridium coloratum Edney, 1940:74. Lectotype male; South Africa: Cape
Prov., Matjesfontein, #13.175b (LONDON).
Hedychridium elegantulum Buysson, 1887:173. Lectotype female; Gallia: Meri-
dion (Buysson Coll., box 13, PARIS).
108
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Hedychridium latifrons Edney, 1940:72. Lectotype female; South Africa: Cape
Prov., Somerset East, #13.173a (LONDON).
Hedychridium malagassum Buysson, 1910:124. Lectotype male; Madagascar
(Buysson Coll., box 16, PARIS).
Hedychridium minutum homeopathicum Abeille, 1878:3. Lectotype male; no data
on specimen (Abeille Coll., box II, PARIS).
Hedychridium minutum infans Abeille, 1879:3. Lectotype male; no data on spec¬
imen (Abeille Coll., box II, PARIS).
Hedychridiumperversum Nurse, 1902:306. Lectotype male; Peshin, #4.02 (LON¬
DON).
Hedychridium planifrons Buysson, 1900:129. Lectotype male: Egypt: Heloun, M.
Pic (Buysson Coll., box 15, PARIS).
Hedychridium rhodinum Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:99. Lectotype male (not
female); USSR: Tadzhikistan, Ruidasht (LENINGRAD).
Hedychridium scintilla Semenov, 1954:96. Lectotype female; USSR: Kazakhstan,
Peter the Great Range (LENINGRAD).
Hedychridium wroughtoni Buysson, 1896:466. Lectotype female; “Prov. centralis,
Inde ciriglaise” (Buysson Coll., box 16, PARIS).
Hedychrum chloroidea Dahlbom, 1854:66. Lectotype female; “Env. de Paris,”
Lepeletier Coll. (Buysson Coll., box 11, PARIS). =Holopyga
Hedychrum jacobsoni Semenov, 1954:109. Lectotype female; USSR: Tadzhiki¬
stan, Balamurun, Karatau foothills (LENINGRAD).
Hedychrum katbergense Edney, 1940:116. Lectotype male; South Africa: Cape
Prov., Katberg, #13.40 (given as holotype) (LONDON).
Hedychrum longicolle Abeille, 1877:65. Lectotype female; Toulon (Abeille Coll.,
box I, PARIS).
Hedychrum micans Lucas, 1849:313. Lectotype; Algeria: La Calle (Buysson Coll.,
box 17, PARIS).
Hedychrum minutum Lepeletier, 1806:122. Lectotype female; Soissons (Buysson
Coll., box 16, PARIS). = Hedychridium
Hedychrum nigrocyaneum Edney, 1940:98. Lectotype male; South Africa: Cape
Prov., Ceres, # 13.46a (LONDON).
Hedychrum nigromaculatum Edney, 1940:108. Lectotype female; South Africa:
Cape Prov., Katberg, #13.45 (LONDON.
Hedychrum penultimum Edney, 1940:110. Lectotype male (given as holotype);
South Africa: Cape Prov., Mossel Bay (LONDON).
Hedychrum rubrum Edney, 1940:97. Lectotype female; South Africa: Belmont,
#13.170b (LONDON).
Hedychrum stilboides Walker, 1871:9. Lectotype male; Egypt, #79.22 (no BM
type #) (LONDON).
Holopyga capensis Edney, 1940:44. Lectotype male; South Africa: Cape Prov.,
Bloukrans, near Calvinia, #13.18a (LONDON).
Holopyga crassepuncta Semenov, 1954:110. Lectotype female; USSR: Tadzhik¬
istan, Balamurun, Karatau foothills (LENINGRAD).
Holopyga janthina dispersepunctata Edney, 1940:49. Lectotype male; Southwest
Africa: Okahandya, #13.19b (LONDON).
Holopyga kozhantshikovi Semenov, 1954:111. Lectotype male; USSR: Kazakh¬
stan, Baigakum (LENINGRAD).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
109
Holopyga miranda Abeille, 1878:2. Lectotype male; “Corse” (Abeille Coll., box
I, PARIS).
Holopyga scutellare Zimmermann, 1956:142. Lectotype female; Madagascar: Be-
kily, IV/42, A. Seyrig (Buysson Coll., box 12, PARIS).
Irenula margaritacea Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:102. Lectotype female;
USSR: Tartugai (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Notozus kashmirensis Nurse, 1902:805. Lectotype male; Kashmir, #13-12a
(LONDON). =Elampus
Oar globulus Semenov, 1954:144. Lectotype male; USSR: Kazakhstan, Bala-
murun, Karatau foothills (LENINGRAD). =Holopyga
Omaluspolitus Buysson, 1887:168. Lectotype female; “Syrie-Beyrout” (Buysson
Coll., box 6, PARIS).
Parnopes apicalis Walker, 1871:6. Lectotype male; Egypt, #13.162a (BMNH).
Parnopes nitolica Morice, 1916:264. Lectotype male; Khartum, #384 1/3 (OX¬
FORD).
Parnopes vareillesi Buysson, 1900:157. Lectotype female; Algerie: Biskra (Buysson
Coll., box 68, PARIS).
Philoctetes caudata Abeille, 1878:2. Lectotype male; no data on specimen (Abeille
Coll., box I, PARIS). —Omalus
Philoctetes deflexa Abeille, 1878:2. Lectotype male; Egypt (Abeille Coll., box I,
PARIS). = Omalus
Pseudochrysis sphinx Semenov, 1902:168. Lectotype female; USSR: Amu-darja
(LENINGRAD). =Euchroeus
Pseudochrysis vespera Semenov, 1910 (1909):214. Lectotype male; Iran: Chor-
assan (LENINGRAD). =Euchroeus
Spinolia herodiana Morice, 1909:467. Lectotype female; Jericho, #380 1/2 (OX¬
FORD).
Spintharina corniger Zimmermann, 1950:316. Lectotype male; Egypt: Gebel Elba
(VIENNA).
Spintharina invreai Zimmermann, 1952:360. Lectotype female; Ethiopia: Sagan-
Omo, Gondaraba (VIENNA).
Tetrachrysis adonis Zimmermann, 1956:153. Lectotype female; Madagascar: Be-
kily, 11/1941, A. Seyrig (Seyrig Coll., PARIS).
Zarudnidium laetum Semenov and Nikolskaya, 1954:105. Lectotype female;
USSR: Tadzhikistan, Kondara (LENINGRAD). =Hedychridium
Acknowledgment
This study was supported by NSF Research Grant No. BSR-8407392.
Literature Cited
Abeille de Perrin, E. 1877. Diagnoses d’especes nouvelle et remarques sur des especes rares. Feu.
Jeunes Nat., (78):65-68.
-. 1878. Diagnoses nouvelles. Pub. by author, Marseille, 6 pp.
-. 1879. Synopsis critique et synonymique des chrysides de France. Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon (n.
ser.), 26:1-108.
Buysson, R. du. 1887. Descriptions de chrysidides nouvelles. Rev. Ent. (Caen), 6:167-201.
-. 1891. Contribution aux chrysidides du globe. Rev. Ent. (Caen), 10:29-47.
-. 1896. Premiere contribution a la connaissance des chrysidides de l’lnde. J. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc., 10:462-480.
110
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-. 1898. Contribution aux chrysidides du globe. Rev. Ent. (Caen), 17:125-147.
-. 1900. Contribution aux chrysidides du globe (4 e Ser.). Rev. Ent. France, 19:125-158.
-. 1910. Les chrysidides de Madagascar. Rev. Ent. (Caen), 28:123-134.
Dahlbom, A. G. 1854. Flymenoptera Europea praecive borealia etc., Vol. 2. Lundbergiana, Lund,
xxiii + 411 pp.
Ducke, A. 1903. Neue sudamerikanische Chrysididen. Zs. Syst. Hym. Dipt., 3:129-232.
Edney, E. B. 1940. The Heteronychinae of South Africa. Occ. Pap. Natl. Mus. S. Rhod., (9):29-126.
Fabricius, J. C. 1781. Species insectorum etc., Yol. 1. C. E. Bohni, Hamburg, pp. 454-457.
Lepeletier de S. F., A. L. 1806. Memoire sur quelques especes nouvelles d’insectes de la section des
Hymenopteres, appeles les porte-tuyaux (Chrysididae). Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., 7:115-129.
Lucas, H. 1849. Exploration scientifique de l’Algerie. Zoologie, Paris, 3:304-316.
Mocsary, A. 1889. Monographic Chrysididarum orbis terrestris universi. Acad. Sci. Hung., Budapest,
643 pp.
-. 1896. Species hymenopterorum magnificae novae in collectione Musaei Nationalis Hun-
garici. Termes. Fuzetek, 19:1-8.
-. 1909. Chrysididae in territorio Syr-Dariae a Leone Wollmann collectae. Archiv. Zool., 1:
1-9.
Morice, F. D. 1909. A list of chrysidids taken by the writer in two trips to Jaffa, Jerusalem and
Jericho, with descriptions of new species. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 57:465-469.
-. 1916. New chrysidids from Egypt and Algeria. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1916:264-268.
Nurse, C. G. 1902. New species of Indian Chrysididae. Entomologist, 35:304-308.
-. 1904. New species of Indian Hymenoptera. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 16:19-26.
Semenov, A. 1891. Ellampus ( Notozus ) olgae n. sp. Vsesouiznoe Ent. Obschesto Trudy, 25:383-
385.
-. 1902. Chrysididarum species novae vel parum cognitae. Ent. Obozrenie, II. Rev. Russ. Ent.,
2:168-171.
-. 1910 (1909). Chrysididarum species novae vel parum congitae. Ent. Obozrenie. Rev. Russ.
Ent., 9:213-226.
-. 1920. Revisio synoptica cleptidarum faunae rossicae. Bull. Acad. Sci. Russ. Petrograd, 1920:
303-399.
-. 1932. Supplementa ad Chrysididarum monographias ad A. G. Dahlbom (1854), A. Mocsary
(1889), R. du buysson (1896) et H. Bischoff (1913) editas. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., 41 (42?):
1-48.
-. 1954. Classification of the tribe Hedychridini Mocs. and description of new species (IPST
Engl. Transl.). Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 15:138-145.
-, and M. N. Nikolskaya. 1954. Hymenoptera (Chrysididae) of Tadzhikistan. (IPST Engl.
Transl.). Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 15:89-137.
Smith, F. 1874. A revision of the hymenopterous genera Cleptes, Parnopes, Anthracias, Pyria and
Stilbum, with descriptions of new species of the genus Chrysis from North China and Australia.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874:451-471.
Walker, F. 1871. List of the Hymenoptera collected by J. K. Lord in the neighborhood of the Red
Sea and in Arabia. E. W. Johnson, London.
Zimmermann, H. 1950. Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Spintharis Dahlb. aus Nordafrika. Ann. Nat.
Mus. Wien, 57:314-323.
-. 1952. S. Missione biologica Sagan-Omo diretta del Prof. Edoardo Zavattari Drei neue
Goldwespen. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genoa, 65:358-363.
-. 1956. Contribution a l’etude des chrysidides de Madagascar. Mem. Inst. Sci. Madagascar,
7:141-165.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 111-118
New Record and First Observations of Adult Flight
Activity for Deuterophlebia coloradensis Pennak
(Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae) in Idaho 1
William J. Turner, Jonathan M. Babcock, and John Jenkins
(WJT, JMB) Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pull¬
man, Washington 99164; (JJ) Department of Entomology, University of Arizona,
Tucson, Arizona 85721.
Abstract. — Adults and immature stages of the mountain midge Deuterophlebia
coloradensis Pennak were collected from a small river in northern Idaho, and
represent the first records for this family from the state. The adult emergence of
this species was observed over two-week periods in 1984 and 1985. Flight activity
lasted for 25-45 min beginning about 8:30 AM PST. Differences were noted in
sex ratios of netted adults between 1984 and 1985, with females outnumbering
males in the latter portion of the first year and males outnumbering females in
the second. However, the pupal sex ratio monitored during the adult emergence
indicated that the overall sex ratio was near 1:1. Observations of the adult emer¬
gence and flight activity are the first reported for this species.
The present distribution of Deuterophlebia coloradensis Pennak extends
throughout the Rocky Mountain system as first suggested by Pennak (1951), and
now includes Colorado, Wyoming, Utah, Alberta and perhaps Oregon. This paper
is the first record of this species from Idaho.
We undertook this study in order to learn more about the biology and adult
habits of this poorly known midge. All life stages for the species involved in this
study were collected. The species was identified initially as D. coloradensis pri¬
marily from pupae gathered at the study site and keyed in Kennedy (1960). Adult
males collected subsequently compared well with features used by Kennedy (1958)
to distinguish this species. Identity of adults and immatures was confirmed by G.
Courtney, University of Alberta, Edmonton.
Materials and Methods
We used several methods to sample the different life stages. Larvae and pupae
were found by searching surfaces of submerged rocks. Drift nets trapped adults
rising from the substrate and those dropping into the water. Empty pupal skins
or those with partially-emerged adults also occurred in these drift samples. Most
adults were captured on the wing using 30 cm aerial nets; additional imagos were
found in spider webs, on riparian vegetation, and on ephemeral rain puddles in
nearby roadways.
1 Scientific Paper No. 7289, Agricultural Research Center, College of Agriculture and Home Eco¬
nomics, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington. Work was conducted under Project 9043.
112
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
All field studies on D. coloradensis were conducted during May, June and July
in 1984, and May and June in 1985, along a stretch of the Potlatch River, ca. 5
km S Helmer (Latah County), Idaho (Fig. 1). This area can be characterized as
mixed conifer forest with Douglas fir ( Pseudotsuga menziesii), ponderosa pine
(Pinus ponderosa ), and grand fir {Abies grandis) as dominant trees. Snowberry
{Symphoricarpos albus), serviceberry {Amelanchier alnifolia ), wild rose {Rosa sp.)
and willows {Salix spp.) are the primary understory plants. Additional visits to
the study site were made on July 13 and November 1, 1984, and March 10, 1985,
but no midges in any stage of development were found. During late summer and
fall the stream flow is greatly reduced exposing many large rocks. At this time
submerged rocks are typically covered by a thick coating of algae and trapped
sediments.
Observations were made at several riffle areas located ca. 0.8 km upstream and
downstream of the Little Boulder Campground. Elevation at the study site was
800-815 m. At this point the river is 10-15 m wide, 30-60 cm deep and flows
along a shallow gradient at a velocity of 0.65 to 1.1 m/sec. The substrate was
primarily small boulder and cobble of black basalt with some quartz and granite.
Areas of gravel, mud and sand bars are common, especially along the banks.
Additional riffle areas occur both above and below the primary study sites.
River conditions vary considerably from spring to summer. In early May of
1984, when most larvae were found, the river was cooler and ran higher due to
snow melt further upstream. Water covered all rocks except those at the margins.
By June the water level had dropped so that many of the larger rocks were partially
exposed or remained covered by only a few cm of water, unless rains swelled the
river to near May levels. We estimated that the river conditions in 1985 were
advanced 3 weeks for the same interval in 1984. This accelerated season was due
to a smaller snowpack and unseasonably warm, dry spring weather.
Sex ratios were analyzed using a Chi-square test. Ratios given in the following
text should read males: females.
Results
1984
Larvae of D. coloradensis were first discovered on May 5. All larvae were closely
associated with upper and lateral surfaces of submerged rocks which were without
apparent algal growth and in water 30-50 cm deep. The larvae were found only
in riffles at midstream; none were on rocks in slower water near the river margins.
About 30 larvae of various sizes and 2 male pupae were collected. No additional
pupae could be located.
Other immature aquatic insects found in this same riffle habitat included: Leu-
cotrichia and Ochrotrichia spp. (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), Agathon elegantulus
von Roder (Diptera: Blephariceridae), Maruina sp. (Diptera: Psychodidae), An-
tocha sp. (Diptera: Tipulidae), and Parargyractis sp. (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).
On June 3, additional D. coloradensis immatures were collected. Later larval
instars and pupae replaced many of the smaller larvae seen earlier. The pupae
were tucked into small, shallow depressions and cracks on the upper and lateral
surfaces of the rocks. From the sample of pupae collected, the sex ratio (19:16)
was not significantly different from 1:1 {P > 0.5). Several pupal cases were empty
but otherwise intact suggesting that adults had recently emerged. All larvae and
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
113
Figure 1. Typical riffle area habitat of Deuterophlebia coloradensis on the Potlatch River during
May 1985.
pupae were located beneath the water line and none were found on exposed
surfaces or within the splash zone.
Flights of adult D. coloradensis were first observed on the morning of June 11.
Additional adults were seen on subsequent visits to the study area on June 13,
15 and 24. No larvae or adults and only one fragmented pupal case were found
on July 13. Adult flight was limited to ca. 30 min periods between 8:30-9:00 AM
PST on each of the mornings except the last (June 24) when adults were present
from 8:05-8:30 AM PST.
The adults, although small, were recognizable by the characteristic blue gray
color of their wings when contrasted against the background of the darkened
opposite shore and early morning shadows. The color is accentuated further by
sunlight reflected from the wings as the midges moved from shaded areas into
full sunlight. This reflective property of the wings made identification at a distance
possible, even when the adults moved among other flying insects (e.g., chiron-
omids and hydroptilid caddisflies).
Individual adults seemed to emerge directly from the water and fly upward at
a steep angle with little or no pause at the surface. None were observed clinging
to rocks before or during the emergence period. Once airborne, their movement
was primarily upstream and along the water course at midstream. Few adults flew
over the stream margins and fewer still along the adjacent bank. Individual flight
was erratic, although adults were readily netted when the collector stood at mid¬
stream. Once within the net, the midges either clung to the side in the position
described by Kennedy (1958), or pushed off and fluttered about the confined
space.
114
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Flight of the delicate adults was dictated by almost any perceptible air move¬
ment. On June 11, flight was especially heavy with hundreds of individuals on
the wing at once. The regular upstream flight pattern was periodically interrupted
by a shifting breeze up to ca. 5 km/hr which concentrated and propelled the
midges before it, either upstream or downstream. In lulls between gusts, some
upstream movement continued, but the midges would appear again in numbers
as wind velocity increased. Many individuals were easily captured by holding the
net into the wind.
Equitability in the sex ratio was found for the total specimens taken on June
11 (25:23) and 13 (8:6) {P > 0.75), but the ratio shifted and females increasingly
outnumbered males on subsequent days (June 15 and 24) to 9:24 and 1:24 (P >
0.05), respectively. On the first morning air movement wafted most midges into
our nets held at all levels from the water surface up to 3 m. On the last 3 days
wind velocities were reduced and flight of the midges was straight or slightly
coursing but at eye level (ca. 2 m) and not much above. None were seen to dip
down and touch or land on the water surface. Attempts to identify and collect
males from these flights, especially on the latter 2 days (June 15 and 24), were
singularly unsuccessful and only females were netted.
Following each flight period, dead and dying adults were sought on objects or
vegetation in the area immediately adjacent to the river. Fourteen intact midges
were picked from spider webs on June 10, the day before the flight of adults was
first observed. Three males were in webs attached to vegetation just above (ca.
15 cm) the water’s edge and 11 (10 males, 1 female) in webs higher (ca. 1.5 m)
on shrubs overhanging the river. One additional female was swept from a grassy
bank flanking the riffle area. On June 11,8 males were recovered from the surface
of small rain puddles in a dirt roadway that paralleled the river. All puddles were
separated from the river by a moderately high (2.5-3 m) barrier of shrubs including
Salix, Amelanchier, and Symphoricarpos.
Potential predators of Deuterophlebia, besides spiders, included predaceous
flies, especially species of dance flies (Diptera: Empididae). Several species of
dance flies were active during the time the deuterophlebiids were in flight. Two
small species each of Hilara and Rhamphomyia ( R . \Megacyttarus] anthracodes
Coquillett and R. [M.] sp. nr. scaurissima ) were observed skimming the water
surface apparently hunting prey. R. (M.) disparilis (Coquillett), a larger species,
was seen swarming at a height of 2.5 m above the water. Although none of the
empidids was carrying prey when netted, all can be considered possible predators
of emerging deuterophlebiids, especially the smaller empidid species active at the
surface. Predation on newly emerged black flies (Simuliidae) and mosquitoes
(Culicidae) by empidids has been reported by several workers (Frohne, 1952;
Hubert, 1953; Peterson and Davies, 1960).
1985
In 1985, the study area was first visited on March 10; no larvae or pupae were
found. It was on May 18 when the first larvae (174) and pupae (124) were collected.
The larvae showed a high degree of variability in size. The pupae ranged from
newly pupated forms to mature and tanned individuals. No empty puparia were
found on this date indicating that emergence had not yet begun. The number of
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
115
male to female pupae was 50 to 74, respectively, which was significantly different
from a 1:1 ratio (P < 0.05). Spider webs near the river were checked for adults
and none were found. Water conditions and location of larvae on the substrate
during adult emergence were similar to those of 1984, although 3 weeks earlier.
On May 24, an emergence of adults was observed with flight activity com¬
mencing at ca. 8:30 AM PST and lasting for ca. 45 min. Adults were observed
flying immediately above the water surface and rarely exceeding 15 cm in height.
Unlike the previous year, they were more difficult to see when viewed from above
against the stream surface and extremely difficult to capture with insect nets. The
distribution of adults appeared to be clumped rather than random. Groups of
adults moved swiftly above riffle areas and remained together as cohesive units.
Estimates of the group size ranged in number from 6 to over 50 individuals. No
pairing was observed within these groups. Only once, due to a gust of wind, were
adults sighted anywhere but directly above the surface of the riffle area of the
river. Immediately following this event, midges were again seen directly above
the water surface. During the first 15 min of flight, the sex ratio of adults collected
was approximately 7:1 (n = 105), and for the remainder of the flight period (8:
45-9:15), the sex ratio was 15:1 (n = 158). The overall sex ratio for the flight
period was 10:1 (n = 302). Adults were found in spider webs in close proximity
to the water. Only one adult was seen in a spider web more than 1 m above the
water. Of the 433 specimens collected from spider webs nearer the water than 1
m, 418 were males indicating a 28:1 sex ratio. Spiders constructing these webs
were determined to be Tetragnatha (Araneae: Tetragnathidae). However, these
spiders were not observed feeding on the midges.
Ten stones were sampled on May 24 from one riffle area where the majority
of the adults were netted during the flight period. Rocks were removed from the
water and all observable immature stages of D. coloradensis collected. We found
fewer male than female pupae (67:86). However, the difference was not significant
0 P > 0.1). Pupal exuviae were also collected from these rocks. The male: female
ratio (9:16) did not differ significantly from 1:1 ratio (P > 0.1). Pupae were more
abundant than larvae, 153 to 32.
Drift samples were taken above and below riffle observation areas. The drift
sample from above the riffle was positioned near the end of a slow-moving section
of the river. From both drift samples, adults, empty puparia and adults partially
eclosed from puparia were collected. The samples taken just downstream of the
riffle area generally trapped more deuterophlebiid midges than the samples from
above the riffle. The sex ratio of puparia collected was 38:40 which was not
significantly different from 1:1 (P > 0.75). Few eclosed adult midges were collected
in these samples. Three live adult females, 2 of which had lost both wings, were
found in a drift net sample just after the flight period.
On June 11 another emergence of deuterophlebiid midges was recorded. The
flight period began approximately at 8:30 AM and lasted for 45 minutes. Con¬
siderably fewer adults were flying as compared to May 24. The sex ratio of netted
adults was 10.5:1 (n = 92) which was significantly different (P < 0.05). Flight
activity on this date was similar to that observed on May 24 with adults typically
moving about in groups just above the water surface. Again, no pairings were
seen in these groups. Following the emergence, spider webs near the water were
inspected for midges, but few were found.
116
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Discussion
Kennedy (1981) reported that larvae of mountain midges were collected from
light colored rocks. We discovered that larvae could also be collected from black
basalt boulders, the predominant component of the substrate of the Potlatch River.
Further, the larvae apparently showed no preference for light colored rocks over
dark ones. The small, essentially transparent larvae were almost invisible on dark
rocks but were more easily detected on light ones. We were able to see larvae on
black basalt by first removing these dark rocks to the shore and allowing them to
dry. The larvae were more apparent when their outline became defined on the
drying rock. This observation and collecting method may provide additional
distribution records when other stream systems with essentially black substrates
are checked.
The collections made of adult D. inyoensis Kennedy (Kennedy, 1960), D. niel-
soni Kennedy (Kennedy, 1958), and D. coloradensis (Pennak, 1950) have indi¬
cated adult sex ratios greatly favoring males even though pupal sex ratios of
approximately 1:1 have been found for those same populations. Conclusions by
Pennak (1950) were made from collections of adults taken from the surface of
calm backwaters of a mountain stream sometime after the flight period. Our 1985
collection of netted adults and adults collected from spider webs also indicates a
skewed sex ratio favoring males (15:1, n = 827). The overall sex ratio of pupae
was not significantly different from 1:1 (n = 277, P > 0.05). The observations of
1984 differed greatly from those of 1985. Kennedy (1958) reported the adults to
be rapid fliers that spend most of their time flying near the surface as we observed
in 1985. In 1984 our observations were made under breezier conditions as com¬
pared to those in 1985. On May 24, 1985, a gust of wind caused the midges to
rise from immediately above the water surface to a height of ca. 1.5 m above the
water. This incident approximated the conditions under which most observations
were made in 1984. We believe that air movement was responsible, at least in
part, for the differences in observed flight behavior between years. In 1984 we
focused our observations on flies at 1.5 m and may have overlooked swarm activity
at the surface.
Under normal conditions, as occurred in 1985, it is hypothesized that females
are mated soon after taking flight and encountering a group of males. It is not
known if the pair in copula remains in the swarm. Once mated, the females
probably leave the swarm area above the water and begin to oviposit. However,
we do not know where oviposition occurs. The males may then return to a swarm
to continue looking for and mating with other females. This scenario may explain
the observed discrepancy between adult and pupal sex ratios. On May 24 collec¬
tions of adults from the first half of the emergence period showed a greater number
of females than in the second half by a 2 to 1 margin. This trend may indicate a
decrease in the number of females in the swarm due to successful matings after
which the females leave the swarm. At this point it is impossible to tell whether
males were joining the swarms and increasing the male: female sex ratio. If the
latter were true the swarm size should have doubled, but no increase of this
magnitude was observed. When conditions were breezy, as in 1984, it is possible
that low level swarms were blown upward from the water surface and females
were not intercepted and mated, hence their increased presence in our samples.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
117
However, this hypothesis cannot explain the increased number of females above
a 1:1 ratio which was the case in 1984 when a 1:1.8 male:female ratio was
observed. Kennedy (1958) also reported netting males with eggs and sperm ad¬
hering to their bodies, which implies that aerial mating occurs and that males
probably continue to swarm following mating. No pairing or mating pairs were
observed during any periods of observations.
Drift net samples on May 24, 1985, collected a number of empty puparia. These
puparia were assumed to be from that morning’s emergence since several con¬
tained fresh, partially-emerged adults. These data also seem to indicate that even
though a collection of adults yielded a male skewed sex ratio, the total numbers
of males and females that emerged that day were approximately identical.
Summary
This work represents the first report of D. coloradensis in Idaho and records
observations of its adult flight activities. In Idaho, this species apparently produces
one generation yearly resulting in a single, daily adult emergence which extends
seasonally over at least 2 weeks in May and/or June, depending upon conditions.
The immatures can be found on both light- and dark-colored stream rocks.
However, transparent larvae are more evident when dark rocks were allowed to
dry slightly.
The midge exhibits strictly matinal flight activity with periods of swarming
lasting from 25-45 min. Imagos course just above the water surface, typically in
riffle areas, unless wind movement forces them upward to heights of 1-3 m. Besides
our observations, evidence of higher flight was confirmed by the discovery of
dead, adult males on the surface of puddles well separated from the river by high
(2-3 m) vegetation and in spider webs positioned at ca. 1 m above the water.
Mating and oviposition were not observed.
Under normal conditions, the sex ratio of netted adults shifts from equal num¬
bers early in the flight period toward predominantly males later. Females probably
leave the swarm in order to oviposit after mating, unless conditions disrupt the
normal mating activity. Their departure would significantly reduce the number
of females, as we observed. The sex ratio of pupae collected during most sampling
periods was equal. Our conclusion is that the pupal cases, especially empty ones,
are good indicators of the true sex ratio for D. coloradensis.
Acknowledgments
We especially appreciate the assistance of Gregory Courtney, Department of
Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, who confirmed the identity of the
midge and reviewed the initial manuscript. Other identifications were provided
by Charles L. Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum (Blephariceridae) and Donald
Denning (Hydroptilidae). The manuscript was also critically reviewed by James
B. Johnson, University of Idaho, Moscow, and Norman E. Woodley, Systematic
Entomology Laboratory, USDA, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.
Literature Cited
Frohne, W. C. 1952. Water level predator of emerging mosquitoes. Mosq. News, 12:263.
Hubert, A. A. 1953. Another species of Rhamphomyia predaceous on mosquitoes (Diptera: Em-
pididae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 29:190.
118
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Kennedy, H. D. 1958. Biology and life history of a new species of mountain midge Deuterophlebia
nielsoni, from eastern California (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae). Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc., 77:
201-228.
-. 1960. Deuterophlebia inyoensis, a new species of mountain midge from the alpine zone of
the Sierra Nevada range, California (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae). Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc.,
79:191-210.
-. 1981. Deuterophlebiidae. Pp. 199-202 in J. F. McAlpine et al. (eds.), Manual of Nearctic
Diptera, Vol. 1. Agric. Canada, Monogr. No. 27, 674 pp.
Pennak, R. W. 1950. First record of adult mountain midges from North America (Diptera: Deu¬
terophlebiidae). Entomol. News, 61:36.
-. 1951. Description of the imago of the mountain midge Deuterophlebia coloradensis Pennak.
Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1534, pp. 1-11.
Peterson, B. V., and D. M. Davies. 1960. Observations on some insect predators of black flies
(Diptera: Simuliidae) of Algonquin Park, Ontario. Can. J. Zool., 38:9-18.
Publications Received and Briefly Reviewed
Systematics and Biogeography of the Longicom Beetle Tribe Tmesistemini. By
J. Linsley Gressitt. Pacific Insects Monograph, No. 41, iv + 263 pp., 20 figs., 12
pis. (4 colored). Publication date given on review card as 30 December 1984.
Received by PCES at CAS on 20 February 1985. Published and distributed by
Bishop Museum Press, P.O. Box 19000-A, Honolulu, Hawaii 96817, USA. Price
$23.50 paperbound. ISSN 0078-7515.
The abstract states:
The range of the cerambycid (lamiine) tribe Tmesistemini essentially covers
the area known as Melanesia plus Wallacea (in the original sense—Sulawesi,
Lesser Sunda Is), as well as Maluku, the south fringe of the Sunda Is and the
NE fringe of Australia. The group has not yet been recorded from Vanuatu
(New Hebrides) or Fiji, though it is known from New Caledonia. The tribe
comprises 15 genera and 422 species, of which 1 genus and 99 species are
described as new in this paper. The majority of the species occur in New Guinea,
with distribution now known as follows: New Guinea mainland, 291 species;
New Guinea offshore islands, 42; Am, 19; Kei, 6; Maluku, 35; Sulawesi, 9;
Sunda Is, 2; Lesser Sunda Is, 14; Bismarcks, 20; Solomon Is, 12; New Caledonia,
11; Australia, 19. Relatives of this tribe are mostly concentrated in New Cal¬
edonia, Wallacea (broad sense including Philippines), SE Asia, Japan, Sri Lanka,
Micronesia, Samoa, Fiji and New Zealand, with areas in between, including
NE Australia. Several of the Tmesistemini have been recorded as borers of
living cacao trees. Original host-plants probably include many rain forest tree
species, but several bore in larger ferns, including bracken and tree-fem petioles.
—Paul H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 119-120
Scientific Note
Spider Prey of Trypoxylon tridentatum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
from Arizona and California
The solitary spider-hunting wasp, Trypoxylon tridentatum Packard, is the most
widespread species of the subgenus Trypargilum in North America, occurring in
southern British Columbia and Ontario in Canada, most of the United States,
and in Mexico as far south as Chiapas (Coville, 1982, Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol.,
97:1-147). The species is polytypic but only the Floridian population has been
considered distinct enough to be recognized as a subspecies, archboldi Krombein.
Krombein (1967, Trap-nesting wasps and bees, Smithsonian Press, Washington,
D.C., 570 pp.) gave prey records for T. tridentatum from North Carolina, Arizona,
and Florida. Recently, O’Brien (1982, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 58:288-290) pre¬
sented prey records from Oregon. In this paper I provide the first prey records
from California along with additional prey records from Arizona and discuss the
pattern of prey preferences demonstrated by different populations of the wasp.
The spiders, obtained from trap-nests, were identified by H. W. Levi (Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Harvard), W. J. Gertsch (Portal, Arizona), and C. Gris¬
wold (Dept, of Arachnology, Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, 3201 Natal, South
Africa).
1. Prey from 2 nests at Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, collected
on September 29, 1974.
ARANEIDAE (10): 1 2 Araneus apache Levi (?); 9 imm. Larinia directa (Hentz).
MIMETIDAE (2): 2 2 Mimetus sp.
THERIDIIDAE (5): 3 imm. Latrodectus hesperus Chamberlain and Ivie; 1 2
Theridion kawea Levi; 1 2 Theridion sp. near timpanogos Levi.
2. Prey from 3 nests at Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, collected
on September 27, 1974.
ARANEIDAE (19): 9 imm. Araneus sp.; 1 2 Hyposinga singaeformis (Scheffer);
7 imm. Larinia directa (Hentz); 2 2 Metepeira grinelli Coolidge.
THERIDIIDAE (47): 1 i mm ., 2 <5, 9 2 Euryopis texana Banks, 31 imm. Latrodectus
hesperus Chamberlain and Ivie; 3 2 Theridion kawea Levi; 1 2 Theridion neo-
mexicanum Banks.
SALTICIDAE (1): 1 imm. Metaphidippus sp.
3. Prey from 17 nests at the University of California Hopland Field Station,
Hopland, Mendocino Co., California, collected on July 17 and 18, 1974.
ARANEIDAE (130): 17 imm., 1 2 Araneus bispinosus (Keyserling); 64 imm., 3
2 Araniella displicata (Hentz); 3 imm. Argiope trifasciata (Faskal); 37 imm.
Eustala sp.; 3 2 Metepeira ventura Chamberlain and Ivie; 2 imm. Metepeira
sp.
DICTYNIDAE (6): 6 2 Mallos pallidus (Banks).
MIMETIDAE (3): 1 imm., 2 2 Mimetus hesperus Chamberlain.
THERIDIIDAE (210): 10 imm., 1 $ Latrodectus hesperus Chamberlain and Ivie;
120
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
10 imm. Latrodectus sp.; 2 9 Theridion crispulum Simon; 30 9 Theridion law-
rencei Gertsch and Archer; 1 9 Theridion melanurum Hahn; 30 9 Theridion
michelbacheri Levi; 80 9 Theridion murarium Emerton; 2 imm., 3 9 Theridion
positivum Chamberlain; 1 imm., 40 9 Theridion sp.
4. Prey from 20 nests at Del Puerto Canyon, Stanislaus Co., California, collected
during July and August 1974.
ARANEIDAE (372): 16 imm., 2 9 Araneus bispinosus (Keyserling); 33 imm., 1
<3 Argiope trifasciata (Faskal); 317 imm. Eustala sp.; 2 imm., 1 9 Metepeira sp.
DICTYNIDAE (9): 1 9 Mallos pallidus (Banks); 8 9 Dictyna saepei Chamberlain
and I vie.
MIMETIDAE (61): 51 imm., 1 9 Mimetus eutypus Chamberlain and Ivie; 9 imm.
Mimetus sp.
THERIDIIDAE (73): 2 imm. Euryopis sp.; 33 imm. Latrodectus sp.; 3 9 Theridion
michelbacheri Levi; 35 imm. Theridion sp.
In my studies, Trypoxylon tridentatum preyed most heavily on spiders in the
families Araneidae and Theridiidae, which together comprised 86-98% of the
spiders from each locality. The same two families contained 98-100% of the prey
at localities in North Carolina, Arizona, and Florida studied by Krombein (1967).
The relative proportions of the two families varied from one locality to another
here and in Krombein’s study, but in general araneids were more abundant (59-
83% of the prey). Exceptions were at Miller Canyon, where araneids represented
28% and theridiids 70% of the prey in a small sample, and the Hopland Field
Station where prey included 37% araneids and 60% theridiids. These differences
suggest to me that T. tridentatum maintains the same hunting behavior throughout
its range but the relative abundances of prey species differ among localities during
the season of wasp activity. Trypoxylon tridentatum typically take many genera
of araneids and theridiids. Nevertheless, in a study conducted in southeastern
Oregon in an area dominated by sagebrush {Artemisia) and rabbit-brush {Chry-
sothamnus) O’Brien (1982) found prey from 21 cells to consist exclusively of the
araneid Metepeira grandiosa. I suspect that either M. grandiosa was especially
abundant or other prey species were extremely scarce, but as noted by O’Brien
conditioning of the wasps cannot be ruled out.
Rollin E. Coville, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 121-123
New Species of the Genus Sierolomorpha from New Mexico
(Hymenoptera: Sierolomorphidae)
Terry D. Miller
Department of Plant, Soil, and Entomological Sciences, University of Idaho,
Moscow, Idaho 83843.
The family Sierolomorphidae is largely restricted to the Nearctic region. Evans
(1961) recognized six species from North America, one from Hawaii and an
undescribed species from Panama. Nagy (1971) described two species of Siero¬
lomorpha from east and central Asia. The southwestern United States has the
greatest diversity of species and to this a new species is added named in honor
of William F. Barr a prolific and inspired collector of this region.
Sierolomorpha barri , New Species
(Figs. 1-5)
Male. — Color largely piceus to fuscous; head piceus; antennae uniformly fuscous
with fulvescent tyloids; mandibles basally piceus, medially fulvous and apically
brunneus; mesosoma piceus except lateral margins of pronotum fuscous; coxae
fuscous; trochanters fusco-rufous; femora fusco-rufous with ochraceous apices;
tibiae and tarsi ochraceous; tegulae brunneus; wings hyaline; metasoma fulvescent
to apically ochraceous.
Length: Approximately 5.8 mm.
Head about 1.3 times as wide as high; minimum width of front 1.2 times eye
height; ocelli of moderate size, diameter of anterior ocellus 0.18 times minimum
width of front; postocellar line 1.1 times ocello-ocular line. Antennal segments
1-4 in a ratio of 17.5:8:13:17; segment three 1.5 times as long as wide; segment
four 1.9 times as long as wide; segment eleven 1.6 times as long as wide; tyloids
present as low polished carinae on segments 8-11 (Fig. 1). Front of head con¬
spicuously tumid, with dispersed, well defined setiferous punctures separated by
at least 1-2 times their own diameters; median groove well developed, extending
slightly more than half the distance from anterior ocellus to the antennal fossae
(Fig. 2); malar space, base of mandibles and lower lateral margins of front finely
colliculate (Fig. 3); clypeus nearly impunctate; supraclypeal area atomarius; genae
polished and with dispersed setiferous punctures; vertex polished, with dispersed
setiferous punctures and lightly impressed laterad of hind ocelli; occiput finely
colliculate.
Mesosoma (Fig. 4) about two times as long as wide; pronotum colliculate an¬
teriorly, polished and puncticulate posteriorly, and strongly polished and im¬
punctate laterally; me so scutum largely impunctate and strongly polished between
notauli, parapsides polished and puncticulate; notauli well developed, diverging
as approaching anterior margin; parapsidal impressions moderately well devel¬
oped; scutellum polished and puncticulate, anterior margin mostly depressed and
costate, median longitudinal impression conspicuous, lateral margins declivous
122
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-5. Sierolomorpha barri. 1. Antenna. 2. Face. 3. Head, lateral view. 4. Head and me-
sosoma, dorsal view. 5. Wings.
and porcate; metanotum smooth and puncticulate medially, exculptate laterally;
propodeum dorsally elute, denudate except for lateral margins, anterior margin
scrobiculate, median sulcus conspicuous, extending the full length of dorsum and
merging with a slightly oblique carina on the posterior face, posterior margin
foveate, lateral surfaces colliculate; propleuron smooth and setiferously punctic¬
ulate; mesopleuron gibbose, lower half setiferously puncticulate, upper half de¬
nuded and strigulate-carinate; metapleuron denudate, lower half polished, upper
half rugulose.
Metasoma fusiform, depressed; metasomal terga 1 and 2 with no indication of
a constriction between them; tergum 1 polished and puncticulate except anterior
face which is atomarius; terga 2-5 aciculate anteriorly, polished and puncticulate
posteriorly; tergum 6 strigulate-rugose; tergum 7 rugose; metasomal sternum 1
finely colliculate medially, smooth laterally; sterna 2-7 puncticulate.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
123
Female. —Unknown.
Type material — Holotype, male, Valley of Fires, Lincoln Co., New Mexico, 3-
5 September 1985, W. F. Barr collector. Holotype to be deposited at the California
Academy of Sciences.
This species of Sierolomorpha is distinguished from others by the presence of
tyloids on antennal segments 8-11 and by the distinct sculpturing of the meso-
soma.
Acknowledgments
For encouragement and helpful criticism of the manuscript at various stages of
development, I wish to thank Dr. James B. Johnson, Dr. William F. Barr, and
Mr. Frank W. Merickel of the University of Idaho.
Literature Cited
Evans, H. E. 1961. A preliminary review of the species of Sierolomorpha (Hymenoptera). Breviora,
140:1-12.
Nagy, C. G. 1971. First record of the Old World species of Sierolomorpha Ashm. (Hym., Hetero-
gynoidea). Reichenbachia, 13:247-249.
Publications Received and Briefly Reviewed
The Ticks of California (Acari: Ixodida). By Deane P. Furman and Edmond C.
Loomis. Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, vol. 25, viii + 239 pp., 75 pis.
(with 356 figs.), 23 maps, 19 tables. Issue date on review card given as July 1984.
Received by PCES at CAS 1 April 1985. Published and distributed by University
of California Press, 2223 Fulton Street, Berkeley, California 94720, U.S.A., tele¬
phone (415) 642-4562. Price $25.00 paperbound. ISBN 0-520-09685-1.
A profusely illustrated volume with 356 figures. The introduction states:
Ticks are obligatory, blood-sucking parasites of mammals, birds, and reptiles.
There are about 850 species described for the world, most of them in two
families: the hard ticks, or Ixodidae, and the soft ticks, Argasidae. A third
family, the Nuttalliellidae, is known only from a single species in Africa. In
California 7 genera containing 49 species of ticks are known to be established.
Two additional species, Amblyomma americanum and Boophilus annulatus,
have been introduced repeatedly into the State and are included here in keys
and text. Other occasional introductions of exotic ticks are reported by state
and federal agencies, but none of these have become established in California.
This publication provides a guide to the identification of adult and immature
instars of ticks occurring in California and information on the geographic and
seasonal distribution of ticks in the State and on their host associations and
their importance to the health and welfare of man and domestic and wild
animals. Host association and other collection records are summarized in tab¬
ular form for all species encountered frequently. Numbers of specimens per
collection are not indicated in the tables. Distribution maps include only precise
collection sites.
—Paul H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 124-127
Foraging Success of Neotropical Robber Flies:
Variation with Attack Distance and Angle
Todd E. Shelly
Hawaiian Evolutionary Biology Program, 3050 Maile Way, University of Ha¬
waii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822.
Adults of most robber fly species are sit-and-wait predators that attempt aerial
capture of flying insect prey. Attack flights are discrete, easily observed actions,
and previous investigators (e.g., Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; Scarbrough and Nor-
den, 1977; Shelly, 1984a) have estimated rates, distances, and success probabilities
of attack flights for a variety of asilid species. Success probability (or more com¬
monly capture efficiency) has usually been expressed as the proportion of all attack
flights that result in prey capture (e.g., Scarbrough, 1978; Lavigne, 1982; Shelly,
1984b). Although this measure conveniently provides a single estimate for a
species, it ignores possible variation in success probability among attack flights
of varying distance and angle. Several studies (Scarbrough, 1978, 1981, 1982;
Scarbrough and Sraver, 1979; Lavigne et al., 1983) have reported that most prey
captures result from relatively short attack flights. However, this finding provides
no information regarding the relationship between success probability and attack
distance, since no data are given regarding the frequencies of attack flights of
differing distances. While conducting a comparative study of asilid foraging be¬
havior (Shelly, 1984a), I obtained visual estimates of the distances and angles for
both successful and unsuccessful attack flights for two closely related species at
the study site. Here I compare success probabilities among attack flights of varying
distance and angle.
Data were collected during May-August 1979-1981, within the moist evergreen
forest of Barro Colorado Island (BCI), Panama. Complete geologic, climatic, and
floristic descriptions of BCI are given in Croat (1978) and Leigh et al. (1982). On
BCI, Oidardis sp. and Eumecosoma gibbum [Fisher (unpubl.) suggests that this
species actually belongs in the genus Oidardis and was incorrectly placed in Eu¬
mecosoma ] perch in deep shade on twig tips between 0.5-0.75 m above ground
(Shelly, 1985a, 1985b). Mean wet weight and body length for a sample of 5 6 and
5 2 were 4.2 mg and 4.8 mm for Oidardis sp. and 9.4 mg and 6.1 mm for E.
gibbum. Individuals of both species feed primarily on nematocerous Diptera and
Coleoptera; these taxa made up 71% of the diets for both species (Shelly, 1985a,
1985b). Prey were usually <4 mm in body length, and 85% and 57% of the prey
were between 0.5-2.0 mm for Oidardis sp. and E. gibbum, respectively (Shelly,
1985a, 1985b).
Observations were made between 1000-1500 hr and were recorded on tape for
later transcription. Observations were made during sunny conditions, and light
levels (measured with a cadmium-sulphide photographic light meter, Shelly, 1984a)
within the shaded understory were usually between 150-500 lux. Individuals were
observed for 15 min unless lost from view prior to that time. Individuals were
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
125
Table 1. Success probabilities (% successful attacks) for attack flights of varying angle and distance.
Values in parentheses represent sample sizes for the different combinations of angle and distance.
Angle
Distance (cm)
1-15
16-30
31-45
>45
>45° AH
42.4 (33)
33.3 (27)
20.0 (10)
10.0(10)
1-45° AH
46.1 (78)
34.0 (50)
22.3 (22)
15.4(13)
1-45° BH
47.8 (69)
38.6 (57)
19.0 (21)
14.3 (14)
>45° BH
18.7 (32)
9.5 (21)
0.0 (8)
0.0 (8)
quite easy to approach, and observations were generally made from a distance of
0.75-1.0 m. Field determination of sex was difficult, and consequently the sex of
individuals observed was unknown.
Data are presented only for those attack flights for which I obtained estimates
of both distance and angle and actually saw the prey item that elicited the attack.
Distances were assigned to intervals of 15 cm, and angles were categorized as
>45° above horizontal (hereafter AH), 1-45° AH, 1-45° below horizontal (here¬
after BH), and >45° BH. The few attack flights judged to be perfectly horizontal
were omitted from analysis. Although restricting analysis to attacks with “known”
targets greatly reduced sample sizes (since prey were small and often difficult to
see), it also eliminated the possibility of including flights made in response to
movement of “non-prey” items, e.g., birds, falling or swaying leaves, or sun flecks.
To increase sample sizes, data from Oidardis sp. and E. gibbum were pooled.
This computational procedure was considered justified given the species’ simi¬
larity in perching site, dietary composition, and foraging behavior. Since data
regarding rates of attack and relocation flights were being collected simultaneously
as part of the comparative study (Shelly, 1984a), I did not disrupt normal foraging
activity through collection of captured prey (which are affixed to the proboscis of
a feeding asilid). As a result, I could not assess the possibility that attack flights
of differing distances or angles resulted in the capture of differing sizes or types
of prey (see Scarbrough, 1978, 1981). Within angle and distance categories, het¬
erogeneity among success probabilities was tested using a G-test (Sokal and Rohlf,
1969:575).
Success probabilities varied significantly with attack distance for attacks be¬
tween 1-45° AH and 1-45° BH (P < 0.01 in both cases^ Table 1). In these cat¬
egories, success probabilities decreased from 34%-48% for attacks <30 cm to
approximately 15% for attacks >45 cm. Data for attacks >45° AH display a
similar trend, and the lack of a statistically significant effect (P < 0.20) probably
reflects inadequate sample sizes. Although small sample sizes may have precluded
detection of a significant distance effect for attacks >45° BH as well, the available
data suggest that such an effect may be much less pronounced for these attacks.
Capture probabilities for attacks >45° BH ranged only between 0-19% among
the 4 distance intervals.
Success probability was dependent upon attack angle for flights of 1-15 cm and
16-30 cm (P < 0.05 in both cases, Table 1). For these intervals, success proba¬
bilities were similar among attacks >45° AH, 1-45° AH, and 1-45° BH, and these
probabilities were in turn much greater than those noted for attacks >45° BH.
126
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Among flights of 1-15 cm, for example, the capture probability of attacks >45°
BH was only 19% compared to values of 42%-48% among the 3 other angle
intervals. By comparison, success probabilities for attacks >45 cm varied only
between 0-15% among all angle intervals.
I interpret these data in the following manner. The trend for capture probabilities
to decrease with increasing attack distance probably reflects a combination of two
factors. First, more distant prey may be more likely to detect and successfully
evade an attack than prey flying close to a perching asilid. In addition, an asilid’s
ability to accurately assess the suitability of a potential prey (in terms of its
palatability, hardness, defensive armature etc.) may decrease with increasing dis¬
tance to the prey. As a result, a greater proportion of longer attack flights may
not involve an attempted capture at all but result only in an investigation (a
“closer look”) of the potential prey. Given the short duration (< 1-2 sec) of most
attack flights, however, it was not possible to distinguish between “active” prey
escape and “investigation only” in accounting for unsuccessful attack flights.
Regarding attack angle, several workers (Melin, 1923; Lavigne, 1970, 1971;
Hespenheide, 1978; Scarbrough, 1982) have speculated that attack flights of asilids
are more likely to be successful if prey are well back-lighted, i.e., distinctly sil¬
houetted against the sky. Perhaps, then, the species were less able to accurately
perceive and track prey flying beneath them, since the background was a mixture
of very dark shades (e.g., fallen leaves, mud etc.). If so, both the potential for prey
escape and the aforementioned tendency for investigation flights may have been
greater for steep, downward attacks. The similarity of capture probabilities among
attacks >45 cm suggests that differences in back-lighting have less effect upon
prey capture among these longer flights.
Acknowledgments
I thank E. Fisher for much taxonomic assistance and W. Weaver for valuable
discussion.
Literature Cited
Croat, T. B. 1978. Flora of Barro Colorado Island. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford.
Dennis, D. S., and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies. II. (Diptera:
Asilidae). Univ. Wyoming Agric. Exp. Sta. Sci. Monogr., 30:1-68.
Hespenheide, H. A. 1978. Prey, predatory and courtship behavior of Nannocyrtopogon neoculatus
Wilcox and Martin (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 51:449-456.
Lavigne, R. J. 1970. Courtship and predation behavior of Heteropogon maculinervis (Diptera: Asili¬
dae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 43:270-273.
-. 1971. Backomyia seminoensis sp. nov. from Wyoming with ethological notes on B. limpi-
dipennis (Wilcox) (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 44:337-342.
-. 1982. Ethology of Neoitamus vittipes (Diptera: Asilidae) in South Australia. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Wash., 84:617-627.
-, M. Pogue, and P. Johnson. 1983. Ethology of Laphystia rufofasciata Curran (Diptera: Asilidae)
in Wyoming. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 85:121-127.
Leigh, E. G., Jr., A. S. Rand, and D. M. Windsor. 1982. The ecology of a tropical rain forest.
Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, D.C.
Melin, D. 1923. Contributions to the knowledge of the biology, metamorphosis, and distribution of
the Swedish asilids in relation to the whole family of asilids. Zool. Bid. Uppsala, 8:1-317.
Scarbrough, A. G. 1978. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland:
predatory behavior. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 80:113-127.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
127
-. 1981. Ethology of Eudioctria tibialis Banks (Diptera: Asilidae) in Maryland: prey, predator
behavior, and enemies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 83:258-268.
-. 1982. Coexistence in two species of Holcocephala (Diptera: Asilidae) in a Maryland habitat:
predatory behavior. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 84:349-365.
-, and A. Norden. 1977. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in Mary¬
land: diurnal activity rhythm and seasonal distribution. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 79:538-
554.
-, and B. Sraver. 1979. Predatory behavior and prey of Atomosia puella (Diptera: Asilidae).
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 81:630-639.
Shelly, T. E. 1984a. Comparative foraging behavior of Neotropical robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae).
Oecologia, 62:188-195.
-. 1984b. Prey selection by the Neotropical robber fly Atractia marginata (Diptera: Asilidae).
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 86:120-126.
-. 1985a. Ecological comparisons of robber fly species (Diptera: Asilidae) coexisting in a
Neotropical forest. Oecologia, 67:57-70.
-. 1985b. Natural history of three riparian species of robber flies in a Panamanian forest.
Biotropica, In press.
Sokal, R. R., and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. Freeman, San Francisco.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 128-139
Developmental and Ecological Comparisons of
Trichogramma minutum and Trichogramma platneri
(Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae)
Stephen Allen Manweiler
218 Wellman Hall, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract. —Immature development, longevity, fecundity, mating and oviposi-
tional behavior, and the effects of different host ages, densities and parasite den¬
sities on parasitization by T. minutum and T. platneri were compared. Few dif¬
ferences were noted. T. platneri engaged in host feeding and repiercing while T.
minutum did not. T. platneri superparasitized hosts under stressful conditions
(low host density, high parasite density) while T. minutum did not; neither it nor
T. minutum did at less stressful conditions. At 27 ± 1°C and 50% RH T. minutum
had a greater increase rate than T. platneri.
These differences, if indicative of all T. minutum and T. platneri populations
in nature, support species status for T. platneri according to the methods of Doyen
and Slobodchikoff (1974).
The members of the genus Trichogramma (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae),
first described by J. O. Westwood in 1833, are minute endoparasites of the eggs
of many insect species, mainly Lepidoptera. Due to their short generation time,
ease of culturing, and propensity to attack a variety of lepidopterous pests, their
use as biological control agents has been widespread (Riley, 1879; Peterson, 1930;
Oatman and Platner, 1971).
Morphological homogeneity and phenotypic plasticity have made the desig¬
nation of Trichogramma species difficult. For example, expression of certain
features such as color, which have been widely used in past taxonomic keys, is
believed to be affected by developmental temperature (Flanders, 1930, 1931;
Quednau, 1960). An additional problem has been the failure of most workers to
refer to type material to verify identifications. These problems have resulted in
a series of misidentifications that have plagued the literature to this day (Pinto et
al., 1978). Certain advances in defining species morphologically, such as the male
genitalic characters noted by Sudha Nagarkatti in 1971, have been achieved. This,
along with breeding studies and re-examination of existing type material, has
helped systematists identify Trichogramma species more accurately.
Breeding study results posed some new problems. Many morphologically dis¬
tinct Trichogramma species have distributions covering much of North America
(Pinto et al., 1978). Crosses between cultures of these species initiated with ma¬
terial collected at different localities failed to produce female progeny indicating
a total lack of hybridization due to the arrhenotokous reproduction of these wasps
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
129
(Nagarkatti and Fazaluddin, 1973). One such species is Trichogramma minutum
Riley. A culture from a Riverside, California population failed to interbreed with
topotypic T. minutum from Missouri or with a T. minutum culture from Chula
Vista, California (Oatman and Platner, 1973). Based solely on the interbreeding
results the Riverside form was treated as a sibling species of T. minutum by
Nagarkatti (1975) and named Trichogramma platneri Nagarkatti.
The importance of accurate classification has been demonstrated again and
again through biocontrol projects. A classic example involves the control of the
California Red Scale, Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell) (Homoptera: Diaspididae).
The failure to recognize Aphytis lignanensis Compere and Aphytis melinus DeBach,
the 2 species of primary control importance in southern California, as separate
from Aphytis chrysomphali (Mercet) (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae) resulted in de¬
lays of 16 and 25 years, respectively, before importation (DeBach, 1969). Doyen
and Slobodchikoff (1974) have suggested a classification method which involves
stepwise comparisons of phenetic, geographic, reproductive, and ecological prop¬
erties. To help clarify the relationship of T. minutum and T. platneri I compared
such ecological parameters as immature development, longevity, fecundity, mat¬
ing and ovipositional behavior, and the effects of different host ages, densities,
and parasite densities on parasitization.
Materials and Methods
Cultures of T. minutum and T. platneri were reared on eggs of the cabbage
looper, Trichoplusia ni (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), in chambers main¬
taining a temperature of 27 ± 1°C and 50% relative humidity. All observations
during this study were made at these conditions. T. ni larvae were reared on an
artificial medium adapted from that of Shorey and Hale (1965). Egg deposition
occurred on paper towels exposed to adult T. ni. Eggs were collected within 12
hours of deposition and stored at 3-5°C until use. Storage lasted no longer than
24 hours. The T. minutum culture was initiated on 3 October 1973 with parasites
reared from Manduca eggs on Datura collected at Chula Vista, California. The
T. platneri culture was started on 10 July 1979 with parasites reared from codling
moth eggs on apple collected at Riverside, California.
Cultures were housed in one-half pint plastic containers with snap-on lids. A
piece of filter paper (10 cm square) held in place by the lid allowed air flow through
a hole in the lid. A streak of honey inside the container provided food for the
adult wasps. New cultures were started by exposing wasps to a piece of paper
towel with several hundred attached T. ni eggs (24-48 hours old) for 4-24 hours
depending upon the number of wasps present in the parent culture. All wasps
were removed following exposure and the T. ni eggs were placed in an empty
culture container. Cultures of T. minutum and T. platneri were isolated in separate
chambers to prevent contamination.
During each experiment wasps and host eggs were kept in clear plastic vials
(8.5 cm high, 3 cm diameter). Filter paper (5 cm square) was secured by a snap-
on lid with a hole in it for air exchange. A streak of honey inside provided food.
A piece of paper towel was glued (Wilhold® White Glue) onto a rectangular piece
of filter paper (3.5 cm by 7 cm) which fit snugly into the vial. This egg card was
notched once on the bottom and 3 times on each side to allow free parasite
movement.
130
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The immature development of T. minutum and T. platneri was observed by
exposing at least 500 T. ni eggs to recently mated female wasps for 2 hours.
Immediately after exposure and thereafter following a set time schedule at least
12 host eggs were removed per sampling time. Host eggs were detached from
paper towels by soaking in a very dilute sodium hypochlorite solution for 3-5
minutes. They were mounted singly on microscope slides in Hoyer’s medium and
ruptured by gently pressing the cover slip. After drying for 2-4 weeks, each
coverslip was ringed with Glyptal® to prevent crystalization of the Hoyer’s me¬
dium. The number and developmental stage(s) of parasites were determined with
a phase contrast compound microscope (100 x and 250 x). To compare size
changes during development, 10 individuals of each instar present per age group
were randomly selected. The width and length of each parasite and mandibular
length of second and third instar larvae were measured.
Fecundity was examined by randomly selecting 10 newly emerged male-female
pairs of each species. Each pair was placed in a vial containing ca. 50 host eggs.
New host material was added every 24 hours until the female wasp died, the
previously exposed eggs being kept for progeny emergence. From longevity, fe¬
cundity, and progeny sex ratios, life tables were constructed for each species using
the methods of Krebs (1978). Values of the innate capacity for increase (r) were
approximated with the following equation (Krebs, 1978).
r = R 0 log e R 0 /2 xl x m x
About 50 wasps (24 hours old, ca. 1:1 sex ratio) were placed on a circular (5
cm diameter) piece of filter paper in a plastic petri dish (0.8 cm deep, 5 cm
diameter) with a snap-on lid to watch mating behavior. Virgin females were reared
by isolating single parasitized hosts in small glass vials (6.4 cm long, 0.9 cm
diameter) 2 days before parasite emergence. Cotton plugs prevented escape and
facilitated C0 2 anesthetization. Besides intraspecific observations both interspe¬
cific crosses were watched. Females observed mating with males of the other
species were allowed to parasitize hosts which were held for progeny emergence.
Conspecific matings were retained as a control. Ten mated females from each
cross (intra- and interspecific) were dissected to determine the occurrence of in¬
semination.
Oviposition behavior was observed by placing ca. 50 wasps (ca. 1:1 sex ratio)
into a plastic petri dish (0.8 cm deep, 5 cm diameter) with a snap-on lid. About
20-30 host eggs on a paper towel were inserted and observed with a dissecting
microscope (15 x and 45 x).
To see if host eggs of a certain age were preferred for parasitization 5 groups,
each consisting of a pair of egg cards (ca. 50 eggs per card) and a set of 10-20
eggs were set up. Each group was incubated a different length of time resulting in
age groups (±6 hours) of 6, 18, 30, 42, and 54 hours. Each card was then exposed
to five 24-hour-old mated females for 6 hours. The small (10-20 eggs) sets were
not exposed. After parasite removal, 50% of the host eggs were slidemounted in
Hoyer’s medium. The remainder were kept for progeny emergence. Host embry-
ological development was determined by slidemounting unexposed hosts. This
experiment was repeated once per species.
Host density effects were examined by preparing 6 sets (1 set each of 1, 5, 10,
15, 20, 25 host eggs per card) of 10 egg cards per set for both parasite species.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
131
Figure 1. T. minutum egg (A), first instar larva (B), second instar larva (C), and third instar larva
(D).
Each card was exposed to a single 24-hour-old mated female for 8 hours and
retained for progeny emergence.
Parasite density effects were compared by assembling 1 group of 40 egg cards,
one-half with 4 host eggs per card (limited) and the other half with ca. 50 eggs
per card (control) for each parasite species. Each group was divided into 4 subgroups
of 10 cards each (5 limited and 5 control). Each card was exposed to five 24-
hour-old mated females, 1 subgroup for 2 hours, another for 4 hours, another for
8 hours, and the last for 24 hours. One host egg per limited card was slidemounted,
the remainder being held for progeny emergence. This experiment was repeated
once per species.
Results
The egg of T. minutum and T. platneri is elongate, 92-124 /i (microns) long
and 32-48 ju wide (Fig. 1A). It is distinguished by an air bubble which occurs at
each end inside the chorion. No significant size increase occurred during its 18-
22 hour developmental period. Upon emerging the first instar larva (Fig. IB),
recognizable by its lack of mandibles and air bubbles, began to grow especially
in girth. At full size, 8 hours after eclosion, it ranged from 139.2-155.6 /i long
and 71.6-75.2 p wide. Growth accelerated during the second instar (Fig. 1C),
identifiable by mandibles measuring 8.4-9.6 n long. During this very short stage
(2-3 hours) body length and width increased to 278.6-316.4 p and 112.6-152.9
H, respectively. The third instar (Fig. ID), distinguished by its large mandibles
(22-22.4 n long), lasted 82-87 hours. Full larval size was reached about 32 hours
after the end of the second instar. Size then remained steady at 539-576 n long
and 382-406 n wide. The only recognizable morphological feature on the ellipsoid
mass of both this and the previous instar is the mandibles. Their use is unknown
but they provide an excellent way to recognize instars since mandibular length
changes only between instars but not during them. Urate crystals began to appear
132
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. T. minutum early (A) and late (B) prepupa and early (C) and late (D) pupa.
(Fig. 2A) soon after growth ceased. Coinciding with this the host egg chorion
acquired a dark black pigment which remained throughout the rest of parasite
development.
Previous investigators have divided the last larval instar into 2 stages, the “final
instar” and prepupa (Handers, 1923; Pak and Oatman, 1982). What they des¬
ignated as a prepupa was actually a final instar larva in which urate crystals have
become visible (Fig. 2A). In this study I divided the third instar based on urate
crystal presence to facilitate comparisons with previous investigations.
As the prepupa developed urate crystals formed several disks situated in a loose
ring around the center of the parasite. These disks became more dense and opaque
as they slowly condensed into a central mass (meconium) just posterior of the
parasite’s center. Near the end of the 50-55 hour prepupal developmental period
some pupal characteristics began to appear (Fig. 2B).
The pupal instar began with the shedding of the mandibles and third instar
larval skin (Fig. 2C). No significant size change occurred. This stage lasted 70-
72 hours. As development progressed the overall color changed to a deep amber;
red compound eyes and ocelli appeared and the genitalia, wings, antennae, and
legs became very distinct (Fig. 2D).
The life cycles of T. minutum and T. platneri, from egg deposition to adult
emergence, required about 8 days at 27 ± 1°C and 50% relative humidity. No
interspecific difference was found in the length of time from oviposition to when
each developmental stage was most abundant (ANOVA, P > 0.05) (Steel and
Torrie, 1960) (Table 1). Developmental size increases of T. minutum and T.
platneri, as indicated by length, were not significantly different (ANOCOVA, P >
0.05) (Steel and Torrie, 1960). Interspecific comparisons of mandibular length
during the second and third instars indicated no significant differences (Wilcoxon
Two-Sample Test, P > 0.05) (Steel and Torrie, 1960).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
133
Table 1. Estimates of the time of greatest abundance (hours after egg deposition) of immature
developmental stages using second degree polynomial regression (Munem and Yizze, 1974; Steel and
Torrie, 1960).
Stage
T. minutum
T. platneri
First instar
22.9
23.1
Second instar
29.5
33.5
Third instar
45.2
46.6
Prepupa
98.3
93.4
Pupa
138.1
139.1
At 27 ± 1°C and 50% relative humidity T. minutum had a greater increase rate
(r « 0.4334) than T. platneri (r ~ 0.3682). T. minutum had a shorter generation
time (8.874 days) than T. platneri (9.545 days).
Male and female longevities were very similar for both species (T. minutum',
male = 4.2 days (2-8), female = 6.9 days (2-12): T. platneri ; male = 4.0 days (3-
6), female = 6.7 days (3-11)) (Wilcoxon Two-Sample Test, P > 0.05). Neither
the total number of progeny per day nor the number of hosts parasitized per day
by T. minutum and T. platneri were significantly different (Wilcoxon Two-Sample
Text, P > 0.05).
Mating behavior was similar in T. minutum and T. platneri. The wasps moved
in a seemingly random manner. Males did not seem to be able to distinguish
females unless physical contact occurred. Upon contact the male began rapidly
drumming his antennae in an alternating fashion over the body of the other wasp.
When a male was contacted the initial male left; in the case of a female the male
quickly moved to her rear and mounted. He crawled forward until the posterior
half of his abdomen extended behind hers. He then curled his abdomen under
hers from behind and inserted his aedeagus into her genital opening. The male
dismounted after 2 to several hundred seconds. Females never initiated sexual
behavior but sometimes would vigorously try to dislodge the male. Almost no
females were successful in preventing copulation and ceased resisting once cop¬
ulation was achieved. Conspecifics and non-conspecifics of the opposite sex were
accepted although no preference tests were possible since T. minutum and T.
platneri are not morphologically distinguishable. Every dissected female was in¬
seminated. Interspecific crosses gave rise to 100% male progeny. Conspecific
matings resulted in about 75% female and 25% male progeny.
Oviposition behavior of T. minutum and T. platneri was very similar. Females
scurried about until they ran into a T. ni egg. Upon contact the female climbed
onto the egg, examined it by drumming her antennae in an alternating fashion
over its surface for 10-60 seconds and either left the egg or touched the chorion
with the apex of her abdomen. She then inserted her ovipositor into the chorion
and raised her abdomen enough to unsheath her ovipositor and orient it nearly
perpendicular to the egg surface. Pressure was applied to drive the ovipositor
through the chorion and 70-95% of its length into the host. Piercing the chorion
required 2-60 seconds. After 1-2 minutes the female withdrew her ovipositor,
usually leaving the host immediately.
One female T. minutum was observed examining an egg which had been par-
134
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. Number of parasitized hosts per parasite and progeny per parasitized host, (x = mean,
SD = standard deviation.)
Parasitized hosts per parasite Progeny per parasitized host
Host age - -
(±6 hr) x ± SD Range x ± SD Range
T. minutum
6
2.2
±
0.849
1.6-2.8
1.285
±
0.304
1.1-1.5
18
0.8
±
0.283
0.6-1.0
1.100
±
0.141
1.0-1.2
30
1.7
±
0.424
1.4-2.0
1.100
±
0.141
1.0-1.2
42
1.1
±
0.990
0.4-1.8
1.000
±
0.000
1.0
54
1.5
±
0.707
1.0-2.0
1.000
+
0.000
1.0
T. platneri
6
2.5
±
2.121
1.0-4.0
1.625
±
0.177
1.5-1.8
18
1.9
+
1.838
0.6-3.2
1.135
±
0.191
1.0-1.3
30
2.6
±
1.131
1.8-3.4
1.965
±
1.209
1.1-2.8
42
2.1
±
0.990
1.4-2.8
1.905
±
0.375
1.6-2.2
54
0.2
±
0.283
0.0-0.4
1.000
+
0.000
1.0
asitized only a few minutes before. She left after about 10 seconds of antennal
drumming and proceeded to parasitize an adjacent unparasitized egg. T. platneri
was not observed to discriminate between parasitized and unparasitized hosts.
Several female T. platneri repierced the chorion of a host they had just pierced
while T. minutum was never seen doing this. Upon completing parasitization
most T. platneri females fed on liquid exuding from the puncture. T. minutum
did not show this behavior.
No preference for any developmental stage of the host was discovered. No
significant differences in the number of parasitized hosts per parasite or number
of progeny per parasite were revealed by intra- and interspecific comparisons
(Tukey’s Test, P > 0.05) (Steel and Torrie, 1960) (Table 2).
Significant differences in the responses of the 2 species to different host densities
were observed. Regression lines of the number of parasitized hosts per wasp were
not significantly different (ANOCOVA, P > 0.05) (Fig. 3). The rate of change of
the number of progeny per parasitized host for T. platneri was significantly dif¬
ferent than that of T. minutum (Mest, P < 0.05) (Fig. 4). It was positive while
the analogous rate for T. minutum was negative. At low host densities the number
of progeny per host for T. platneri was near 0 while that of T. minutum was near
3. As host density increased to 20-25 hosts the value for both species became
nearly equal at about 1.6.
There were no significant intraspecific differences for control groups of either
species in the number of hosts parasitized or number of progeny per parasitized
host (ANOVA, P > 0.05) (Table 3). Interspecific comparisons of the number of
hosts parasitized revealed no significant differences (ANOVA, P > 0.05) but the
number of progeny per parasitized host was significantly higher for T. platneri
(ANOVA, P < 0.05).
Comparisons of limited group data revealed 2 significant differences. For T.
platneri the number of parasite eggs per host after a 24 hour exposure to parasites
was significantly larger than after a 2 or 8 hour exposure (Tukey’s Test, P < 0.05)
(Table 4). A similar difference for T. minutum was not found (Tukey’s Test, P >
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
135
HOST DENSITY
Figure 3. Number of parasitized hosts per parasite at different host densities (number of host eggs
available).
0.05). The number of parasite eggs per host after a 24 hour exposure to T. platneri
was significantly larger than after an equal or shorter exposure to T. minutum
(Tukey’s Test, P < 0.05). The number of progeny per parasite, and number of
hosts parasitized were similar in T. minutum and T. platneri (Tukey’s Test, P >
0.05).
Discussion
The few ecological differences found here indicate properties of the lab cultures
tested. They may not represent true differences between these 2 nominal species.
That these species are closely related is evident from their extreme morphological
136
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
■ T. minutum
I—
c n
O
LU
O
O
o:
CL
Y=-0.458 IlnX + 3.0267
r= 0.9711
HOST DENSITY
Figure 4. Number of progeny per parasitized host at different host densities (number of host eggs
available).
similarity and essentially identical immature development, mating and oviposi-
tional behavior.
One criticism against testing material which has been cultured in the laboratory
for long periods is that it no longer possesses the same properties as wild material
due to different selection pressures in the lab, small gene pools, genetic drift etc.
Many Trichogramma colonies are initiated with parasites reared from a single
host (i.e., probably siblings). Whether they adequately represent the variation
present in wild populations is unknown. Cultures started with siblings experience
severe inbreeding and receive no new genetic diversity (except mutations) unless
wild material is added periodically. The rate of loss of genetic diversity is pro¬
portional to the amount of inbreeding. This increase in homozygosity is inversely
correlated with the initial homozygosity level (Festing, 1979). As homozygosity
increases a phenomenon known as inbreeding depression occurs as deleterious
recessive alleles become homozygous. This most severely affects organisms which
are outbreeders. Those which are inbreeders in nature are not affected as much
in the lab (Festing, 1979). The haplo-diploid reproduction of Chalcidoids facili-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
137
Table 3. Number of parasitized hosts and progeny per parasitized host at different exposure periods
(control group). (x = mean, SD = standard deviation.)
Exposure
(hr)
Parasitized hosts
Progeny per parasitized host
x ± SD
Range
X
± SD
Range
T. minutum
2
16.0
±
8.277
9-26
1.571
±
0.360
1.111-2.100
4
23.0
+
3.937
17-27
1.693
±
0.306
1.217-2.000
8
14.2
+
12.133
0-29
1.551
±
0.352
1.167-2.000
24
17.6
±
6.388
11-25
1.861
±
0.215
1.564-2.000
T. platneri
2
4.0
±
5.657
0-8
2.000
±
0.000
2.000
4
28.0
±
15.556
17-39
1.956
±
0.228
1.795-2.118
8
35.0
±
11.314
27-43
1.880
±
0.039
1.852-1.907
24
35.0
+
22.627
19-51
1.977
+
0.116
1.895-2.059
tates the elimination of deleterious recessives through haploid males (Askew,
1968). High degrees of natural inbreeding, such as the prevalent sibmating of
Trichogramma, seem characteristic of many Chalcidoids, at least when parasite
density is low. One would predict low amounts of inbreeding depression in lab
cultures. However, Legner (1979) noted a lower net intrinsic reproduction rate in
2 cultured Pteromalids when compared to wild conspecifics. For this reason and
to examine the extent of intraspecific variation present in wild T. minutum and
T. platneri populations, more samples of each need to be examined.
Adult longevity and immature mortality (through increased host mortality) did
not seem to be affected by either the repiercing or host feeding engaged in by T.
platneri. Although T. platneri superparasitized hosts after a 24 hour exposure to
low host and high parasite density, neither it nor T. minutum did at less stressful
conditions probably more like those in nature. The low level of parasitization
behavior of T. platneri at low host and parasite densities seems to contradict high
parasitization rates seen in nature (Oatman et al., 1983). This may indicate a lab
induced loss of vigor analogous to Legner’s Pteromalids (Legner, 1979).
The lack of preference for host eggs of a certain age contradicts the findings of
Marston and Ertle (1969). They noted that T. ni eggs between the ages of 19-39
hours were parasitized (or killed) significantly less often than younger or older
eggs. Eggs of all ages were punctured just as often; evidently oviposition was
restrained. Their experiments were performed at the same conditions as mine.
Possibly their T. ni culture was different as eggs from it hatched in 69 hours while
mine hatched in 60-62 hours. Their T. minutum originated from a Rincon Com¬
pany culture which had been maintained in the lab for 10 years.
Taxonomically the results are inconclusive. If they are indicative of T. minutum
and T. platneri populations in nature they support the validity of species status
for T. platneri (rather than being a strain of T. minutum ) according to the methods
of Doyen and Slobodchikoff (1974). Some sort of postmating isolating mechanism
operates between the lab cultures tested. Whether such a mechanism separates
all populations which are compatible with the T. platneri culture tested here from
all other T. minutum morphotypes is unknown. Only examination of more sam¬
ples without long periods of lab rearing will answer these questions.
138
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 4. Number of parasitized hosts per parasite, progeny per parasitized host and parasite eggs
per parasitized host at different exposure periods (limited group). (x = mean, SD = standard deviation.)
Exposure
(hr)
Parasitized hosts
per parasite
Progeny per
parasitized host
Parasite eggs per
parasitized host
x ± SD
Range
x ± SD
Range
x ± SD
Range
T. minutum
2
1.6 ± 0.548
1-2
2.00 ± 0.612
1.5-3.0
2.00 ± 1.414
1-4
4
1.8 ± 0.837
1-3
2.27 ± 0.453
2.0-3.0
2.60 ± 1.817
0-5
8
1.6 ± 1.140
0-3
2.17 ± 0.527
1.5-2.7
4.00 ± 1.581
2-6
24
2.0 ± 1.000
1-3
2.47 ± 1.017
1.7-4.0
3.67 ± 2.517
1-6
T. platneri
2
0.0 ± 0.000
0.0
0.00 ± 0.000
0.0
4
1.5 ± 2.121
0-3
3.70 ± 0.000
3.7
3.00 ± 4.243
0-6
8
1.0 ± 0.000
1.0
3.00 ± 1.414
2-4
1.50 ± 0.707
1-2
24
0.5 ± 0.707
0-1
4.00 ± 0.000
4.0
11.00 ± 1.414
10-12
From a biocontrol perspective the parasitization efficacy and growth rate dif¬
ferences would suggest that T. minutum (the culture tested) would be the better
choice for controlling an applicable pest at 27 ± 1°C and 50% relative humidity.
Examination of these and other cultures at different environmental conditions to
outline optima and tolerance limits would help indicate under which conditions
which culture would be the most effective. Repeated examination of these cultures
over an extended period of time could help indicate to what degree inbreeding
altered their ecological characteristics.
Acknowledgments
Special thanks are due to J. D. Pinto (Dept, of Entomology, University of
California, Riverside), L. E. Caltagirone and R. S. Lane (both Dept, of Ento¬
mological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley) for constructive comments
on an earlier version of the manuscript. I also thank Patti Mote for advice about
figure preparation. This study was funded in part by NSF Grant B5R-8415378
(J. D. Pinto, P.I.).
Literature Cited
Askew, R. R. 1968. Considerations on speciation in Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). Evolution, 22:
642-645.
DeBach, P. 1969. Uniparental, sibling and semi-species in relation to taxonomy and biological
control. Isr. Entomol., 4:11-28.
Doyen, J. T., and C. N. Slobodchikoff. 1974. An operational approach to species classification. Syst.
Zool., 23:239-247.
Festing, M. F. W. 1979. Inbred strains in biomedical research. Oxford University Press.
Flanders, S. E. 1923. The biology of Trichogramma evanescens Westwood and allied species. Ph.D.
thesis, University of California, Berkeley.
-. 1930. Races of Trichogramma minutum. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7:20-21.
-. 1931. The temperature relationships of Trichogramma minutum as a basis of racial segre¬
gation. Hilgardia, 5:395-406.
Krebs, C. J. 1978. Ecology: the experimental analysis of distribution and abundance, 2nd ed. Harper
and Row Publishers, Inc., New York.
Legner, E. F. 1979. Prolonged culture and inbreeding effects on reproductive rates of two pteromalid
parasites of muscoid flies. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 72:114-118.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
139
Marston, N., and L. R. Ertle. 1969. Host age and parasitism by Trichogramma minutum (Hyme-
noptera: Trichogrammatidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 62:1476-1481.
Munem, M. A., and J. P. Yizze. 1974. Functional approach to precalculus, 2nd ed. Worth Publishers,
Inc., New York.
Nagarkatti, S. 1975. Two new species of Trichogramma (Hym., Trichogrammatidae) from the
U. S. A. Entomophaga, 20:245-248.
-, and M. Fazaluddin. 1973. Biosystematic studies on Trichogramma species. Syst. Zool., 22:
103-117.
-, and H. Nagaraja. 1971. Redescriptions of some known species of Trichogramma (Hym.,
Trichogrammatidae) showing the importance of male genitalia as a diagnostic character. Bull.
Entomol. Res., 61:13-31.
Oatman, E. R., J. A. McMurtry, M. Waggonner, G. R. Platner, and H. G. Johnson. 1983. Parasi-
tization of Amorbia cuneana (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) and Sabulodes aegrotata (Lepidoptera:
Geometridae) on avocado in southern California. J. Econ. Ent., 76:52-53.
-, and G. R. Platner. 1971. Biological control of the tomato fruitworm, cabbage looper and
homworms on processing tomatoes in southern California, using mass releases of Trichogram¬
ma pretiosum. J. Econ. Ent., 64:501-506.
-, and-. 1973. Biosystematics of Trichogramma species: 1. Populations from California
and Missouri. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 66:1099-1102.
Pak, G. A., and E. R. Oatman. 1982. Biology of Trichogramma brevicapillum. Entomol. Exp. Appl.,
32:61-67.
Peterson, A. 1930. A biological study of Trichogramma minutum Riley an egg parasite of the Oriental
fruit moth. U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull., 215:1-21.
Pinto, J. D., G. R. Platner, and E. R. Oatman. 1978. Clarification of the identity of several common
species of North American Trichogramma (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae). Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 71:169-180.
Quednau, W. 1960. Uber die Identitat der Trichogramma Arten und einiger ihrer Okotypen. Mitt.
Biol. Bundesanst. Land-Forstwirtsch. Berl-Dahlem., 100:11-50.
Riley, C. V. 1879. Parasites of the cotton worm ( Aletia argillacea). Canad. Ent., 11:161-162.
Shorey, H. H., and R. H. Hale. 1965. Mass rearing of nine noctuid species on a simple artificial
medium. J. Econ. Ent., 58:522-524.
Steel, R. G. D., and J. H. Torrie. 1960. Principles and procedures of statistics. McGraw-Hill Book
Co., Inc., New York.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 140-143
A New Species of Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
from Western Mexico
Edmund F. Giesbert
9780 Drake Lane, Beverly Hills, California 90210.
Abstract.— A new lepturine species, Strangalia hamatipes, is described from
the Mexican state of Jalisco. A revision of the most recent key to males of the
genus, and a figure are provided. Strangalia linsleyana is proposed as a replace¬
ment name for S. linsleyi Giesbert, 1985, a name preoccupied by S. linsleyi
Gressitt, 1951 from China.
The following paper is presented as an addition to the recent work on the genus
Strangalia Audinet-Serville in Mexico and Central America (Giesbert, 1985). The
new species described is closely related to S. opleri Chemsak and Linsley (1976)
from Costa Rica, and S. palaspina Chemsak (1969) from Sinaloa, Mexico.
The key to males in the previous paper may be modified to include males of
the present species as follows:
2(1). Metatibiae without distinct carinae or preapical tubercles. 3
- Metatibiae carinate at least apically along inside edge from base of
inner spur, or with a preapical tubercle on inside edge. 11
13(12). Metatibiae arcuate, apices with a single spur in addition to broad
plate; abdomen exceeding elytral apices by about IV 2 segments.
Sinaloa, Mexico. S. palaspina
- Metatibiae nearly straight, apices with 2 spurs in addition to broad
plate; abdomen exceeding elytral apices by about 2 segments
. 13a
13a(13). Pronotum and elytra yellow and black; profemora and protibiae
modified with obtuse processes; apices of metafemora black. Costa
Rica. S. opleri
Pronotum and elytra orange-testaceus; profemora and protibiae
modified with acute triangular processes; metafemora orange. Ja¬
lisco, Mexico . S. hamatipes
Strangalia hamatipes, New Species
(Fig. 1)
Male. — Form moderate sized, elongate, strongly tapering posteriorly; integu¬
ment orange testaceus, with tips of mandibles, eyes, antennae, distal V 6 to V w of
metatibiae, metatarsi, concave faces of coxae, and anterior borders of epistema
blackish; mesotarsi fuscous. Head with front elongate, finely, shallowly punctate;
vertex finely, densely punctate, finely, inconspicuously micropubescent, with fine
longitudinal median impression; antennae nearly attaining elytral apices, segments
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
141
Figure 1. Strangalia hamatipes, new species. Male.
7-11 slightly thickened and provided with moderate sized sensory pits, segments
to 6th with depressed black pubescence, remaining segments micropubescent.
Pronotum longer than basal width, sides nearly straight, tapering anteriorly; disk
evenly convex, with fine dense punctures becoming feebly, transversely subrugose
142
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
on basal V 2 ; pubescence short, suberect, golden, with a few long erect hairs laterally
near base. Prostemum finely, shallowly punctate near coxae, finely pubescent;
mesostemum and metastemum finely, densely punctate and pubescent, less so in
proximity to a closely placed centro-apical pair of small acute tubercles on meta¬
stemum. Elytra slightly less than 3 times as long as basal width, sides tapering to
apical U, slightly dehiscent before obliquely emarginate apices; punctures distinct,
small, moderately dense; pubescence short, suberect, moderately dense, golden.
Legs moderately slender, protibiae arcuate at base, with acute triangular flat pro¬
cess on inside at basal V 3 ; profemora thickened, abruptly narrowed near base, apex
with small excavation bordered dorsally by a distinct flat triangular process;
metatibiae nearly straight, with apices modified internally into triangular flat
plates, preceded by a short carinate tubercle, and each with an unequal pair of
apical spurs. Abdomen narrow, elongate, extending 2 segments beyond elytral
apices; stemites finely, densely punctate and pubescent basally, with punctures
becoming coarser and sparser apically on each segment; terminal stemite about
IV 2 times as long as basal width, nearly cylindrical, not excavated, with obtuse
longitudinal carina, apex finely crenulate. Length 14-18 mm.
Female. — Form slightly more robust than male; metatibiae blackish throughout;
antennae surpassing middle of elytra; protibiae, profemora, and metatibiae un¬
modified; abdomen more robust, not elongate, extending about 1 segment beyond
elytral apices; terminal stemite apically subtruncate to feebly bisinuate, outer
angles acute. Length 14-18 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (UNAM, Mexico City), and 9 paratypes (6 males, 3
females) from MEXICO, Jalisco, Estacion de Biologia “Chamela,” July 10-20,
1985 (E. Giesbert), July 11, 1985 (Chemsak, Katsura & Michelbachers) 7 addi¬
tional male paratypes from MEXICO, Jalisco, 7 km S El Tuito, 1600', on blossoms
of Croton sp., July 21, 1985 (E. Giesbert).
Remarks. — Males of this species may be easily recognized by the unusual mod¬
ification of the prolegs, which may function as a grasping mechanism during
mating. Modification of the metatibiae is similar to that of Strangalia opleri
Chemsak & Linsley of Costa Rica. A strong resemblance to S. palaspina Chemsak
in basic form, color, and general area of distribution may have led to the deter¬
mination of S. hamatipes as S. palaspina in some collections, the females, in
particular, being quite similar. In the series of S. hamatipes at hand, no evidence
of the black markings usually present on the dorsum and metafemora of S. pa¬
laspina is seen, however.
A series of male specimens collected in company with S. hamatipes at the El
Tuito locality, although easily distinguished from the latter, differs also from
typical S. palaspina by the presence of a small tubercle on the inside of the
protibiae at the basal A, and by a somewhat increased melanism. This population
would seem at the present time to be best assigned to S. palaspina, which it
resembles closely in all other respects.
Strangalia linsley ana, Replacement Name
The recently proposed Strangalia linsleyi Giesbert, 1985 has been found to be
a homonym, being preoccupied by S. linsleyi Gressitt, 1951 from China. In order
to preserve the patronym, S. linsleyana is here proposed as a replacement name
for S. linsleyi Giesbert.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
143
Acknowledgments
The author wishes to thank Luis Alfredo Perez J., Dr. Stephen J. Bullock, and
Dr. Thomas H. Atkinson of the Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, Mexico, for their
help and hospitality at the Chamela Biological Station; and John A. Chemsak for
his helpful input both in the field and with the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Chemsak, J. A. 1969. New Mexican and Central American species of Strangalia Audinet-Serville.
Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 77:2-9.
-, and E. G. Linsley. 1976. A review of the Mexican and Central American species of Strangalia
Audinet-Serville. Journal of the New York Entomological Society, 84:216-232.
Giesbert, E. F. 1985. Additional species in the genus Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in
Central America, with a revised key to males. Pan-Pacific Entomologist 61(4):273-287.
Gressitt, J. L. 1951. Longicom beetles of China. Longicomia, 2. Paris, 667 pp., 22 pis.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 144-149
Construction of a Compact Submersible Aquatic Light Trap
Gary W. Ulrich
Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract. —Instructions are provided for the assembly of a two funnel sub¬
mersible light trap. This qualitative sampler can be used for collecting a broad
range of photrophic macroinvertebrates from both lentic and lotic habitats. The
body and funnels are constructed from plastic to prevent corrosion and breakage.
Over the years there have been nearly as many aquatic light trap designs as
there are entomologists who use them in the held. Each of these is a variation of
the basic design consisting of a light, a funnel trap and a power source. All were
found to have their little foibles. They were either too large to be carried into the
held in great numbers or the trap portion was made of glass and easily broken.
Traps made from glass or other transparent material wasted much of their energy
by the insects being attracted to the sides of the jar rather than being directed
into the funnel.
The trap described below is compact, durable and efficient over a broad spec¬
trum of neustonic invertebrates which are attracted to light.
Suggestions for improvements were made by the many people who held tested
this trap, especially Clifford Kitayama who helped from the time of its inception
through the hnal design.
Construction
The body (item 1, list of materials) is made from a 4 in. I.D., x k in. wall,
polyvinylchloride pipe cut into 8 in. lengths. A 1 Vs in. hole is drilled through the
side of the pipe, at an equal distance from each end. Four V l6 in. holes are drilled,
two into each end, at 90° to the 1 Vs in. hole and Vi in. number 4 pan head screws
(item 2) are inserted. A combination square with a center hnding head aids in
aligning the holes prior to drilling (Fig. 1).
The 4 in. kitchen funnels (item 3) are notched at opposite sides on the lip at
45° and 135° to the tab that is used to hang it on a cup hook. Squeeze-type paper
punch pliers were used to make these hemispherical notches. If an 8 oz. Lustro-
ware funnel manufactured by Borden is used, there are four equally spaced lines
molded into the funnel which simplify centering of the notches. Cut off the small
end of the funnel to prevent the ends from touching the light when the unit is
assembled (Fig. 2). The amount removed is at the discretion of the builder. The
larger the hole, the larger the insect that will be admitted. The funnels are installed
by aligning the notches with the screws and rotating the lip of the funnel under
the inner side of the head of the screw so that there is a slight resistance of the
lip to the under side of the head of the screw when rotating the funnel (Fig. 3).
The light is constructed by soldering a 3 volt, 6 volt or 12 volt light bulb (item
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
145
Figure 1. A center finding head is used to locate positions for drilling l / l6 in. holes.
Figure 2. Cut olf the end of the funnel to produce the desired size hole.
146
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 3. Align the hemispherical notches with the two screws, then rotate the lip of the funnel
under the heads of the screws.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
147
148
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
4) to the end of a 22 gauge 2-strand wire (item 5). A 7 m (20 ft) length of wire is
convenient, but the length may be varied to meet different requirements. Cut the
end of the wire that is soldered to the center of the light bulb slightly shorter than
the wire that is soldered to the side of the bulb (Fig. 4). This will relieve strain
and prolong the life of the wires. The free ends of the wires are stripped and a 3 / 16
in. lug (item 6) can be crimped or soldered to the end of the wires. This allows
the lug to be used directly on a 6 volt lantern battery with screw posts. If charging
clips (item 7) are attached to the wires they can be connected to a 6 volt spring-
type battery or to a 12 volt automotive battery. If rechargeable D-cells are used
with a 3 volt light, hook four batteries in parallel sets of two. This will prevent
the batteries from becoming too greatly discharged if they are allowed to run all
night. Cut a number 6 cork (item 8) longitudinally halfway through with a saw.
Tie a knot in the wire at the base of the light bulb and insert the wire into the
cut in the cork with the knot towards the larger end of the cork. Remove the
funnels from the pipe body and thread the wire through the 1 Vs in. hole from the
inside. The cork stopper is tightened into the hole by pulling on the wire. If you
wish to attach the funnels to the trap so as not to lose them, tie a double knot
in the wire about six inches from the light and attach a piece of cord to the tab
on one of the funnels and run the cord through the loop in the wire and attach
the free end of the line to the tab on the other funnel.
Discussion
This trap was found to be a rugged versatile unit that is extremely efficient in
lentic and slow lotic water. Simple modifications are possible for different situ¬
ations. To allow entry of crawling insects a piece of waterproof contact sandpaper
is attached to the entire lower surface of the funnel. Cut the sandpaper slightly
longer than the lip of the funnel so that it comes in contact with the substrate.
This trap is more dense than water and sinks. To collect on the surface, attach
pieces of styrofoam to the trap with waterproof tape. Conversely, collecting at a
given height from the bottom can be achieved with a weight and a desired length
of tether. Variations in the design are larger or smaller diameter pipe and cor¬
responding funnels. A three inch trap can easily be backpacked into the most
inaccessible high mountain lakes leaving ample room in the pack for a fishing
pole.
Do not leave the trap unattended for more than about thirty minutes until it
is apparent what is being collected. If not removed frequently, the more voracious
predators will leave you with few good specimens. The trap must also be emptied
just before daylight to prevent the insects from being lured out by the light entering
through the holes in the funnels.
On several occasions swarms of aquatic insects could be seen swimming around
the trap but only a few were found inside the trap when emptied. Closer exam¬
ination showed the insects were being eaten by the fish as rapidly as they were
approaching the funnel openings. In situations where extreme fish predation oc¬
curred, a 3 ft x 3 ft x 3 ft, five-sided cage made of Vi in. hardware screen was
placed over the trap.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
149
List of Materials (Fig. 5)
1. (1) 4 in. inside diameter x l A in. wall polyvinylchloride pipe, 8 in. long.
2. (4) Vi in. number 4 pan head tapping screw, type AB.
3. (2) 4 in. kitchen funnel, 8 oz.
4. (1) 3 volt, 6 volt or 12 volt light bulb.
5. (7 m (20 ft)) 22 gauge two-strand wire.
6. (2) 3 / 16 in. lug, size 22-18 gauge.
7. (2) charging clips, 25 amp.
8. (1) number 6 cork.
Publications Received and Briefly Reviewed
A Revision of the Subfamily Coelidiinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). V. New
tribes Hikangiini, Youngolidiini, and Gabritini. By M. W. Nielson. Pacific Insects
Monograph, No. 40, 78 pp., 252 figs. 1983 (issued prior to 13 September 1983,
at which time a notice was mailed by editor correcting an error on the subtitle
on the front cover—not to read “IV. Coelidiini”). Published and distributed by
Bishop Museum Press, P.O. Box 19000-A, Honolulu, Hawaii 96817, USA. Price
$16.50 paperbound. ISSN 0078-7515.
The abstract states:
This paper is the 5th and last part of a worldwide revision of the subfamily
Coelidiinae. The first 4 parts covered the tribes Tinobregmini, Sandersellini,
and Tharrini (Part 1), Thagriini (Part 2), Teruliini (Part 3), and Coelidiini (Part
4). Three new tribes, Hikangiini, Youngolidiini, and Gabritini, are described.
A revised key to all of the known tribes is given to show a more reasonable
phylogenetic relationship than has been presented heretofore. Keys, descrip¬
tions, and illustrations are provided for 41 species in 8 genera. Two genera and
6 species are treated in the tribe Hikangiini, all from the Ethiopian Region.
Five genera, 2 from the Ethiopian Region and 3 from the Neotropical Region,
with 31 species are elucidated in the tribe Youngolidiini. In the tribe Gabritini,
1 genus and 4 species are treated. A separate checklist, with synonyms, is given
for the genera and species of each tribe.
—Paul H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 150-152
Polistes major (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) Predation of the
Treehopper, Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membracidae)
Robert V. Dowell and Martha Johnson
(RYD) Primary State Entomologist, Exotic Pest Analysis Staff, California De¬
partment of Food and Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, California 95814;
(MJ) 3816 N.E. 9th Street, Del Rey Beach, Florida 33445.
Abstract. —Polistes major Palisot de Beauvois hunted for the treehopper, Um¬
bonia crassicornis Amyot and Serville, by randomly contacting with their man¬
dibles any object that protruded beyond the branch surface until they found a
treehopper. They then altered their behavior and repeatedly attacked the prey.
When female treehoppers were attacked, they usually sat quietly throughout the
attack and none were captured. When nymphs were attacked, they moved away
from the wasp while the parent female actively repulsed the paper wasp.
Umbonia crassicornis Amyot and Serville is a membracid that is an occasional
pest of leguminous trees and shrubs in southern Florida (Butcher, 1953; Mead,
1962). A female will oviposit in host plant tissue which can be encircled with the
metathoracic legs (Dowell and Wood, pers. comm.). She will guard her eggs until
just before eclosion at which time the parent female will make a series of feeding
slits in the host plant tissue below the egg mass. The female actively maintains
the nymphs in an aggregation and defends them against predators. Eggs or small
nymphs without an attendant female have low survival rates (Wood, 1974, 1976).
Predation is considered a major factor influencing the evolution of presocial
behavior in membracids (Wood, 1974) and a number of predators have been
observed feeding on U. crassicornis, including spiders, assassin bugs, coccinellids,
lygaeids, anthocorids, and pentatomids (Wood, 1976). Beyond this, little is known
of the predator-prey relationship for U. crassicornis. We describe the predatory
behavior of Polistes major Palisot de Beauvois on U. crassicornis, and the re¬
sponses of the prey.
Methods
We observed individual paper wasps hunting on powder puff plants ( Calliandra
sp.) at two sites at Fort Lauderdale, Broward County, Florida in May and June
1978, 1979, and 1980. Three to 7 days were spent each year observing the behavior
of the wasps and membracids. A wasp (n = 60) was observed as it flew near the
powder puff plants and was followed until it left the area. We noted the behavior
of the wasp, the number of times it contacted individual branches, whether U.
crassicornis was present and its instar, whether the wasp successfully captured
prey and the instar captured, and the responses of the U. crassicornis nymphs
and adult females to the wasp attack.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
151
Results
A paper wasp would fly to the powder puff plant and began to fly slowly in an
up and down pattern within 1-2 cm of the outer branches. The wasp made contact
with any object protruding from the underside of the branch surface. Contact was
made with the mandibles, as in other Polistes spp. (Rabb and Lawson, 1957).
Leaf bracts were encountered more frequently ( n = 421) than U. crassicornis ( n =
291). Each wasp made contact with an average of 12.5 ± 3 (x ± S) branches per
minute. A wasp seldom made more than one contact with a branch lacking prey
(1.1 ± 0.05, n = 392 branches). The paper wasp continued this search pattern
until it contacted an U. crassicornis nymph or adult. The wasp then began to fly
rapidly in an up and down pattern in a series of attempts to seize the treehopper
with its mandibles. A wasp made significantly more contacts with branches having
U. crassicornis (4.9 ± 4.8, n — 59 branches) than without. When a parental female
was the intended prey, the attacks were directed accurately toward her. In contrast,
the wasp attacked any nymph within 4 cm of the initial contact point.
Twenty-one parental females guarding eggs were attacked, but none were cap¬
tured. When attacked, a female on eggs either sat motionless on the branch or
fanned her wings and tilted forward. The adult treehopper appeared to be too
large for P. major to seize in its mandibles although we observed several Sphecius
speciosus (Drury), a larger wasp that preys on cicadas, capturing U. crassicornis
adults in 1980.
When nymphs were attacked, they moved away from the wasp. The parent
female quickly responded to the nymphs’ alarm pheromone (Wood, 1976) by
moving toward the wasp while fanning her wings, twisting and tilting forward.
She attempted to physically intervene and drive the wasp away. The wasp generally
redirected its attack toward the parent female. This behavior was effective in
repulsing 81% of the attacks by individual paper wasps.
The paper wasp continued its attacks against the nymphs until driven off by
the parent female or until it captured a nymph. A wasp made more contacts with
an aggregation from which it captured a nymph (7.6 ± 5.4 contacts, n = 11
aggregations) than with those where they were unsuccessful (4.3 ±4.5, n = 48).
An unsuccessful paper wasp continued hunting. A successful wasp flew to a nearby
branch and chewed the nymph into a ball before leaving the area. Variation in
the color pattern of the paper wasps allowed us to ascertain that individual wasps
were returning to the powder puff trees over several successive days.
When the parental female was absent, the wasps were successful in capturing
nymphs 90% of the time. The low number of aggregations without a female (n =
2) precludes statistical analysis.
Nymphs captured were 1 st (9%), 2nd (28%) and 3rd (63%) instars. We observed
no nymphs larger than 3rd instar being captured despite attempts by 17 wasps.
The defensive behaviors exhibited by U. crassicornis to the paper wasps are
the same as those observed against other predators (Wood, 1976) and are similar
to those observed in other treehoppers (Hinton, 1977). In 1978 and 1979, the
wasps ceased hunting for U. crassicornis after 1-2 weeks, despite the continued
presence of nymphs. Only 1-2 wasps were observed searching each tree. In 1980,
the wasps discontinued hunting on powder puff plants only after virtually all
nymphs were gone, a behavior more typical of Polistes spp. (Kasuya, 1980; Rabb
152
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
and Lawson, 1957; Yamasaki et al., 1978). In 1980 7-10 wasps were observed
per tree.
Although P. major is a predator of U. crassicornis, it is difficult to estimate the
effect it has on treehopper numbers. Treehopper females can effectively repulse
the wasps from their progeny. However, large numbers of persistent paper wasps
can eventually capture most nymphs as they did in 1980.
Acknowledgments
We thank Dr. L. Stange, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of
Agriculture and Consumer Services, Gainesville, Florida for identifying the Polites
wasp, and Ray Gill and John Sorensen for reviewing an earlier draft of this
manuscript.
Literature Cited
Butcher, F. G. 1953. Unusual abundance of the treehopper Umbonia crassicornis A & S. Fla.
Entomol., 36:57-59.
Hinton, H. E. 1977. Subsocial behavior and biology of some Mexican membracid bugs. Ecol. Ent.,
2:61-79.
Kasuya, E. 1980. Behavioral ecology of Japanese paper wasps, Polistes spp. (Hymenoptera: Vespidae)
I. Extranidal activities of Polistes chinensis antennalis. Res. Popul. Ecol., 22:242-254.
Mead, F. W. 1962. The thorn bug, Umbonia crassicornis (Amyot and Serville) (Homoptera: Mem-
bracidae). Fla. Dept. Agr. Ent. Circ. 8 (Nov. 1962), 2 pp.
Rabb, R. L., and F. R. Lawson. 1957. Some factors influencing the predation of Polistes wasps on
the tobacco homworm. J. Econ. Entomol., 50:778-784.
Wood, T. K. 1974. Aggregating behavior of Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membracidae). Can.
Ent., 106:169-173.
-. 1976. Alarm behavior of brooding female Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membracidae).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 69:340-344.
Yamasaki, M., Y. Hirose, and M. Takagi. 1978. Repeated visits of Polistes jadwigae Dalla Torre
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae) to its hunting site. Jap. J. Appl. Ent. Zool., 22:51-55.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 153-164
Two New Species of Spalangiopelta from Oregon
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea), with a
Discussion of Wing Length Variation
D. Christopher Darling 1 and Paul E. Hanson
Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331.
A major source of confusion in the higher classification of the Chalcidoidea is
the composition of the family Pteromalidae. It is generally accepted that the
Pteromalidae are not monophyletic, but rather a paraphyletic or polyphyletic
assemblage. A high priority for a revised classification of the Chalcidoidea is to
investigate the distribution of character states among and within monophyletic
groups traditionally referred to the “Pteromalidae” as subfamilies. Comparative
studies of these key taxa are necessary to provide a rational basis for the subdi¬
vision of the assemblage into monophyletic taxa.
In this paper we treat one such taxon, the Ceinae, a subfamily comprised of
only two genera: Cea Walker, monotypic and previously recorded only from the
Palearctic; and Spalangiopelta Masi, with 4 Palearctic and a single Nearctic species
(see Graham, 1969 for key to Palearctic species and Yoshimoto, 1977). Diagnostic
characters of Ceinae are: spiracles situated halfway between the front and hind
margins of propodeum (Figs. 1, 2), antennal toruli separated from oral fossa by
a distance less than diameter of torulus (Fig. 3), antennal formula 11353 (Figs.
3, 4, 5-10), and mandibles bidentate. Spalangiopelta is further characterized by
an apomorphic configuration of the mesosoma: the hind margin of mesopleuron
partly overlapping metapleuron (Fig. 1). Graham (1969), in his key to the subfam¬
ilies of Pteromalidae, stated that the malar sulcus is absent in Ceinae. However,
a distinct malar sulcus is present in a new species of Spalangiopelta described
herein (Fig. 3). This emphasizes the need for comprehensive descriptive work in
evaluating the distribution of character states, which in turn is the basis for
phylogenetic inference.
In this paper we summarize information demonstrating that the Ceinae is much
more speciose and widespread in North America than previously realized. In
particular, we 1) describe two new species of Spalangiopelta, both sympatric in
western Oregon, 2) discuss variation in the development of wings in one of the
new species, 3) summarize the data associated with undescribed species of Spa¬
langiopelta, and 4) report for the first time the occurrence of Cea in the North
America.
Methods and Terms
Morphological terms follow Graham (1969) and Richards (1977) except ‘pre-
pectus’ is used instead of ‘postspiracular sclerite.’ We refer to the transparent
circular areas on the uncus of the forewing (Figs. 12, 18, 20) as ‘sensilla,’ following
1 Present address: Department of Entomology, Royal Ontario Museum, 100 Queen’s Park Cresent,
Toronto, Ontario M5A 2C6, Canada.
154
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
usage in the Eulophidae (e.g., Miller, 1970) and Mymaridae (e.g., SchaufF, 1984).
Sculpture and color are best viewed and are described under diffuse light. Sculpture
patterns are difficult to discern with light microscopy in Spalangiopelta due to
the small size of specimens (about 1 mm total length). Scanning electron micro¬
graphs were used both to describe and to illustrate surface sculpture; the terms
for sculpture types follow Harris (1979). Measurements and their abbreviations
are as follows: OOL, length of ocular-ocellar line; POL, postocellar line, distance
between posterior ocelli; PN, length of pronotum along midline; MSC, length of
mesoscutum along midline; and SC, length of scutellum along the midline. Length,
width, and height, refer to the maximum value obtained by rotating the specimen
so that both end points of the structure are in focus.
Type material will be deposited in the following collections: British Museum
(Natural History), BMNH; California Academy of Sciences, CAS; Canadian Na¬
tional Collection, CNC; D. Christopher Darling, personal collection; currently
housed at the Royal Ontario Museum, DCD/ROM; James A. DiGiulio, personal
collection, JAD; Oregon State University Entomology Museum, OSU; United
States National Museum, USNM; Paul E. Hanson, personal collection, PEH; and
the University of California, Berkeley, UCB.
Specimens of Spalangiopelta were first encountered in the Systematic Ento¬
mology Collection at Oregon State University. This material was collected on
January 26, 1971, by David Carlson, in McDonald State Forest, northwest of
Corvallis (elevation about 150 meters). On the basis of Dr. Carlson’s field notes,
we were able to pinpoint both the precise habitat and the method of collection.
The specimens were obtained by Berlese funnel extraction of the needle mat from
the base of Douglas fir, Pseudotsuga menziesii, located at the interface between
secondary growth forest and a meadow adjacent to Oak Creek.
A concerted effort was made during the winter of 1984-1985 to recollect this
species and to document aspects of the life history. Litter samples were collected
at 4 times during the winter and spring, and a total of approximately 50 cubic
meters of litter was examined. Litter beneath different tree species was kept sep¬
arate in some collections to assess possible habitat specificity. Only Douglas fir
duff yielded specimens. Leaf-mining Diptera larvae were also individually reared
in the winter of 1984; in Europe Spalangiopelta alata Boucek has been reared
from a leaf mine of Scaptomyza flaveola Meigen (Diptera: Drosophilidae, cited
in Boucek, 1961). However, no specimens of Spalangiopelta were obtained from
this limited rearing program.
Considerable care has been taken to ensure that the species described herein as
new are not previously described species with holarctic distributions. To date, we
have been able to examine representatives of only two of the four Palearctic species
(the holotype of S. procera Graham and a specimen of S. alata Boucek, determined
by Boucek). Our contention that the Oregon material represents new species is
based on these specimens and on descriptions and diagnoses in the European
literature (Masi, 1922; Boucek, 1952, 1961; Erdos, 1955; Graham, 1966, 1969).
Specific comparisons are presented for each species in the “Diagnosis” sections.
Spalangiopelta felonia Darling & Hanson, New Species
(Figs. 1-6, 11-16, 21, 23)
Type locality. — U.S.A. Oregon, Benton County, McDonald State Forest, 3 miles
northwest of Corvallis.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
155
Type material.— This species is described from 36 female specimens. The ho-
lotype was chosen from the largest single collection of this species (n = 20, col¬
lected Feb. 14, 1984) and is a fully-winged female with the following labels: “OR:
Benton Co. 3 mi NW Corvallis McDonald Forest February 14 1985,” “D. C.
Darling J. A. DiGiulio P. E. Hanson,” “Ex: needle litter Pseudotsuga menziesii, ”
“Holotype 2 Spalangiopelta felonia D. C. Darling & P. E. Hanson 1985” [DCD/
ROM]. Thirty-four female paratypes are designated from the type locality: January
17 1985, n = 1, D. C. Darling, P. E. Hanson, J. A. DiGiulio; January 26 1971,
n — 8, D. Carlson; January 31 1985, n = 4, J. A. DiGiulio, P. E. Hanson; April
11 1985, n = 2, D. C. Darling. An additional female paratype is also designated:
OR: Benton Co. 14 mi W Corvallis, Marys Peak, January 24 1985, G. L. Parsons
and J. D. Oswald, Ex: moss, lichens and bryophytes [BMNH, CAS, CNC, DCD/
ROM, JAD, OSU, PEH, USNM, UCB].
This species is known only from the type material and the hosts are unknown.
Derivation of specific epithet. — The specific epithet is an allusion to furtive and
clandestine habits of this species.
Diagnosis.—S. felonia females can be distinguished from the sympatric con¬
gener, S. apotherisma, by the more slender habitus (Fig. 21), the mesosoma
narrower with respect to head width (cf. Fig. 22), the shorter ovipositor (Fig. 21;
cf. Fig. 22), differences in forewing venation (Figs. 11-13, 15; cf. Figs. 17, 18)
and the shape of the anelli and first funicular segments (Figs. 5, 6; cf. Figs. 7, 8).
This species can be readily distinguished from S. ciliata Yoshimoto by the short,
transverse petiole (Figs. 1, 2; cf. elongate, Yoshimoto, 1977, Fig. IE, F), and the
imbricate sculpture on the midlobe of the mesoscutum and scutellum (Fig. 2; cf.
longitudinal microstriations, Yoshimoto, 1977, Fig. 1C, D).
Considering the Palearctic species, short-winged females of S. felonia most
closely resemble S. brachyptera Masi. Only 1 out of 36 specimens of S. felonia
have wings as short as S. brachyptera (reaching only to the level of the middle of
the propodeum). Also, the coxae are darker in color in S. felonia. Long-winged
S. felonia females would terminate as S. alata in Graham’s key but can be dis¬
tinguished by shorter funicular segments, lighter colored legs, more elongate tho¬
rax, and stigmal vein with a stouter, less linear uncus. The short ovipositor of S.
felonia will serve to distinguish this species from the remaining Old World species
( S . dudichi Erdos and S. procera) in which the ovipositor sheaths protrude mark¬
edly beyond the apex of the metasoma.
Description. — This description is based on both long-winged and short-winged
females. Measurements are based on a total of 13 females, representing every
collection locality and date and the full range of wing development. Description
of wings and venation ratios are based on fully-winged specimens [n = 5]. Mea¬
surements and specific comments pertaining to the holotype are indicated by the
notation [HT].
Female: Length, 0.9 mm to 1.4 mm [HT], slender in habitus. Head, mesosoma
and metasoma black with faint metallic reflections, blue-green on mesosoma and
blue-green to bronze on head; antenna and femora dark brown; tibiae and tarsi
yellowish-brown. Forewing (Figs. 11,12) weakly infumate, darker in region bounded
by basal and stigmal veins.
Head (Fig. 3): In dorsal view, subquadrate (Fig. 21), width 1.4-1.8 [HT = 1.6]
length; maximum width 0.9-1.2 [HT =1.1] height; length of malar space 0.6 eye
height; OOL less than POL, OOL/POL = 0.4 [HT]; head sculpture faintly im-
156
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-4. Spalangiopelta felonia, paratype female. 1. Lateral habitus. 2. Dorsal view of me-
sosoma. 3. Head, frontal view. 4. Detail of antenna, anelli and first funicular segment (left); PS,
papilliform sensillum. Scale lines: Figures 1-3, 0.1 mm; Figure 4, 0.01 mm.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
157
Figures 5-10. Antennae. 6, 8, 10. Detail of pedicel, anelli, and basal funicular segments. 5, 6. S.
felonia, paratype female, DCD Slide #329. 7, 8. S. apotherisma, paratype female, DCD Slide #379.
9, 10. S. apotherisma, paratype male, DCD Slide #377. Scale lines 0.1 mm.
bricate; antennal scrobes deep, nitid, with high median callus; clypeus very re¬
duced, anterior tentorial pits nearly touching oral fossa; gena with malar sulcus;
eyes with minute hairs; occipital sulcus evident medially, about one-half distance
between vertex and foramen. Antenna (Figs. 5, 6): scape with imbricate sculpture,
length = 7 maximum width, slightly greater than eye height [HT, 20:19]; length
of pedicel almost twice maximum width, longer than first funicular segment; anelli
transverse and very small, combined length slightly less than first funicular seg¬
ment, anelli 1 and 2 each 3 times as wide as long, anellus 3 more elongate, 2
times as wide as long, length subequal to anelli 1+2; first funicular segment
elongate, subequal in width to anelli, remaining funicular segments wider and
more quadrate; clava elongate, subequal in length to 4 preceding funicular seg¬
ments, clava 2 and 3 each longer than last funicular segment, clava 3 conical;
multiporus plate sensilla present on funicular segments 2-5, claval segments 2-
3 and papilliform sensilla (Fig. 4) present distally on funicular segments 1-5 (n =
2). Mouthparts: maxillary palp 3-segmented; labial palp 2-segmented; labrum
transverse, width greater than 3 times length along midline, distinctly emarginate
with 5 long tapered marginal setae.
158
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 11-20. Wings. 12, 18, 20. Detail of stigmal region. 11-16. S. felonia. 11, 12. Forewing,
long-winged paratype female, DCD Slide #353. 13. Forewing, paratype female with wings of inter¬
mediate length, DCD Slide #375. 14. Hindwing, long-winged paratype female, DCD Slide #353. 15.
Forewing, short-winged paratype female, DCD Slide #359. 16. Hindwing, short-winged paratype
female, DCD Slide #359. 17-20. S. apotherisma. 17, 18. Forewing, paratype female, DCD Slide #378.
19, 20. Forewing, paratype male, DCD Slide #376. Scale lines 0.1 mm.
Mesosoma: Slender, width 0.7-0.8 head width (Fig. 21), with imbricate sculp¬
ture except as noted; pronotum, mesoscutum, scutellum, and propodeum subequal
in length, PN:MSC = 0.8-1.2 [HT], SC:MSC = 1.0-1.3 [HT]; dorsum depressed,
metanotum and propodeum subhorizontal (Fig. 1); pronotum campanulate, wider
than long, without a distinct collar; notauli present [HT] but less distinct in shorter-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
159
Figures 21-24. Comparison of S.felonia (Figs. 21, 23) and S. apotherisma (Figs. 22, 24) paratype
females. 21, 22. Dorsal habitus, sculpture illustrated only on propodeum. Note head shape relative
to width of mesosoma, shape of mesosoma, and ovipositor length. 23, 24. Lateral view of mesosoma;
P, prepectus. Scale lines 0.1 mm.
winged specimens; scutellum anterior to frenal groove almost smooth, apex broad¬
ly rounded, axillula with longitudinal costulae (Fig. 2); metanotum subequal in
length to frenum, sculpture alveolate anterolaterad, indistinct on dorsellum, smooth
posterolaterad (Fig. 2); propodeum distinctly alveolate, evenly convex, acarinate
160
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
and afoveate, smooth along posterior margin (Figs. 2, 21); prepectus broadly
triangular (Fig. 23). Forewing (Figs. 11, 12): length of apical setae longer than
length of stigmal vein, with strong setae on marginal and postmarginal veins and
below marginal vein on under surface; marginal vein 3 times postmarginal, post¬
marginal vein 2 times stigmal; submarginal vein slightly shorter than marginal,
stigma slightly enlarged, uncus short with 3 sensilla. Hindwing (Fig. 14): linear,
with setae on apical and posterior margins subequal in length to width of hind¬
wing.
Metasoma: Petiole 3 times as wide as long, with longitudinal costulae (Fig. 2);
gaster smooth and shining with sparse white setae (Fig. 1); first tergite longer than
following two combined; hypopygium reaching over half length of gaster; pygo-
style not elongate, with 4 bristles (Fig. 1); ovipositor short, sheaths only slightly
protruding beyond apex of metasoma (Figs. 1, 21), protruded distance one-third
or less length of hind tibia.
Male: UNKNOWN.
Notes on wing length variation.—Figure 25 illustrates the relationship between
the length of the forewing and body size, total length in millimeters. Wing length
exhibits continuous variation and is not distributed as discrete morphs; the use
of the terms brachypterous and macropterous should therefore be used with care.
All small individuals have very short wings, but a range of wing lengths are found
in larger specimens and almost the entire range of variation in wing length is
found in specimens 1.2 mm in total length. Figures 11, 13, and 15 illustrate the
forewings of long, intermediate and short-winged females. Wing reduction seems
to proceed from the apex to the base of the wing and does not involve an overall
reduction in the form of the wings, as evidenced by the vestiges of venation
present in the shorter-winged forms. The submarginal vein is largely unaffected
by the wing reduction and often accounts for the entire venation in short-winged
individuals. The apical setae are completely absent in the shortened wings. The
reduction in hind wings (Fig. 16; cf. Fig. 14) shows similar patterns, again with
a marked reduction in the apical setae.
Spalangiopelta apotherisma Darling & Hanson, New Species
(Figs. 7-10, 17-20, 22, 24)
Type locality. —U.S. A. Oregon, Benton County, McDonald State Forest, 3 miles
northwest of Corvallis.
Type material. — This species is described from 3 female specimens and a single
male. Two females were collected at the type locality April 14, 1985 by sweeping
the understory vegetation around the bases of Douglas fir and a single female was
collected in a pan trap in the vicinity of Ottawa, Canada. The male was also
collected in Benton Co., Oregon, in a yellow pan trap. The holotype female bears
the following labels: “OR: Benton Co. 3 mi NW Corvallis McDonald Forest,”
“14 April 1985, D. Chris Darling,” “sweeping open Douglas fir forest,” “Holotype
5 Spalangiopelta apotherisma D. C. Darling & P. E. Hanson 1985” [DCD/ROM].
One paratype female has the same collection data as the holotype and an additional
label: “Slide # 378—wings, 379 antenna, D. Chris Darling” [DCD/ROM]. The
female paratype from Canada bears the following labels: “Ont; Nepean Slack
Road Pan tr. 17-24.VI.1985 (sands) L. Masner” in addition to the paratype label
[CNC]. The male paratype bears the following labels: “OR: Benton Co. 1984 5
mi WNW Corvallis IX,15-X,1 DC Darling” “slide # 376—wings, 377 antenna,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
161
Figure 25. Relationship between forewing length and total body length in S. felonia. All specimens
from McDonald Forest, except where noted. Legend: triangles (A), specimens collected in January;
circles (•), collected February 14; squares (■), collected March 3; crosses (+), collected April 11;
diamond (♦), collected January 24 at Marys Peak; asterisk (*), collected in January (n = 1) and
February 14 (n = 3). The open symbols indicate specimens illustrated in Figures 11, 13, 15.
D. Chris Darling” “Paratype <3 Spalangiopelta apotherisma D. C. Darling & P. E.
Hanson 1985” [DCD/ROM].
This species is known only from the type material and the biology and hosts
are unknown.
Derivation of specific epithet. —The specific epithet is derived from the Greek,
apo, “separate” and therismos, “harvest” referring to the collection of this species
in sympatry and synchrony with the preceding species but by a different collection
method, thus a separate harvest.
Diagnosis.—S. apotherisma females can be distinguished from the sympatric
congener, S. felonia, by the more robust habitus (Fig. 22; cf. Fig. 21), the longer
ovipositor (Fig. 22; cf. Fig. 21), differences in forewing venation (Figs. 17, 18; cf.
Figs. 11-13, 15) and the shape of the anelli and first funicular segments (Figs. 7,
8; cf. Figs. 5, 6). This species can be readily distinguished from S. ciliata by the
short, transverse petiole (Fig. 22; cf. elongate, Yoshimoto, 1977, Fig. IE, F), and
the imbricate sculpture on the midlobe of the me so scutum and scutellum (as in
S. felonia, Fig. 2; cf. longitudinal microstriations, Yoshimoto, 1977, Fig. 1C, D).
On the basis of the greatly protruding ovipositor sheaths, S. apotherisma is
most similar to the European species, S. procera and S. dudichi (see key in Graham,
1969). S. apotherisma differs from S. procera by a wider mesosoma and from S.
dudichi by the color of the scape and tibiae (lighter), the length of the malar space
162
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
(one-half versus less than one-half eye height), and scape length (greater than
versus equal to or less than eye height). In addition, S. dudichi is illustrated with
elongate pygostyles (Erdos, 1955, Fig. 2, mislabelled) which are absent in S.
apotherisma.
Description.— Measurements are based on the Oregon material and specific
comments pertaining to the holotype are indicated by the notation [HT].
Female: Length, 1.3 [HT] to 1.6 mm. Head, mesosoma and metasoma dark
brown to black with faint metallic bronze reflections; scape yellowish on anterior
surface, tibiae and tarsi yellowish-brown. Forewing (Figs. 17, 18) infumate, fore¬
wing darker in region bounded by basal and stigmal veins.
Head: Transverse (Fig. 22), width 1.8 [HT]-1.9 length; maximum width = 1.2
height; length of malar space = 0.5 eye height; OOL = 0.7 POL. Head as in S.
felonia, except malar sulcus evanescent. Antenna (Figs. 7, 8): as in S. felonia,
except all three anelli more similar in size and shape, each about 3 times as wide
as long; first funicular segment quadrate, similar in shape to distal funicular
segments transverse; multiporus plate sensilla present on all funicular and claval
segments, papilliform sensilla absent. Mouthparts not examined.
Mesosoma: Subequal in width to head (Fig. 22), 0.9 head width, pronotum
more transverse than in S. felonia, PN:MSC = 0.6 [HT]-0.7, mesoscutum and
scutellum equal in length, length of propodeum along midline about one half
length of scutellum; dorsum of mesosoma arched in lateral view; mesoscutum
sculpture imbricate, more distinct than in S. felonia, notauli present; scutellum,
axillula, and metanotum as in S. felonia-, propodeum alveolate, with longitudinal
carinae and foveae posteriorly (Fig. 22), prepectus forming a narrow triangle
(Fig. 24). Forewing (Figs. 17, 18): reaching apex of metasoma, 0.7 total body
length, as in S. felonia except: length of marginal setae shorter than length of
stigmal vein; postmarginal vein slightly shorter than 2 times stigmal vein; stigmal
vein slender, and curved, stigma not enlarged, uncus elongate with 4 sensilla
arranged in line at about 45 degree angle to postmarginal vein. Hindwing: setae
on apical and posterior margins distinctly less than one-half width of hindwing.
Metasoma: As in S. felonia except: ovipositor long, sheaths protruding notice¬
ably beyond apex (Fig. 22), protruded distance about one-half length of hind tibia.
Male: Length 1.4 mm. Color as in female. Sculpture and structure as in female
except: head width twice head length, malar space 0.4 eye height, length of scape
equal to eye height, only 6 times as long as broad. Antenna (Figs. 9, 10): funicular
segments elongate, at least twice as long as wide, each with a basal whorl of setae;
length of clava less than length of 3 preceding funicle segments, each also with a
basal whorl of setae. Forewing (Figs. 19, 20) with stigma slightly enlarged. Mouth-
parts and genitalia not examined.
Discussion
There are now seven described species of Spalangiopelta (4 Palearctic, 3 Nearc-
tic) and these can be tentatively arranged in three groups. Spalangiopelta ciliata
is quite distinct from the other species; unique characters of the females include
the elongate petiole, the sculpture of mesoscutum, and the cupped forewings with
very long setae. The remaining six species fall into two groups: with short ovi¬
positors (S. brachyptera, alata, felonia) and those with long ovipositors (S. du¬
dichi, procera, apotherisma).
Further studies will be necessary to test the naturalness of these groupings.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
163
However, it is interesting to note that the only two species to display marked
wing reduction ( S. brachyptera, felonia ) have short ovipositors, a character not
obviously correlated with wing reduction. The only obvious character accom¬
panying wing reduction in S. brachyptera and felonia is the reduction of the size
of the mesonotum, most evident as the reduction of the thorax width relative to
head width (Fig. 21). In brachypterous Hymenoptera, the mesonotum is the first
external structure to become modified (Reid, 1941); further modifications in¬
volving the fusion of the thoracic segments have not occurred in short-winged
Ceinae.
Many of the problems encountered in the systematics of Ceinae are the result
of the rarity of specimens in collections which is probably due to a combination
of factors: small size (about 1 mm), phenology (adults often collected in winter
or early spring), and association with litter habitats. Collecting methods such as
yellow pan traps, Malaise traps, and screen sweeping will often fail to collect
species that frequent cryptic habitats, such as leaf litter, and therefore heat ex¬
traction techniques (Berlese or Tulgren funnels) should be added to the sampling
arsenal.
The Ceinae remain very incompletely sampled in North America; recent mu¬
seum visits have revealed additional undescribed species, each represented by 1
or 2 specimens. We refrain from describing these species until additional material
is available for study but provide the label data and a brief summary to facilitate
the collection of additional material.
Spalangiopelta appears to be widely distributed in California on the basis of
material in the California Department of Food and Agriculture Collection: 2 short¬
winged females (Humbolt [sic] Co., 2 mi N Redway, III-1-72, T. R. Haig, berlese
oak duff; Inyo Co., nr. Westgard Pass 7300' III-1975 ex Pinyon duff D. Giuliani,
Coll.) and a short-winged male (Riverside Co. Whitewater Canyon, XII-27-1979,
KW Cooper 79-127, berlese abandoned Neotoma nest at base of Prosopis). Note
that these specimens were all collected during the winter and early spring in
association with litter habitats. Specimens from Biosystematics Research Institute
in Ottawa, Canada document the following: 1) there is an undescribed or perhaps
holarctic species of Spalangiopelta that is sympatic with S. ciliata in the vicinity
of Ottawa; 2) there is an additional undescribed or holarctic species of Spalan¬
giopelta from Nova Scotia, Cape Breton National Park; and 3) S. ciliata occurs
in Texas (San Jacinto Co., 5 km S Coldspring, Double Lk Cpgd, 22-24.Y.83, M.
Kaulbars). This is a considerable extension of the range; this species has only
previously been recorded from central Canada. We also report here the first record
of the genus Cea in North America based on two males provisionally identified
as the European species Cea pulicaris Walker (Texas: Travis Co. Austin, Breck-
enridge Field Lab, 500' April 1984, J. A. DiGiulio, Yellow Pan Trap).
In addition to the new species and records of Nearctic Ceinae, this investigation
has prompted many biological questions. S. felonia exhibits continuous variation
in wing length and males have yet to be recorded in a rather large sample (n =
36), suggesting at least the possibility of thelytokous parthenogenesis. Its sympatric
congener, S. apotherisma, is apparently fully winged and bisexual. These contrasts
are amplified by the fact that the two species were collected in the same place, at
the same time of the year, but by differing collecting techniques (Berlese funnels
versus sweeping and pan trapping). Obviously additional biological information
is needed, particularly the host association(s).
164
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
These results also serve to emphasize some of the complexities associated with
the taxonomy of the Ceinae. Intraspecific variation in the development of wings
is now known in both genera. The long-winged and short-winged forms of Cea
pulicaris were originally described as separate species (Graham, 1969). This sug¬
gests that future descriptions of “brachypterous” species of Spalangiopelta be
based on long series of specimens and made in comparison with fully winged
forms. Also, the collection of this species exclusively through Berlese funnel sam¬
pling emphasizes the need to employ this technique more often and to search
existing litter samples, not only for Ceinae but for litter-associated parasitic Hy-
menoptera in general. Although the description of S. felonia, and S. apotherisma
should perhaps have awaited a more comprehensive revisionary treatment, we
felt it was necessary to provide these descriptions and notes in order to stimulate
interest and the accumulation of additional material; DCD is currently assembling
material for a more extensive review of Nearctic Ceinae and would appreciate
receiving additional specimens.
Acknowledgments
We are particularly grateful to David Carlson for the effort expended in col¬
lecting, preparing and depositing the initial specimens of Spalangiopelta in the
Oregon State University Collection. We would also like to thank: J. A. DiGiulio
(Oregon State University) for assistance with the field work, sorting litter samples,
and for reviewing the manuscript; L. Masner (Biosystematics Research Institute,
Ottawa) and M. Wasbauer (California Department of Food and Agriculture, Sac¬
ramento) for providing additional specimens of Spalangiopelta ; Z. Zichmanis for
the preparation of the drawings; and N. F. Johnson for reviewing the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Boucek, Z. 1952. “Skupina Cea” z celedi Pteromalidae The “group Cea” of the Chalcidoid family
Pteromalidae. Acta Entomol. Mus. Natl. Pragae, 28:157-164.
-. 1961. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Pteromaliden-fauna von Mitteleuropa, mit Beschreibungen
neuer Arten und Gattungen (Hymenoptera). Acta Entomol. Mus. Natl. Pragae, 34:55-93.
Erdos, J. 1955. Chalcidoidea nova in collectione Biroi (Hymenoptera). Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl.
Hung, (n.s.), 7:181-194.
Graham, M. W. R. de V. 1966. A new species of Spalangiopelta (Hym., Chalcidoidea, Pteromalidae)
from the British Isles. Entomologist (London), 99:187-189.
-. 1969. The Pteromalidae of north-western Europe (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Bull. Br.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Entomol. Suppl. 16, 908 pp.
Masi, L. 1922. Calcididi del Giglio. Terza serie: Eupelminae (seguito), Pteromalinae (partim). Ann.
Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Giacomo Doria, 50:140-174.
Miller, C. D. F. 1970. The nearctic species of Pnigalio and Sympiesis (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae).
Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can. 68, 121 pp.
Reid, J. A. 1941. The thorax of wingless and short-winged Hymenoptera. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc.
London, 91:367-446.
Richards, O. W. 1977. Hymenoptera. Introduction and key to families, 2nd (revised) ed. Handbooks
for the identification of British insects, Vol. VI, Part 1. Royal Entomological Society of London,
100 pp.
Schauff, M. E. 1984. The holarctic genera of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Mem. Ento¬
mol. Soc. Wash. 12, 67 pp.
Yoshimoto, C. M. 1977. A new species of Spalangiopelta Masi in North America (Chalcidoidea:
Pteromalidae, Ceinae). Can. Entomol., 109:541-544.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 165-166
Scientific Note
Occurrence of the Palearctic Tortricid, Clepsis consimilana
(Hiibner), in Oregon
During a brief visit to Eugene, Oregon, I collected a specimen of Clepsis con¬
similana (Hiibner) (=unifasciana Dup.) (Tortricinae; Archipini). This appears to
be the first record of this Palearctic species in western North America, although
it has been known in the northeastern U.S. for nearly 50 years (Powell and Bums,
1971, Psyche, 78:38-48). The specimen, a living adult male, was taken from a
motel wall, adjacent to the Willamette River, near the University of Oregon
campus on June 15, 1985. While it may be argued that one moth does not
necessarily indicate an established colony, such logic is more reasonable if the
unique is collected during a lengthy or intensive survey. The probability of dis¬
covery of an isolated introduction by a casual visitor to an area seems slight; most
likely there is a resident population in Eugene, one that may have been undetected
for years.
Clepsis consimilana is widespread in the Old World, in Europe, Asia Minor
and North Africa (Bradley et al., 1973, British tortricoid moths. Cochylidae and
Tortricidae: Tortricinae, Brit. Mus (Nat. Hist.), London) and has been reported
in east Siberia, although Razowski (1979, Acta Zool. Cracov., 23:101-198) doubts
the latter record. A disjunct subspecies, C. c. placida (Diakonoff) occurs in Mad¬
agascar. The species was first reported in North America in 1939 at Long Island
(Klots, 1961, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 36:126-127), and although it is charac¬
teristic of hedgerow and garden situations, C. consimilana had not spread far
from Long Island Sound by the mid 1960’s (Powell and Bums, 1971, loc. cit.).
The larvae commonly feed on privet ( Ligustrum ), especially on dead or withered
leaves, but several other unrelated plants are recorded as hosts as well (Bradley
et al., 1973, loc. cit.), so the species may be polyphagous in some circumstances.
The adults, which are nondescript tortricids with rust-colored forewings and
dark gray hindwings, have been illustrated in black and white photographs (Powell
and Burns, 1971, loc. cit.) and in color paintings (Bradley et al., 1973, loc. cit.).
They somewhat resemble another polyphagous European tortricid that is common
in Oregon, Archips rosanus (L.), although they are smaller, and may have been
overlooked by survey entomologists owing to the similarity. The distinctive gen¬
italia (Razowski, 1979, loc. cit.) are unlike any other species in the Nearctic fauna;
my preparation of the Oregon specimen (JAP #5400) compares well with those
from Long Island (JAP #2133) and Sunninghill, Berks., England (JAP #4482).
It is interesting that several introduced Palearctic tortricine moths have been
reported from the Vancouver-Puget Sound region in recent years, e.g., Croesia
holmiana (L.), Pandemis herparana (D. & S.), P. cerasana (Hbn.), and Archips
podanus (L.) (Doganlar and Bieme, 1978, J. Entomol. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 75:
23-24; 1979, Canad. Entomol., 111:970), but not Clepsis consimilana. Similarly,
another polyphagous European species, Cacoecimorpha pronubana (Hbn.), was
discovered at Portland, Oregon, in 1964 (Powell, 1969, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 45:
70), and has been reared from garden and nursery plants at several sites in the
166
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Portland area, as recently as 1982 (V. M. Carolin, UCB), yet seems not to be
established in the Puget Sound region.
J. A. Powell, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
Publications Received
Entomology of the California Channel Islands: Proceedings of the First Sym¬
posium. Edited by Arnold S. Menke and Douglass R. Miller. Pp. 1-178, figs, and
tables, with detailed maps of eight California Channel Islands in accompanying
envelope. Received by PCES at CAS at end of September 1985. Published by the
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, 2559 Puesta del Sol Road, Santa
Barbara, California 93105. Price $20.00 paperbound.
Arnold S. Menke and Douglass R. Miller organized a symposium “Entomology
of the California Channel Islands” that was held at a session with the Annual
Meeting of the Entomological Society of America in December 1981, at San Diego,
California. Of the seven papers presented at that symposium, six are published
here in revised and augmented form, and three additional papers on Channel
Island Insects are included in this volume because it seemed appropriate. Those
interested in the affinities of our California Channel Island Insects will want this
volume. It includes “A symposium introduction,” pp. 1-2, by Arnold S. Menke,
and articles by Scott E. Miller (The California Channel Islands—Past, present,
and future: An entomological perspective, pp. 3-27), Richard Rust, Arnold Menke,
and Douglass Miller (A biogeographic comparison of the bees, sphecid wasps,
and mealybugs of the California Channel Islands (Hymenoptera, Homoptera), pp.
29-59), David B. Weissman (Zoogeography of the Channel Island Orthoptera,
pp. 61-68), Jerry A. Powell (Faunal affinities of the Channel Islands Lepidoptera:
A preliminary overview, pp. 69-94), Lawrence F. Gall (Santa Catalina Island’s
endemic Lepidoptera. II. The Avalon hairstreak, Strymon avalona, and its in¬
teraction with the recently introduced gray hairstreak, Strymon melinus (Lycaen-
idae), pp. 95-104), Christopher D. Nagano (Distributional notes on the tiger
beetles of the California Channel Islands (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae), pp. 105—
112), Douglass R. Miller (Symposium conclusions and summation, pp. 113-116),
Richard W. Rust (Bees of Anacapa Island, California (Hymenoptera: Apoidea),
pp. 117-119), Scott E. Miller and Pamela Mercer Miller (Beetles of Santa Barbara
Island, California (Coleoptera), pp. 121-136), Scott E. Miller (Entomological bib¬
liography of the California Islands. Supplement I, pp. 137-169), and Arnold S.
Menke (Maps and place-names of the California Channel Islands, pp. 171-178,
with 8 maps in accompanying envelope).—P. H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, p. 167
George Pearson Holland
1911-1985
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. and Hugh B. Leech
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 94118.
George Pearson Holland, retired and former Director of the Entomology Re¬
search Institute, Ottawa [now Biosystematics Research Institute], monographer
of Canadian and northern America Siphonaptera, died tragically on 10 November
1985 from the result of a fall while hunting in remote bush country near Sharbot
Lake, about 100 kilometers west of Ottawa. After leaving a hunting party to hunt
on his own on 6 November, he was not found until the morning of 9 November
suspended unconscious in a tree half way down a 30-meter rock face. He died
the next morning at Civic Hospital, Ottawa without regaining consciousness.
George P. Holland was bom on 27 August 1911 at Vancouver, British Columbia,
where he obtained his B.A. degree in 1933 and the M.A. in 1937, from the
University of British Columbia. He had the good fortune to have the late G. J.
Spencer, an understanding and inspiring teacher as his major professor, and that
wise man’s philosophy influenced George’s outlook on entomology and life. He
received a D.Sc. from Carleton University in 1963. He was successively Assistant
Entomologist at the Dominion Livestock Insect Laboratory, Kamloops (1936-
1948), and Director of the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa (1948-1969).
In this latter period the Canadian National Collection of insects and related
arthropods grew from about one million to 10 million specimens, with good
representation from many countries and special coverage of the arctic region of
North America. He served as President of the Entomological Society of Canada
(1957-1958).
He retired from Public Service on 27 August 1976, and then gave as much time
as possible to his magnum opus, his excellent monograph of “The Fleas of Canada,
Alaska and Greenland (Siphonaptera),” published in early 1985 (Entomological
Society of Canada Memoir 130, 631 pp., 508 figs., 109 maps) which increased
the valid forms to 183 from the 127 species and subspecies recorded in his earlier
1949 monograph of “The Siphonaptera of Canada” (Technical Bulletin 70, Can¬
ada Department of Agriculture, 306 pp., 350 figs., reprinted in 1968). His many
publications also included a “Contribution towards a monograph of the fleas of
New Guinea” (1969, Entomological Society of Canada Memoir 61, 149 pp., 216
figs.).
George Holland was a delightful companion, a humorist, an enthusiastic col¬
lector, and a musician (his playing of the piano accordion was professional). His
personal correspondence was often enlightened with James Thurber-like drawings
of turtles, salamanders, fleas and entomologists. He is survived by his wife Jennie
(Harritt), son George, daughters Judith and Penelope, four grandchildren, and his
brother Leonard.
“The George P. Holland Memorial Fund” has been established and donations
may be sent to the CanaColl Foundation, K. W. Neatby Building, Room 4058,
1010 Carling Avenue, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6, Canada.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(2), 1986, pp. 168-169
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
STATEMENT OF INCOME, EXPENDITURES AND
CHANGES IN FUND BALANCES
Years Ended September 30, 1985 and 1984
1985 1984
Income
Dues and subscriptions . $ 9,714 $13,048
Reprints and miscellaneous . 20,504 21,050
Sales of Memoirs . 47 515
Interest . 5,708 5,552
Dividends. 463 448
Increase in value of capital stock:
American Telephone & Telegraph Company
and Pacific Telesis Group . 402 665
$36,838 $41,268
Expenditures
Publication costs—Pan-Pacific Entomologist . $25,165 $46,455
Reprints, postage and miscellaneous . 514 1,337
IBM Personal Computer. 2,400 _
$28,079 $47,792
Increase (Decrease) in fund balances . $ 8,759 $ (6,524)
Fund balances October 1, 1984 and 1983 . 78,471 84,995
Fund balances September 30, 1985 and 1984 . $87,230 $78,471
STATEMENT OF ASSETS
September 30, 1985 and 1984
1985 1984
Cash in bank
Commercial account . $ 3,941 $10,766
Savings accounts & Certificates of Deposit
General Fund. 17,832 6,658
Charles P. Alexander Fund. 34,282 31,961
Fall Memoir Fund . 24,918 23,231
Total cash in bank . $80,973 $72,616
Investment in 80 shares of American Telephone
& Telegraph Co. common stock and 66 shares
of Pacific Telesis Group at market value. $ 6,257 $ 5,855
$87,230 $78,471
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year Ended September 30, 1985
Summary of significant accounting policies.
Accounting Method: Income and expenses are recorded by using the cash basis of accounting. Capital
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 2
169
Expenditures: Annual capital expenditures of $5,000 or less are charged to expense. Marketable
Securities: American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and Pacific Telesis Group common stock are carried
at market value. Increases and decreases in value are reflected in income. Income Tax: The Society
is exempt from Federal income and California franchise tax. Accounts Receivable: As of September
30, 1985, accounts receivable aggregated $5,204. Accounts Payable: As of September 30, 1985, there
was no material amount of unpaid bills.
As Chairman of the Auditing Committee, and in accordance with its bylaws, I have reviewed the
financial records of the Society.
During the course of this review nothing was noted which indicated any material inaccuracy in the
foregoing statements.
H. Vannoy Davis
Chairman of the Auditing Committee
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 '/z X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4% X 7'/s inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format:
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e.. . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted ...”.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of S30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
Announcement
PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930.
Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50
per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or
$3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and
subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages.
Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $ 1.00 tax, postage, and
handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California
U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special
price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961, U.S.A.
* (Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara, and Santa Cruz counties add 6*/2%). Members of the Society will receive a 20 % discount
on the price of the books.)
Vol. 62
No. 3
July 1986
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
LEWIS, A. E.—The Sternidius of America North of Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). 171
HU A, L.—New records of longicom beetles from China with the descriptions of a new subgenus
and two new species (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). 209
WASBAUER, M. S. — Two new species of Priocnemis from the Nearctic Region (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). 214
ARNAUD, JR., P. H.-Robert Cunningham Miller (1899-1984) . 218
GRACE, J. K.—A simple humidity chamber for maintaining subterranean termites (Isoptera:
Rhinotermitidae) in the laboratory. 221
KIMSEY, L. S. and R. L. DRESSLER—Synonymic species list of Euglossini . 229
SCHWARTZ, M. D. and G. M. STONEDAHL—Revision of the plant bug genus Noctuocoris
Knight (Heteroptera: Miridae: Orthotylinae). 237
POLHEMUS, D. A.—A review of the genus Coptocatus Montandon (Hemiptera: Naucoridae)
. 248
LANE, R. S., J. R. ANDERSON and E. ROGERS—Nest provisioning and related activities
of the sand wasp, Bembix americana comata (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). 258
SCIENTIFIC NOTES . 203, 224, 226, 257
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED._. 227
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, 1985 . 269
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1986
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1986
Larry G. Bezark, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Stanley C. Williams, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly (January, April,
July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at
San Francisco, California, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes
to THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118-9961.
This issue mailed August 20, 1986
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 171-202
The Sternidius of America North of Mexico
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Arthur E. Lewis
1360 Paseo Redondo, Burbank, California 91505.
The genus Sternidius has presented a difficult taxonomic problem because of
the extreme intraspecific variability exhibited by so many of its members. This
has resulted in numerous synonymies and recombinations at different times. The
following revision represents my conclusions based on the examination of ap¬
proximately 2500 specimens, and the necessary types including those of John L.
LeConte, and T. L. Casey. Descriptions, range, and host data, where known, are
presented for sixteen species. (Much of the host data included in this paper was
taken directly from label information on individual specimens.)
Study of the available types necessitates the following changes in present no¬
menclature: Sternidius alpha vicinus (Haldeman), S. alpha coloradensis Dillon,
and S. suturalis Dillon have been synonymized with S. alpha (Say). S. alpha
nigricans Dillon with S. fascicularis (Harris); S. fascicularis maculipennis (Blatch-
ley) with S. punctatus (Haldeman); S. rusticus (LeConte), S. punctatus (Halde¬
man), and S. texanus (Casey) have been resurrected, and S. alpha misellus (LeConte)
has been raised to full species designation. Two species previously included with
Sternidius were found to belong in other genera and represent new synonymies.
Leiopus setipes Casey is Trichastylopsis albidus (LeConte), and Leiopus crinicornis
Casey is Ceratographus biguttata (LeConte).
Sternidius LeConte
Amniscus Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (2), 10:27-66 (part).
Liopus\ LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2:170 (part); Horn,
1880, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:123; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:121; Blatchley, 1910, The Coleoptera of Indiana, p.
1073 (misdet.).
Sternidius LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 265:234; Dillon, 1956, Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49(3):208; Arnett, 1960, Beetles of the United States, pp.
872, 891; Dillon and Dillon, 1961, A manual of common beetles of eastern
North America, p. 640; Lewis, 1977, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:195.
Leiopus\ Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:310; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv.
Bull., 39:248 (misdet.).
Form usually small (less than ten millimeters), moderately robust, oblong,
covered with short pubescence which is usually cinereous to tawny; elytra usually
containing small spots or callosities and separate discal and epipleural maculae.
Head impunctate except for a few setigerous punctures, especially near eyes; frons
usually subconvex; eyes strongly emarginate with lower lobes larger than upper;
antennae linear, cylindrical, annulate, distinctly longer than body, and subequal
in both sexes. Pronotum usually wider than long with acute lateral tubercles at
172
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
basal third, basal transverse sulcus complete beneath; disk usually minutely punc¬
tate with punctures much smaller than those of elytra, frequently obscured by
pubescence, three small callosities in the form of an inverted triangle usually
present. Elytra about twice as long as broad, densely punctate, becoming less so
apically, sides subparallel to about apical third, then convergent to sutural margin;
costae four in number (not including sutural margin or ventrum of epipleura),
variable in prominence within each species, each usually containing a variable
number of minute callosities (larger callosities usually present at or behind middle,
commonly associated with a macula which is variable in position and extent
between species, and at times within species); epipleural maculae present or not;
disk lacking distinct tubercles, apices obliquely truncate, or rounded to suture.
Scutellum small, rounded to triangular, pubescent. Ventral surface densely punc¬
tate, pubescent, mottled or not; prostemal process between one-tenth and one-
fourth as wide as procoxal cavity, mesostemal process usually one-half to three-
fourths as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with posterior tibiae usually dark at
distal one-third; posterior tarsi dark, with first segment about as long as two
following. Abdominal stemites with fifth segment at least twice as long as fourth
in females, less than twice as long in males, apex notched to emarginate.
This genus is characterized by its small size, lack of distinct tubercles on the
pronotal and elytral disks, placement of the acute lateral pronotal tubercles at the
basal third and the uninterrupted basal transverse sulcus. It may be separated
from other small acanthocine genera inhabiting the geographical area covered in
this paper as follows: Amniscus, by the nontuberculate disk of the pronotum and
the shape and position of the lateral tubercles; Styloleptus, by the absence of acute
lateral pronotal tubercles; Astyleiopus, by the uninterrupted basal transverse sul¬
cus; Ceratographis by the absence of long flying hairs on the elytral disk; and
from Lepturges and Urgleptes by the lateral pronotal tubercles which are placed
behind the basal third and project strongly backward, and the absence of the three
discal callosities.
LeConte separated Sternidius from its Old World counterpart Leiopus because
of differences in the shape of the mesostemum.
Type species.—Lamia alpha Say (Dillon desig., 1956).
Many members of this genus have been and are difficult to define because of
the structural variation which may be constant in one species and variable in
others. The placement of the maculae appears to be the most reliable character
for species diagnosis. In forms where the integument is especially dark, preventing
macular contrast, determination is much more difficult. This is also true for many
worn, faded and rubbed specimens, since the placement of epipleural pubescence
is important in the differentiation of some species. In these specimens, mottling,
antennal segment ratios, width of the procoxal process, and other characteristics
will have to be employed for diagnosis. Some individuals cannot be placed with
certainty.
Key to the Species of Sternidius of America Nortfi of Mexico
1. Pronotum not distinctly mottled; elytral disk with less than three
distinct maculae, usually less than 8 mm in length . 2
Pronotum distinctly pale and dark mottled; elytra with three dis=
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
173
2(1).
3(2).
4(3).
5(2).
6(5).
7(6).
8(7).
9(5).
10(9).
cal maculae, usually more than 8 mm in length. Southern
Texas . wiltii
Antennae with fourth segment subequal to or shorter than scape or
if fourth segment slightly longer, form robust with top of humeri
dark or black . 3
Antennae with fourth segment usually distinctly longer than scape .. 5
Elytra with post median dark maculae elongate, extending obliquely
backward, usually attaining lateral margin; top of humeri black or
very dark. 4
Elytra with discal maculae short, not extending laterally beyond mid¬
dle of elytral disk; tops of humeri rarely distinctly dark. Southern
Arizona to Texas. centralis
Epipleural maculae distinct, usually well demarcated and extending
onto elytral disk; elytra with post median maculae distinctly inter¬
rupted. Texas . mimeticus
Epipleural maculae absent or vague, usually not extending onto elytral
disk; elytra with post median maculae not interrupted. Eastern
United States to eastern Texas. schwarzi
Epipleura without distinct maculae. 6
Epipleura with dark maculae . 9
Elytral apices obliquely truncate to emarginate . 7
Elytral apices acutely rounded; disk usually with a paler area behind
basal gibbosities. Montane southern Arizona . chemsaki
Antennae not or scarcely mottled; elytra with or without post median
maculae, post median callosities larger than costal callosities .... 8
Antennae distinctly mottled; elytra without post median maculae,
post median callosities small, usually about the size of the costal
callosities; punctures distinct. Eastern United States to Texas .. .
. punctatus
Elytra with post median maculae usually absent; integument light
brown to piceous. Eastern United States to Texas. misellus
Elytra with distinct post median maculae which may ascend along
sutural margin to attain scutellum, usually with a less distinct par¬
allel macula behind; integument usually light reddish brown. South¬
eastern United States . vittatus
Epipleural maculae poorly delineated, or if more or less well de¬
fined, triangular or irregular in outline, not primarily linear or semi¬
lunar . 10
Epipleural maculae usually distinct, well demarcated, linear or com¬
monly semilunar . 11
Epipleural maculae arising at or behind humeri at about basal fifth,
then continuing obliquely to include lateral third of disk stopping
diffusely at approximately mid-elytra. See Figure 8; fourth antennal
segment usually subequal to or shorter than scape. Southern Texas
. texanus
Epipleural maculae indistinct, diffuse, usually enveloping superior
portion of epipleura, the humeri and basal gibbosities, and may
connect posteriorly with lateral margin of discal macula; fourth
174
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
antennal segment longer than scape. Southeastern United States to
Texas . floridanus
11(9). Epipleural maculae extending forward to include tops of humeri .. 12
Epipleural maculae not attaining humeri. 14
12(11). Epipleural maculae distinctly vittiform, not or rarely extending onto
disk . 13
Epipleural maculae not vittiform, a portion extending dorsally to
include part of disk. Eastern United States. rusticus
13(12). Elytra with apices rounded to suture, costae and post median macula
without callosities; antennae with fifth segment longer than scape.
Montane southern Arizona. incognitus
Elytral apices obliquely truncate (rarely rounded to sutural margin),
costae and post median macula containing callosities; fifth seg¬
ment usually subequal to scape. Eastern United States to California
. alpha
14(11). Elytral apices rounded to suture, or if rarely slightly truncate, pubes¬
cence generally uniformly grey. Species of western United States .. 15
Elytral apices emarginate to obliquely truncate; pubescence primarily
tan or shades of brown. Eastern United States to New Mexico . .
. fascicularis
15(14). Elytra with lateral boundaries of post median macula obscure, at¬
taining lateral margins or not; epipleural maculae with bases arising
from ventrum of epipleura. Arizona. decorus
Elytra with epipleural maculae small, well demarcated, with bases
arising from about dorsal half of epipleura and surrounded by
condensed white pubescence; discal maculae well defined, not at¬
taining lateral margin, surrounded by white condensed pubescence.
Arizona to western Texas . imitans
Sternidius wiltii (Horn)
Liopus wiltii Horn, 1880, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:124; Leng and Hamilton,
1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:123.
Leiopus wiltii ; Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:310; Linsley and Martin, 1933,
Entomol. News, 44:182; Vogt, 1949, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 25(4): 181.
Sternidius wiltii ; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:209; Tumbow and
Wappes, 1978, Coleop. Bull., 32(44):370.
Male. — Form large, generally robust; integument dark reddish brown, covered
predominantly with greyish white or tan pubescence; elytra usually with three
distinct macular areas on disk. Head densely pubescent; eyes with lower lobes
about one and one-half times height of genae; antennae annulate and distinctly
mottled with hoary pubescence, fourth segment variable in length relationship to
first and shorter than third; third segment subequal to or longer than first (fifth
segment shorter than first, third, or fourth); remaining segments gradually de¬
creasing in length. Pronotum about one and one-half times wider than long, basal
margin subequal or wider than anterior margin; discal callosities usually absent
or reduced; punctures distinct, obscured by pubescence which is dense, usually
hoary and distinctly mottled (tan influence may be present on each side of middle
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
175
of disk). Elytral apices rounded or obliquely truncate, costae indistinct, bearing a
variable number of well defined distinct black tufted callosities, larger posterior
median callosities absent; basal gibbosities black, prominent; punctures decreasing
in depth, size and proximity apically; macular pattern quite constant, consisting
of black epipleural maculae at basal third arising from about mid portion of
epipleura extending dorsally to include about one-third of elytral disk, a dark area
over basal gibbosities, and two slightly undulating discal maculae, one placed at
or behind middle extending to lateral margin, and the other parallel posteriorly
(Fig. 1); pubescence primarily hoary, mottled and demarcated by the three dark
discal fasciae; tawny pubescence when present, usually on basal third and along
inferior border of the maculae. Ventral surface distinctly pubescent with abdom¬
inal and thoracic sternites mottled; prostemal process narrow, one-eighth to one-
fifth as wide as anterior coxal cavity; mesostemal process broader than one-half
mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora mottled, posterior tibiae with distal one-
fourth dark. Abdomen with fifth stemite a little shorter than twice length of fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal stemite more than twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length. — 7.4-9.6 mm.
Type locality.— Texas.
Range.— Southern Texas.
Flight period. — May and June.
Host plants.—Acacia farnesiana (L.) Wild., and probably Prosopis (F. T. Ho-
vore, pers. comm.).
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species is distinctive by its large size, mottled
pronotal disk, and the trimaculate elytral disk. Although it appears somewhat out
of place in this genus, its characters adhere to the generic definition, and it does
not appear to have close affinities with other United States acanthocine genera.
Sternidius centralis (LeConte)
Liopus centralis LeConte, 1884, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 12:24; Leng and
Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:123.
Leiopus centralis ; Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:310.
Sternidius centralis ; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49(3):218; Lewis,
1977, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:196.
Male.— Form small, moderately robust; integument reddish brown to piceous,
densely clothed with a combination of hoary and tawny pubescence; elytra with
black maculae and minute black tubercles. Head mottled with dense brownish
and hoary pubescence; eyes with lower lobes variable in height relationship to
genae; antennae annulate and distinctly mottled becoming less so distally; fourth
segment subequal to first (rarely shorter than first), third segment longer than first
or fourth, fifth segment shorter than first, third or fourth, combined fourth and
fifth segments shorter than combined first and third. Pronotum transverse, basal
margin subequal to or narrower than apical margin; disk usually with three cal¬
losities; punctation dense, shallow, minute, at least partially obscured by pubes¬
cence; pubescence variable, but predominately hoary on side margins and lateral
disk, and mixed with fulvous in the middle, forming a more or less distinct vittate
pattern. Elytra twice as long as wide; apices obliquely truncate to rounded with
176
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-17. Diagrammatic representations of elytral maculae of maculate species.
Figure 1. S. wiltii (Horn).
feeble truncations at sutural margin; costae variable, but usually distinct, partially
obscured by pubescence and containing distinct, minute black tufted tubercles;
discal post median callosities reduced in number; limited to an elongated callous
on second costa; basal gibbosities moderate; integument brown with epipleural
maculae placed just behind basal one-fourth, extending inferiorly to just behind
middle, and dorsally to barely incorporate a small portion of the disk (Fig. 2),
and a common discal, more or less triangular, black macula with the apex at mid
elytra, the base at apical third, and lateral extension terminating before middle
of disk; punctures subconfluent, partially obscured by pubescence, much larger
than those on pronotal disk, largest behind humeri; pubescence made up of hoary
and tawny, occasionally condensed over humeri, along suture at basal half and
along costae at apical half. Ventral surface with thoracic sternites distinctly mot¬
tled, abdominal sternites uniformly hoary to cinereous pubescent; prostemal pro¬
cess one-fourth to one-third as wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal process one-
half to two-thirds as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora mottled, distal
portion of tibiae and tarsi black. Abdomen with fifth stemite less than twice as
long as fourth.
Female. — Fifth stemite about twice as long as fourth, otherwise similar to male.
Length. -4.9-7.1 mm.
Type locality. — Arizona.
Range. —Southern Arizona to Culberson County, Texas.
Flight period.— July to September.
Host plant. — Reared from Prosopis juliflora (Schwartz), D.C., Sabino Canyon,
Pima County, Arizona, July 1919 (G. Hofer).
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species has been confused with S. decorus
(Fall). It differs from that species in having distinct costal callosities, a well cir¬
cumscribed post median macula (which never reaches the lateral elytral border),
and the relatively short fourth and fifth antennal segments. The host plant is also
different. It does not appear to have any close relatives within the boundaries of
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
177
Figure 2. S. centralis (LeConte).
the United States. One specimen was examined from Van Horn, Texas, collected
by W. F. Barr, July 4, 1941.
Sternidius mimeticus (Casey)
Leiopus mimeticus Casey, 1891, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 6:49; Casey, 1913,
Mem. Coleoptera, 4:315 (part).
Leiopus houstoni Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:315; Vogt, 1949, Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 25(4): 182.
Sternidius mimeticus’, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:210; Dillon,
1961, A manual of common beetles of North America, p. 640.
Male. — Form small, moderately robust; integument reddish brown, obscured
by grey and tan pubescence; elytra with discal and lateral maculae. Head with
face usually densely pubescent and mottled; eyes with lower lobes one and one-
half to one and three-fourths genal height; antennae slender, distinctly mottled
(mid portion of fourth segment may be dark), fourth segment usually shorter than
first (occasionally subequal), fifth distinctly shorter than the first, third or fourth
segments, third usually longer than fourth and subequal to or longer than first,
remaining segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum about one and one-
half times wider than long, sides diverging from anterior margin to lateral tubercles
placed at basal third, then abruptly constricted to form basal transverse sulcus;
basal margin usually as wide or slightly wider than apical margin; callosities usually
inconspicuous, and frequently hidden by pubescence; punctures usually hidden
beneath pubescence which is dense, recumbent, and quite uniformly composed
of tan, brown, or cinereous and hoary; pubescence may be unicolorous or tinted
with different proportions of tan and cinereous or with a lateral condensation of
hoary. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as wide; apices obliquely truncate;
costae usually prominent, containing a variable number of small callosities (nu¬
merous to essentially absent except along suture); costal callosities absent behind
post median macular demarcation, larger posterior median callosities obscured
178
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 3. S. imitans (Rnull).
and covered by pubescence (callosity on third costa inferior to fourth); basal
gibbosities usually not prominent; punctures usually concealed by pubescence;
elytral maculae represented by black or dark on top of humeri, epipleural maculae
which are distinct, semilunar, and are placed behind humeri extending posteriorly
to behind middle, and dorsally to include one-fourth to one-half of the disk, and
a black discal oblique macula diverging from behind middle to third costae,
undulating forward at that point then again diverging at about forty-five degrees
to lateral margin (Fig. 7); pubescence dense, pattern variable, uniformly grey or
tan, or composed of a mixture of tan, hoary and cinereous hairs (at times pubes¬
cence is hoary or grey in front of post median macula, and tan behind); hoary
pubescence may coalesce along costae anteriorly, but posterior extension is rare;
the pubescence extends laterally over humeri and behind middle demarcating
epipleural maculae (a fine tan or black pubescence may be present over the macula
partially obscuring its boundaries), discal macula and discal callosities are covered
with black pubescence. Ventral surface densely pubescent with abdominal and
thoracic stemites distinctly mottled; prostemal process one-seventh to one-third
as wide as anterior coxal cavity, mesostemal process more than one-half as wide
as coxal cavity. Legs with femora distinctly mottled, tibiae and tarsi dark distally.
Abdomen with tip of fifth stemite slightly concave, about one-half as long as
fourth segment.
Female. — Fifth abdominal stemite approximately twice as long as fourth, oth¬
erwise similar to male.
Length.— 4.2-8.2 mm.
Type locality. — Of mimeticus, Brownsville, Texas; houstoni, Brownsville,
Texas.
Range. — Texas, from Jefferson Davis and Brewster Counties, east to Dallas and
Bexar Counties, and south to Cameron County.
Flight period.— May to July.
Host plants. — Celtis occidentalis (L.), Leucaenia pulverulenta (Schlecht.) Benth.
(F. T. Hovore, pers. comm.).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
179
Figure 4. S. decorus (Fall).
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species appears to be closely related to S.
schwarzi (Hamilton), but is separable from that species by its distinctly interrupted
post median discal macula and distinct epipleural maculae. It differs from light
forms of S. fascicularis (Harris) by its shorter fourth and fifth antennal segments
and its dark anterior humeral margins. Separation from S. centralis (LeConte)
should present no problem as the discal macula does not extend to the lateral
margin in that species. S. mimeticus is commonly attracted to light.
Sternidius schwarzi (Hamilton)
Liopus schwarzi Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:124.
Leiopus schwarzi-, Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:316.
Sternidius schwarzi-, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:212; Tumbow
and Hovore, 1979, Entomol. News, 90(5):225.
Leiopus moderator Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:314. New synonymy.
Sternidius moderator, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:212.
Male. — Form small, moderately robust; integument reddish brown, covered
with tan and hoary pubescence; elytra with distinct maculae. Head with face
pubescent; eyes with lower lobes variable in relation to genal height (generally
one and one-half to two times as tall as genae); antennae distinctly mottled, fourth
segment subequal to or shorter than first, third segment longer than fourth, sub¬
equal to or longer than first, fifth shorter than first, third or fourth. Pronotum
about twice as wide as long; basal margin usually subequal in length to anterior
margin; punctures, at least in part, obscured by vestiture which is dense and
uniformly grey (rarely with increased density along sides). Elytra with apices
obliquely truncate; costae variable in prominence but usually distinct and usually
bearing uniform black callosities; larger post median callosities absent or hidden
in discal macula; basal gibbosities variable in prominence; punctures obscured
by pubescence; macular pattern includes black or dark anterior margins of humeri,
indistinct epipleural maculae placed behind humeri, extending posteriorly to or
slightly behind middle and rarely extending dorsally to include up to one-third
180
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 5. S. fascicular is (Harris).
of the elytral disk (the boundaries are poorly demarcated), and a distinct, linear
oblique nonundulating discal post median macula placed well behind middle,
composed of black pubescence extending backward from suture through callosities
(forming an inferior sutural angle which is distinctly greater than forty-five de¬
grees), attaining or not the lateral margin (Fig. 6), occasionally an indistinct parallel
macula is present posteriorly composed of slightly darker tan pubescence; pu¬
bescence is commonly uniformly grey in front of post median macula (rarely with
hoary coalescence along costae), and tan or rust colored behind it. Ventral surface
with pubescence not obscuring surface; abdominal and thoracic stemites distinctly
mottled; prostemal process about one-third as wide as procoxal cavity, mesos-
temal process more than one-half width of mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora
distinctly mottled; posterior tibiae with distal one-fourth to one-third usually dark.
Abdomen with fifth stemite slightly concave at apex, less than twice as long as
fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal stemite more than twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length. — 5.5-7.8 mm.
Type locality.— Of schwarzi, Key West Florida; moderator, Washington, D.C.
Range. — This is primarily a southeastern species ranging from Washington D.C.
to the Florida Keys, and west to Orange County, Texas.
Flight period. — April to June.
Host plants. —Prunus serotina Ehrh., Morus, Diospyros virginiana L., Lysiloma
sp., Metopium toxiferum (L.) Krug and Urban, Piscidia piscipuls (L.) Sarg, and
Rhus.
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species is closely related to S. mimeticus (Cas¬
ey). It may be separated from that species by the nonundulating discal fascia which
is placed further posteriorly at a less acute angle, and the poorly defined lateral
maculae which rarely extend dorsally to include a portion of the disk. It may be
differentiated from S. texanus (Casey) (another species with relatively short fourth
and fifth antennal segments) by the presence of dark anterior humeral margins.
Their ranges apparently are allopatric. S. moderator (Casey) is based on a specimen
with relatively subobsolete costae, a variable character in many members of this
genus.
Sternidius chemsaki Lewis
Sternidius chemsaki Lewis, 1977, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:196.
Male.— Form elongate; integument reddish brown to black, covered with ci¬
nereous pubescence; elytra with small linearly spaced black tufts and without
black maculae. Head with frons covered with cinereous pubescence; antennae
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
181
Figure 6. S. schwarzi (Hamilton).
scarcely mottled, fourth segment longer than first, subequal to or shorter than
third which is longer than first, fifth segment subequal to or slightly longer than
first, remaining segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum transverse,
widest across lateral tubercles, apex wider than base; callosities present to obsolete;
disk with punctures small, dense, noncontiguous, partially obscured by uniform
cinereous pubescence. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as wide, apices
prolonged and acutely rounded; disk with prominent piceous basal gibbosities,
immediately behind which, on each elytron, is an obliquely placed more or less
ferrugineus depression which contrasts with the darker integument behind; costae
distinct, evanescent before apices and containing scattered black callosities in
variable number with larger post median callosities on the second costae at about
apical third; punctures dense, separate, partially obscured by pubescence; macular
Figure 7. S. mimeticus (Casey).
182
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
areas absent; pubescence recumbent, cinereous (sometimes with tawny reflections)
and with some condensation along costae, with black present on basal gibbosities,
and on costal callosities. Ventral surface with pubescence scarcely mottled on
thoracic stemites, uniform on abdominal stemites; prostemal process variable in
size, usually one-sixth to one-fourth as wide as procoxal cavity; meso sternal
process slightly more than one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora
and tibiae indistinctly mottled, usually darker distally with cinereous to black
pubescence. Abdomen with fifth stemite subequal to or slightly longer than fourth.
Female. —Fifth abdominal stemite at least twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length. — 5.6-8.9 mm.
Type locality. — Madera Canyon, Santa Cruz County, Arizona.
Range. —Southern Arizona, Santa Rita, and Huachuca Mountains (Cochise and
Santa Cruz Counties).
Flight period. — July to September.
Host plants. — Quercusl
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species resembles some larger specimens of S.
misellus (LeConte). It differs from that species in having the elytra more than
twice as long as wide with the apices acutely rounded. It is known only from
Cochise and Santa Cruz Counties, Arizona.
Sternidius punctatus (Haldeman)
Amniscus punctatus Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., (2)10:49.
Sternidius punctatus ; LeConte, 1873, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 264:235.
Liopus punctatus', Horn, 1880, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:124; Leng and
Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:125; Blatchley, 1910, The
Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 1075.
Leiopuspunctatus-, Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:311; Knull, 1946, Bull. Ohio
Biol. Surv., 39:249; Craighead, 1923, Canada Dept. Agri. Tech. Bull., (n.s.) 27:
117.
Leiopus maculipennis Blatchley, 1922, Can. Entomol., 45:31. New synonymy.
Sternidius fascicularis fascicularis; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:
213 (part).
Sternidius fascicularis maculipennis’, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
49:213.
Male. — Form small; integument reddish brown to blackish brown, covered with
tawny pubescence and with a transverse hoary fascia about mid elytra; elytra
usually with prominent costal callosities; post median callosities, discal and lateral
maculae obsolete. Head with face slightly mottled; eyes with lower lobes variable
in height relationship to gena, but usually subequal; antennae mottled, fourth
segment longer than first, usually shorter than third, fifth segment shorter than
third and fourth and usually shorter than first, remaining segments gradually
decreasing in length. Pronotum about twice as wide as long; basal margin usually
shorter than apical; callosities generally reduced; punctures minute, only partially
obscured by pubescence; pubescence tawny, interspersed with hoary, and occa¬
sionally with hoary condensation laterally; sides without maculae, suffused with
hoary pubescence. Elytra slightly more than twice as long as broad; apices obliquely
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
183
truncate to emarginate; costae prominent or not, containing numerous uniformly
spaced callosities, larger posterior median callosities linear or lacking; basal gib¬
bosities usually not prominent punctation distinct with punctures only slightly
finer and more shallow apically, not significantly obscured by pubescence; epi-
pleural and discal maculae lacking; pubescence tawny with a hoary transverse
slightly undulating fascia placed at or behind middle which usually extends to
lateral margins and occasionally to ventrum of epipleura, the humeral portions
of the disk may be suffused with hoary as well, with small scatterings over the
remaining disk (when the humeral and median hoary fascia extend laterally to
reach the epipleural ventrum, it makes the epipleura appear maculate). Ventral
surface covered with greyish pubescence, thoracic stemites usually mottled; pro-
sternal process about one-sixth to one-third as wide as anterior coxal cavity,
mesosternal process two-thirds to three-fourths as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs
with femora usually mottled, tibiae distally dark or not, frequently with a hoary
annulation at apex and near base. Fifth abdominal sternite less than twice as long
as fourth with apex usually slightly concave.
Female.— Fifth abdominal sternite at least twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length. — 3.5-6.4 mm (usually 5.5-6 mm).
Type locality.—Of punctatus, not listed; maculipennis, Dunedin, Florida.
Range.— Eastern United States from New Jersey to Florida, west to Texas and
Missouri.
Flight period.— May to July.
Host plants. —Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch.; Diospyros virginiana L.;
Cornus florida (L.); “Prunus” and plum.
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species is quite constant in form but when the
humeral and discal hoary pubescence extends laterally to reach the ventrum of
the epipleura, it makes the sides appear maculate, thus causing confusion with S.
fascicularis (Harris). (The type of S. fascicularis has dark brown integument, with
white pubescence over the humeri and behind the middle, but epipleural and
discal maculae are present, although indistinct because of the dark integument.
This, and the presence of well developed post median callosities make it distinct
from S. punctatus.) The fourth antennal segment is usually shorter than the third
and the fifth segment slightly shorter than the first in S. punctatus, whereas in S.
fascicularis (Harris), the fourth and third, and fifth and first segments are subequal.
It differs from S. misellus (LeConte) by having mottled antennae, subobsolete
post median discal callosities, and generally uniform punctation which is rarely
obscured by pubescence. From S. floridanus (Hamilton), it may be separated by
the smaller lower lobe of the eye and absent discal maculae.
Sternidius misellus (LeConte)
Liopus misellus LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2:173.
Leiopus misellus ; Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:313.
Sternidius alpha misellus ; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:216.
Male. — Form generally small; integument light brown to piceous; pubescence
usually quite uniform, greyish brown to cinereous; elytra with small, usually linear
post median callosities, epipleura without distinct maculae. Head with face con-
184
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 8. S. texanus (Casey).
taining sparse, recumbent, cinereous pubescence; eyes with lower lobes subequal
to or slightly taller than genae; antennae not mottled except occasionally scape,
fourth segment longer than first, subequal to third (rarely slightly shorter than
third), fifth segment with length variable in relation to first, shorter than fourth,
remaining segments decreasing in length. Pronotum not quite twice as wide as
long; basal margin narrower than apical margin; discal callosities usually reduced;
surface minutely, shallowly punctate, obscured by pubescence; pubescence cinere¬
ous to tawny, occasionally condensed laterally. Elytra about twice as long as wide,
apices obliquely truncate, subtruncate, or emarginate; costae prominent or not,
with or without a variable number of small, dark callosities; post median discal
callosities usually linear and reduced, epipleural maculae absent or vague; discal
maculae usually absent; basal gibbosities reduced; surface closely punctate, punc¬
tures largest at base, then gradually decreasing in size and density apically, partially
obscured by pubescence; pubescence variable in color, tawny to cinereous, usually
similar in hue to integument, occasionally condensed along anterior margin of
median discal callosities, some white suffusion may be present but rarely does it
extend behind middle of elytral disk. Ventral surface pubescent, rarely with slight
mottling over thoracic sternites; abdominal sternites not mottled; prostemal pro¬
cess one-sixth or less as wide as procoxal cavity mesostemal process more than
one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora not or indistinctly mottled,
distal third of tibiae and tarsi darker. Fifth abdominal stemite with apex concave
to notched, less than twice as long as fourth.
Female. — Fifth stemite at least twice as long as fourth, otherwise same as male.
Length. — 3.4-7.2 mm (usually 4-5 mm).
Type locality. — Illinois.
Range. — Eastern United States from Connecticut to Florida, and west to Kansas
and Texas.
Flight period. —May to July.
Host plant. — Quercus sp., Quercus velutina Lam., Castanea dentata (Marsh.)
Borkh, Parthenocissus quinquifolia (L.), Diospyros virginiana L.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
185
Figure 9. S. floridanus (Hamilton).
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species may be distinguished by its usually
small form, the lower lobes of the eyes, which are usually subequal to or slightly
taller than genae (very rarely twice as tall), relatively uniform pubescence of
elytra, reduced or absent post median, and absent epipleural maculae. The pro-
notal discal callosities, which are usually reduced are more prominent in those
forms with lighter pubescence. It can be separated from S. alpha (Say) by the
absence of distinct epipleural maculae, and by the presence of uniform epipleural
pubescence. The linear condensations of pubescence along the costae (frequently
present in S. alpha) are not evident, and the two species utilize different host
plants. S. misellus (LeConte) may be confused with S. floridanus (Hamilton),
however it may be distinguished from that species by the nonmottled antennae,
generally smaller lower lobe of the eye, and the (usually) subequal third and fourth
antennal segments. From S. vittatus Dillon, it differs in lacking a distinct post
median macula. From S. punctatus (Haldeman), it is readily separated by the lack
of antennal mottling, the subequal third and fourth antennal segments, and the
relatively narrow mesocoxal process. It appears to be related to S. chemsaki Lewis,
but it lacks the prolonged elytra with rounded apices characteristic of that species.
Sternidius vittatus Dillon
Sternidius vittatus Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:219.
Male. — Form small; integument light reddish brown; elytra with discal maculae
sometimes extending forward along suture to scutellum; epipleural maculae ob¬
solete; costal callosities sparse. Head with pubescence recumbent; eyes with lower
lobes one and one-third as tall as genae; antennae with scape sometimes lightly
mottled, remainder of segments not significantly so, fourth segment longer than
first, subequal to or slightly shorter than third, fifth segment shorter than first,
third or fourth, remaining segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum less
than twice as wide as long; basal and apical margins subequal; dorsal callosities
present, varying only slightly in prominence; punctations minute; pubescence
cinereous, only partially obscuring surface, denser over lateral portion of disk,
186
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
and uniform along sides. Elytra about twice as long as wide, apices obliquely
truncate to emarginate; costae reduced, usually with only a few callosities; post
median discal callosities prominent to vague (Fig. 10); basal gibbosities not prom¬
inent; punctures distinct, separated by their own diameter, decreasing in depth
and density apically, partially or not obscured by pubescence; epipleural maculae
absent, discal maculae extend obliquely backward through the post median cal¬
losities at an angle of about forty-five degrees, attaining or not the lateral elytral
margin (a less distinct macula parallels this behind), and may extend forward
along sutural margin to scutellum; pubescence tawny to white, not or only partially
obscuring surface, with coalescence along anterior margin of discal macula, and
the posterior half of the disk and epipleura (epipleura sparsely pubescent ante¬
riorly). Ventral surface with thoracic stemites not or indistinctly mottled; proster-
nal process one-sixth to one-fourth as wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal process
about two-thirds as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora not or indistinctly
mottled, tibiae and tarsi dark distally. Fifth abdominal stemite with apex slightly
concave, less than twice as long as fourth segment.
Female. — Fifth abdominal sternite twice as long as fourth, otherwise similar to
male.
Length. — 4.1-5.3 mm.
Type locality.— Lucedale, Mississippi.
Host plants. —Unknown.
Range. —Eastern United States from New Jersey to Mississippi.
Flight period. — April to June.
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species appears to be closely related to S.
rusticus (LeConte) and may be synonymous with that species. It differs, however,
by frequently exhibiting sutural extension of the discal maculae, and by the absence
of distinct epipleural maculae.
Sternidius texanus (Casey)
Sternidius texanus Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:315; Vogt, 1949, Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 25(4): 182.
Sternidius mimeticus; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:210 (part).
Sternidius texanus ; Hovore and Penrose, 1982, The S.W. Nat., 27:23-27.
Male.— Form small, moderately robust; integument dark brown to piceous;
elytra with tan and hoary pubescence; epipleural maculae usually present. Head
with face pubescent; eyes with height of lower lobes variable (from one to two
times as tall as genae); antennae distinctly mottled, segmental relationships vari¬
able, fourth segment usually subequal to or smaller than first (occasionally slightly
longer), shorter, subequal to or slightly longer than third, fifth segment shorter
than first, third or fourth, remaining segments gradually decreasing in length.
Pronotal width slightly more than twice the length, basal margin usually slightly
narrower than apical margin, dorsal callosities not prominent; punctures partially
obscured by pubescence, pubescence variably tan colored (an admixture of greyish
or light tan may be present over lateral disk). Elytra about twice as long as wide
with sides slightly rounded from humeri to basal third; apices broadly rounded
to subtruncate; costae distinct to obsolete, small callosities present along the
sutural margin and scattered, when present, on the remaining costae; posterior
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
187
Figure 10. S. vittatus Dillon.
median callosities variably prominent, located behind middle, sometimes lacking
on the third and fourth costae; basal gibbosities moderately developed to obsolete;
punctures becoming finer and less dense apically, partially obscured by pubes¬
cence; epipleural maculae are located behind humeri at basal fourth on about
dorsal fourth and extend dorsally and backward to include the lateral third of the
disk, and inferiorly to or beyond mid elytra (Fig. 8) (they may be hidden by
pubescence), discal maculae are commonly lacking, but when present, are formed
by the coalescence of post median callosities; pubescence composed of varying
shades of tan (which may be mottled), with whitish usually present along the
anterior margins of post median callosities, and occasionally ascending along
costae, a suffusion of white may be present over basal half of the disk in fully
marked forms giving the appearance of a saddle, epipleural pubescence uniform,
colored as apical portion of disk. Ventral surface pubescent, thoracic stemites
mottled (sometimes indistinctly so), abdominal stemites uniformly pubescent;
prostemal process narrow, from one-seventh to one-fifth as wide as procoxal
cavity; mesosternal process more than one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs
with femora distinctly mottled; posterior tibiae usually not distinctly darker dis-
tally, posterior tibiae with first tarsal segment about as long as next two following.
Fifth abdominal sternite with apex concave, less than one and one-half times as
long as fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal sternite about twice as long as fourth, otherwise the
same as in male.
Length.— 4.5-6.6 mm.
Type locality. —Brownsville, Texas.
Range. —Southern Texas to southern Mexico.
Flight period. — May to July.
Host plants. —Leucaenia pulverulenta (Schlect.) Benth.
Diagnosis and discussion.— Fully marked specimens are very distinctive be¬
cause of the placement of the epipleural maculae. This species is also characterized
by its rounded form, relatively short fourth and fifth antennal segments, strongly
188
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
mottled antennae, and usual lack of a distinct dark annulus on the distal third of
the posterior tibiae. This character will separate it from S. mimeticus (Casey)
which is found in the same area. It differs from S. alpha (Say), by its short fourth
and fifth antennal segments, and from S. misellus (LeConte) by the short antennal
segments, mottled antennae, and characters given in the key. Examples have been
taken on the host plant noctumally, and are readily attracted to light. I believe
that S. texanus (Casey) is synonymous with S. naeviicornius (Bates), representing
the northern extension of that species, but since I have not seen the Bates’ type,
I have not implemented the synonymy.
Sternidius alpha (Say)
Lamia alpha Say, 1826, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 5:270.
Amniscus alpha', Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., (2)10:48.
Liopus alpha ; LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., (2)2:172; Horn, 1880,
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:124; Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc., 23:124; Blatchley, 1910, The Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 1074
(misdet.).
Leiopus alpha ; Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:314 (misdet.); Brimley, 1938,
Insects of North Carolina, p. 218; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull., 39:250.
Sternidius alpha alpha', Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:214 (part);
Dillon, 1961, A manual of common beetles of eastern North America, p. 640.
Amniscus alpha var. divergens Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 2(10):
48; Leonard, 1926, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:452.
Amniscus lateralis Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 2(10):48.
Liopus cinereus LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2:173;
Horn, 1880, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:124.
Leiopus cinereus', Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:314 (misdet.); Leonard, 1926,
Cornell Univ. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:452; Brimley, 1938, Insects of North Car¬
olina, p. 218; Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Sur. Bull., 39:250.
Amniscus vicinus Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 2(10):49.
Leiopus vicinus ; Casey 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:312; Leonard, 1926, Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:452.
Sternidius alpha vicinus\ Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:214 (part);
Kirk, 1969, South Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull, 1037:86.
Leiopus nelsonicus Casey, 1924, Mem. Coleoptera, 11:291.
Sternidius alpha misellus', Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:216 (part).
Sternidius alpha coloradensis Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:216.
New synonymy.
Sternidius suturalis Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:218. New syn¬
onymy.
Male. — Form moderately small; integument reddish brown to piceous covered
with variably colored pubescence; elytra with epipleural and discal maculae usually
well defined. Head mottled or not; frons with recumbent pubescence; eyes with
lower lobes usually one to one and one-half times (rarely twice) as high as genae;
antennae annulate, mottled or not, fourth segment distinctly longer than first,
third and fourth segments subequal, fifth segment subequal to first, shorter than
third or fourth. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long, widest across lateral
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
189
Figure 11. S. alpha (Say).
tubercles, basal and apical margins variable in relationship, callosities usually
distinct; surface densely minutely punctate (punctures sometimes obsolete), par¬
tially obscured by pubescence; pubescence variable in color (usually tawny to
cinereous), uniform or with coalescence over the lateral portion of the disk and
between the callosities in varying degree, commonly sparse along middle of sides
allowing the integument to show through and appear vittate. Elytra about twice
as long as wide, apices obliquely truncate to emarginate (very rarely rounded);
costae semiprominent to subobsolete, containing small callosities varying in
prominence and number; post median callosities present behind middle on sec¬
ond, third, fourth, and occasionally fifth costae (lateral margin), most prominent
on the second costae, third costal callosity usually inferior to second, and fourth
adjacent to third (fourth callosity may be absent and the third reduced) (Fig. 14);
basal gibbosities prominent to obsolete; punctures dense, closely, gradually de¬
creasing in size, depth, and proximity apically, commonly obscured by pubescence
especially in the greyish more uniformly pubescent forms; epipleural maculae
linear, placed at about middle extending forward to top of humeri (the darkest
portion placed along the dorsal half of each epipleuron); discal maculae, when
present, variable, extending backward through the post median callosities and
occasionally extending forward along the suture to the scutellum; pubescence
usually dense, recumbent, varying from uniformly grey, whitish, tawny or cine¬
reous, to a combination of these colors. Ventral surface pubescent, thoracic ster-
nites usually mottled, abdominal sternites usually not mottled; prosternal process
from one-tenth to one-fourth as wide as procoxal cavity (usually one-sixth to one-
fourth); mesosternal process about one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs
with femora usually mottled, tibiae and tarsi dark. Fifth abdominal sternite sub¬
truncate, slightly concave or shallowly notched, less than twice as wide as fourth.
Female. —Fifth abdominal segment at least twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length.— 4.3-8.2 mm (usually 6-7 mm).
Type locality. — Of alpha, Pennsylvania; nelsonicus, Nelson Co., Virginia; later¬
alis, west New York; diver gens, Pennsylvania; vicinus, not listed; cinereus, Geor¬
gia; coloradensis, Colorado Springs, Colorado; suturalis, Rockdale, Texas.
Range.— California, Arizona, Idaho, Colorado, to eastern seaboard, south to
Florida.
Flight period.— April through July.
Host plants.—Rhus glabra (L.), Rhus hytra (L.), Rhus copallina (L.), Rhus ty-
phina Tomer, Acer negundo L., Platanus, Carya, “oak twigs”?, “Sh7/x”?
Diagnosis and discussion. — This is a variable species with numerous color pat¬
terns. When whitish coalescence is present, it involves some or part of the fol¬
lowing: the basal gibbosities, basal lateral margin, sutural margin and costae
190
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
anteriorly, anterior margin of the discal macula when present, and frequently
bordering the costae posteriorly. Note: in those forms which exhibit variably
colored pubescence, the epipleural vittae may be less distinct, however the an¬
tennae are usually distinctly mottled in these forms which will help distinguish
them from S. misellus (LeConte). S. alpha differs from S. fascicularis (Harris) by
the linear epipleural maculae which extend to the top of the humeri (not attenuated
by pubescence extending laterally over shoulder), by the usually smaller lower
lobe of the eye, and by commonly possessing white pubescence along the costae
posterior to discal maculae. It also is separable from S. rusticus (LeConte) by its
generally larger form, lack of discal extension of the epipleural maculae, and the
subequal third and fourth, and fifth and first antennal segments. From S. incognitus
Lewis, it differs in having subtruncate to emarginate apices, the fifth antennal
segment not usually longer than the first, and distinct callosities along the elytral
costae. It may be separated from S. misellus (LeConte) by its distinct vittae and
mottled ventral surface. S. suturalis Dillon is based on a specimen which has the
median discal dark area extending forward along the sutural margin. This is seen
often in forms with unicolorous discal pubescence, however, this is not a pre¬
dictable characteristic of these forms. (A series reared from Acer in South Dakota
exhibits a sutural vittae in some specimens and not in others.) S. alpha colora-
densis Dillon is a typical S. alpha with reduced discal maculae and a relatively
uniform pubescent pattern. S. nelsonicus (Casey) is a uniformly dark, pubescent
specimen which is structurally indistinguishable from, and intergrades with, the
other forms of S. alpha.
Sternidius fascicularis (Harris)
Lamia (.Mesosa ) fascicularis Harris, 1836, Trans. Hartford Nat. Hist. Soc., 1:68,
pi. 1, fig. 9.
Amniscus fascicularis’, Haldeman, 1847, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 2(1Q):48.
Leptostylus fascicularis’, LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2:
170.
Liopus fascicularis’, Blatchley, 1910, The Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 1074 (misdet.).
Leiopusfascicularis’, Leonard, 1926, Cornell IJniv. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:452;
Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull., 39:250.
Sternidius fascicularis fascicularis’, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:
213 (part).
Sternidius fascicularis’, Kirk, 1969, South Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta. Clemson Univ.
Tech. Bull., 1033:86.
Liopus xanthoxyli Shimer, 1868, Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 2:7.
Leiopus dentatus Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:310.
Leiopus testaceus Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:311.
Leiopus pleuralis Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:312.
Leiopus timidus Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:313.
Leiopus obscurellus Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:313; Leonard, 1926, Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:452.
Leiopus scapalis Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:312.
Sternidius alpha alpha’, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:214 (part).
Sternidius alpha vicinus ; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:215 (part).
Sternidius alpha misellus ; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:216 (part).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
191
Figure 12. S’, rusticus (LeConte).
Sternidius alpha nigricans Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:216. New
synonymy.
Male. — Form small to medium sized; integument testaceous to reddish brown,
usually densely pubescent; elytra with epipleural maculae well defined, discal
maculae present or not. Head with face pubescent; eyes with lower lobe relatively
large but variable in height relationship to genae, usually about one and one-half
times as high; antennae annulate, scape sometimes slightly mottled, remaining
segments usually not, fourth segment longer than scape, subequal to third, fifth
segment subequal to first, subequal to or slightly shorter than third, remaining
segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long,
basal margin usually slightly narrower than apical margin; callosities usually prom¬
inent; disk densely punctate with punctures small and at least partially obscured
by brownish or tan pubescence (same hue as that of elytral disk); a lateral co¬
alescence of lighter or hoary pubescence may be present on the disk. Elytra about
twice as long as wide, obliquely truncate to emarginate; punctures gradually de¬
creasing in size and depth apically, usually obscured by vestiture; costae semi-
prominent, containing a variable number of small black callosities which are
absent behind the post median discal maculae except along suture; post median
discal callosities variable in size and placement (Fig. 15); basal gibbosities usually
moderately prominent; pubescence primarily tawny with whitish bordering the
anterior margin of the post median discal maculae and occasionally extending
forward along suture (the vestiture covers the humeri and superior portion of the
epipleura hiding the integument and limiting the superior extension of the epi¬
pleural maculae), epipleural maculae placed in front of middle extending forward
to about basal fifth and dorsally to include at least a portion of the elytral disk;
discal maculae, when present, linear, extending backward from suture, through
the post median callosities, at an angle of about forty-five degrees, sometimes
attaining the lateral elytral margin (indistinct parallel maculae are commonly
present behind). Ventral surface with abdominal and thoracic sternites usually
not distinctly mottled; prostemal process one-eighth to one-third as wide as pro-
coxal cavity; mesostemal process three-fourths to nearly as wide as mesocoxal
cavity. Legs with femora mottled, tarsi and tibiae distally usually darker. Fifth
abdominal stemite with setae at apex obscuring margin which is shallowly ex¬
cavated or subtruncate (occasionally shallowly notched), less than two times as
long as fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal sternite twice the length of fourth, otherwise similar
to male.
Length. — 3.7-7.8 mm (usually 6-7 mm).
Type locality. — Of fascicularis, Illinois; testaceus, Washington D.C.; pleuralis,
192
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 13. S. incognitus Lewis.
Washington D.C.; timidus, Pennsylvania; scapalis, Indiana; dentatus, Illinois;
obscurellus, Bluff Point, Lake Champlain, New York; nigricans, Tajique, New
Mexico; xanthoxyli, Mount Carrol, Illinois.
Range. — East coast of North America from Massachusetts to Florida and Mich¬
igan through Kansas and Nebraska south to Texas, and west to New Mexico.
Flight period. — May to July.
Host plants.— Robinia pseudeacacia L.; Zanthoxylum americanum Mill.; Cel-
tis; and “ Wisteria ”?
Diagnosis and discussion. — Within this species, the color of the pubescence and
integument is variable and the epipleural vittae may be greatly expanded dorsally
occasionally reaching the suture. The type of S. fascicular is (Harris) has dark
integument (the vestiture is dark over the macular areas with hoary pubescence
in between) and grossly appears similar to specimens of punctatus (Haldeman),
this may account for the taxonomic confusion. The type of S. scapalis (Casey)
has markedly expanded discal extension of the epipleural maculae and represents
the full development of maculation within S. fascicularis. S. fascicularis (Harris)
has been confused with S. alpha (Say) but is distinguished from that species by
the presence of pubescence over the humeri and superior fifth of the epipleura
limiting the superior extension of the maculae, by covering the integument. The
mesostemal process is usually relatively wider, and the lower lobe of the eyes are
usually larger in genal height relationship. This species appears to be related to
S. rusticus (LeConte), but the generally larger form, semi-distinct costae, usually
larger lower lobe of the eye, as well as the characters given in the key should
separate the two. The relatively long fourth and fifth antennal segments and the
absence of black anterior humeri should distinguish this species from S. mimeticus
(Casey).
Sternidius floridanus (Hamilton)
Liopus alpha var. floridanus Leng and Hamilton, 1896, Trans. Amer. Entomol.
Soc., 23:125.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
193
Figures 14, 15. Elytral discal pattern variation.
Figure 14. S. alpha (Say).
Leiopus floridanus’, Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:316.
Stemidius floridanus’, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:217.
Sternidius alpha floridanus', Kirk, 1969, So. Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull.,
1033:1186.
Male. — Form moderately small, robust; integument usually dark reddish brown,
covered with pubescence of variable color; elytra with epipleural maculae neb¬
ulous, lateral dark areas poorly demarcated, discal maculae distinct. Head with
frons pubescent; eyes with lower lobes usually one and one-half to two times as
high as genae; antennae usually distinctly mottled (especially scape), eleventh
segment primarily dark, fourth segment longer than first, subequal to or shorter
than third, fifth segment shorter than first, third or fourth, remaining segments
gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum a little less than twice as wide as long;
basal margin subequal to or wider than apical margins; callosities usually prom¬
inent; punctures fine, in part obscured by pubescence which is tawny to greyish
white and occasionally condensed laterally over tubercles. Elytra about twice as
long as wide; apices emarginate to obliquely truncate; punctures dense, separated
by about their width, becoming finer apically, partially obscured by pubescence;
costae subobsolete to distinct, bearing a variable number of small black callosities;
post median callosities pronounced; basal gibbosities prominent, usually dark,
194
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 15. S. fascicular is (Harris).
integument lighter behind basal gibbosities and behind post median discal macula;
epipleural maculae not well defined, extending forward to include humeri and
usually in part dorsally onto disk (Fig. 9), posteriorly it may connect to the lateral
extension of the median discal macula, discal macula placed at or behind middle,
extending backward through the post median callosities (at times undulating) at
an angle of about forty-five degrees, sometimes reaching the lateral elytral margin,
with a parallel, less distinct macula commonly present behind; pubescence re¬
cumbent, made up of cinereous, dark tan, and whitish elements, whitish pubes¬
cence often bordering macula anteriorly and may extend along suture, black pu¬
bescence usually present over costal and post median callosities. Ventral surface
with thoracic stemites mottled, prostemal process variable, from one-eighth or
less to one-fourth width of procoxal cavity (usually about one-sixth); mesostemal
process about two-thirds as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora and tibiae
mottled, tibiae and tarsi dark, distally. Last abdominal stemite with apex concave,
less than twice as long as fourth.
Female. —Fifth stemite at least twice as long as fourth, otherwise similar to
male.
Length.—A.2-1A mm (usually 6-7 mm).
Type locality. — Biscayne Bay, Florida.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
195
Range. —Southeastern United States to Kansas and Texas. (One example seen
from Pennsylvania.)
Flight period. — April through October.
Host plants.— Taken on Satsuma and “fig twigs.”
Diagnosis and discussion. — The basal gibbosities and post median callosities
are quite prominent in this species which help to differentiate it from S. rusticus
(LeConte). It may also be separated from that species by the relatively larger lower
lobes of the eyes, more distinctly mottled antennae and thoracic stemites, and
the generally larger form. It may be separated from S. fascicularis (Harris) by the
poorly defined, diffuse epipleural maculae which extend to the top of the humeri,
the relatively shorter fourth and fifth antennal segments, and the distinctly mottled
antennae and ventral surface. From S. alpha (Say), it differs by the relatively
small fourth and fifth antennal segments (fourth smaller than third, fifth smaller
than scape), relatively larger lower lobes of the eyes, and the epipleural macular
configuration. It may be confused with S. misellus (LeConte), but by possessing
distinct post median macula and mottled antennae, it should be separable from
that species.
Sternidius rusticus (LeConte)
Liopus rusticus LeConte, 1852, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)2:173.
Leiopus fascicularis-, Casey, 1913, Mem. Coleoptera, 4:311 (part).
Sternidius fascicularis-, Knull, 1946, Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull., 39:250 (part).
Sternidius alpha alpha-, Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:214 (part).
Male. — Form small, somewhat robust; integument testaceous to piceous, dense¬
ly clothed with pubescence; elytra with epipleural and discal dark areas. Head
with face bearing recumbent pubescence; eyes with lower lobes equal to, or one
and one-half times as high as genae; antennae annulate, scape usually slightly
mottled, remaining segments with mottling obsolete, fourth segment longer than
first (rarely subequal), slightly shorter than third, fifth segment subequal to or
slightly shorter than first and shorter than third or fourth, remaining segments
gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum nearly twice as wide as long, with basal
and apical margins subequal; callosities variable in prominence; disk with punc¬
tures dense, shallow and minute; pubescence partially obscuring surface, tan to
hoary or mixed without a definite pattern of condensation (sides with middle
portion slightly less pubescent). Elytra about twice as long as wide, apices obliquely
truncate to emarginate; costae subobsolete, small dark callosities commonly ob¬
solete, but sometimes present along costae and sutural margin in variable number;
post median discal callosities usually poorly defined, hidden in discal macula;
punctures much larger than those of pronotum, largest behind basal gibbosities,
gradually diminishing in size and depth toward apex; epipleural maculae extend
from about mid elytra to top of humeri and dorsally along lateral one-fourth of
disk (Fig. 12); discal macula, when present, placed at about middle, and extends
obliquely backward from suture through callosities at about forty-five degrees,
sometimes reaching the lateral elytral margins, a vague parallel macula is usually
present behind; pubescence made up of tan to cinereous, and whitish hairs, in part
obscuring surface, whitish outlining the discal macula anteriorly, and rarely ex¬
tending forward along costae. Ventral surface pubescent with mottling reduced
196
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
or obsolete, occasionally with slight mottling on thoracic stemites; prostemal
process one-sixth to one-fourth as wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal process
between one-half to three-fourths as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora
sometimes indistinctly mottled, distal portion of posterior tibiae dark, tarsi dark.
Fifth abdominal stemite with apex slightly concave, less than twice as long as
fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal stemite about twice as long as fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length.— 4.0-5.4 mm (type, 4.6 mm), usually less than 5.0 mm.
Type locality. — Western New York.
Range.— Eastern North America from Canada to Louisiana, and west to Ne¬
braska and Missouri.
Flight period.— May to July.
Diagnosis and discussion.—The individuals exhibit considerable variation in
the color of the integument and prominence of the elytral maculae. This species
has affinities with both S. alpha (Say) and S. fascicularis (Harris) and has previ¬
ously been synonymized with both. It appears to be more closely related to S.
fascicularis (Harris), differing from that species by the generally smaller size,
smaller lower lobes of the eyes, extension of the epipleural maculae to top of the
humeri, and the relative lengths of the first, third, fourth, and fifth antennal
segments. It is separable from S. alpha (Say) by the generally smaller form, the
dorsal extension of the epipleural maculae, the absence of its extension along the
lateral pronotum, and the relatively shorter fourth and fifth antennal segments.
From S. vittatus Dillon, it differs by the presence of distinct epipleural maculae.
Sternidius incognitus Lewis
Sternidius incognitus Lewis, 1977, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:201.
Male. — Form small, moderately robust; integumental color brown to piceous,
covered with predominantly cinereous pubescence; sides of pronotum and elytra
with black markings. Head with face covered with cinereous pubescence; eyes
with lower lobes one and one-half times as long as genae; antennae with first
segment mottled, third segment much less so, fourth segment longer than first,
subequal to third, fifth segment slightly longer than first, shorter than third and
fourth, remainder of segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum trans¬
verse, basal and apical margins subequal; disk with calli more or less coalescent;
punctures small, dense, shallow, partially obscured by vestiture; pubescence uni¬
formly cinereous on disk, lacking on ventral half of sides (the integument thus
forms a fuscous vitta on each side extending the entire length of the pronotum).
Elytra about twice as long as wide; apices rounded; costae evanescent, containing
small black spots in variable number (they represent denudations of pubescence
exposing the integument); very obsolete callosities may be present in some spec¬
imens; post median callosities obsolete; basal gibbosities not prominent; punctures
of disk dense, subconfluent, partially obscured by pubescence; epipleural maculae
distinct, vittate extending from behind middle to basal margin (dorsal extension
includes less than one-tenth of the disk) (Fig. 13), disk with macula triangular
with apex at mid elytra and sides diverging from suture at an angle of about forty-
five degrees or greater, reaching or not the lateral elytral margins, sometimes
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
197
connecting to a parallel macula behind; pubescence cinereous with tawny com¬
ponents anterior to discal macula, darker behind, composed of black, cinereous,
and tawny elements in variable combination. Ventral surface scarcely mottled;
prostemal process narrow, about one-tenth as wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal
process about one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with tibiae distally black,
annulate; tarsi black. Fifth abdominal stemite subequal in length to fourth.
Female. —Fifth abdominal sternite about twice the length of fourth, otherwise
similar to male.
Length. — 4.7-6.2 mm.
Type locality.— Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona.
Range. —Montane southern Arizona, Cochise and Santa Cruz Counties.
Flight period. — July and August.
Host plants. — Quercus sp.
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species has affinities with S. alpha (Say) but
is readily separated from that species by the rounded elytral apices, lack of costal
and post median callosities, the form of the discal macula which has an attached
parallel extension behind, the narrow prosternal process (about one-tenth as wide
as procoxal cavity), and the fifth antennal segment which is usually longer than
the scape. It also resembles S. decorus (Fall), and S. imitans Rnull, which agree
in the grey pubescence, rounded elytral apices, a long fifth antennal segment, and
are associated with oak. The differences of the epipleural and discal maculae will
separate them. Examples of incognitus have been reared from dead twigs of Quer¬
cus sp. by D. G. Marqua (pers. comm.), and have also been taken by beating
small branches of various species of oaks.
Sternidius decorus (Fall)
Liopus decorus Fall, 1907, Jour. New York Entomol. Soc., 15:84.
Sternidius decorus ; Linsley, Rnull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Novit., 2050:
29; Lewis, 1977, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:200; Lewis, 1979, Pan-Pacific Ento¬
mol., 55:24.
Sternidius centralis', Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 15:218 (part).
Sternidius alpha arizonensis Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:217;
Linsley, Rnull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Novit., 2050:29. New syn¬
onymy.
Male. — Form small, moderately robust; integument reddish brown to piceous,
covered with cinereous pubescence, often with black and tawny reflections; elytra
with black maculae and minute scattered black spots. Head covered with cinereous
pubescence; antennae annulate, pubescence cinereous, distinctly mottled on scape
and third segment, becoming less so on distal segments, fourth segment longer
than first, subequal to or shorter than third, fifth segment shorter than third or
fourth, usually longer than first, remaining segments gradually decreasing in length.
Pronotum about twice as wide as long, basal margin subequal to or shorter than
apical margin; disk with punctures small, dense, partially obscured by vestiture;
pubescence scarcely mottled, cinereous, commonly with a mixture of brownish
in the central portion of the disk. Elytra moderately robust, nearly twice as long
as wide, apices rounded (rarely obliquely truncate); costae subobsolete, obscured
198
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 16, 17. Recorded geographical distribution.
Figure 16. #1 S. centralis (LeConte). #2 S. decorus (Fall). #3 S. imitans (Knull). #4 S. mimeticus
(Casey). #5 S. schwarzi (Hamilton).
by pubescence, containing small black denudations of vestiture in variable num¬
ber; post median callosities shallow, elongate or ill-defined; basal gibbosities mod¬
erate; punctures dense, distinct, subconfluent, largest behind humeri then grad¬
ually becoming smaller and more shallow apically, all partially obscured by
vestiture; epipleural maculae (formed by break in pubescence), placed well behind
humeri at about basal fourth, extending dorsally to involve at least the lateral
third of the disk, and posteriorly to about middle (the epipleural integument is
dark piceous including humeri, and the maculae are formed by a break in the
cinereous pubescence which covers the sides); discal macula form a common
triangle with apex behind mid elytra, and sides diverging at about forty-five degrees
to meet a poorly formed and irregular base which sometimes extends to the lateral
elytral margin, and may be attached to a smaller parallel macula behind (Fig. 4);
pubescence is uniformly cinereous occasionally with tawny anterior to discal
macula; posteriorly the vestiture is variable but usually darker consisting of ci¬
nereous, tawny and black elements, cinereous pubescence is absent over middle
of epipleura exposing the integument, and thus forming the maculae, minute dark
barely visible vestiture present over the maculae. Ventral surface uniformly pu¬
bescent, prostemal process usually very narrow, from one-eighth to one-tenth as
wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal process about one-half as wide as mesocoxal
cavity. Legs with femora mottled, tibiae and tarsi black distally. Abdomen with
fifth stemite about as long as fourth.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
199
Figure 17. #1 S.floridanus (Hamilton). #2 S. rusticus (LeConte). #3 S. punctatus (Haldeman). #4
S. vittatus Dillon.
Female. — Fifth abdominal sternite twice as long as fourth, otherwise similar to
male.
Length.— 4.2-7.2 mm.
Type locality. — Of decorus, Williams, Arizona; arizonensis, Cave Creek, Chi-
ricahua Mts., Arizona.
Range. — Montane areas of Arizona (Cochise and Santa Cruz Counties, to Mo¬
jave and Coconino Counties).
Flight period.— July and August.
Host plants. — Quercus sp.
Remarks. —This species is quite distinct by its grey vestiture and in the form
of the elytral discal dark areas. It can be separated from S. fascicularis (Harris)
by the grey pubescence, by having the elytral maculae and costal spots formed by
breaks in the vestiture, and by the characters given in the key. Specimens are
readily attracted to ultraviolet light, and have been reared from small branches
of oak ( Quercus sp.) by D. G. Marqua (pers. comm.).
Sternidius imitans (Knell)
Leiopus imitans Knull, 1936, Entomol. News, 107.
Sternidius imitans; Dillon, 1956, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 49:217, Linsley,
Knull, and Statham, 1961, Amer. Mus. Novit., 2050:29; Lewis, 1977, Pan-
Pacific Entomol., 53:198; Lewis, 1979, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 55:25.
Male.— Form small, moderately robust; integument dark brown to piceous,
200
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
densely clothed with recumbent cinereous pubescence; elytra with black maculae
and small black tufts. Head with recumbent greyish pubescence; antennae dis¬
tinctly mottled, fourth segment longer than fifth and first, slightly shorter than
third, fifth segment longer than first, shorter than third and fourth, remaining
segments gradually decreasing in length. Pronotum wider than long; basal margin
shorter than apical margin; punctures fine, dense, obscured by pubescence; cal¬
losities may be reduced and represented by maculae only; pubescence grey re¬
cumbent, with a minute black vestiture over callosities. Elytra about twice as long
as wide, apices usually rounded but may be subtruncate; costae obsolete, con¬
taining numerous dark spots resulting from breaks in the vestiture; post median
callosities absent or Obsolete; basal gibbosities not prominent; punctures distinct,
dense, partially obscured by vestiture; epipleural maculae represented by a spot
on each epipleuron at basal third arising on dorsal half and extending dorsally to
involve one-third or one-fourth of disk, discal macula in the form of a rounded
to triangular spot at about apical third which does not extend laterally beyond
middle of each elytron (Fig. 3); pubescence recumbent, uniform, cinereous without
an admixture of fulvous hairs, usually with a slight hoary condensation surround¬
ing the black macular areas, a minute black vestiture covers the maculae. Ventral
surface densely pubescent, with thoracic stemites, distinctly mottled; prosternal
process one-sixth to one-fourth as wide as procoxal cavity; mesostemal process
about one-half as wide as mesocoxal cavity. Legs with femora and tibiae distinctly
mottled with cinereous pubescence, tibiae and tarsi dark distally. Fifth abdominal
sternite less than twice as long as fourth.
Female. — Fifth abdominal sternite twice as long as fourth, otherwise similar to
male.
Length. -4.9-7.7 mm.
Type locality. —Davis Mountains, Texas.
Range. —Davis and Chisos Mountains, Texas, to mountains of Cochise, Santa
Cruz, and Mojave Counties, Arizona.
Flight period.— June to September.
Host plants. — This species has been taken by beating foliage of various species
of oak ( Quercus spp.) and is attracted to ultraviolet light.
Diagnosis and discussion. — This species is distinct and quite constant in form
and pubescent pattern. It appears to be related to S. decorus (Fall) and S. incognitus
Lewis, each expressing grey or cinereous pubescence, rounded elytral apices, rel¬
atively long fifth antennal segment, obsolete discal costae, and by having costal
black spots represented by breaks in the vestiture. The placement of the epipleural
and discal maculae is diagnostic.
Acknowledgments
I am most grateful to Margaret Thayer, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, Ted Spilman, Smithsonian Institute, L. L. (Vem) Pechuman,
Cornell University, and David Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences, for
the loan of type specimens in their care; to Lee Herman, American Museum of
Natural History, Horace R. Burke, Texas A&M University, William Barr, Uni¬
versity of Idaho, and Charles Hogue, Los Angeles Co. Museum of Natural History,
for supplying specimens of Sternidius from their respective institutions; to Bob
Gustafson, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, for supplying authors
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
201
of plant species; and to Edmund F. Giesbert, Frank T. Hovore, David G. Marqua,
and Richard Penrose, for allowing me to examine specimens from their collections.
For his numerous favors, direction, encouragement, manuscript review, loan
of materials from the Essig Museum of Entomology, University of California,
Berkeley, I am indebted to Dr. John A. Chemsak.
Literature Cited
Amett, R. H. 1963. The beetles of the United States. The Catholic University of Amer. Press,
Washington D.C., 1-1112.
Blatchley, W. S. 1910. The Coleoptera or beetles known to occur in Indiana. Bull. Indiana Dept.
Geol. Nat. Res., 1:1-1386.
-. 1922. Some new and rare Coleoptera from southwestern Florida. Can. Entomol., 45:27-33.
Brimley, C. S. 1938. Insects of North Carolina. North Carolina Dept. Agri., pp. 1-560.
Casey, T. L. 1891. Coleopterological notices III. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., pp. 9-214.
- 1913. Further studies among the American Longicomia. Mem. Coleoptera, 4:1-400.
-. 1924. Additions to the known Coleoptera of North America. Mem. Coleoptera, 11:1-347.
Craighead, F. C. 1923. North American Cerambycid larvae. Canada Dept, of Agr. Tech. Bull., (n.s.)
27:1-239.
Dillon, L. S. 1956. The nearctic components of the tribe Acanthocinini, Part III. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 49(3):208-220.
-. 1961. A manual of common beetles of eastern North America. Row, Peterson and Company,
Evanston, Illinois, pp. 1-884.
Fall, H. C. 1907. New genera and species of North American Cerambycidae. Jour. New York
Entomol. Soc., 15:80-87.
Haldeman, S. S. 1847. Materials toward a history of the Coleoptera Longicomia of the United States.
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., (2)10:27-66.
Harris, T. W. 1837. Characteristics of some previously described North American coleopterous
insects, and descriptions of others which appear to be new in the collection of Mr. A. Halsey.
Trans. Hartford Nat. Hist. Soc., 1:65-91.
Horn, G. H. 1880. Notes on some genera of Cerambycidae with descriptions of new species. Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc., 8:115-138.
Hovore, F. T., and R. L. Penrose. 1982. Notes on Cerambycidae co-inhabitating girdles of Oncideres
pustulata (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). The S.W. Nat., 27:23-27.
Kirk, V. M. 1969. A list of beetles of South Carolina, Part I. Northern Coastal Plain Technical Bull.
1033, South Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta., Clemson Univ., pp. 1-124.
Knull, J. N. 1936. Five new southwestern Coleoptera (Buprestidae and Cerambycidae). Entomol.
News, 47:105-108.
-. 1946. The longhomed beetles of Ohio. Ohio Biol. Surv. Bull., 39:133-354.
LeConte, J. L. 1852. An attempt to classify the longicom Coleoptera of the part of America north
of Mexico. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2:139-178.
-. 1873-1874. New species of North American Coleoptera, Part II. Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,
265:169-240.
-. 1884. Short studies of North American Coleoptera, No. 2. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 12:
1-32.
Leng, C. W., and J. Hamilton. 1896. Synopsis of the Cerambycidae of North America, Part III:
Lamiinae. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 23:101-178.
Leonard, M. D. 1926. A list of the insects of New York with a list of spiders and certain other allied
groups. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem., 101:1-1121.
Lewis, A. E. 1977. The Sternidius of Arizona. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 53:195-203.
-. 1979. A list of Cerambycidae from the Hualapai Mts., Mojave County, Arizona. Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 55(1):21—26.
Linsley, E. G., J. N. Knull, and M. Statham. 1961. A list of Cerambycidae from the Chiricahua
Mountain area, Cochise County, Arizona. Amer. Mus. Novit., 2050:1-34.
Linsley, E. G., and J. O. Martin. 1933. Notes on some longicoms from subtropical Texas. Entomol.
News, 44:178-183.
202
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Say, T. 1826. Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous insects inhabiting the United States. Jour.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 5(2):237-284 & 292-304.
Shimer, H. 1868. Notes on insects bred from the prickly ash, Xanthoxylum americanum. Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc. Proceedings, 2:7-8.
Tumbow, R. H., and F. T. Hovore. 1979. Notes on Cerambycidae from the southeastern U.S.
(Coleoptera). Entomol. News, 90(5):219-229.
-, and J. E. Wappes. 1978. Notes on Texas Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Coleopterists Bull.,
32(4):367-372.
Vogt, B. V. 1949. Notes on Cerambycidae from the lower Rio Grande Valley, Texas. Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 25(4): 137-144 & 175-184.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 203-208
Scientific Note
Occurrences of Diptera on Tree-Trunk Mosses in a
Costa Rican Tropical Rain Forest
This brief communique summarizes the occurrence of Diptera on epiphytic
mosses on two closely-spaced trees (Pentaclethra macroloba [Willd.] Ktze.-Le-
guminosae) in a Costa Rican tropical rain forest.
The study site is “Finca La Tigra,” near La Virgen (10°23'N, 84°07'W, 220 m
elev.), Sarapiqui District of the Heredia Province, Costa Rica.
The locality is characterized by sporadic, brief periods of dryness (Fig. 1). The
study site is a mixed primary and secondary-growth forest bordering a cacao
plantation. The two P. macroloba trees chosen for censusing dipterans on mosses
(Diameter Breast Heights are 15.0 cm and 40.0 cm for Trees Nos. 1 and 2,
respectively) are within a few meters of one another in dense shade. Pentaclethra
macroloba is relatively common in this forest, as it is throughout much of the
lowland-to-premontane rain forest region from Nicaragua to the Guianas (Whit¬
more, J. L., and G. S. Hartshorn, 1969, Literature review of common tropical
trees, Contrib. No. 8, Inst. Forest Products, Univ. Washington, 113 pp.).
Between 2 December 1982 and 10 November 1983,1 collected adult dipterans
perched on patches of moss on these two trees (Fig. 2), between 0630-0900 hr
and 1200-1300 hr, for each of four census dates. Diptera were collected, using
dry glass vials, from ground level to about 1.5 m on each tree trunk. I rotated
visits to each tree trunk at about 15-minute intervals. Between 10-20% of total
dipterans seen during one morning or afternoon census period escaped capture.
Dipterans were later sorted, preserved in 70% ethanol, and taxonomic determi-
1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983
SUCCESSIVE MONTHS AND YEARS
Figure 1. The monthly pattern of rainfall at “Finca La Tirimbina” over several successive years,
and showing the 50-100 mm monthly totals associated with the “veranillo” typical of this tropical
rain forest locality in Costa Rica.
204
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Left: mosses on the trunk of Tree No. 1; Right: tropical rain forest understory habitat
in the vicinity of the study site at “Finca La Tigra.”
nations made with the cooperation of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory of
the U.S. National Museum. A small sample of moss from each tree was taken
for determinations.
Two species of moss were found on both tree trunks (Fig. 2): Syrrhopodon
incompletus var. berteranus (Brid.) Reese (abundant); S. erubescens Bartr. (very
rare).
For all four censuses combined, a total of nine species of Ceratopogonidae, the
most frequently-encountered dipteran family, were collected, principally on Tree
No. 2 (Table 1). Cecidomyiidae were far less numerous (Table 2). The sex ratios
of these dipterans (both families) approached 1:1 (Tables 1 and 2). For the Cer¬
atopogonidae, the genus Atrichopogon was represented by the highest number of
species, followed by Forcipomyia (Table 1). The most abundant ceratopogonid
species, Atrichopogon sp. 2, comprised 53.2% of the entire sample (all dates
combined), followed by A., n. sp. nr. minuta (Meigen) (13.8%) (Table 1). The sex
ratio for Atrichopogon sp. 2 was 19 females': 31 males, or almost 1:2 skewed
towards males. For A., n. sp. nr. minuta, this bias towards males was even more
pronounced: 1 female: 12 males. The genus Atrichopogon alone accounted for
86.8% of the total numbers of ceratopogonids collected from Tree No. 1, and was
almost equally distributed between A. sp. 2 and A., n. sp. nr. minuta. The same
genus accounted for 78.6% of all ceratopogonids collected from Tree No. 2, but
with A. sp. 2 accounting for 69.8% of the genus. While the genus Forcipomyia
was diverse in terms of numbers of species collected, total numbers of individuals
accounted for only 17.8% of all dipterans collected from both trees. The ceci-
domyiid genus Clinodiplosis accounted for 44.4% of all cecidomyiids collected on
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
205
Table 1. Distribution and taxonomic “diversity” of adult midges (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) on
two moss-covered tree trunks in the tropical rain forest at “Finca La Tigra,” near La Virgen, Sarapiqui
District, in northeastern Costa Rica.*
“Tree No. 1”
“Tree No. 2”
Indi-
Indi-
Species
viduals
Species
viduals
Dasyhelea soriai Wirth & Waugh
3
D. soriai Wirth & Waugh
2
Forcipomyia genualis (Loew)
1
F. genualis (Loew)
2
F. fuliginosa (Meigen)
1
F. (Lasiohelea), n. sp. 1
2
F. ( Calaforcipomyia ) caerulea Macfie
2
F. harpegonata Wirth & Soria
3
Atrichopogon, n. sp. nr. minuta
A., n. sp. nr. minuta (Meigen)
2
(Meigen)
1
A. sp. 1
3
A. sp. 1
1
A. sp. 2
39
A. sp. 2
11
A. sp. 3
2
A. sp. 4
7
A. glaber (Meigen)
1
Culicoides, n. sp. nr. metagonatus
Wirth & Bystrak
1
Total genera: 4
Total genera: 3
Total species: 9
Total species: 9
Total individuals: 38
Total individuals: 56
Total sample sex ratio (both trees): 36 females + 58 males
* Data presented for a total of four census dates (2 December 1982, 3 March 1983, 8 August 1983,
and 10 November 1983), and for two collecting periods each date (0630-0900 hr and 1200-1300 hr).
See “methods” for other details.
Tree No. 1 and 55.6% on Tree No. 2. Most Cecidomyiidae were found to be
“rare” in that they were represented by 1-2 individuals for all samples combined.
Both the greatest numbers of individuals and species of Ceratopogonidae were
found in the late rainy season census (2 December 1982), and for Cecidomyiidae
in the mid-rainy season (8 August 1983) at “La Tigra” (Table 3). There was a
conspicuous absence of ceratopogonids on the mosses during the dry season (3
March 1983) (Table 3). For all Diptera collected, similar numbers of species and
individuals were found in the morning and afternoon samples for all census dates
combined (Table 4). For all other Diptera present, the following distributions of
numbers of individuals per family were observed, considering all four census dates
and times of the day: Drosophilidae {Drosophila spp.): 10; Psychodidae {Psychoda
sp.): 4; Phoridae {Megaselia sp.): 2; Sciaridae {Bradysia sp.): 1; Mycetophilidae:
1; Chironomidae: 1; Chloropidae: 1. Interestingly, these families of Diptera were
found on the mosses for only two rainy season censuses (December 1982 and
August 1983).
Any conclusions drawn from the above data must be considered as tentative
owing to (1) the small sample sizes of insects collected, and (2) the low number
of censuses. Yet such data suggest the need to explore the effects of tropical
seasonality on rain forest-inhabiting Diptera in some detail, since these organisms
might serve as insightful indicators of the subtle ways in which changes in rainfall
206
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 2. Distribution and taxonomic “diversity” of adult midges (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) on two
moss-covered tree trunks in the tropical rain forest at “Finca La Tigra,” near La Virgen, Sarapiqui
District, in northeasterh Costa Rica.*
“Tree No. 1”
“Tree No. 2”
Species
Individuals
Species
Individuals
Clinodiplosis sp. A
4
Clinodiplosis sp. A
5
Clinodiplosis sp. C
1
Mycodiplosis, n. sp.
2
Mycodiplosis, n. sp.
3
Youngomyia, n. sp.
1
Kalodiplosis sp.
1
Contarinia sp.
Total genera: 3
1
Total genera: 4
Total species: 3
Total species: 5
Total individuals: 9
Total individuals: 9
Total sample sex ratio (both trees): 11 females + 7 males
* Data presented for a total of four census dates (see footnote in Table 1).
(Fig. 1) influence insect activity. Traditionally, studies of insect seasonality in the
American tropics have largely ignored small-bodied dipterans (e.g., Janzen, D.
H., and T. W. Schoener, 1968, Ecology, 49:96-110). A notable exception is a
populational study of phlebotomine sand flies in Colombia (Porter, C. H., and
G. R. DeFoliart, 1981, Arquivos de Zoologia, Mus. de Zool., Univ. de Sao Paulo,
30:81-158). Other studies indicate that some Diptera in general are restricted in
their daily and seasonal activity cycles largely through direct or indirect effects of
moisture in forest habitats (e.g., Vanhara, J., 1981, Acta Scient. Nat. Acad. Sci.
Bohemoslov. Brno., 15:1-32; Willmer, P. G., 1982, Ecol. Ent., 7:221-231). Many
species of Ceratopogonidae breed in moss and other similar substrates in the
American tropics (e.g., Soria, S. de J. et al., 1981, Rev. Theobroma [Brasil], 11:
119-123), and such substrates may undergo notable changes in moisture content
as a result of phenological patterns of rainfall. During the Costa Rican dry season,
Table 3. Summary of the distribution of midge species (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae and Cecido¬
myiidae) by census dates.*
Ceratopogonidae
Cecidomyiidae
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Census date
genera
species
individuals
genera
species
individuals
2 Dec. 1982
4
11
73
3 Mar. 1983
0
0
0
8 Aug. 1983
2
5
18
10 Nov. 1983
1
1
3
Highest midge “biomass”: 73/94 = 77.6% (late rainy
season—Dec. 1982)
Lowest midge “biomass”: 0/94 = 00.0% (dry season—
March 1983)
Highest midge species number: 11 (late rainy)
1 1 3
2 2 2
3 3 10
2 2 3
10/18 = 55.5% (mid-rainy sea¬
son—Aug. 1983)
2/18 = 11.1% (dry season—
March 1983)
10 (mid-rainy)
* See headings and footnotes of Tables 1 and 2 for details of census dates, etc.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
207
Table 4. Difference in abundance and taxonomic “diversity” of midges (Diptera) on moss-covered
trunks of two tropical rain forest trees (both Pentaclethra macroloba- Leguminosae) at “Finca La Tigra,”
near La Virgen, Sarapiqui District, in northeastern Costa Rica for morning versus afternoon activity
periods.*
Species
0800-0900 hr 1200-1300 hr
No. of individuals No. of individuals
Atrichopogon, n. sp. nr. minuta
(Meigen) (Ceratopogonidae)
5
7
Atrichopogon sp. 1
1
1
Atrichopogon sp. 2
1
0
Forcipomyia genualis (Loew)
1
0
F. harpegonata Wirth & Soria
2
1
F. fuliginosa (Meigen)
0
1
F. (Lasiohelea), n. sp. 1
0
2
Clinodiplosis sp. A (Cecidomyiidae)
3
5
Clinodiplosis sp. C
0
4
Contarinia sp.
0
1
Megaselia sp. (Phoridae)
4
0
Mycomya sp. (Mycetophilidae)
1
0
Drosophila sp. (Drosophilidae)
3
3
Bradysia sp. (Sciaridae)
0
1
Psychoda sp. (Psychodidae)
0
1
Total morning species: 9 Total afternoon species: 11
Total morning individuals: 21 Total afternoon individuals: 27
Total distinct species for entire sample (morning & afternoon) combined: 13
% of species accountable by morning census: 9/13 = 69.2%; by afternoon: 11/13
= 85.4%
% of individuals (“biomass”) accountable by morning census: 21/48 = 43.8%
% of individuals (“biomass”) accountable by morning census: 27/48 = 56.2%
* One morning and one afternoon census taken on 8 August 1983 form the basis of the above
comparisons.
for example, there is a sharp decline in the abundance of Ceratopogonidae and
even other insects in leaf-litter and other ground-cover substrates at this time of
the year (e.g., Young, A. M., 1983, J. Appl. Ecol., 20:801-831).
It is likely that some of the observed Diptera actually breed in the mosses. The
occurrence of several species of Atrichopogon and Forcipomyia appears typical
for these groups as seen for other organic substrates in Costa Rican rain forest
areas (e.g., Young, A. M., 1982, I. Appl. Ecol., 19:47-63; 1983, J. Appl. Ecol.,
20:801-831; 1984, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 86:185-194). The observed low abun¬
dance of Cecidomyiidae, relative to the Ceratopogonidae, may be the result of
these insects having specialized life cycles, often associated with fungi and rusts
in the case of genera such as Mycodiplosis and Clinodiplosis (e.g., Gagne, R. J.,
1977, Brenesia [Costa Rica], 12/13:113-131; R. J. Gagne, pers. comm.). The
larvae of other cecidomyiids, such as the genus Contarinia, feed on living plant
tissues, while those of Youngomyia are predators on other insects (R. J. Gagne,
pers. comm.). Other cecidomyiids in Costa Rica do breed in moss (Young, A.
M., 1985, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 87:49-79).
These mosses also harbor decaying organic matter, providing additional breed¬
ing or feeding substrates for tropical rain forest Diptera. What my limited data
do show is that there is a consistent pattern of “association” of several families
208
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
of Diptera, with representative species known to be associated with mosses and
accompanying organic debris as breeding substrates in the tropical rain forest.
This research was funded by grants from the American Cocoa Research Institute
of the United States of America. I am most grateful to the staff entomologists of
the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S. National Museum (Washington,
D.C.), particularly Raymond J. Gagne and Willis W. Wirth, for their determi¬
nations of the Diptera and for associated biological information. I thank Martyn
J. Dibben, Frank Bowers, and William D. Reese for the determinations of the
mosses. J. Robert Hunter allowed access to “La Tigra” and provided rainfall data
from “La Tirimbina.”
Allen M. Young, Invertebrate Zoology Section, Milwaukee Public Museum,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 209-213
New Records of Longicorn Beetles from China with the
Descriptions of a New Subgenus and Two New
Species (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Lizhong Hua
Institute of Entomology, Zhongshan University, Guangzhou, China.
Abstract. — Eight species of longicorn beetles are reported as new to China. Two
new species, Apriona chemsaki and Thylactus pulawskii, and a new subgenus,
Cristapriona, erected for the former, are described and figured.
This paper is a result of my research at the University of California, Berkeley;
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; American Museum of Natural
History, New York; and National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
form November 1985 through March 1986. Several hundred undetermined Chinese
specimens were brought along for study. Eight species are reported as new from
China for the first time. Two new species are described and figured. The specimens
treated herein belong to the following institutions:
AAG, Agricultural Academy of Guangxi, Nanning, China;
AG, Academy of Guangxi, Nanning, China;
GIF, Guangdong Institute of Forestry Sciences, Guangzhou, China;
IEZU, Institute of Entomology, Zhongshan University, Guangzhou, China;
JAU, Jiangxi Agricultural University, Nanchang, China;
KZPQO, Kunming Zoology and Plant Quarantine Office, P.R.C., Kunming, China.
Cristapriona Hua, New Subgenus
Elytra with two distinct longitudinal ridges on the disk and with a tubercle on
the humeral angle. Third antennal segment distinctly longer than the fourth.
Name derivation. —The name is a combination of the generic name Apriona
and of the prefix Crist- which refers to the longitudinal ridges on the disk of the
elytra.
Type species. —Apriona chemsaki Hua, n. sp.
This new subgenus is closely related to the nominate subgenus Apriona {Apriona)
Chevrolat (Breuning, 1949; Gilmour, 1958) by the immaculate elytra and by the
third antennal segment distinctly longer than the fourth. Cristapriona differs from
the subgenus Apriona by possessing tubercles instead of spines on the humeral
angles and by the distinct longitudinal ridges of the elytra.
Apriona ( Cristapriona ) chemsaki Hua, New Species
(Fig. 1)
Name derivation. —Named in honor of Dr. John A. Chemsak of the University
of California, Berkeley.
Male. — Form large, oblong; integument black; pubescence golden, moderately
210
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Apriona (Cristapriona) chemsaki Hua, n. sp., holotype male. (Photograph by T. W.
Davies.)
dense, long on the undersurface; head with frons longer than broad; antennae
extending about three segments beyond the elytra, scape thick, dorsally plane,
third segment longer than fourth, segments clothed with yellow-brown pubescence,
sparsely fringed beneath, third segment whitish annulate at basal %, fourth an¬
nulate at basal V 2 and remaining segments at basal 3 / 5 . Pronotum transverse, broader
than long, with acute lateral spines; apex with deeply transverse groove, base with
two transverse grooves; disk with several transverse grooves and about five ir¬
regular rugae; mesostemum whitish pubescent at middle. Scutellum broadly
rounded. Elytra elongate, subparallel behind humeri; humeri tuberculate; each
elytron with two longitudinal ridges extending almost to apex, the outer pair
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
211
Figure 2. Thylactus pulawskii Hua, n. sp., holotype female. (Photograph by S. M. Middleton.)
longer; basal V 3 with numerous glabrous tubercles, those on humeri, at the base
of suture, and at the bases of the ridges, larger; margins and suture (except basally)
with whitish pubescence; apices obliquely truncate, angles strongly spinose, sutural
pair longer. Legs whitish pubescent, tibiae and tarsi with dark brown setae.
Length, 36.00 mm; width, 10.00 mm.
Holotype male.— China: Jiangxi: Liantang, VII. 1956 (type depository: Jiangxi
Agricultural University, Nanchang, China; temporarily deposited at Zhongshan
University).
Thylactus pulawskii Hua, New Species
(Fig. 2)
Name derivation.— Named in honor of Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski of the Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences.
Female. — Body near oblong, parallel, acute apically. Dark brown, clothed with
golden-yellow to dark-brown pubescence, labrum, clypeus, the basal half of man¬
dibles, maxillary palpi and labial palpi red brown, the apical half of mandibles
pitchy black, legs and ventral surface dark brown. The lateral margins of pronotum
silver-white pubescent, the underside of prothorax black-brown pubescent. Scu-
tellum covered with brownish pubescence. Elytra with dark brown longitudinal
212
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
bands on each side of suture extending from base to about V3, band broadening
and extending toward but not reaching lateral margins, areas anterior to margins
of divergent bands broadly pale, base finely, densely brownish pubescent, apical
V3 behind median band brownish pubescent. Humeri dark pubescent beneath.
Frons transverse, sparsely punctate; eyes coarsely faceted, inferior lobes as long
as the genae below; antennal tubercles widely separated; vertex shallowly de¬
pressed. Antennae slightly shorter than body, 3rd segment slightly longer than
4th, 4th distinctly longer than scape. Pronotum transverse, centrally with a ridged
longitudinal line, lateral lines of disk with about nine irregular, oblique rugae,
large pocklike punctures scattered between the rugae, each puncture with a small
tubercle at center, tubercles each bearing a brownish seta; sides acutely tuberculate
behind middle. Scutellum tongue-shaped. Elytra three times as long as head and
prothorax together, slightly narrowed at basal V3, the sutural angles acute, each
elytron with a shallow costa near suture extending from base and ending before
apex, an arcuate costa extending from humerus and two costae beginning behind
humeri and ending before apex; basal punctures coarse, separated, punctures
behind middle smaller, arranged between the costae. Legs short, finely, densely
pubescent. Abdomen minutely punctate, finely, densely pubescent; last stemite
emarginate at apex.
Length, 28.00 mm; width, 8.00 mm.
Holotype female. —China: Guangxi: Lungsheng, at light, 1,000 m, 20.VI.1984,
Li Jun (Academy of Guangxi, Nanning, China; temporarily deposited at Zhong-
shan University).
This new species differs from Thylactus analis Franz, 1954, T. simulans Gahan,
1890 and T. chinensis Kriesche, 1924 (Breuning, 1950) in having the sutural
angles acute and not expanded into lobes, the body pubescence is fine and short
instead of thick and long. It differs from T. densepunctatus Chiang et Li (1984)
from China by having the sutural angles of the elytra acute instead of truncate.
New Records of Longicorn Beetles from China
Cerambycinae
Callichromatini Lacordaire
1. Chloridolum jeanoinei (Pic, 1932)
Material examined. —China: Guangdong: 1, Lungmen, 9.VI. 1980 (GIF); 1, Hai¬
nan Island (Jianfengling), 19.V.1985 (IEZU); Guangxi: 2, Tienling, 12.VI.1981
(AAG).
Distribution.— Laos, Vietnam and China.
2. Acrocyrtidus argenteofasciatus Pic, 1903
Material examined.— China: Guangdong: 1, Hainan Island (Jianfengling),
18.III. 1982 (IEZU).
Distribution. —Vietnam and China.
Lamiinae
Mesosini Thomson
3. Mesosa indica Breuning, 1935
Material examined. —China: Yunnan: 1, Yuangjiang, VII. 1983 (KZPQO).
Distribution. —India, Sri Lanka, Burma and China.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
213
4. Mutatocoptops alboapicalis Pic, 1925
Material examined. — China: Yunnan: 1 (KZPQO).
Distribution.— Malaysia, Indonesia, Laos and China.
Pteropliini Thomson
5. Pterolamia strandi Breuning, 1935
Material examined.— China: Guangdong: 2, Hainan Island (Jianfengling),
30.VI.1981, 7.IV. 1983 (IEZU).
Distribution. — Original locality unknown, China.
Agniini Thomson
6. Monochamus tonkinensis Breuning, 1935
Material examined. —China: Guangdong: 1, Foshan, 20.V. 1981 (GIF).
Distribution. — Vietnam and China.
Acanthocini Lacordaire
7. Exocentrus guttulatus alboguttata Fisher, 1925
Material examined.— China: Guangxi: 1, Lungzhou, 18.V.1982 (AAG).
Distribution. —Philippines and China.
Saperdini Mulsant
8. Oberea hebescens Bates, 1873
Material examined.— China: Jiangsu: 1, Xiashu, 30.V. 1936 (IEZU).
Distribution.— U.S.A. and China.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to many persons for their help with this work. Prof. Zhang Shi-
mei (JAU) and Mr. Li Jun (AG) loaned the respective holotypes described in this
paper. I am grateful to Dr. John A. Chemsak of the University of California,
Berkeley; Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, Dr. David H. Kavanaugh, Dr. Norman D.
Penny, Mr. Vincent F. Lee, Mr. Thomas W. Davies, Ms. Susan M. Middleton
and Mrs. L. Gail Freihofer of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco;
Dr. Lee H. Herman and Mr. Sarfraz Lodhi of the American Museum of Natural
History, New York; and Dr. Terry L. Erwin, Dr. Richard E. White, Dr. Theodore
J. Spilman and Mr. Gary F. Hevel of the National Museum of Natural History,
Washington, D.C. for their hospitality and help during my visits to their museums.
Literature Cited
Breuning, S. 1949. Notes systematiques sur les Lamiaires. Bull. Inst. Royal Sci. Natur. Belg., 25(39):
1-32.
-. 1950. Revision des “Xylorhixini.” Longicomia, 1:379-410.
Chiang, S.-N., and L.-S. Li. 1984. Three new longicom beetles from Yunnan, China (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae). Entomotaxonomia, 6(2/3):97—101.
Franz, E. 1954. Die Xylorhizini des Senckenberg-Museums (Ins. Col. Ceramb.). Senck. Biol., 35 (1/
2):91—98.
Gilmour, E. F. 1958. Revision of the genus Apriona Chevrolat (Cerambicidae: Lamiinae: Batocerini).
Idea 11(2/3):35—83, pis. I-V; 11(4):93-131.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 214-217
Two New Species of Priocnemis from the Nearctic
Region (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae)
Marius S. Wasbauer
Analysis and Identification/Entomology, California Department of Food and
Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, California 95814.
Abstract. — Two new species in the primarily Holarctic subgenus Priocnemis are
described from the Nearctic region, Priocnemis {Priocnemis) lasiura from Cali¬
fornia and Priocnemis {Priocnemis) kevini from Idaho and Michigan. Both de¬
scriptions are based on the males.
The subgenus Priocnemis is primarily Holarctic in distribution with extensions
into Asia, Africa and South America. The extent of the fauna in Central and
South America has yet to be determined. The Nearctic fauna, including the ones
described here, consists of 11 species.
Priocnemis {Priocnemis) lasiura, New Species
Holotype male. — Black, metasoma with vague blue reflections. Length 8.74 mm.
Anterior wing length 6.74 mm. Wings hyaline, anterior wing darkened from base
of marginal, first submarginal and third discoidal cells to apex, with narrow band
of faint infuscation over basal and transverse median veins. Posterior wing dark¬
ened from just beyond transverse cubital vein to apex. Erect hair long and mod¬
erately abundant on head, proepistemum, sixth metasomal sternum and subgen¬
ital plate, long, scattered on metasomal sterna two to five, elsewhere short and
sparse. Hairs of sixth sternum forming loose brush, longest anteriorly, becoming
progressively shorter toward posterior margin. Appressed pubescence dilute, white
on head and mesosoma, longer and more noticeable on comers of lower face and
posterior slope of propodeum, dark on metasoma. Head and mesosoma densely
punctate, punctures very small, contiguous, those on frons separated by average
of 0.25 times puncture diameter. Head rounded, slightly wider than long, FD/
TFD 0.90. Temples narrow. Ocelli forming right triangle, POL/OOL 0.78. Front
narrow, MID/TFD 0.53. Compound eyes diverging above, LID/UID 0.81. Clyp-
eus narrow, 2.31 times as wide as long, apical margin slightly convex. Length of
third antennal segment 0.92 times fourth and 1.09 times ultimate segment. Pro-
notum short, broadly angled to declivous anterior portion, posterior margin broad¬
ly angulate. Postnotum 1.18 times as long as metanotum. Propodeum in profile
low, nearly flat anteriorly with slightly steepened posterior slope. Anterior wing
with marginal cell 3.28 times as long as high, removed from wing apex by 0.75
times its length. Third submarginal cell 1.52 times as long as second submarginal
measured on cubitus, third transverse cubital vein meeting cubitus at right angle.
Posterior tibial spur 0.78 times length of basitarsus. Subgenital plate (Fig. 3) broad,
ligulate, widest at base, sides more or less evenly convergent toward rounded
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
215
apex, uniformly covered with stout, straight, erect hairs which are as long as half
width of plate. Genitalia in ventral view (Fig. 1) with aedeagus widest at, or
slightly beyond, middle, tapering to subacute apex. Digitus stout, widest at apex,
ventral surface with numerous short setae. Gonostylus slender, shorter than para-
penial lobes, in lateral view (Fig. 2), with ventral margin arcuate and set with
dense, long, straight hairs, dorsal margin with few long hairs.
Type. -Holotype male (CAS): California: Tulare County: Ash Mountain, Ka-
weah Power Station #3, VII-17-1983 (R. D. Haines). The genitalia are in glycerine
in a microvial pinned with the specimen. Paratypes: Five males with same data
as holotype except VI-3 to IX-8 in CAS and author’s collection.
Female. — Unknown.
Variation ( n = 6).—Length 7.16-8.42 mm. Anterior wing length 6.52-7.05 mm.
FD/TFD 0.89-0.91. POL/OOL 0.73-0.86. MID/TFD 0.50-0.55. LID/UID 0.79-
0.84. Clypeus 2.00-2.34 times as wide as long. Third antennal segment 0.91-1.03
times length of fourth. Postnotum 1.00-1.31 times as long as metanotum. Anterior
wing marginal cell 3.28-3.76 times as long as high. Third submarginal cell 1.20-
1.74 times as long as second. Posterior tibial spur 0.69-0.78 times length of
basitarsus. Apex of subgenital plate broadly rounded, subtruncate or slightly in¬
dented.
Discussion. — The type series of Priocnemis lasiura consists of specimens larger
than males of any described North American species in the nominate subgenus.
Although somewhat more slender, they are comparable in size to males of oregona
Banks and minorat a Banks in the subgenus Priocnemissus.
This species will run to couplet 3 of Townes’ (1957) key but will fit neither
alternate. The subgenital plate is very broad, its long erect hairs are not recurved
and the frons is distinctly punctate.
Morphologically P. lasiura does not appear closely related to any species de¬
scribed previously from the Nearctic region. In general size and pattern of punc-
tation, it is similar to germana (Say) and notha (Cresson) but the compound eyes
are more strongly convergent below, the clypeus is longer in relation to its width,
the wings are hyaline, distinctly darkened at the tips and the third submarginal
cell is noticeably longer than the second. Additionally, the apical margin of the
clypeus is thin and lamellate (variously thickened in males of germana), the
gonostylus is long, slender and arched (short, lobed and expanded at apex in
germana) and the subgenital plate is broad, nearly flat and uniformly covered
with long, erect hairs (narrow, toothed and with hairs restricted to basal areas in
notha).
Priocnemis ( Priocnemis ) kevini, New Species
Holotype male.— Black, metasoma and femora dark brown, anterior tibia me¬
dium brown. Length 6.41 mm. Anterior wing length 4.41 mm. Wings faintly
infuscate, slightly darker at apex but without distinct marginal band. Erect hairs
sparse, longest on frons, proepisterna, anterior coxae, metasomal sterna two to
six and subgenital plate, elsewhere very short. Hairs of sixth sternum more nu¬
merous than on preceding sterna but not forming a brush. Appressed pubescence
very dilute, pale brown to white on head and mesosoma, darker on metasoma,
slightly longer on lower corners of face and clypeus. Head densely punctate,
punctures small, shallow, regular, those on frons separated by average of 0.30
216
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-3. Priocnemis lasiura. 4-6. Priocnemis kevini. 1, 4. Genitalia, ventral view. 2, 5. Left
gonostylus, lateral view. 3, 6. Subgenital plate, ventral view.
times puncture diameter. Mesosoma densely punctate dorsally, punctures very
small, shallow, irregular. Head noticeably wider than long, FD/TFD 0.83. Temples
moderately well developed. Ocelli forming acute triangle, POL/OOL 0.60. Frons
relatively wide, MID/TFD 0.59. Compound eyes scarcely divergent above, LID/
UID 0.96. Clypeus 2.52 times as wide as long, apical margin truncate. Length of
third antennal segment 0.97 times fourth and 1.07 times ultimate segment. Pro-
notum long, evenly curved anteriorly, posterior margin sharply angulate. Post-
notum 1.00 times as long as metanotum. Propodeum in profile low, slightly
steepened posteriorly. Anterior wing with marginal cell 4.35 times as long as high,
removed from wing apex by 0.97 times its length. Third submarginal cell 0.90
times as long as second, measured on cubitus, third transverse cubital vein meeting
cubitus at obtuse angle. Posterior tibial spur 0.85 times length of basitarsus.
Subgenital plate (Fig. 6) widest at base, constricted to subrectangular apical por¬
tion, apex somewhat convex, apical half uniformly covered with stout, erect,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
217
straight hairs, decurved at apices and about as long as width of plate. Genitalia
(Fig. 4) with aedeagus widest about middle, tapering to acute apex. Digitus nearly
parallel-sided, not expanded toward apex, outer surface uniformly clothed with
short setae. Gonostylus blade-like, slightly longer than parapenial lobes, in lateral
view (Fig. 5) with ventral margin slightly concave and set with long, somewhat
decurved hairs, dorsal margin with few apically directed hairs near apex.
Type. — Holotype male (CAS): Idaho: Gooding County: Wood River, 1 mi NE
Gooding, Malaise Trap 8A-6P, VII-6/7-1980 (M. S. and K. M. Wasbauer). The
genitalia are in glycerine in a microvial pinned with the specimen. Paratypes:
Three males with same data as holotype in CAS and author’s collection; one male,
Michigan: Ann Arbor, IX-3/16-1975 (M. G. Fitton) in BM.
Female. — Unknown.
Variation (n = 5).—Length 4.10-6.41 mm. Anterior wing length 3.54-4.67 mm.
FD/TFD 0.83-0.93. POL/OOL 0.45-0.60. MID/TFD 0.52-0.62. UID/LID 0.89-
0.96. Clypeus 2.48-2.92 times as wide as long. Third antennal segment 1.03-1.10
times as long as fourth. Postnotum 1.00-1.12 times as long as metanotum. An¬
terior wing marginal cell 3.60-4.35 times as long as high. Third submarginal cell
0.82-1.18 times as long as second. Posterior tibial spur 0.62-0.85 times length
of basitarsus.
Discussion.— As in the preceding species males of Priocnemis kevini will not
run beyond couplet 3 of Townes’ key. The frons is punctate and the exposed
portion of the subgenital plate is not over 1.5 times as long as wide. The hairs on
the plate are long, suberect and straight, recurved only at their tips. In this feature,
the species resembles P. hestia (Banks) but lacks the pair of longitudinal parallel
carinae of the sixth metasomal sternum.
This species is affectionately dedicated to my son, Kevin, a good collector and
companion on many field trips.
Acknowledgments
I thank Mr. M. C. Day, British Museum (Natural History), London for sending
material and for his comments and suggestions. I thank Mr. R. D. Haines, Tulare
County Agricultural Commissioner/Sealer’s Office, Visalia for providing material
of one of the species here described.
Literature Cited
Townes, H. K. 1957. Nearctic wasps of the subfamilies Pepsinae and Ceropalinae. Bull. U.S. Natl.
Mus., 209:1-286.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 218-220
Robert Cunningham Miller (1899-1984)
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Dr. Robert Cunningham Miller was bom at Blairsville, Pennsylvania, on July
3, 1899. He died at Herrick Hospital in Berkeley, California, on June 11, 1984,
in his eighty-fourth year, after several years of declining health. Robert C. Miller
was one of three sons and two daughters of Coursen Herbert Miller and Alma
(nee Gilmore) Miller. Both of his parents were ordained ministers in the Free
Methodist Church.
According to the Membership Record on file with the Pacific Coast Entomo¬
logical Society, Robert C. Miller became interested in insects “In the backyard,
at age of 4 years; received encouragement from many entomologists, including
T. N. Brown of Uniontown, Penna., and E. C. Van Dyke (a correspondent of T.
N. Brown).” As Director of the California Academy of Sciences, from 1938 to
1963, Dr. Miller strongly supported the association of the Pacific Coast Entomo¬
logical Society with the Academy and served as Treasurer of this society for twenty-
one years.
Robert C. Miller attended Public Schools and Greenville College, a Methodist
College in Greenville, Illinois, where he received an A.B. degree in 1920. Majoring
in Marine Biology, he received his A.M. (in 1921) and Ph.D. (in 1923) degrees
from the University of California, Berkeley, with Joseph Grinnell as his major
professor. While a graduate student, Miller studied marine boring organisms that
were threatening the piers in San Francisco Bay.
Robert C. Miller was successively Assistant Professor (1924-1930), Associate
Professor (1930-1936), and Professor (1936-1938) of Zoology and Oceanography
at the University of Washington. In 1929-1932 he received a leave of absence to
serve as Visiting Professor at Lingnan University (now Zhongshan University) in
Canton, China. On September 15, 1937, he married a lovely fellow faculty mem¬
ber, Lea Van Puymbroeck. Their marriage took place in Ghent, Belgium, the
native country of his wife.
In 1938, the California Academy of Sciences was searching for a Director, and
Joseph Grinnell, a Trustee, recommended his former student. Robert C. Miller
accepted the Director’s position even though he did not apply for it, and during
his quarter century of guidance the institution prospered and advanced. During
his directorship, the Alexander F. Morrison Planetarium was built, with its unique
star projection system designed and built under the direction of the Academy’s
Albert S. Getten and Dr. G Dallas Hanna. This was followed by the Lovell White
Hall of Man and Nature, the Dean Witter African Hall, the Alice Eastwood Hall
of Botany, the John Ward Mailliard, Jr. Library, the May Treat Morrison Au¬
ditorium, and new quarters for the expanded Botany and Birds and Mammals
departments, as well as a one and one-half million dollar renovation of Steinhart
Aquarium. Dr. Miller founded Pacific Discovery, a journal of nature and culture
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
219
Figure 1. Robert Cunningham Miller. Photograph taken at California Academy of Sciences (Courtesy
Academy Archives).
in the Pacific World (serving as managing editor 1948-1963), and the popular
television show, Science in Action, so well narrated by Drs. Tom Groody and
Earl S. Herald.
Robert C. Miller chose to provide headquarters for and served as officer of at
least two organizations during his association with the Academy—as Secretary to
the Pacific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
for twenty-eight years, and as Treasurer of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
for twenty-one years. The Academy also contracted for the California State Marine
Research Commission in the coordination of the California Cooperative Oceanic
Fisheries Investigations (CALCOFI), including studies of the Pacific Sardine,
Northern Anchovy, and Herring.
220
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
In 1943, Robert C. Miller succeeded Edwin R. Leach as Treasurer of the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society and served in this office until his retirement in 1963.
For most of this time, Mrs. Vashti Hawley Getten, Dr. Miller’s administrative
secretary, handled all the accounts and billings for the Society. Fortunately she
continued as a volunteer for the eighteen years that I served as Treasurer of the
Society, some of the latter years, after her own retirement from the Academy.
Nearly forty years of support to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society was
initiated by Dr. Miller and continued by his successor as Director, Dr. George E.
Lindsay. On November 15, 1968 Dr. Miller was elected an Honored Member of
the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Robert C. Miller’s earlier association and friendship with Drs. Don L. Frizzell
and Harriet Exline Frizzell at the University of Washington, was supportive in
the establishment, in 1972, of the Frizzell Arachnological Fund at the California
Academy of Sciences, a fund with a principal of over $100,000.
Robert C. Miller published over 220 articles in a broad spectrum of biological
topics—on conservation, on fishes, on birds both of the Pacific Coast of North
America and China, on insects, on botany, on mollusks, on biographies, on re¬
views, etc. His first paper, published in 1916, treated the Dayflower (Commelina
communis), while his book, The Sea, first published by Random House, Inc. in
1966, was translated and published in four additional languages.
Some early papers published in the field of Entomology by Dr. Miller include:
1917. Tenacity to life in insects. Scientific American Supplement, 83(2148): 133.
1917. Seventy-five thousand insects. The Guide to Nature, 10(10): 153—155.
1917. The story of the dragon. American Motherhood, 45(2): 111-113.
1929. Subcutaneous parasitism of a young warbler by fly larvae. Murrelet, 10(1):
13-14.
1930. Thomas Nesmith Brown, Entomological News, 41(l):29-30.
1931. The Brenthidae and Lycidae of China (translated from the German of
Kleine). Lingnan Science Journal, 7:491-496.
Robert C. Miller was a man of keen wit, and he enjoyed telling stories that
were always sophisticated and pertinent. He delighted in a play on words and his
pleasure in using the correct word is well shown in his vice-presidential address
presented at the 32nd meeting of the AAAS.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society, the Academy, and Science in general
are fortunate to have had Dr. Miller’s strong interest, support, and guidance.
Robert C. Miller’s wife preceded him in death in 1979. Dr. Miller is survived
by two brothers, Mendal Miller, of Seattle, Washington, and Donald Miller, of
Gaithersburg, Maryland, and by two sisters, Lois Winslow, of Stanton, California,
and Jean Bowman of Santa Ana, California, and many nieces and nephews.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 221-223
A Simple Humidity Chamber for Maintaining Subterranean
Termites (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in the Laboratory
J. Kenneth Grace
Department of Entomological Sciences, 201 Wellman Hall, University of Cal¬
ifornia, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract.— A simple and inexpensive apparatus for establishing the high hu¬
midity necessary to rear Reticulitermes hesperus Banks in the laboratory is de¬
scribed. This humidity chamber permits soil-free culture and could be used with
other subterranean termite species. This technique could also be modified for use
with other insects requiring specific humidity conditions.
Various techniques have been described for maintaining cultures of Reticuli¬
termes species (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in the laboratory. Most of these tech¬
niques require soil or some other tunneling substrate to retain moisture (Hendee,
1937; Adamson, 1941; Strickland, 1950; Haverty, 1979; Smith, 1979). However,
soil-free culture is advantageous when individual termites must be removed from
rearing containers frequently for biological assays, and also facilitates observations
of group behavior. Pence (1957) describes a method using plaster in place of soil
to retain moisture. This permits ready observation, but the apparatus is designed
for long-term maintenance and individual termites are not easily removed.
I describe here a simple and inexpensive method of maintaining western sub¬
terranean termites, Reticulitermes hesperus Banks, in the laboratory. This tech¬
nique satisfies their high moisture requirement (Williams, 1934; Pence, 1957) in
soil-free culture. Individuals can easily be removed from rearing boxes with a
hand aspirator.
Materials and Methods
Subterranean termites can be collected either in traps (La Fage et al., 1983) or
by dissecting infested wood. In our laboratory, infested wood is cut into small
blocks and termites dislodged from their galleries by tapping the wood. Dislodged
individuals and those removed from infested soil with an aspirator attached to a
small vaccum pump are placed in clear plastic boxes (ca. 30 x 19 x 10 cm).
These boxes were originally sold for storing shoes. Each box is provided with a
small piece of the wood from which the termites were collected, Whatman No.
1 filter paper, and a small piece of damp cotton. The damp cotton is a source of
moisture while the box is open during the collection process. These boxes, each
containing a maximum of ca. 3000 termites, are then placed open (without lids)
in a humidity chamber.
The humidity chamber is a rectangular (ca. 36x30x80 cm) 32-gallon poly¬
ethylene refuse container containing 10-15 liters of water. Refuse containers such
as Sears Permanex 6 in which the lid slides down over the rim (friction-fit) provide
222
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
a better seal than those in which the handles move to lock the lid in place. Termite
rearing boxes are placed on stackable plastic storage shelves (such as Rubbermaid
No. 2340). Approximately 7 cm must be sawn off one end of each shelf for it to
fit into the refuse container. Each refuse container easily holds four stacked shelves,
thus housing up to four rearing boxes (ca. 12,000 termites).
Results and Discussion
Humidity within the chamber can be monitored with a small hygrothermograph
or with a direct-reading membrane hygrometer such as those manufactured by
Bacharach, Inc. With our laboratory temperatures of 21-25°C, a nearly saturated
atmosphere (94 ± 5% RH) is maintained within the chamber. Although high
humidity is desirable for subterranean termite survival, lower humidity regimes
could also be established with salt solutions (cf. Peterson, 1964; Winston and
Bates, 1960).
Whatman No. 1 filter paper is our standard feeding substrate and is added as
needed to the rearing boxes. No decline in activity or survival has been noted in
groups kept in the laboratory for over three years. A diet such as that described
by Mauldin and Rich (1975) could also be used in lieu of filter paper.
In addition to its use as a rearing container, this humidity chamber is also
appropriate for use in feeding assays, since it eliminates the need to add water
periodically to the experimental units (petri dishes, etc.). As noted by Haverty
(1979) opening these containers to replenish the water is disturbing and can cause
some termite mortality. In our laboratory, petri dishes or 30 ml plastic cups
containing termites and the substrate of interest are placed in the humidity cham¬
ber and left undisturbed for the duration of the test. This technique has been
employed to assess termite survival in alpha-cellulose and various sawdusts (un¬
published), and to assay feeding on rice papers suspected of antifeedant activity
(Grace et al., 1986).
Although designed for subterranean termite maintenance, this method of hu¬
midity control has also been successfully adapted in our laboratory to rear bark
beetles and may prove useful with other insects as well.
Acknowledgments
I am grateful for the cooperation of G. W. Frankie, I. Kubo and D. L. Wood
(U.C., Berkeley). I thank D. L. Wood for manuscript review and A. G. Appel
(Auburn University) for encouraging publication.
Literature Cited
Adamson, A. M. 1941. Laboratory technique for the study of living termites. Ecology, 22:411-414.
Grace, J. K., I. Kubo, and S. E. Lindow. 1986. Measurement of termite (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae)
feeding on paper by video image analysis. J. Entomol. Sci., 21:10-15.
Haverty, M. I. 1979. Selection of tunneling substrates for laboratory studies with three subterranean
termite species. Sociobiology, 4:315-320.
Hendee, E. C. 1937. Laboratory colonies of termites. Pp. 275-279 in Culture methods for invertebrate
animals. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca.
La Fage, J. P., N.-Y. Su, M. J. Jones, and G. R. Esenther. 1983. A rapid method for collecting large
numbers of subterranean termites from wood. Sociobiology, 7:305-309.
Mauldin, J. K., and N. M. Rich. 1975. Rearing two subterranean termites, Reticulitermes flavipes
and Coptotermes formosanus, on artificial diets. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 68:454-456.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
223
Pence, R. J. 1957. The prolonged maintenance of the western subterranean termite in the laboratory
with moisture gradient tubes. J. Econ. Entomol., 50:238-240.
Peterson, A. 1964. Entomological techniques. Edwards Bros., Ann Arbor.
Smith, V. K. 1979. Improved techniques designed for screening candidate termiticides on soil in
the laboratory. J. Econ. Entomol., 72:877-879.
Strickland, M. J. 1950. Differences in toleration of drying between species of termites ( Reticulitermes ).
Ecology, 31:373-385.
Williams, O. L. 1934. Some factors limiting the distribution of termites. Pp. 42-49 in C. A. Kofoid
(ed.), Termites and termite control. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
Winston, P. W., and D. H. Bates. 1960. Saturated solutions for the control of humidity in biological
research. Ecology, 41:232-237.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 224-225
Scientific Note
Arthropod Visitors at Washingtonia filifera (Wendl) Flowers 1
Although some species of palm are wind-pollinated, others are known to rely
upon insects for pollination (Tomlinson, 1979, Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst., 10:85-107;
Blombery and Rodd, 1982, Palms, Angus and Robertson, London). It has not
yet been determined which of these two systems is operative for the desert fan
palm, Washingtonia filifera, of the Sonoran Desert. McClenaghan and Beauchamp
(1986, Evolution, 40:315-322) speculated that the lack of genetic differentiation
among W. filifera populations might be the result of insect, rather than wind,
pollination. Lepesme (1947, Les insectes des palmiers, Rue de Toumon, Paris)
listed 20 insect species associated with W. filifera but, with the exception of
Dinapate wrightii, did not describe the relationship between the insects and the
palms. A first step in ascertaining the mechanism of pollination is to determine
which, if any, insects visit W. filifera flowers.
On 20 and 21 July 1984, insects and other arthropods were observed or collected
at inflorescences of three desert fan palms located in Palm Canyon, Riverside
Co., Ca. Identifications of arthropods were made by the author, and Saul Frommer
and Robert Wagner of the University of California at Riverside. These taxa are
listed in Table 1 in decreasing frequency of occurrence. None of the species
collected appeared in Lepesme’s (1947) list.
1 Supported by a grant from the Richard King Mellon Foundation to the Palm Springs Desert
Museum.
Table 1. Arthropods observed or collected on inflorescences of the desert fan palm, Washingtonia
filifera. Listed in decreasing frequency of occurrence.
Scientific name
Common name
Order
Apis mellifera
Honey bee
Hymenoptera
Polistes*
Paper wasps
Hymenoptera
P. major
P. apachus
P. dorsalis
Xylocopa californica
California carpenter bee
Hymenoptera
Dermestidaef
Hide beetles
Coleoptera
Forelius foetidus
ant—no common name
Hymenoptera
Stratiomyidaef
Soldier flies
Diptera
Pep sis sp.
Tarantula hawks
Hymenoptera
Tripoxylon xantianum
Mud dauber wasp
Hymenoptera
Alleculidaef
Comb-clawed beetles
Coleoptera
Litoprosopus coachella
Palm moth
Lepidoptera
Tachytes sp.
Sand wasps
Hymenoptera
Prionyx parkeri
Sand wasp
Hymenoptera
Megachile sp.
Leafcutter bees
Hymenoptera
Salticidaef
Jumping spiders
Araneae
* As a genus, the second most frequent visitor,
t Arthropod could only be identified to the family level.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
225
The desert fan palm inflorescences observed in this study were visited by over
7 5 insects per hour. The most frequent visitor was the introduced honey bee {Apis
mellifera ) followed by paper wasps (Polistes), and the California carpenter bee
{Xylocopa californica). The latter insect often destroys the flower as it feeds (Cor¬
nett, 1985, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 61:251-252). Most insects would visit 5 or
more flowers on a single inflorescence and then fly from the palm. It could not
be determined if they immediately visited a second palm. Many of these species
may be pollinators of W. filifera and the diversity and abundance of insects in
general suggest that the flowers of this palm species are insect pollinated.
J. W. Cornett, Natural Science Department, Palm Springs Desert Museum,
Palm Springs, California 92263.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, p. 226
Scientific Note
Sleeping Habits of Steniolia tibialis Handlirsch (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
in Sierra County, California
Sleeping clusters of Steniolia tibialis Handlirsch were observed between July 9
and August 15, 1981 at the San Francisco State University Sierra Nevada Field
Campus (SNFC) (120°34'W, 39°37'N), 1500 m south of Bassett’s Station, Sierra
County, California.
Eleven sleeping clusters with between 2 and 5 individual wasps were counted.
Twelve sleeping individuals not associated with other wasps were found. Sleeping
wasps were individually numbered with acrylic paints. Four sleeping cluster sites
used by the wasps were found. Three of these sites were in a moist wooded
meadow, dominated by red fir {Abies magnifica A. Murr.), and grasses (Poa
bolanderi Yasey, Glyceria elata (Nash) Hitchc., Dactylis glomerata L. and Elymus
glaucus Buckl.), extending 300 m north of the SNFC entrance road. The fourth
site was in a sandy open area 1500 m NW of SNFC, with sparse vegetation
dominated by Monardella odoratissima Benth. and Penstemon gracilentus Gray.
Most of the sleeping Steniolia tibialis individuals were found on Dactylis glom¬
erata (37); with a few on Veratrum californicum Durand. (Liliaceae) (4), and one
on Glyceria elata. One sleeping individual was found in the fourth site, on Mon¬
ardella odoratissima.
Several individuals were found in clusters on the same plant each night, sug¬
gesting that the cluster locations were persistent. New individuals were found
nightly in each cluster; all individuals switched to other clusters within three days,
suggesting that cluster composition was transient. The sex ratio in the clusters did
not differ significantly from 1:1 (paired t-te st, t 05 [10 df] = 1.16, P — 0.270), and
the numbers of males and females were normally distributed (Wilk-Shapiro test
of normality, W = 0.9089, P > 0.1).
This is the first record of preference for grasses as sleeping cluster sites by
Steniolia. Evans and Gillaspy (1964, Amer. Midi. Nat., 72:257-280) listed many
plants where sleeping clusters of Steniolia have been found, including Composites,
Gymnosperms and a variety of herbaceous weedy species. They studied large (500
individual) seasonally recurring clusters of Steniolia obliqua (Cresson) on branches
of lodgepole pine near Moran, Wyoming. Their study suggested the sleeping
clusters were largest in June.
Perhaps the location of the sleeping clusters at the SNFC may be explained by
the physiognomy of the dominant low herbaceous vegetation. Interspecific dif¬
ferences in sleeping behavior in the genus Steniolia could explain the absence of
sleeping clusters of Steniolia tibialis on Abies in the present study.
Timothy L. Tyler, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
California 95116. Journal Paper No. 4183, University of Arizona Agricultural
Experiment Station.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 227-228
PUBLICATION RECEIVED
The Cerambycidae of North America, Part VII, No. 1: Taxonomy and Clas¬
sification of the Subfamily Lamiinae, Tribes Parmenini through Acanthoderini.
By E. Gorton Linsley and John A. Chemsak. University of California Publications
in Entomology, vol. 102, ix + 258, 57 figs. Date of publication: 28 February 1985
(vide John Chemsak). Published by University of California Press, 2223 Fulton
Street, Berkeley, CA 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562. Price $21.00 paperbound.
ISBN 0-520-09690-8.
This is the eighth volume of this series to be issued since the commencement
of publication, in 1961, with Part I, of a monograph of the Cerambycidae of
America north of Mexico. With two additional planned volumes, the first as Part
VII, No. 2, will complete the Lamiinae, tribes Acanthocini through Hemilophini,
and the tenth and last volume will present a final bibliography and index. The
present volume, in monographing the subfamily Lamiinae, discusses 16 tribes,
38 genera, and 113 valid species group taxa. The 57 figures include excellent
habitus illustrations prepared by Celeste Green and Carolyn Tibbetts.
The following nomenclatorial and taxonomic changes are published:
In the tribe Parmenini Mulsant— Ipochus hispidus Casey, 1913, I. parvulus
Casey, 1913, I. globicollis Casey, 1913, I. pinicola Casey, 1913, and I. catalinae
Casey, 1913, new synonyms of I. fasciatus LeConte, 1852 (pp. 11-12).
In the tribe Moneilemini Thomson —Monoplesa armigera Motschulsky des¬
ignated type species of Monoplesa Motschulsky, 1875 ( =Moneilema Say, 1824)
(p. 19); Moneilema (M.) annulatum montanum Psota, 1930, M. ( M .) puncticollis
Psota, 1930, M. ( M .) angulatum Psota, 1930, M. (M .) hybrida Psota, 1930, new
synonyms of M. annulatum Say, 1824 (pp. 22-23); Moneilema (M.) corrugans
Casey, 1913, M. (M.) corrugans ovipennis Casey, 1913, M. (M.) corrugans var.
arizonicum Psota, 1930, M. corpulenta Knaus, 1925, M. ( M .) nigriventris Fisher,
1926, M. ( M .) vittata Fisher, 1928, M. ( M .) duncani Psota, 1930, M. ( M .) rinconi
Psota, 1930, M. (M.) apressum var. scabrum Psota, 1930, M. (M.) alpinum Psota,
1930, M. (M.) parahybrida Psota, 1930, and M. (M.) texanum Psota, 1930, new
synonyms of M. appressum LeConte, 1852 (pp. 24-25); Moneilema giganteum
Craighead, 1923, new synonym of M. gigas LeConte, 1873 (p. 28); Moneilema
obtusum Leconte, 1873 and M. ( Collapteryx ) spoliatum Horn, 1885, new syn¬
onyms of M. semipunctatum LeConte, 1852 (pp. 29-30); Moneilema crassum
LeConte, 1853, M. laevigatum Bland, 1862, M. (Collapteryx ) simplicicornis Cas¬
ey, 1913, M. (C.) rugosipennis Fisher, 1928, M. (C.) isolatum Psota, 1930, M.
(C.) punctatum Psota, 1930, and M. (C.) walsenburgi Psota, 1930, new synonyms
of M. armatum LeConte, 1853 (pp. 33-35); and M. ( Collapteryx ) mundelli Fisher,
1931, new synonym of M. blapsides ulkei Horn, 1885 (p. 37).
In the tribe Monochamini Thomson— Cacoplia nebulosa albata Knull, 1960,
new synonym of Hebestola nebulosa Haldeman, 1847 (p. 45); Monochamus ob-
tusus fulvomaculatus Linsley, 1933, new status (p. 60); Monochamus clamator
rubigineus (Bates, 1880), new status (p. 68); Monochamus clamator linsleyi Dillon
and Dillon, 1941, new status (p. 71); Goes variegatus, new species, Florida, South
Carolina, Georgia, and Mississippi (p. 86); and Goes tumifrons, new species,
Missouri, Florida, Georgia, and Texas (p. 91).
In the tribe Dorcaschematini Thomson— Hetoemis Haldeman, 1847, new syn-
228
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
onym of Dorcaschema Haldeman, 1847 (p. 103); Dorcaschema cinereum (Olivier,
1795), new combination (p. 105); Hetoemis cinerea bimaculata Dillon and Dillon,
1948, new synonym of Dorcaschema cinereum (Olivier, 1795) (p. 105); and
Dorcaschema octovittata Knull, 1937, new synonym of D. alternatum (Say, 1824)
(p. 110).
In the tribe Adetini Lacordaire— Parmenonta thomasi, new species, Florida (p.
114); Tautoclines binotata Thomson designated type species of Tautoclines Thom¬
son, 1868 ( =Adetus LeConte, 1852) (p. 115); Adetus lewisi, new species, Arizona
(p. 116).
In the tribe Ataxiini Lacordaire— Pary satis collaris Thomson = Ataxia obscura
[Fabricius] designated type species of Parysatis Thomson, 1868 {=Ataxia Halde¬
man, 1847) (p. 124).
In the tribe Desmiphorini Thomson— Pyrracita apicata Thomson designated
type species of Pyrracita Thomson, 1868 ( =Desmiphora Audinet-Serville, 1835)
(p. 136).
In the tribe Estolini Lacordaire— Estoloides aquilonius, new species, Arizona
(p. 159).
In the tribe Pogonocherini Mulsant— Estoloderces navarroi Melzer designated
type species of Estoloderces Melzer, 1928 (=Lypsimena Haldeman, 1847) (p. 166);
Poliaenus obscurus schaefferi Linsley, 1933, new status (p. 181); Poliaenus ob-
scurus albidus Linsley, 1933, new status (p. 181); Ecyrus dasycerus var. texanus
Schaeffer, 1908, new synonym of E. arcuatus Gahan, 1892 (p. 190); and Cerambyx
ovatus Goeze, designated type species of Pogonocherus (Pityphilus ) Mulsant, 1862-3
(=Pogonocherus (.Pogonocherus ) Megerle, 1821) (p. 196).
In the tribe Acanthoderini Thomson— Aegomorphus quadrigibbus (Say, 1835),
new combination (p. 246); Psapharochrus quadrigibbus lucidus Knull, 1958, new
synonym of Aegomorphus quadrigibbus (Say, 1835) (p. 247); Aegomorphus mo-
destus (Gyllenhal, 1817), new combination (p. 250); Aegomorphus arizonicus, new
species, Arizona (p. 253); and Aegomorphuspeninsularis (Horn, 1880), new com¬
bination (p. 254).—Paul H. Amaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 229-236
Synonymic Species List of Euglossini
Lynn Siri Kimsey and Robert L. Dressler
(LSK) Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616; (RLD) Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, Apartado 2072, Balboa,
Rep. of Panama.
Abstract. — A detailed checklist of all the species in the apid tribe Euglossini is
given, including synonymy, complete type data and complete references.
Synonymic Species List of Euglossini
The biology of the euglossine orchid bees has attracted increasing interest since
Dodson, et al. (1969) discovered how to attract large numbers of males to chemical
baits. There has also been considerable taxonomic work on this group since 1969,
with a 50% increase in the number of described species.
In 1967b Moure published a checklist of the Euglossini. This checklist was
invaluable at the time but now requires considerable revision. Moure listed 5
species of Euglossa, including coruscans, cyanosoma, macropsectra, orichalcea
and spinigaleis, which have never been published. In addition, Euglossa augaspis,
iopyrrha, platymera, pleosticta and stilbonata were given as Moure species. How¬
ever, they were not published by Moure but were later published by Dressier
(1982a, 1982b, 1982c).
As a result of this confusion, some new synonymy and many additional species,
we give below a complete synonymic list of euglossine species. Subspecies are
indicated by ssp. Type repositories are given in capital letters and correspond with
the city of the particular museum given below.
Type repositories are as follow: BELEM—Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Be¬
lem, Para, Brazil; BERLIN—Zoologisches Museum, Humboldt-Universitat, Ber¬
lin, E. Germany; BUDAPEST—Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest;
BUENOS AIRES —Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, Argentina; CAM¬
BRIDGE—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Massachusetts, USA; COPENHAGEN—Universitetes Zoologiske Museum, Co¬
penhagen, Denmark; CUREPE—Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control,
Curepe, Trinidad; CURITIBA—Universidade Federal do Parana, Curitiba, Bra¬
zil; DAVIS—Bohart Museum of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
USA; GAINESVILLE—Florida State Museum, University of Florida, Gaines¬
ville, USA; GENEVA—Museum of Natural History, Geneva, Switzerland; GEN¬
OA—Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy; LAWRENCE—Snow Mu¬
seum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, USA; LONDON—British Museum
(Natural History), London, England; MUNICH—Zoologische Sammlung des Bay-
erischen Staates, Munich, W. Germany; NEW YORK—American Museum of
Natural History, New York, USA; OXFORD—Hope Entomological Collections,
Oxford University Museum, England; PARIS—Museum National d’Histoire Na-
230
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
turelle, Laboratoire d’Entomologie, Paris, France; SAN JOSE—Department of
Entomology, University of Costa Rica, San Jose; SAO PAULO—Museu de Zoo-
logia, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil; STOCKHOLM—Naturhistoriska Riks-
museet, Stockholm, Sweden; TURIN—Instituto e Museo di Zoologia, Universita
di Torino, Turin, Italy; UPPSALA—Zoological Institute, University of Uppsala,
Sweden; VIENNA—Zweite Zoologische Abteilung, Naturhistorisches Museum,
Vienna, Austria; WASHINGTON—U.S. National Museum of Natural History,
Washington, D.C.
Aglae Lepeletier and Serville
Aglaecaerulea Lepeletier and Serville, 1825:105. Lectotype female; French Guiana: Cayenne (TURIN).
Eufriesea Cockerell
aeniventris (Mocsary), 1896:5. ( Euglossa ). Lectotype female; Brazil: Espirito Santo (TURIN).
anisochlora (Kimsey), 1977:8. ( Euplusia ). Holotype male; Panama: Panama Prov., Cerro Jefe (DAVIS).
auripes (Gribodo), 1882:226. {Euglossa). Holotype male; French Guiana: Cayenne (GENOA).
boharti (Kimsey), 1977:10. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Venezuela: Aragua, Rancho Grande (DAVIS).
brasilanorum Friese, 1899:147. {Euglossa combinata ssp.). Holotype male; Brazil: Espirito Santo
(BERLIN).
caerulescens (Lepeletier), 1841:1. {Euglossa). Holotype male; “Mexico” (PARIS).
simillima (Moure and Michener in Moure), 1965:275. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Mexico: Chi¬
huahua, Maguarichic (LAWRENCE).
chalybaea (Friese), 1923:27. {Euglossa). Holotype male; Bolivia: Tarata (NEW YORK).
chrysopyga (Mocsary), 1898:497. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Bolivia: “Songo” (BUDAPEST).
combinata (Mocsary), 1897:446. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Bolivia: Antonio (BUDAPEST).
concava (Friese), 1899:151. {Euglossa mexicana ssp.). Lectotype male; Nicaragua (BERLIN).
convexa (Friese), 1899:151. {Euglossa mexicana ssp.). Holotype female; “Brasilia” (BUDAPEST).
corusca (Kimsey), 1977:10. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Barro Colorado
Island (DAVIS).
distinguenda (Gribodo), 1882:267. {Euglossa). Holotype male; French Guiana: Cayenne (GENOA).
dentilabris (Mocsary), 1897:443. {Euglossa). Holotype male; Brazil: Espirito Santo (BUDAPEST).
dressleri (Kimsey), 1977:12. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Pina area (DAVIS).
duckei (Friese), 1923:28. {Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Para, Macapa (NEW YORK).
eburneocincta (Kimsey), 1977:12. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Guyana: Dawa (WASHINGTON).
elegans (Lepeletier), 1841:13. {Eulaema). Holotype female; French Guiana: Cayenne (TURIN).
excellens (Friese), 1925:27. {Euglossa). Holotype male; Ecuador: Guayaquil (BERLIN).
fallax (F. Smith), 1854:381. {Euglossa). Lectotype male; Brazil: Para (LONDON).
flaviventris (Friese), 1899:152. {Euglossa mexicana ssp.). Lectotype female; Brazil (BUDAPEST).
formosa (Mocsary), 1908:581. {Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Amazonas, Tefe (BUDAPEST).
fragrocara Kimsey, 1977:13. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Peru: Huanuco, Rio Pachitea (DAVIS).
laniventris (Ducke), 1902b:573. {Euglossa). Lectotype male; Brazil: Para, Belem (BELEM).
limbata (Mocsary), 1897:442. {Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Piaui (BUDAPEST).
basalis (Friese), 1898:203. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Surinam (BERLIN).
lucida (Kimsey), 1977:13. {Euplusia). Holotype male; Colombia: Valle, Anchicaya (DAVIS).
lucifiera Kimsey, 1977:18. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, El Llano-Carti Rd., 19 km N El Llano
(DAVIS).
macroglossa (Moure), 1965:274. {Euglossa). Holotype male; Costa Rica: Turrialba (LAWRENCE).
magrettii (Friese), 1899:148. {Euglossa). Lectotype male; Venezuela (GENOA).
magrettii fulvohirta (Friese), 1899:148. {Euglossa). Lectotype male; Venezuela (GENOA).
andina (Friese), 1925:27. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Peru: Vilcanota (BERLIN).
mariana (Mocsary), 1896:4. {Euglossa). Holotype female; Bolivia: Bueyes (BUDAPEST).
superba (Mocsary), 1898:498. {Euglossa). Holotype male; Bolivia: “Songo” (BUDAPEST).
pulcherrima (Friese), 1923:27. {Euglossa). N. name for superba Mocsary, 1898, nec HofFmannsegg,
1817.
mariae (Friese), 1940:158. {Euglossa). Lapsus for mariana Mocsary, 1898.
mexicana (Mocsary), 1897:444. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Mexico: Presidio (BUDAPEST).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
231
mussitans (Fabricius), 1787:301. [Apis). Holotype female; French Guiana (COPENHAGEN).
mexicana inermis (Friese), 1899:151. ( Euglossa ). Lectotype male; Venezuela (NEW YORK).
nigrescens (Friese), 1925: 27. {Euglossa). N. name for magretti nigrita Friese, 1903.
magrettii nigrita (Friese), 1903:574. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Ecuador: Balzapampa (WASH¬
INGTON). Nec Lepeletier.
longipennis (Friese), 1925:28. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Ecuador: Guayaquil (BERLIN).
nigrohirta (Friese), 1899:142. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Para (BERLIN).
opulenta (Mocsary), 1908:582. (Euglossa). Holotype male; Peru: Chanchamayo (BUDAPEST).
ornata (Mocsary), 1896:3. (Euglossa). Holotype male; Brazil: Para (BUDAPEST).
pallida (Kimsey), 1977:15. (Euplusia). Holotype male; Mexico: Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutierrez (GAINES¬
VILLE).
pretiosa (Friese), 1903:575. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Ecuador: Santa Inez (NEW YORK).
pulchra (F. Smith), 1854:381. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Para, Tapajos (LONDON).
purpurata (Mocsary), 1896:127. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Peru: Iquitos (BUDAPEST).
rufocauda (Kimsey), 1977:15. (Euplusia). Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (DAVIS).
rugosa (Friese), 1899:152. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Mexico (BERLIN).
schmidtiana (Friese), 1925:26. (Euglossa). Lectotype male; Costa Rica: Sarapiqui (BERLIN).
superba (Hoffmannsegg), 1817:52. (Plusia). Holotype male; Brazil: Para (WASHINGTON).
manni (Cockerell), 1912:41. (Eulaema). Holotype male; Brazil: Rondonia, Abuna (WASHING¬
TON).
surinamensis (Linnaeus), 1758:578. (Apis). Holotype female; Surinam (STOCKHOLM).
tropica (Linnaeus), 1758:579. (Apis). Holotype female; “in calidus regionibus” (UPPSALA).
abdomenoflavum (DeGeer), 1773:574. (Apis). Holotype male; Surinam (STOCKHOLM).
smaragdina (Perty), 1833:150. (Centris). Holotype male; Brazil: Minas Gerais (MUNICH).
angulata (Mocsary), 1897:443. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Brazil: Piaui (BUDAPEST).
bruesi (Cockerell), 1914:307. (Eulaema). Holotype female; Ecuador: Guayaquil (WASHING¬
TON).
amabilis (Cockerell), 1917:16. (Eulaema). Holotype male; Brazil: Amazonas, Manaus (WASH¬
INGTON).
tectora (Kimsey), 1977:1 6. (Euplusia). Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Frijoles (DAVIS).
theresiae (Mocsary), 1908:581. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil: Amazonas, Tefe (BUDAPEST).
tucumana (Schrottky), 1902:117. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Argentina: Tucuman (BUENOS AIRES).
venezolana (Schrottky), 1913:708. (Centris). Holotype male; Venezuela (SAO PAULO).
buchwaldi (Friese), 1923:27. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Peru (BERLIN).
venusta (Moure), 1965:273. (Euplusia). Holotype female; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (LAW¬
RENCE).
vidua (Moure), 1976:277. (Euplusia). Holotype female; Surinam (repository unknown).
violacea (Blanchard), 1840:405. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil (type lost).
danielis (Schrottky), 1907:56. (Eumorpha). Holotype female; Paraguay: Asuncion (type lost).
violascens (Mocsary), 1898:497. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Bolivia: “Songo” (BUDAPEST).
auriceps (Friese), 1899:156. (Euglossa). Holotype male; Paraguay: Asuncion (WASHINGTON).
xantha (Kimsey), 1977:17. (Euplusia). Holotype male; Guyana: Rockstone, Mazaruni-Potaro (DA¬
VIS).
Euglossa Latreille
alleni Moure, 1968:35. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Palmar (WASHINGTON).
allosticta Moure, 1969:242. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Gamboa (WASHINGTON).
amazonica Dressier, 1982c: 146. Holotype male; Brazil: Para, Belem, IPEAN (WASHINGTON).
analis Westwood, 1840:262. Lectotype male; Brazil: Amazonas (OXFORD).
bicolor Ducke, 1902b:565. Lectotype male; Brazil, Para, Belem (BELEM).
annectans Dressier, 1982c: 127. Holotype male; Brazil: Guanabarra, Floresta de Tijuca (WASHING¬
TON).
asarophora Moure, 1969:239. Holotype male; Peru: Iquitos (LONDON).
atroveneta Dressier, 1978a: 177. Holotype male; Guatemala: Santa Rosa (WASHINGTON).
augaspis Dressier, 1982b: 133. Holotype male; Brazil: Amazonas, Manaus (WASHINGTON).
aureiventris Friese, 1899:135. Lectotype female; Brazil (VIENNA).
auriventris Friese, 1925:29. Syntype females; Brazil: Rio Branco, Ecuador: Guayaquil (BERLIN).
232
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
avicula Dressier, 1982c: 146. Holotype male; Brazil: Espirito Santo, Conceigao da Barra (WASHING¬
TON).
azureoviridis Friese, 1930:137. Lectotype male; Costa Rica: San Jose (BERLIN).
nigrescens Friese, 1930:137. Lectotype female; Costa Rica: San Jose (BERLIN).
bidentata Dressier, 1982a: 122. Holotype male; Peru: Huanuco, Llullapichis, Rio Pachitea (WASH¬
INGTON).
bigibba Dressier, 1982a: 128. Holotype male; Peru: Tebas (=Pebas) (BUDAPEST).
bursigera Moure, 1970:151. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Barro Colorado Is. (CURITIBA),
ssp. bursigera cupreicolor Moure, 1970:152. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Pozo Azul, San Jose (CU¬
RITIBA).
carinilabris Dressier, 1982b: 134. Holotype male; Brazil: Bahia, Itabuna (WASHINGTON).
chalybeata Friese, 1925:29. Lectotype male; Brazil: Para, Belem (BERLIN).
ssp. chalybeata iopoecila Dressier, 1982a: 126. Holotype male; Brazil: Parana, Alexandra (WASH¬
INGTON).
championi Cheesman, 1929:148. Lectotype male; Panama: Chiriqui (LONDON).
charapensis Cockerell, 1917:146. Holotype female; Peru: Rio Charape (WASHINGTON).
chlorina Dressier, 1982c: 141. Holotype male; Venezuela: Caracas (WASHINGTON).
cognata Moure, 1970:156. Holotype male; Brazil: Mocajuba (Mangabeira) (CURITIBA).
cordata (Linnaeus), 1758:572. Holotype male; “Guianas” (STOCKHOLM).
crassipunctata Moure, 1968:40. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Gamboa (WASHINGTON).
crininota Dressier, 1978a:176. Holotype male; Mexico: Veracruz, Cordoba (WASHINGTON).
cyanaspis Moure, 1968:46. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Diablo Heights (WASHING¬
TON).
cyanea Friese, 1899:135. Lectotype female; Bolivia: San Antonio (BUDAPEST).
cyanura Cockerell, 1917:146. Holotype male; Panama: Colon, Porto Bello (WASHINGTON).
cybelia Moure, 1968:26. Holotype male; Panama: Panama Prov., Cerro Campana (WASHINGTON).
deceptrix Moure, 1968:58. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (WASHINGTON).
decorata F. Smith, 1874:444. Holotype female; Brazil: Amazonas, Sao Paulo de Olivenca (LONDON).
ruficauda Cockerell, 1918:688. Holotype female; Guyana: Kalacoon (NEW YORK).
despecta Moure, 1968:55. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Barro Colorado Is. (WASHING¬
TON).
dissimula Dressier, 1978a: 173. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (WASHINGTON).
dodsoni Moure, 1965:266. Holotype female; Costa Rica: Turrialba (LAWRENCE).
dressleri Moure, 1968:29. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Gamboa (WASHINGTON).
erythrochlora Moure, 1968:32. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Puntarenas, San Vito (WASHINGTON).
flammea Moure, 1969:231. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Gamboa (WASHINGTON).
fuscifrons Dressier, 1982b: 134. Holotype male; Ecuador, Napo, Veracruz (WASHINGTON).
gaianii Dressier, 1982c: 142. Holotype male; French Guiana: 12 km SW Kourou (WASHINGTON).
gibbosa Dressier, 1982c: 147. Holotype male; Ecuador: Pichincha, Santo Domingo (WASHINGTON).
gorgonensis Cheesman, 1929:146. Holotype male; Costa Rica (LONDON),
ssp. gorgonensis erythrophana Dressier, 1978a: 170. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Golfito
(WASHINGTON).
grand Cheesman, 1929:147. Holotype female; Colombia: Gorgona Is. (LONDON).
hansoni Moure, 1965:269. Holotype female; Panama: Colon, Pina area (LAWRENCE).
hemichlora Cockerell, 1917:146. Holotype female; Ecuador: Paramba (WASHINGTON).
auricollis Friese, 1923:26. Lectotype female; Ecuador: Guayaquil (BERLIN).
heterosticta Moure, 1968:52. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (WASHINGTON).
hyacinthina Dressier, 1982b: 135. Holotype male; Panama: Chiriqui, FortunaDam (WASHINGTON).
ignita F. Smith, 1874:444. Holotype male; Jamaica (LONDON).
chlorosoma Cockerell, 1918:688. Holotype female; Guyana: Bartica Dist. (NEW YORK). NEW
SYNONYMY.
igniventris Friese, 1925:29. Holotype female; Costa Rica: San Jose, La Caja (WASHINGTON).
cupreiventris Cheesman, 1929:146. Holotype female; Panama (LONDON).
imperialis Cockerell, 1922:6. Holotype female; Panama: Rio Trinidad (WASHINGTON).
intersecta Latreille, 1938:273. Holotype ?; French Guiana: Cayenne (Lost).
brullei Lepeletier, 1841:10. Holotype female; “Senegal” (Error—Amazon Region) (PARIS).
romandii Guerin, 1845:458. Lectotype male; locality unknown (GENEVA ?).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
233
ioprosopa Dressier, 1982a: 124. Holotype male; Peru: Huanuco, Llullapichis, Rio Pachitea (WASH¬
INGTON).
iopyrrha Dressier, 1982a: 123. Holotype male; Brazil: Para, Obidos (WASHINGTON).
jamaicensis Moure, 1968:43. Holotype male; Jamaica (CURITIBA).
Iaevicincta Dressier, 1982b: 136. Holotype male; French Guiana: 19 km SW Kourou (WASHING¬
TON).
lazulina Friese, 1923:26. Holotype female; Brazil: Para, Obidos (BERLIN).
liopoda Dressier, 1982c: 143. Holotype male; Venezuela: Bolivar, Rio Chicanan (WASHINGTON).
macrorhyncha Dressier, 1982b: 136. Holotype male; Ecuador: Pichincha, Santo Domingo (WASH¬
INGTON).
maculilabris Moure, 1968:23. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Campana (WASHINGTON).
magnipes Dressier, 1982c: 148. Holotype male; Peru: Huanuco, Llullapichis, Rio Pachitea (WASH¬
INGTON).
mandibularis Friese, 1899:137. Lectotype female; Brazil: Rio Grande do Sul, Santa Cruz do Sul
(BERLIN).
bernardina Cockerell, 1917:144. Holotype male; Paraguay: San Bernardino (WASHINGTON).
aenescens Friese, 1925:28. Lectotype male; Brazil: Mato Grosso, Passa Quatro (BERLIN).
melanotricha Moure, 1967 {In Sakagami et al.):47. Holotype male; Brazil: Mato Grosso, Araxa (CU¬
RITIBA).
micans Dressier, 1978a: 175. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Heredia, Puerto Viejo, La Selva (WASH¬
INGTON).
mixta Friese, 1899:135. Lectotype male; Panama: Chiriqui (BUDAPEST).
modestior Dressier, 1982c:143. Holotype male; Peru: Loreto, Iquitos (WASHINGTON).
mourei Dressier, 1982c: 148. Holotype male; Colombia: Amazonas, Leticia (WASHINGTON).
nigropilosa Moure, 1965:270. Holotype female: Ecuador: Tungurahua, Topo (LAWRENCE).
nigrosignata Moure, 1969:234. Holotype male; Panama: Code, El Valle de Anton (WASHINGTON).
obtusa Dressier, 1978a: 171. Holotype male; Mexico: Veracruz, Los Tuxtlas near Montepio (WASH¬
INGTON).
oleolucens Dressier, 1978a:169. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Las Cruces S San Vito
(WASHINGTON).
parvula Dressier, 1982b: 137. Holotype male; Colombia: Amazonas, Leticia (WASHINGTON).
perfulgens Moure, 1967a:388. Holotype female; Brazil: Amazonas, Tefe (CURITIBA).
perviridis Dressier, 1985:78. Holotype male; Peru: Madre de Dios, 30 km SW Puerto Maldonado
(WASHINGTON).
pictipennis Moure, 1943:191. Holotype female; Brazil: Sao Paulo, Batatais (CURITIBA).
piliventris Guerin, 1845:458. Syntype male, female; Brazil: Para (GENOA).
platymera Dressier, 1982c: 144. Holotype male; Brazil: Amazonas, Manaus (WASHINGTON).
pleosticta Dressier, 1982c: 150. Holotype male; Brazil: Espirito Santo, N Linhares (WASHINGTON).
polita Ducke, 1902b:571. Lectotype male; Brazil: Para, Belem (BELEM).
prasina Dressier, 1982b: 138. Holotype male; Colombia: Amazonas, Leticia (WASHINGTON).
purpurea Friese, 1899:135. Lectotype male; Panama: Chiriqui (BUDAPEST).
retroviridis Dressier, 1982a: 123. Holotype male; Colombia: Amazonas, Leticia (WASHINGTON).
rugilabris Moure, 1967a:391. Holotype female; Brazil: Amazonas, Tabatinga (CURITIBA).
sapphirina Moure, 1968:38. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Gamboa (WASHINGTON).
securigera Dressier, 1982c: 145. Holotype male; Brazil: Espirito Santo, Conceigao da Barra (WASH¬
INGTON).
singularis Mocsary, 1899:169. Holotype female; Surinam (BUDAPEST).
meliponides Ducke, 1902b:569. Lectotype female; Brazil: Para, Itaituba (BELEM).
apiformis Schrottky, 1911:39. Holotype female; Peru: Cuzco (Lost ?).
stellfeldi Moure, 1947:11. Holotype female; Brazil: Para, Caioba (CURITIBA).
stilbonata Dressier, 1982b: 138. Holotype male; French Guiana: 19 km SW Kourou (WASHINGTON).
townsendi Cockerell, 1904:24. Lectotype female; Mexico: Vera Cruz, San Rafael (NEW YORK).
tridentata Moure, 1970:152. Holotype male; Panama: Zona del Canal, Summit Gardens (WASH¬
INGTON).
trinotata Dressier, 1982b: 139. Holotype male; Colombia: El Valle, Buenaventura, Campamento de
Pulpapel (WASHINGTON).
turbinifex Dressier, 1978a: 168. Holotype male; Panama: Colon, Santa Rita ridge (WASHINGTON).
234
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
ultima Moure, 1968:61. Holotype male; Venezuela: Merida (BUDAPEST).
variabilis Friese, 1899:135. Lectotype male; French Guiana: Cayenne (BERLIN).
villosa Moure, 1968:17. Holotype male; Panama: Code, El Valle de Anton (WASHINGTON).
villosiventris Moure, 1968:20. Holotype male; Panama: Panama, Cerro Jefe (WASHINGTON).
viridifrons Dressier, 1982b: 140. Holotype male; Brazil: Para, Belem, IPEAN (WASHINGTON).
viridis (Perty), 1833:148. ( Cnemidium ). Holotype male; Brazil: Amazonas (MUNICH).
azurea Ducke, 1902b:570. Lectotype male; Brazil: Amapa, Macapa (BELEM).
viridissima Friese, 1899:136. Lectotype male; Mexico (VIENNA).
Eulaema Lepeletier
boliviensis (Friese), 1898:205. ( Eulema ). Lectotype female; Bolivia (BERLIN).
bombiformis (Packard), 1869:57. ( Euglossa ). Holotype female; Ecuador: Napo, Quito (CAMBRIDGE).
niveofasciata (Friese), 1899:165. {Euglossa). Lectotype female; Brazil: Pernambuco (VIENNA).
bomboides (Friese), 1923:28. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Ecuador: Balzapamba (NEW YORK).
cingulata (Fabricius), 1804:355. ( Centris ). Lectotype female; Guyana (?) (COPENHAGEN).
fasciata Lepeletier, 1841:12. Lectotype female; French Guiana: Cayenne (PARIS).
cajennensis Lepeletier, 1841:14. Holotype female; French Guiana: Cayenne (TURIN).
leucopyga (Friese), 1898:203. (Eulema). Holotype female; Colombia (BERLIN).
meriana (Olivier), 1789:65. (Apis). Holotype male; Surinam (Lost ?).
dimidiata (Fabricius), 1793:316. (Apis). Holotype male; Surinam (PARIS). Nec Olivier, 1789.
quadrifasciata (Friese), 1903:575. (Euglossa). Lectotype male; Costa Rica: San Carlos (BERLIN).
tenuifasciata (Friese), 1925:30. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Bolivia: Tarata (NEW YORK),
ssp. meriana flavescens (Friese), 1899:165. (Euglossa dimidiata ssp.). Lectotype female; Colombia
(VIENNA).
ssp. meriana terminata (F. Smith), 1874:442. (Eulema). Holotype male; Trinidad (LONDON).
mocsaryi (Friese), 1899:161. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Brazil (OXFORD).
nigrita Lepeletier, 1841:14. Lectotype female; French Guiana: Cayenne (TURIN).
analis Lepeletier, 1841:14. Holotype male; Brazil (PARIS).
raymondi (Schrottky), 1907:65. (Centris). Lectotype female; Venezuela: Caracas (SAO PAULO).
nigriceps (Friese), 1923:27. (Euglossa). Lectotype male; Colombia: Cauca-Tal (BERLIN).
willei Moure, 1963:213. Holotype male; Costa Rica: Guanacaste, Rio Blanco (SAN JOSE).
peruviana (Friese), 1903:575. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Peru: Cuzco, Marcapata (BUDAPEST).
polychroma (Mocsary), 1899:170 (Euglossa). Holotype male; Peru: Callanga (BUDAPEST).
polyzona (Mocsary), 1897:442. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Surinam (BUDAPEST).
difficilis (Friese), 1898:206. (Eulema). Lectotype female; Brazil: Para (BERLIN).
seabrai Moure, 1960:19. Holotype female; Brazil: Rio de Janeiro (CURITIBA).
ssp. seabrai bennetti Moure, 1967a:384. Holotype male; Trinidad: Aripo (CUREPE).
ssp. seabrai luteola Moure, 1967a:375. Holotype female; Colombia: Monte Redondo (CURITIBA),
ssp. seabrai mimetica Moure, 1967a:379. Holotype male; Brazil: Para, Obidos, Curusumba (CU¬
RITIBA).
speciosa (Mocsary), 1897:445. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Panama: Chiriqui (BUDAPEST).
semirufa (Friese), 1898:204. (Eulema). Holotype male; Panama: Chiriqui (BERLIN).
nigrifacies (Friese), 1899:205. (Eulema). Holotype male; Venezuela: Santa Parima (BERLIN).
panamensis (Mocsary), 1899:169. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Panama: Chirqui (BUDAPEST).
sarapiquiensis (Friese), 1925:30. (Euglossa). Holotype female; Costa Rica: Sarapiqui (BERLIN).
Exaerete Hoffmannsegg
azteca Moure, 1966:15. Holotype male; Mexico: Hidalgo, Jacala (LAWRENCE).
dentata (Linnaeus), 1758:657. (Apis). Holotype female; Trinidad (UPPSALA).
nitida (Perty), 1833:148. (Chrysantheda). Holotype female; Brazil: Piaui (MUNICH).
subcornuta (Romand), 1849:xxxvi. (Chrysantheda). Holotype male; Venezuela: Caracas (Reposi¬
tory ?).
frontalis (Guerin), 1845:458. (Euglossa). Type ?; French Guiana: Cayenne (Repository ?).
smaragdina (Guerin), 1845:458. (Euglossa). Lectotype female; Mexico: Yucatan (GENOA).
aurata Erichson, 1848:592. Holotype female; Guyana (Repository ?).
cyanescens Cockerell, 1926:657. Lectotype female; Trinidad (NEW YORK).
trochanterica (Friese), 1900:66. (Chrysantheda). Holotype female; Brazil: Para (BERLIN).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
235
Literature Cited
Blanchard, E. 1840. Orthopteres, Neuropteres, Hymenopteres, Lepidopteres, et Dipteres. In F. L.
Laporte, Histoire naturelle des animaux articules, Annelides, Crustaces, Arachnides, Myria-
podes et Insectes, Vol. 3. Dumeril, Paris, 672 pp.
Cheesman, L. E. 1929. Hymenoptera collected on the “St. George” expedition in Central America
and the W. Indies. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 77:141-154.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1904. Descriptions and records of bees. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Lond., 13:21-30.
-. 1912. New bees from Brazil. Psyche, 19:41-43.
-. 1914. Bees from Ecuador and Peru. J. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 22:306-308.
-. 1917. Descriptions and records of bees, no. 74. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Lond., 19:473-481.
-. 1918. Bees from British Guiana. Bull. Amer. Mus. N.Y. 38:685-690.
-. 1922. Bees in the collection of the United States National Museum. 4. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Wash., D.C., 60 art., No. 2413, 20 pp.
-. 1926. Descriptions and records ofbees. CVIII-CXIII. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Lond., 17:657—
665.
DeGeer, C. 1773. Memoirs pour servir a l’histoire des insectes. Pierre Hesselberg, Stockholm, vii +
696 pp.
Dodson, C. H., R. L. Dressier, H. G. Hills, R. M. Adams, and N. H. Williams. 1969. Biologically
active compounds in orchid fragrances. Science, 164:1243-1249.
Dressier, R. L. 1978a. New species of Euglossa from Mexico and Central America. Rev. Biol. Trop.,
26:167-185.
-. 1982a. New species of Euglossa. II. Rev. Biol. Trop., 30:121-129.
-. 1982b. New species of Euglossa. III. The bursigera species group. Rev. Biol. Trop., 30:131-
140.
-. 1982c. New species of Euglossa. IV. The cordata and purpurea species groups. Rev. Biol.
Trop., 30:141-150.
-. 1985. Euglossine bees of the Tambopata Reserved Zone, Madre de Dios, Peru. Rev. Per.
Ent., 27:75-79.
Ducke, A. 1902a. Beobachtungen iiber Blutenbesuch, erscheingungzeit, etc., der bei Para vorkom-
menden Bienen. Allgem. Zs. Ent., 8:321-325.
-. 1902b. An especies Paraenses de genero Euglossa. Bol. Mus. Paraense, 3:561-577.
Erichson, W. F. 1848. Die insecten in Schomburgks Reise in Guiana. Weber, Leipzig, 3:533-617.
Fabricius, J. C. 1787. Mantissa insectorum, etc., Vol. 1. Christi. Gotti. Proft., Copenhagen, xx +
348 pp.
-. 1793. Entomologia systematica emendata at aucta, etc., Vol. 2. C. G. Profit, Hafniae, viii +
519 pp.
-. 1804. Systema Piezatorum. C. Reichard, Brunsvigae, xiv + 15-439 + 30 pp.
Friese, H. 1898. Neue arten de bienengattung Eulaema. Termes. Fuzetek, Budapest, 21:203-206.
-. 1899. Monographic de bienengattung Euglossa. Termes. Fuzetek, Budapest, 22:142-157.
-. 1900. Bemerkungen zur bienengattung Euglossa. Termes. Fuzetek, 23:121-122.
-. 1903. Nachtrag zur monographic der bienengattung Euglossa. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 1:
574-575.
-. 1923. Uber einige neue Euglossa-arten. Konowia, 1:24-28.
-. 1925. Neue neotropische bienenarten. Stett. Ent. Zeitg., 86:1-41.
———. 1930. Uber “Goldbienen” Euglossa cordata und verwandte. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 59:131-138.
-. 1940. Zur biologie der Euglossa- arten. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 74:157-160.
Gribodo, G. 1882. Nuove specie d’imenotteri. Ann. Mus. Civ., Genoa, 18:265-168.
Guerin Meneville, F. E. 1845. Description de quelques-uns des insectes les plus remarquables
decouverts par M. A. Delegorgue dan les pays des Boschimans des Amazoulous etc. pendant
les annees. Rev. Zool., 8:283-286.
Hoffmannsegg, J. C. 1817. Entomologische bemerkungen dei gelegenheite de abhandlungen der
Amerikanishce insecten. Weidem. Zool. Mag., 1:52.
Kimsey, L. S. 1977. New species in the genera Euplusia and Eufriesea. Pan-Pac. Ent., 53:8-18.
Latreille, P. A. 1838. In A. Drapiez, Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle. Audouin, Vol. 4.
Lepeletier, de St. F. 1841. Histoire naturelle des insectes, Hymenopteres, Vol. 2. Roret, Paris, 680 pp.
- and J. G. A. Serville. 1825. Encyclopedic methodique histoire naturelle. Insectes, Vol. 10.
Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae, etc., 10th ed., Vol. 1. Laurentii Salvii, Holmiae, 824 pp.
236
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Mocsary, A. 1896. Species hymenopterorum magnificae novae in collectione musaei nationalis
hungarici. Termes. Fuzetek, Budapest, 19:3-6.
-. 1897. Species novae generis Euglossa. Termes. Fuzetek, Budapest, 20:442-446.
-. 1898. Species novae generum Euglossa et Epicharis. Termes. Fuzetek, Budapest, 21:497-
500.
-. 1899. Species novae generis Centris Fabr. Termesz. Fuzetek, 22:251-255.
-. 1908. Species tres novae magnificae generis Euglossa. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 6:580-583.
Moure, J. S. 1943. Abelhas de batatais. Arq. Mus. Paranaense, 3:188-191.
-. 1947. Novos agrupamentos genericos e algumas especies novas de abelhas sulamericanas.
Mus. Paranaense Pub. Avul., (3): 1-37.
-. 1960. Notas sobre os tipos de abelhas do Brasil descritas por Perty em 1833. Bol. Univ.
Parana, Zool., (6): 1-23.
-. 1963. Una nueva especie de Eulaema de Costa Rica. Rev. Biol. Trop., 11:211-216.
-. 1965. Some new species of euglossine bees. J. Kansas Ent. Soc., 38:266-277.
-. 1966 (1964). A key to the parasitic euglossine bees and a new species of Exaerete from
Mexico. Rev. Biol. Trop., 12:15-18.
-. 1967a. Descrifao de algumas especies de Euglossinae. Atas Simp. Biota Amaz., 5:373-394.
-. 1967b. A checklist of the known euglossine bees. Atas Simpos. Biota Amaz., 5:395-415.
-. 1968. Especies novas de Euglossa da America Central. Bol. Univ. Fed. Parana. Zool., 3:
13-64.
-. 1969. The Central American species of Euglossa subgenus Glossura Cockerell. Rev. Biol.
Trop., 15:227-247.
-. 1970. The species of euglossine bees of Central America belonging to the subgenus Euglos-
sella. An. Acad. Brasil. Cienc., 42:148-157.
-. 1976. Notas sobre os exemplares tipos de Euplusia descritos por Mocsary. Studia Ent., 19:
263-314.
Olivier, G. A. 1789. Encyclopedie methodique naturelle. Insectes, Yol. 4.
Packard, A. S. 1869. List of Hymenopterous and Lepidopterous insects by the Smithsonian Expe¬
dition to South America, under Prof. James Orton. Ann. Rep. Peabody Acad., I.
Perty, M. 1833. Insecta Brasiliensia, fasc. 3. Pp. 125-224 in M. Perty, 1830-1833, Delectus ani-
malium articulatum, etc. Monachii, 44 + 224 pp.
Romand, B. E. de. 1849. Note sur l’appendice extraordinarie que presente la tete d’une Chrysantheda
subcornuta. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (2)7:36.
Sakagami, S. F., S. Laroca, and J. S. Moure. 1967. Two Brazilian apid nests worth recording in
reference to comparative bee sociology, with description of Euglossa melanotricha Moure. Ann.
Zool. Jap., 40:45-54.
Schrottky, C. 1902. Neue argentinische hymenopteren. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 1 (3): 116-117.
-. 1907. A1 conocimiento de los himenopteros del Paraguay. An. Cien. Paraguayos, 1(7):
55-57.
-. 1911. Neue sudamerikanische Hymenoptera. Ent. Rdsch. Stuttgart, 28:38-39.
-. 1913. Neue sudamerikanische hymenopteren. Deutsche Ent. Zs., Berlin, 1913:702-708.
Smith, F. 1854. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Brit.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Lond., 2:381-382.
-. 1874. A revision of the genera Epicharis, Centris, Eulaema and Euglossa, belonging to the
family Apidae, section Scopulipedes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 13:440-446.
Westwood, J. O. 1840. In G. L. C. F. D. de Cuvier, Cuviers animal kingdom. London.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 237-247
Revision of the Plant Bug Genus Noctuocoris Knight
(Heteroptera: Miridae: Orthotylinae)
Michael D. Schwartz and Gary M. Stonedahl
Curatorial Assistant; Research Associate, Department of Entomology, Amer¬
ican Museum of Natural History, New York, New York 10024.
Abstract.— The orthotyline genus Noctuocoris Knight is diagnosed and rede¬
scribed. The type species, fumidus (Van Duzee), is redescribed and a male dorsal
habitus is provided. Two new species, autlan and conspurcatus are described from
central Mexico and the western United States, respectively. The male genitalia of
all species are described and illustrated. Scanning electron micrographs of the
scale-like setae and pretarsus of fumidus are presented.
Knight (1923) described the genus Noctuocoris to receive a single species, Or-
thotylus fumidus Van Duzee, 1916, from Colorado. This species was subsequently
reported from Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania,
South Dakota, and Utah (Knight, 1923, 1941, 1968), and from Manitoba, Ontario,
and Quebec, Canada (Kelton, 1980). Our study has revealed additional records
of fumidus from Iowa, North Dakota, Oklahoma, and British Columbia, as well
as two new species, autlan from Jalisco, Mexico and conspurcatus from Arizona
and Colorado.
All measurements are in millimeters. Abbreviations for specimen depositories
correspond to institutions listed in the acknowledgments.
Noctuocoris Knight
Noctuocoris Knight, 1923:510, 523 (new genus); 1941:82, 105; 1968:94, 109, fig.
141. Kelton, 1980:197, 246, 247, map 79.
Diagnosis. — Recognized by the elongate, parallel-sided hemelytra and uniform¬
ly dark rufous brown to nearly black general coloration (Fig. 1); dorsal vestiture
possessing both black and white scale-like setae with broad converging ridges (Fig.
2); lorum strongly swollen; and male genitalia with the following characteristics:
right paramere short, ‘T’ shaped (Figs. 9-11, 20-22, 33-35); posterodorsal margin
of genital capsule between right paramere socket and apex with solitary spine¬
like process (Figs. 4, 6, 16, 17, 27, 28); phallotheca with deep circular notch on
right basal margin (Figs. 31, 32); and vesica with two distally flattened, strongly
serrate spiculae (Figs. 7, 8, 18, 19, 29, 30); left spicula bifurcate, dextral branch
with strong basal spine.
Description of male. —GENERAL ASPECT. Macropterous. Length 5.20-6.98.
Fuscous brown to grayish black; surface shagreened and slightly shining; dorsal
vestiture with short appressed scale-like white and black setae intermixed with
longer, suberect black simple setae. HEAD. Elliptical with frons very slightly
projecting beyond anterior margin of eyes; posterior margin of head ecarinate or
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
239
Figures 2, 3. Noctuocoris fumidus. 2. Scale-like setae on dorsum. 3. Pretarsal structures.
with very slightly elevated carina, and with transverse row of erect black bristle¬
like setae; temporal areas glabrous; frons flattened or slightly convex anteriorly,
tylus prominent, junction with frons shallowly or very shallowly depressed; eyes
large occupying more than half of head height; posterior margin of eye straight,
narrowly removed from anterior margin of pronotum; antennal fossa nearly con¬
tiguous with anterior margin of eye, lower margin of fossa situated above ventral
margin of eye; eye emarginate near fossa; juga weakly protruding, lora more
strongly so; width of genae less than or equal to diameter of antennal segment I;
bucculae sometimes extending posteriad of margin of antennal fossa in lateral
view; gula obsolete; antennae brown or black; segment I with densely distributed
suberect black simple setae and several large erect black bristle-like setae; segment
II with densely distributed suberect pale setae, sometimes also with black setae;
labium reaching apex of mesostemum or base of mesocoxae. PRONOTUM.
Lateral margins slightly concave, posterior margin broadly rounded, anterior mar¬
gin concave medially, calli weakly differentiated, attaining anterolateral margins
of pronotum; mesoscutum narrowly exposed; scutellum weakly arched, antero¬
medial region transversely flattened. HEMELYTRA. Elongate, parallel-sided,
broadest anterior to cuneal fracture; claval, cubital and radial veins weakly ele¬
vated; embolium uniformly narrow; cuneal incisure sharp; cuneal fracture distinct,
angled anteriad; cuneus longer than broad; membrane uniformly fuscous or con-
spurcate, veins pale at apex and brachium. LEGS. Black or brown; tibiae with
several longitudinal rows of minute black spinules, tibial spines black, without
dark spots at bases. GENITALIA. Genital capsule: Large, subtriangular, length
subequal to width in ventral view; slightly produced posteriad of paramere sockets,
apex broadly rounded; posterodorsal margin between right paramere socket and
apex with solitary spine-like process; posteroventral surface sometimes with erect
black bristles set in large sockets; aperture of moderate size, ‘U’ shaped, lateral
margin dorsad of left paramere with very small spine-like process, or tubercle.
Left paramere: Sensory lobe prominent, rounded and set with bristle-like setae;
lateral lobe or arm laterally flattened, slightly curved, abruptly tapered and re¬
curved distally; apex narrow and rounded. Right paramere: Somewhat‘T’ shaped
in lateral view; shaft narrow in comparison to expanded distal end, dorsal lobe
of distal end more produced than ventral lobe; interodistal surface minutely wrin¬
kled; apex broadly sunken. Phallotheca: Conical in ventral view; dorsal edge of
opening broad, sinuate and narrowing to posterior end, and with deep circular
240
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
notch basally on right side. Vesica: Ductus seminis simple, cylindrical, flexible,
with ribs; secondary gonopore horseshoe-shaped, with long well sclerotized base;
two posteriorly directed vesical spiculae, broadly attached right and left of midline
of ductus adjoining base of gonopore and ductus, curving laterad even with open¬
ing of gonopore; right spicula smaller than left spicula, broad basally, flattened
and strongly serrate distally, sometimes with large spine at base of flattened por¬
tion; left spicula broad basally, tapering to flattened, bifurcate, strongly serrate
distal half, dextral branch with variously shaped large basal spine.
Female.— Macropterous. Similar to male in color, vestiture, and structure, ex¬
cept usually slightly larger with smaller eyes and much broader vertex. GENI¬
TALIA. Following the terminology of Slater, 1950. Sclerotized rings: Small, widely
separated; lateral margin of ring strongly folded dorsomesad, extending across
ring to mesal margin. Posterior wall: K structures very large, subquadrate, con¬
cealing J structures, narrowly separated basomedially, inner margin moderately
concave; L structure narrowly visible in anterior view.
Type species. — Orthotylus fumidus Van Duzee, 1916:127, designated by Knight,
1923:523.
Distribution. —Widely distributed in the northern United States and southern
Canada from New York and Quebec, west to British Columbia, and south in the
Intermountain Region to Colorado and Arizona (Fig. 39). A single specimen of
the new species, autlan, is known from the state of Jalisco in Mexico.
Discussion. — Stonedahl and Schuh (1986) recognized Noctuocoris as belonging
to a complex of six genera that share the following defining characters: (1) antennal
segment I longer than width of vertex; (2) very prominent tylus; (3) large antennal
fossae; (4) phallotheca broadly opened dorsally; (5) posterodorsal margin of genital
capsule between right paramere socket and apex with sclerotized ridge and/or 1-
3 spine-like process(es); and (6) vesica with two, distally branched, recurved, and
usually strongly serrate spiculae. Noctuocoris can be distinguished from the other
members of this group by the characters given in the generic diagnosis.
The host plant associations of Noctuocoris species are not well known. In Can¬
ada, fumidus has been collected on Quercus and Carya. Kelton (1980) gave Quer-
cus macrocarpa Michx. as the habitat for this species in easem Canada. A single
female of conspurcatus was taken on Pinus contorta Dougl. in north-central Col¬
orado. All three species of this genus have been collected at light.
Noctuocoris autlan , New Species
(Figs. 4-14, 39)
Diagnosis. — Distinguished from conspurcatus and fumidus by the following
characteristics of the male genitalia: posteroventral region of genital capsule with
long black setae but lacking stout bristles (Fig. 6); dorsal lobe of right paramere
strongly produced, subtruncate apically (Figs. 9, 10); sunken region between dorsal
and ventral lobes of right paramere deeply angulate (Fig. 11); base of flattened
portion of right spicula of vesica without strong, solitary spine (Figs. 7, 8); dextral
branch of left spicula with large, bifurcate, basal spine (Figs. 7, 8). Further dif¬
ferentiated from fumidus by the conspurcate hemelytral membrane, and from
conspurcatus by antennal segment II only slightly longer than posterior width of
pronotum.
Description of male. —GENERAL ASPECT. Total length 5.78; grayish black
with frons, anterior portion of pronotal disk, and cuneus dark rufus brown; an-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
241
tennae, posterolateral region of pronotum, pair of patches either side of midline
of mesoscutum, lateral portion of scutellum, corium near commissure, antero¬
medial region of cuneus, mesostemum, epimeron, and legs black; posteromedial
patch of pronotum, lateral comers of mesoscutum, and apex of scutellum faintly
white; mesostemum with broad polished patches; black scale-like setae densely
distributed above blacker portions of dorsal aspect. HEAD. Width across eyes
1.00, width of vertex 0.29; length of antennal segment I 0.56, segment II 1.77;
posterior margin of head ecarinate; frons slightly convex, junction with tylus very
shallow; eyes large occupying three-quarters of head height; lora protruding; width
ofgenae equal to diameter of antennal segment I, bucculae small, extending slightly
posteriad of posterior margin of antennal fossa; gula obsolete; length of labium
1.41, reaching apex of mesostemum; antennae black, segment II with densely
distributed pale and black suberect setae. PRONOTUM. Posterior width 1.68.
HEMELYTRA. Cuneus 1.5 times as long as broad; membrane conspurcate. LEGS.
Uniformly black. GENITALIA. Genital capsule: Tubercle dorsad of left paramere;
ventral surface without black bristles. Right paramere: Somewhat elongated in
distal view; dorsal lobe greatly produced; sunken region between dorsal and ventral
lobes deep; ventral lobe produced and wrinkled. Vesica: Right spicula. Strongly
serrate, without large solitary spine at base of flattened portion; surface without
serrations; apex truncate. Left spicula. Sinistral branch with flattened portion
strongly serrate and wide medially, tapering to pointed apex. Dextral branch with
large bifurcate basal spine, narrowed distally and with truncate apex.
Female. —Unknown.
Etymology. —Named for the type locality; a noun in apposition.
Holotype 6.— MEXICO: Jalisco. 16 km N of Autlan, July 12-14, 1983, at black
light, Kovarik, Harrison, and Schaffner (TAM), deposited at American Museum
of Natural History.
Distribution. —Jalisco, Mexico (Fig. 39).
Noctuocoris conspurcatus y New Species
(Figs. 15-25, 39)
Diagnosis. —Recognized by the conspurcate hemelytral membrane, length of
antennal segment II much greater than posterior width of pronotum, and by these
characteristics of the male genitalia: postero ventral region of genital capsule with
very stout, dark bristles (Figs. 15, 17); dorsal lobe of right paramere less strongly
produced, rounded apically (Figs. 20, 21); sunken region between dorsal and
ventral lobes of right paramere shallowly rounded (Fig. 22); base of flattened
portion of right spicula of vesica without strong, solitary spine (Figs. 18, 19);
dextral branch of left spicula with solitary, finely serrate, basal process (Figs. 18,
19).
Description of male. —GENERAL ASPECT. Total length 6.98; dark brown;
juga, anterior margin of pronotum, and diffuse patches of frons, pronotal disk,
clavus, corium and cuneus lighter brown; pair of patches either side of midline
of mesoscutum, faint midline of scutellum, and apex of scutellum almost white;
mesostemum with broad polished patches. HEAD. Width across eyes 0.98, width
of vertex 0.31; length of antennal segment 10.59, segment II 2.00; posterior margin
ecarinate; frons slightly convex, junction with tylus shallow; eyes large, occupying
slightly more than two-thirds of head height; lora prominent; width of genae
greater than diameter of antennal segment I; bucculae large, extending slightly
242
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 4-25. Male genitalic structures. 4-14. Noctuocoris autlan. 4-6. Genital capsule. 4. Dorsal
view. 5. Left lateral view. 6. Right lateral view. 7, 8. Spiculae of vesica (LS, left spicula; RS, right
spicula). 7. Right lateral view. 8. Left lateral view. 9-11. Right paramere. 9. Outside lateral view (DL,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
243
posteriad of posterior margin of antennal fossa; gula obsolete; length of labium
1.54, reaching slightly beyond apex of mesosternum; antennae black, segment II
with densely distributed pale recumbent and black suberect setae. PRONOTUM.
Posterior width 1.48. HEMELYTRA. Cuneus 2.2 times as long as broad; mem¬
brane conspurcate. LEGS. Uniformly black. GENITALIA. Genital capsule: Very
small pointed process dorsad of left paramere; ventral surface with several black
bristles. Right paramere: Somewhat rounded in distal view; dorsal lobe not greatly
produced; sunken region between dorsal and ventral lobes shallow. Vesica: Right
spicula. Without large solitary spine at base of flattened portion, but with pair of
large serrations; surface with several serrations; apex truncate. Left spicula. Si-
nistral branch with flattened portion somewhat wide medially, tapering to pointed
apex. Dextral branch with finely serrate basal spine, expanded distally and with
truncate apex.
Female.— Length 6.12; width of head across eyes 0.97, width of vertex 0.41;
length of antennal segment 10.62, segment II 2.01; length of labium 1.49; posterior
width of pronotum 1.50. Measurements from Colorado specimen.
Etymology. —Named for its conspurcate hemelytral membrane.
Holotype ARIZONA. Coconino Co., 2 mi SW of Jacob Lake, August 16,
1958, at light, W. L. Nutting (UAZ), deposited at American Museum of Natural
History.
Paratypes. — ARIZONA. Cochise Co., Chiricahua Mts., Tex Canyon, September
16, 1927, J. A. Kusche, collector, 2 (CAS) [head missing]. COLORADO. Grand
Co., St. Louis Creek Campground, 3.4 mi W of Fraser, August 16, 1980, 9000
ft, G. M. Stonedahl, ex Pinus contorta Dougl., 2 (AMNH).
Distribution. —Colorado and Arizona (Fig. 39).
Noctuocoris fumidus (Van Duzee)
(Figs. 26-39)
Orthotylus fumidus Van Duzee, 1916:127 (new species).
Noctuocoris fumidus, Knight, 1923:523, 524, fig. 96 (new combination); 1941:
105 (distribution); 1968:109, fig. 141 (distribution). Kelton, 1980:246, 247,
map 79 (description, distribution).
Diagnosis. — Differs from autlan and conspurcatus by the uniformly fumose
hemelytral membrane (Fig. 1), and smaller spiculae of the vesica with large spine
or strong serration at base of flattened portion of right spicula (Figs. 29, 30).
Further differentiated from autlan by the stout bristles on the posteroventral region
of the genital capsule (Figs. 26, 28), shallowly rounded sunken region between
dorsal and ventral lobes of right paramere (Fig. 33), and the undivided single
spine at base of dextral branch of left spicula (Figs. 29, 30). The length of antennal
segment II of fumidus is equal to or considerably greater than the posterior width
of the pronotum.
dorsal lobe). 10. Inside lateral view (VL, ventral lobe). 11. Distal view. 12-14. Left paramere. 12.
Lateral lobe, lateral view. 13. Sensory lobe, lateral view. 14. Inside posterolateral view. 15-25. Noc¬
tuocoris conspurcatus. 15-17. Genital capsule. 15. Left lateral view. 16. Dorsal view. 17. Right lateral
view. 18, 19. Spiculae of vesica. 18. Right lateral view. 19. Left lateral view. 20-22. Right paramere.
20. Outside lateral view. 21. Inside lateral view. 22. Distal view. 23-25. Left paramere. 23. Lateral
lobe, lateral view. 24. Sensory lobe, lateral view. 25. Inside posterolateral view.
244
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 26-38. Male genitalic structures of Noctuocoris fumidus. 26-28. Genital capsule. 26. Left
lateral view. 27. Dorsal view. 28. Right lateral view. 29, 30. Spiculae of vesica. 29. Right lateral view.
30. Left lateral view. 31, 32. Phallotheca. 31. Right lateral view. 32. Dorsal view. 33-35. Right
paramere. 33. Distal view. 34. Outside lateral view. 35. Inside lateral view. 36-38. Left paramere. 36.
Sensory lobe, lateral view. 37. Lateral lobe, lateral view. 38. Inside posterolateral view.
Description of male. —GENERAL ASPECT. Male. Total length 5.20-6.65; fus¬
cous brown with frons, anterior portion of pronotal disk, mesoscutum, scutellum,
cuneus, epimeron, coxae, tarsi, apex of tibiae, and venter dark rufus brown; apex
of scutellum faintly white. HEAD. Width across eyes 0.96-1.03, width of vertex
0.29-0.33; length of antennal segment 10.46-0.54, segment II 1.50-1.91; posterior
margin of head with very slightly elevated carina; frons flattened, weakly convex
anteriorly, junction with tylus shallow; eyes large, occupying four-fifths of head
height; juga and lora weakly protruding; genae narrower than diameter of antennal
segment I; bucculae very small, not extending posteriad of margin of antennal
fossa; length of labium 1.29-1.40, reaching apex of mesostemum or slightly be¬
yond; antennae fuscous brown, segment II with densely distributed suberect pale
setae. PRONOTUM. Posterior width 1.41-1.62. HEMELYTRA. Cuneus almost
twice as long as broad; membrane uniformly fuscous. LEGS. Fuscous brown,
femora of some specimens with lighter ground color and with row of variously
shaped fuscous patches. GENITALIA. Genital capsule: Pointed process dorsad
of left paramere; ventral surface with several or many black bristles. Right par¬
amere: Somewhat elongated in distal view; dorsal lobe produced; sunken region
between dorsal and ventral lobes shallow. Vesica: Right spicula. Long and narrow,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
245
Figure 39. Distribution of Noctuocoris autlan, ■; Noctuocoris conspurcatus, A; Noctuocoris fum-
idus, ®.
or shorter and finely serrate, with spine at base of flattened portion, sometimes
only weakly differentiated from marginal serrations; surface with several serra¬
tions; apex pointed. Left spicula. Sinistral branch with flattened portion narrow
over entire length, apex pointed. Dextral branch with long narrow spine at base
of flattened portion, spine sometimes finely serrate, or recurved; expanded or
tapered distally, with apex truncate or pointed.
Female .—Length 5.20-6.62; width of head across eyes 0.95-1.01, width of
vertex 0.39-0.41; length of antennal segment I 0.55-0.61, segment II 1.58-1.93;
length of labium 1.32-1.52; posterior width ofpronotum 1.33-1.63.
Type. — HOLOTYPE 9 [head missing]: COLORADO. Larimer Co., Ft. Collins,
July 28, 1898, E. P. Van Duzee (CAS).
Distribution. — Widely distributed in the northern United States and southern
Canada; south to Utah, Colorado, and Oklahoma (Fig. 39).
Discussion. — This species was described from a single female specimen and
placed in the genus Orthotylus by Van Duzee (1916). Knight (1923) correctly
recognized it as distinct from other North American species of that genus and
moved it to the new genus, Noctuocoris, at the same time designating a male
246
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
allotype from Batavia, New York, July 7, 1913 (USNM). Although slight differ¬
ences in external morphology and male genitalia are found between populations
east and west of the Rocky Mountains, we agree with Knight that both of these
populations are conspecific.
Material examined. —Fifty specimens with collection dates from June 5 to
September 1. CANADA: BRITISH COLUMBIA: Caribou, Soda Creek (UBC).
MANITOBA: Prairie Const., Carberry (CNC). ONTARIO: Algoma District, Bis-
cotasing. Carleton Co., Ottawa. Elgin Co., St. Thomas (all CNC). Genville Co.,
Ventor (TAM). Hastings Co., Marmora, and Hastings Co. (CNC). Muskoka Dis¬
trict, Muskoka (USNM). Parry Sound District, Otter Lake. Prince Edward Co.,
Palmer Rapids. QUEBEC: Brome Co., Knowlton. Champlain Co., Lac Mondor,
Ste. Flore (all CNC). UNITED STATES: IOWA: Story Co., Ames (TAM). MAS¬
SACHUSETTS: Middlesex Co., Framingham (USNM). MICHIGAN: Berrien
Co., Three Oaks (CNC). Cheboygan Co. (USNM). Dickinson Co. (USNM). Alpena
Co., Alpena (USNM). MINNESOTA: Ramsy Co., and St. Anthony Park (USNM).
NEW YORK: Genesee Co., Batavia (USNM). NORTH DAKOTA: Ramsey Co.,
Devil’s Lake (USNM). OKLAHOMA: Payne Co., Stillwater (USNM). Rogers
Co., Claremore (CNC, USNM). PENNSYLVANIA: Monroe Co., Delaware Water
Gap (USNM). SOUTH DAKOTA: Brookings Co., Brookings (USNM). UTAH:
Box Elder Co., Snowville (USU). Cache Co., Logan (USU, USNM). Utah Co.,
Provo (USNM).
Acknowledgments
We thank the following individuals for making material available from collec¬
tions in their charge: Randall T. Schuh, American Museum of Natural History,
New York (AMNH); Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. and Norman D. Penny, California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); Leonard A. Kelton and Robert Footit,
Agriculture Canada, Ottawa (CNC); Joseph C. Schaffner, Texas A&M University,
College Station (TAM); Floyd G. Werner, University of Arizona, Tucson (UAZ);
Geoffrey G. E. Scudder, University of British Columbia, Vancouver (UBC); Thom¬
as J. Henry, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, % National Museum of
Natural History, Washington, D.C. (USNM); Wilford J. Hanson, Utah State
University, Logan (USU).
We especially thank Kathleen Schmidt, Hillsdale, New York for the fine illus¬
tration of the adult male of Noctuocoris fumidus\ Randall T. Schuh for helpful
comments on the manuscript; and Lauren Duffy, International Laboratory, AMNH,
who assisted with the preparation of the scanning electron micrographs.
Financial support for the preparation and publication of this paper was provided
by the Kalbfleisch Fund for Postdoctoral Research (to GMS), AMNH.
The authors acknowledge their equal contribution to all facets of this paper.
Literature Cited
Kelton, L. A. 1980. The insects and arachnids of Canada, Part 8. The plant bugs of the prairie
provinces of Canada. Heteroptera: Miridae. Agric. Canada Publ. 1703, 408 pp.
Knight, H. H. 1923. Family Miridae (Capsidae). Pp. 422-658 in W. E. Britton (ed.), Guide to the
insects of Connecticut, Part IV. The Hemiptera or sucking insects of Connecticut. Conn. St.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. No. 34, 807 pp.
-. 1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv., 22(1): 1-234.
-. 1968. Taxonomic review: Miridae of the Nevada test site and the western United States.
Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 9(3): 1-282.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
247
Slater, J. A. 1950. An investigation of the female genitalia as taxonomic characters in the Miridae.
Iowa St. J. Sci., 25(1): 1-81.
Stonedahl G. M., and R. T. Schuh. 1986. Revision and cladistic analysis of Squamocoris Knight
(Hemiptera: Miridae: Orthotylinae) with the description of five new species from Mexico and
the western United States. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2852, 26 pp.
Van Duzee, E. P. 1916. Monograph of the North American species of Orthotylus (Hemiptera). Proc.
California Acad. Sci., Series 4, 6(5):87-128.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 248-256
A Review of the Genus Coptocatus Montandon
(Hemiptera: Naucoridae)
Dan A. Polhemus
University of Colorado Museum, 3115 S. York St., Englewood, Colorado 80110.
The genus Coptocatus has remained obscure since its original description by
Montandon (1909). The type species, C. oblongulus, was based on three specimens
from Borneo, a brachypterous male and macropterous female from “Kina Balu,”
and another macropterous specimen from Brunei. The two former specimens,
which constitute the types, are now housed in the Riksmuseet, Stockholm; the
location of the Brunei specimen is unknown to me. Recent collections in Borneo
by the author and J. T. Polhemus, working under a grant from the National
Geographic Society, have provided many additional specimens of this genus,
including examples of two new species, C. kinabalu and C. tebedu, described
herein. Further material was kindly provided by Gary Hevel from the Smithsonian
Institution’s Sabah Project and by George F. Edmunds, Jr. of the University of
Utah. The discovery of C. tebedu in Sarawak extends considerably the known
range of the genus to include the entire mountainous western portion of Borneo.
Coptocatus is closely allied to the Indochinese genera Cheirochela and Ges-
troiella, the three forming a tight monophyletic unit sharing many synapomor-
phies. These include antennae recessed into special grooves in the undersides of
the eyes, an extremely reduced labrum set in a deep cavity at the base of the
rostrum below a greatly produced anteclypeus (see Fig. 8), the apparent fusion of
several abdominal stemites and paratergites, and dense hair pads at the apices of
the hind and middle tibiae. Montandon established the subfamily Chei-
rochelinae to hold Cheirochela and Gestroiella on the basis of material sent to
him from Burma by M. L. Fea which he noted “permits the establishment of a
new division well characterized by the form of the head and mouthparts and the
absence of the labrum, and which tends to draw nearer the Belostomatidae,” and
subsequently included Coptocatus in the same subgroup (Montandon, 1909). These
genera were treated as the tribe Cheirochelini by La Rivers (1971), and are clearly
separate as a group from their closest putative relative, the Philippine genus
Asthenocoris (Usinger, 1938). In fact, considerable morphological evidence exists
to suggest that the subfamily Cheirochelinae is polyphyletic, and that the Chei¬
rochelini may have evolved from a laccocorine ancestor far removed from the
naucorine lineage that gave rise to the endemic faunas of New Guinea and the
Philippines. Montandon’s observation on the similarity of the Cheirochelini to
belostomatids is based on superficial aspects of external appearance, but these
naucorids are among the largest hemipteran predators in the streams of tropical
Asia, frequently exceeding in size species of the belostomatid genus Diplonychus
with which they are geographically sympatric, and as such represent the largest
Naucoridae extant.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
249
Members of the Cheirochelini frequent rushing waters, and may employ some
form of plastron respiration, a hypothesis supported by morphological evidence.
In Coptocatus the majority of individuals are brachypterous, a condition which
precludes the maintenance of a subalar air stores like that employed by many
other naucorid genera. In addition, the venter lacks a thick hydrofuge pile, bearing
instead a very fine, short, closely appressed layer of silvery hairs, interrupted along
the lateral portions of the paratergites by glabrous areas bearing complex structures
of an apparently sensory nature (see Fig. 7). These “sense organs” consist of
roughly ovate to circular depressions set with numerous minute shining foveae,
and are similar to structures observed in the New Guinea genus Idiocarus Mon-
tandon. In the latter taxon the venter is set with a thick, recumbent gold hair pile,
and the “sense organs” are visible as ovate depressions of different reflectivity
present laterally on the abdominal paratergites and on the prothorax. Structures
of this type and location in the Neotropical genus Cryphocricos were judged by
Parsons and Hewson (1974) to represent static sense organs, helping to keep the
insects correctly oriented in the stream in the absence of a dorsal air store; a
similar function would also appear likely in the case of Coptocatus and Idiocarus.
The structure and function of such sense organs has been extensively documented
for the genus Aphelocheirus, species of which employ sophisticated plastron res¬
piration (Thorpe and Crisp, 1947a, 1947b, 1947c).
I thank Gary Hevel of the Smithsonian Institution for the opportunity to ex¬
amine specimens collected by that institution’s Sabah Project and George F.
Edmunds, Jr. of the University of Utah for the gift of Coptocatus collected by
himself, C. H. Edmunds, W. G. Peters and J. L. Peters in the course of mayfly
research supported by the National Science Foundation and the National Geo¬
graphic Society. Also special thanks to P. Lindskog of the Riksmuseet, Stockholm
for the loan of the types of C. oblongulus. All specimens treated herein are held
in the following collections: United States National Museum, Washington, D.C.
(USNM); Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm (NHRM); J. T. Polhemus Col¬
lection, Englewood, Colo. (JTPC). Types are deposited in the USNM. All mea¬
surements are given in millimeters. This research was supported in part by a grant
from the National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C.
Key to the Species of Coptocatus Montandon
1 a. Overall length 17 mm or greater (see Figs. 1, 2); male fore femur frequently
bearing one or two toothlike projections on anterior face adjoining tibia
(see Fig. 4); male parameres bidentate (see Fig. 9) ... C. kinabalu, n. sp.
b. Overall length 15 mm or less (see Figs. 5, 6); male fore femur lacking
toothlike projections; male parameres either bidentate or tapering .. 2
2a. Posterolateral angles of abdominal segments II and III (at least) strongly
produced and spinose (see Fig. 12); male parameres bidentate (see Fig.
11). C. tebedu, n. sp.
b. Posterolateral angles of abdominal segments II and III not strongly pro¬
duced, at most weakly spinose (see Fig. 13); male parameres not bi¬
dentate, tapering to rounded tips (see Fig. 10).
C. oblongulus Montandon
250
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1—10. Coptocatus sp. Scale bar provided for habitus figures only. 1. Coptocatus kinabalu,
n. sp., habitus, brachypterous male. 2. Coptocatus kinabalu, n. sp., habitus, macropterous male, legs
and setiferation omitted. 3. Coptocatus kinabalu, n. sp., detail of female foreleg. 4. Coptocatus kinabalu,
n. sp., detail of male foreleg. 5. Coptocatus oblongulus Montandon, habitus, brachypterous male type
specimen, legs and setiferation omitted. 6. Coptocatus oblongulus Montandon, habitus, macropterous
female, legs and setiferation omitted. 7. Coptocatus kinabalu, n. sp., detail of ventral surface of
abdominal paratergite V showing locations of sensory organs and spiracle. 8. Coptocatus oblongulus
Montandon, ventral view of head showing location of maxillary plates, recessed antennae, and rostral
cavity. 9. Coptocatus kinabalu, n. sp., male left paramere. 10. Coptocatus oblongulus Montandon,
male left paramere.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
251
Figures 11-13. Coptocatus sp. 11. Coptocatus tebedu, n. sp., male left paramere. 12. Coptocatus
tebedu, n. sp., detail of abdominal margin showing tergites II-IV. 13. Coptocatus oblongulus Mon-
tandon, detail of abdominal margin showing tergites II-IV.
Coptocatus oblongulus Montandon
Coptocatus oblongulus Montandon, 1909, Bull. Soc. Sci. Buch., 18:45.
This species may be recognized by its small size (see Figs. 5, 6), by its nonspinose
posterolateral abdominal angles (see Fig. 13), and by its distinctively shaped male
parameres (see Fig. 10) which, as in all the Cheirochelini, are symmetrical. I have
examined the two type specimens housed in the Riksmuseet, Stockholm, a mac-
ropterous female and a brachypterous male. Both specimens are in excellent
condition, and bear the following labels; “Borneo, Kina Balu” (printed); “Cop¬
tocatus oblongulus Montandon, type 1908” (in Montandon’s writing, with type
designation in red and note “brachyptr.” or “macroptr.” on appropriate speci¬
men); “Typus” (printed label on red paper); “441 64” (on red paper, first number
printed, second number written); “1 85” (on brachypterous specimen) or “2 85”
(on macropterous specimen; both labels on red paper, with first number printed
and second number written); “Riksmuseum, Stockholm” (on green paper). Since
no single type is indicated, these specimens represent cotypes, and the brachyp¬
terous male is hereby designated lectotype.
Specimens taken by the author and by the Edmunds and Peters group on the
Liwagu River near Mt. Kinabalu match the type specimens very well, including
the particulars of the male genitalia. On the types the legs are dull brown, while
those of the more recent specimens are pallid to white, but this is likely an artifact
due to preservation method or aging. This species has been taken through a
considerable range of elevations, from the low forests at Ranau where the river
was over 50 meters wide to the headwaters near Liwagu Cave where the width
was barely 5 meters. In all cases the insects preferred a rocky bed with a moderate
252
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
but not rushing current and were most often taken from among substrates of
coarse gravels overlain by moderate sized rocks.
Material examined.— BORNEO, Malaysia, Sabah: 2 macropterous males, 3
brachypterous males, 2 macropterous females, 3 macropterous females, 11 nymphs,
Liwagu River at bridge, Ranau, S4e, 335 m, VIII-16-72, G. F. and C. H. Edmunds,
W. L. and J. G. Peters (JTPC); 4 macropterous males, 2 macropterous females,
Liwagu River N of Kundassan, S8, 915 m, VIII-16-72, W. L. and J. G. Peters
(JTPC); 1 macropterous male, Liwagu River at Liwagu Cave, SE of Headquarters,
S7e, 1525 m, VIII-14-72, G. F. and C. H. Edmunds (JTPC); 2 brachypterous
females, 2 nymphs, Mantukungan River, S of Poring Hot Springs, S6, 365 m,
VIII-12-72, W. L. and J. G. Peters (JTPC); 1 macropterous female, 16 km E of
Ranau, VIII-14-83, G. F. Hevel and W. E. Steiner (USNM); 11 macropterous
males, 6 macropterous females, 1 brachypterous female, 17 nymphs, Liwagu River
at Kundassan, VIII-1-85, CL 2021, D. A. and J. T. Polhemus (JTPC); 1 macrop¬
terous male, 13 brachypterous males, 13 brachypterous females, 16 nymphs,
stream 1 km S of Poring Hot Springs, VIII-2-85, CL 2023, D. A. and J. T.
Polhemus (JTPC); 1 macropterous male, 1 brachypterous male, 2 macropterous
females, 1 brachypterous female, 1 nymph, Sungai Samalang, 7 km S of Ranau,
VIII-3-85, CL 2026, D. A. and J. T. Polhemus (JTPC); 3 brachypterous males,
Sungai Nukakatan trib., 26 km S of Ranau, VIII-3-85, CL 2028, D. A. and J. T.
Polhemus (JTPC).
Coptocatus kinabalu D. Polhemus, New Species
Brachypterous male. — Large, robust, highly streamlined and dorsoventrally flat¬
tened (see Fig. 1), general coloration dark brown. Overall length 19-21 mm;
maximum width (across base of abdomen) 10-11 mm.
Head brown, shining, anterior margin along anteclypeus infuscated, width/
length = 5.3/4.5; anteclypeus greatly produced, apex evenly rounded, projecting
beyond rostrum for a distance greater than exposed rostral length when viewed
laterally; eyes black, convex, roughly quadrate, width/length = 1.0/1.8, raised
above level of vertex and separated from it by wide, shallow sulci, lateral margins
bearing a weakly developed flange; anterior/posterior interocular 3.3/3.5; vertex
greatly produced posteriorly, extending rearward for over 0.5 the length of an eye.
Pronotum brown, shining, width/length (midline) = 10/3.4; lateral margins with
narrow raised black ridge, posterolateral angles acute, rounded. Scutellum yel¬
lowish brown, shining, width/length = 6.0/3.0, anterior margin strongly reflexed
downward. Hemelytra dark brown, brachypterous, extending only to posterior
margin of abdominal tergite II, tips broadly rounded, surface set with fine pale
granular microstructure, embolium weakly defined, explanate, set with long re¬
cumbent black setae; hemelytral commissure with small projecting tooth on left
hemelytron distally, fitting into corresponding indentation on right hemelytron.
Abdomen with tergites II-VIII exposed, dark brown, lighter laterally, surface set
with closely appressed black setae; posterolateral angles of segments III-VII acute¬
ly spinose, angles on segments III-VIII with long rearwardly projecting hair tufts.
Ventral surface reddish brown, covered with very fine, closely appressed silvery
hairs, head glabrous, yellowish to greenish; rostrum set into deep well behind
projecting anteclypeus, tip brown, glabrous; labrum greatly reduced, barely evi-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
253
dent, set into roof of rostral cavity; maxillary plates oriented horizontally, flush
with bottom of head capsule; two (1 + 1) rows of raised brown setae present
running from bases of maxillary plates to bases of antennae; antennae thick, four
segmented, segment I larger in diameter than segments II-IV, segment IV longest,
set into deep groove below eyes lined with fine gold setae; head behind eye weakly
carinate medially. Prosternum with distinct carina anteromedially between fore
coxae, proepisternal plates clearly visible, triangular, posterior margins reflexed
downward to form hair lined pits adjoining mesostemum, proepimeron with tiny
shining pit-like structures present below fore coxal cavity; mesostemal plate gently
raised with a weak furrow medially, tip produced to an acute point caudad;
metastemal plate barely visible, acarinate; undersurface of wing embolium with
tiny shining pit-like structures present near anterior angles. Abdominal venter
with extremely fine covering of short recumbent silvery hairs, paratergites on
segments III and IV (second and third visible, respectively) fused to sternites,
sutures lacking; paratergites II-VII with ovate areas of tiny shining pit-like struc¬
tures laterally; spiracles present as semicircular depressions; rows of irregular
glabrous depressions present behind spiracles, running roughly parallel to posterior
paratergal margins (see Fig. 7); sternites IV and VII with posteriorly directed gold
hair tufts present medially on posterior margins; sternites V and VI fringed with
gold setae on posterior margins; genital segment glabrous, bearing gold setae
distad; entire abdominal venter microscopically roughened and pruinose, lateral
margins narrowly glabrous. Legs yellowish brown, fore tibiae and coxae reddened;
fore coxae, trochanters and femora massive, fore femur bearing up to two stout
protruding teeth along anterior margin (see Fig. 4), posterior margin bearing fringe
of long gold setae; anterior face of fore trochanter and femur and adjoining face
of fore tibia set with short stiff gold setae; fore tibia weakly curved, inner margin
frequently sinuate in larger individuals, fore tarsus barely delineated, claw single,
blunt, obscure. Middle and hind coxae yellowish, recessed into ventral body
surface, ventral faces concave; middle and hind trochanters glabrous, middle
femur slender, bearing longitudinal row of fine raised gold setae along posterior
margin; middle tibia with about thirty transverse rows of four to six stout reddish
spines present along anterior margin, posterior margin with about fifteen similar
but smaller transverse spine rows and a thick margin of long gold setae; posterior
femur set with long black swimming hairs along posterior margin; posterior tibiae
thickly set with short reddish spines along anterior margin, posterior margin with
long black swimming hairs; middle and posterior tibiae bearing thick pads of
posteriorly directed gold hairs apically on ventral face and a transverse row of
short reddish spines apically along inner margin; middle and hind tarsi three
segmented, distal segment as along as basal two combined, all segments set with
short spines ventrally, hind tarsi also with gold setae on ventral face; parempodia
setiform; claws bent sharply apically, tips infuscated, blunt. Male parameres sym¬
metrical, bidentate shape as in Figure 9, set with a comb of long setae. Vessica
lightly and symmetrically sclerotized, terminal lobe large, membranous, bluntly
rounded.
Brachypterous female. — Similar to male in general structure, but not nearly so
massive, form narrower, length 20.0-17.5 mm; maximum width 10.0-9.0 mm.
Fore femora not armed with teeth on anterior margins (see Fig. 3), fore tibiae
254
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
slender, inner margins not sinuate. Subgenital plate roughly trapezoidal, widened
basally, tip rounded.
Macropterous male. — Form more elongate than brachypter, with wings fully
developed and extending beyond tip of abdomen (see Fig. 2). Length 20.0 mm;
maximum width (across wing embolia) 9.50 mm. Pronotum more massive,
posterolateral angles more rounded, less acute, a weak sulcus present adjoining
posterior margin; scutellum raised, bearing a transverse carinate ridge behind
anterior margin; wings with clavus, embolium, and membrane well defined, brown,
membrane dark brown to blackish; entire dorsal surface set with pale granular
microstructure; small sclerotized plate present at anterolateral margin of clavus.
Material examined. — Holotype, male, and allotype: BORNEO, Malaysia, Sa¬
bah, 17 km S of Keningau, VIII-31-83, G. F. Hevel and W. E. Steiner (USNM).
Paratypes as follows: BORNEO, Malaysia, Sabah: 2 brachypterous males, 4 bra-
chypterous females, same data as types (USNM, JTPC); 1 brachypterous female,
11 km E of Donggongon, IX-3-83, G. F. Hevel and W. E. Steiner (USNM); 1
brachypterous male, Apin Apin, IX-2-83, G. F. Hevel and W. G. Steiner (USNM);
2 brachypterous males, 17 km E of Donggongon, DC-4-83, G. F. Hevel and W.
G. Steiner (USNM); 3 brachypterous males, 2 brachypterous females, 3 nymphs,
10 km SW of Tambunan, IX-2-83, G. F. Hevel and W. G. Steiner (USNM, JTPC);
1 macropterous male, 2 nymphs, Paginatan, VIII-18-83, G. F. Hevel and W. E.
Steiner (USNM); 1 macropterous male, 1 brachypterous female, 11 nymphs,
tributary of Sungai Moyog, 3 mi E of Penampung, X-2-78, G. F. and C. H.
Edmunds (JTPC); 1 nymph, Mansuncun River, NE of Kota Kinabalu, 300 m,
VIII-18-72, G. F. and C. H. Edmunds (JTPC); 1 macropterous male, 1 brachyp¬
terous male, 1 brachypterous female, 12 nymphs, Sungai Nukakatan, 26 km S of
Ranau, VIII-3-85, CL 2028, D. A. and J. T. Polhemus (JTPC).
Remarks. — C. kinabalu may be easily recognized by its large size, massively
developed male forelegs, and male genital structures. By far the biggest naucorid
in Borneo, and one of the largest in the world, this species frequents open rocky
mountain rivers where it is found in areas of swift smooth current amid fist to
head sized rocks. Although its range is sympatric with that of C. oblongulus
Montandon, the two species appear to segregate habitats on the basis of stream
size. At the Sungai Nukakatan, for instance, C. kinabalu was present in the large
main river but not in a small side tributary, where C. oblongulus occurred instead.
The habitat partitioning beween these two species would provide an interesting
study for aquatic ecologists.
Etymology. — The name “kinabalu” is a noun in apposition and refers to Mt.
Kinabalu, the highest mountain in Borneo, from the vicinity of which all known
examples of this species have come.
Coptocatus tebedu D. Polhemus, New Species
Brachypterous male. — Small for genus, general coloration dull brown, becoming
yellowish on head, pronotum, and scutellum. Overall length 13-14 mm; maxi¬
mum width (across base of abdomen) 7 mm. Head yellowish brown, anterior
margin black, width/length = 3.33/2.63, anteclypeus highly produced, apex evenly
rounded, projecting far beyond base of rostrum; eyes black, convex, width/
length = 0.76/1.06, separated from vertex by shallow sulci, lateral flange barely
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
255
evident; anterior/posterior interocular = 1.87/2.02; vertex greatly produced pos¬
teriorly, extending back for over 0.7 the length of an eye. Pronotum yellowish
brown, darker behind eyes, width/length = 5.56/1.72, lateral margins with narrow
raised lip, posterolateral angles acute, rounded, posterior margin infuscated, de¬
lineated by distinct transverse sulcus. Scutellum yellowish brown, with darker
muscle attachment scars to either side of midline, width/length = 3.69/2.12,
strongly depressed along anterior margin, lateral margins weakly sinuate. He-
melytra dark brown, brachypterous, not attaining posterior margin of abdominal
tergite II, tips broadly rounded, surface minutely roughened, embolium weakly
defined, explanate, lateral margin raised, black, set with long recumbent pale setae;
hemelytral commissure with small projecting tooth on left hemelytron distally,
fitting into corresponding indentation on right hemelytron. Abdomen with tergites
II-VIII exposed, brown, yellowish laterally, set with closely appressed fine black
setae except on areas adjoining lateral margins, posterolateral angles of segments
II-IV sharply produced, spinose, those of segments V-VII rounded, all segments
bearing fringe of long pale recumbent setae along lateral margins and tufts of stout
setae at posterolateral angles. Ventral surface reddish brown, covered with very
fine closely appressed silvery setae on abdomen, head yellowish; rostrum set into
deep cavity below anteclypeus, yellowish, tip infuscated, glabrous; labrum ex¬
tremely reduced, set anteriorly into roof of rostral cavity, brown; maxillary plates
horizontal, triangular, pale; two (1 + 1) rows of raised brown setae running from
bases of maxillary plates to bases of antennae; antennae thick, four segmented,
pale, set into grooves beneath eyes, segment IV as long as segments II and III
combined. Prostemum lightly pruinose, with distinct raised black carina antero-
medially between forelegs, proepisternal plates well exposed, triangular, dipping
posteriorly to form two pits adjoining mesostemal plate set with tufts of gold
setae; mesostemal plate pruinose, with numerous irregular ovate glabrous areas
scattered along anterior margin, weak longitudinal sulcus present medially, an¬
terior margin weakly reflexed medially, posterior margin produced to an acute
point; mesostemal plate small, acarinate, posterior margin with gold setae. Ab¬
dominal venter with typical sense organs and spiracular modifications as described
in previous species, paratergites on segments III and IV (second and third visible)
fused to stemites, sutures lacking; lateral margins of paratergites glabrous, infus¬
cated, bearing tufts of gold setae at posterolateral angles; sternites IV and VI-VII
with tufts of setae medially; genital segment brown, glabrous, set with gold setae.
Legs pallid to yellowish, fore femur with row of long recumbent gold setae on
posterior margin and pad of thick short gold setae on anterior margin; fore tibia
brown, gently curved, inner margin occasionally sinuate, fore tarsus with single
segment bearing single blunt claw; middle and hind coxae pale, concave on ventral
faces; middle and hind trochanters pale, glabrous; middle femur slender, with
longitudinal row of gold setae along hind margin; middle tibia with transverse
rows of spines on anterior and posterior margins, long gold setae present along
posterior margin; hind femur and tibia with long gold setae along posterior mar¬
gins, tibia with reddish spines on anterior face; middle and hind tibiae bearing
thick gold hair pads and transverse rows of reddish spines apically; middle and
hind tarsi three segmented, distal segment longest, all segments with short spines
ventrally, hind tarsi with gold setae on ventral face; parempodia setiform; claws
256
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
black, sharply bent, blunt. Male parameres symmetrical, bidentate, shape as in
Figure 11, bearing a comb of long setae; vessica lightly and symmetrically scler-
otized, terminal lobe squared off apically.
Brachypterous female. — Similar to male in general structure and coloration, but
form slightly more elongate, length 14.0-14.5 mm; maximum width 6.9-7.0 mm.
Posterolateral angles of abdominal segments II-V produced and spinose, raised
patches of setae present medially on abdominal stemites IV-VI. Subgenital plate
trapezoidal, widened basally, bearing transverse rows of fine setae, a tuft of longer
setae present medially near tip, posterior margin evenly rounded, fringed with
long gold setae.
Macropterous form. — Unknown.
Material examined. — Holotype, male, and allotype: BORNEO, Malaysia, Sa¬
rawak, Tebedu, SE of Kuching, shallow rocky river, VIII-9-85, CL 2048, D. A.
and J. T. Polhemus (USNM). Paratypes: 25 brachypterous males, 23 brachyp¬
terous females, 17 nymphs, same data as types (JTPC).
Remarks. — C. tebedu, n. sp. may be recognized by its small size, spinose pos¬
terolateral abdominal angles (see Fig. 12), and bidentate male parameres (see Fig.
11). Although the parameres are quite similar to those of C. kinabalu, that species
is much larger and more robust, so that its size and habitus alone are sufficient
to prevent confusion. The type series of C. tebedu was taken in a swift, shallow,
unshaded river flowing in a bed of sand and cobbles. The type locality is less than
ten kilometers from the Indonesian frontier, and this species undoubtedly occurs
in the biologically unexplored mountains of Kalimantan.
Etymology. — The name “tebedu” is a noun in apposition and refers to the name
of the type locality.
Literature Cited
La Rivers, I. 1971. Studies of Naucoridae (Hemiptera). Biol. Soc. Nevada Mem., 2:i—iii + 1-120.
Montandon, A. L. 1909. Naucoridae. Descriptions d’especes nouvelles. Soc. Sci. Buc. Roum. Bull.,
18:43-61.
Parsons, M. C., and R. J. Hewson. 1974. Plastral respiratory devices in adult Cryphocricos (Nau¬
coridae: Heteroptera). Psyche, 81:510-527.
Thorpe, W. H., and D. J. Crisp. 1947a. Studies on plastron respiration I. The biology of Aphelocheirus
[Hemiptera, Aphelocheiridae (Naucoridae)] and the mechanism of plastron retention. J. Exp.
Biol., 24:227-269.
-, and-. 1947b. Studies on plastron respiration II. The respiratory efficiency of the
plastron in Aphelocheirus. J. Exp. Biol., 24:270-303.
-, and-. 1947c. Studies on plastron respiration III. The orientation responses of Aphe¬
locheirus [Hemiptera, Aphelocheiridae (Naucoridae)] in relation to plastron respiration; together
with an account of specialized pressure receptors in aquatic insects. J. Exp. Biol., 24:310-328.
Usinger, R. L. 1938. The Naucoridae of the Philippine Islands (Hemiptera). Phil. J. Sci., 64:299-
311.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, p. 257
Scientific Note
A New Distribution Record for Megalodacne fasciata
(Coleoptera: Erotylidae)
On 5 July 1983 one specimen of M. fasciata was collected in an ultraviolet trap
used to monitor almond insect pests. The location was an almond orchard ap¬
proximately 1 mile E of Hamilton City, CA adjacent to the Glenn-Butte County
line but in Butte County, in an almond orchard. On 13 August 1983 ten specimens
were collected in the same orchard mining bracket fungi {Forties sp.) on almonds;
several larvae were also collected. On 12 December 1983 ten more specimens
were collected approximately 3 miles W of Durham, CA, also mining bracket
fungi on almonds but no larvae were collected. On 10 June 1984 one specimen
was collected approximately 5 miles SE of Red Bluff, Tehama County, in an
ultraviolet light trap. The specimens were all collected by the author.
Since the collection data are separated by both geographical space and calendar
time it would appear that M. fasciata is well established in Butte and probably
Glenn and Tehama Counties.
Previous distribution records for M. fasciata are Eastern North America from
Florida to Connecticut, New York, and Ontario, westward to Minnesota, Iowa,
Colorado, and Texas, down to Mexico. These new records now extend its range
from the Atlantic coast to the Pacific coast.
The best explanation for the new distribution record of M. fasciata is due to
an accidental introduction. One hypothesis (L. G. Bezark, pers. comm.) is acci¬
dental transportation of firewood upon which there was some species of fungi to
host the adults and/or larvae.
Voucher specimens are deposited in the collection of the California Academy
of Sciences and the California Insect Survey.
Clifford Y. Kitayama, Scientific Methods, Inc., P.O. Box 599, Durham, Cali¬
fornia 95938.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 258-268
Nest Provisioning and Related Activities of the Sand Wasp 9
Bembix americana comata (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
Robert S. Lane, John R. Anderson, and Edward Rogers
(RSL, JRA) Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720; (ER) Naval Medical Research Institute, Detachment
Lima Peru, APO Miami, Florida 34031-0008.
With the exception of Bembix stenebdoma Parker, which feeds upon Chryso-
pidae, North American Bembix are predators of flies (Evans, 1966, 1978). In
California, meaningful biological data are available for 6 (55%) of the 11 species
of Bembix that reportedly occur there (Bohart and Homing, Jr., 1971). Of these,
B. americana comata Parker is the most abundant and perhaps the most wide¬
spread member of the genus in the state. Biological information for B. americana
comata, some of it conflicting (see below), is contained in the works of Parker
(1925), Essig (1926), and Evans (1957, 1966). During a recent investigation of
the non-hematophagous pangoniine horse fly, Brennania hera (Osten Sacken)
(Lane and Anderson, 1985), B. americana comata females were occasionally
observed attacking hovering B. hera males. Subsequently, a study of this wasp
was initiated at a nearby colony to evaluate its nest provisioning behavior with
respect to B. hera and other flies, to characterize its burrows, and to elucidate the
relationship between prey size and survival after onset of paralysis.
Methods
The study area. — This study was conducted in a coastal sand dune ecosystem
at North Beach, Point Reyes National Seashore, Marin County, California during
the summers of 1982 and 1983. North Beach abuts the Pacific Ocean ca. 52.5
km NW of San Francisco. Characteristics of the dunes at the Point Reyes peninsula
have been presented previously (Cooper, 1967). Coastal strand is the plant com¬
munity typical of the dunes, and plants commonly observed there include Me-
sembryanthemum chilense Molina, Artemisia pycnocephala Candolle, Grindelia
stricta Candolle, and Lupinus arboreus Sims (Munz, 1968). Temperatures average
ca. 11.7°C in summer and 10.CPC in winter. Precipitation falls mainly between
October and April and averages 610 mm annually. Fog and wind occur often,
especially in summer.
Predatory behavior and onset of Bembix diurnal flight activities were associated
with several meteorological factors. Ambient and soil surface temperatures were
recorded either with a model BAT-4 thermometer (Bailey Instruments, Inc., Sad¬
dle Brook, N.J.) or a Taylor pocket thermometer (Taylor Instruments, Arden,
N.C.), relative humidity with a hygrothermograph (Julien P. Friez and Sons, Inc.,
Baltimore, Md.), illumination with a Weston model 756 sunlight illumination
meter (Weston Instruments, Inc., Newark, N.J.), and wind velocity with an Alnor
Thermo-anemometer (type 8500, Illinois Testing Laboratories, Inc., Chicago, Ill.)
or a wind meter (Dwyer Instruments, Inc., Michigan City, Ind.).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
259
Information on nest-provisioning activities was obtained by observing wasps
returning to their burrows with prey. Immediately after a wasp entered its burrow,
an insect net was placed over the entrance and the time spent inside recorded. In
1982, all wasps were collected for species determination, whereas in 1983 they
were released to avoid depleting the local population.
After measuring the diameter of the entrance, a long, flexible plant stem was
inserted into the burrow to trace its course and to facilitate digging it. Dimensions
of the burrows and cells, and the shapes of the former, were recorded. The larval
wasp, if present, and all associated intact prey were collected. In 1982, all fragments
from partially eaten specimens were also collected and preserved in 70% ethanol,
and an attempt was made to identify all flies to the generic or specific level. A
few paralyzed B. hera females found in nests were dissected to determine their
reproductive status by previously described methods (Lane and Anderson, 1982).
The terms nulliparous and uniparous refer to flies that have not oviposited pre¬
viously and those that have laid a single egg mass, respectively.
In 1983, dipterous prey were taken from 20 female wasps returning to their
burrows from foraging trips. Flies were held individually in plastic vials at 19.4-
25.0°C and 54-93% RH and examined daily until they died. Afterwards, flies
were oven dried (105°C) for 48 hr, weighed on a Mettler H20T balance, and the
dry weights of flies regressed against time to death following envenomization.
Results
The Bembix americana comata colony was located in a denuded, slightly ele¬
vated (ca. 25-35°) expanse of dune roughly 400 m 2 having a western exposure. It
was situated on and near the edge of a bluff top overlooking a sandy ocean beach.
The soil was a dark yellow brown sand that was aridic for at least six months
yearly. Most burrows occurred in an area of <30 m 2 , and the size of the adult
wasp population on any given date in late July or August was estimated to have
been no more than 30 individuals. No other colonies of B. americana comata
were found along the bluff top up to 91 m distant. A ridge used as a hovering/
mating site by B. hera adults was located ca. 55 m from the colony.
Adult wasps flew during heavy, low-lying fog and at temperatures as low as
12°C while they foraged on the ridge where B. hera adults hovered and mated
(Table 1). On six foggy or overcast days, wasps were first seen on this ridge when
ambient temperatures averaged 15.0 ± 2.0°C (range = 12.0-17.2°C). In 1983,
diurnal weather conditions when the first wasps were seen flying in the colony
area were likewise variable (Table 2). On average, morning flight activities began
over a 2 hr period on different days as air and soil surface temperatures reached
ca. 18.5°C and 30.1°C, respectively. The maximum air temperature recorded
during flight periods was 23°C. However, wasp activity was not seen in the colony
area between 1000 and 1500 hr on a damp (i.e., intermittent drizzle), foggy day
when ambient and soil surface temperatures ranged from 14.4-17.8°C and 17.2-
26.7°C, respectively.
Foraging wasps usually flew within 2.5-5.0 cm of the dune surface in an ap¬
parently random, searching mode. Occasionally they alighted on bare sandy spots
for brief periods up to 1 or 2 min; rarely did they remain in an area for more
than a few minutes before flying away. We observed three female wasps as they
attacked B. hera males hovering ca. 10-20 cm above ground along a ridge between
Table 1. Relationship of Bembix americana comata foraging activity to Brennania her a (3) hovering and weather conditions at a coastal sand dune, North
Beach, Pt. Reyes National Seashore, California, 1982-1983.
Date
Time 1
(hr)
Observation
B. hera 3 hovering
period (hr) 2
Temp. (°C)
Sand
Air surface
RH
(%)
Illumina¬
tion (Ft-c)
Wind
(km/hr)
Cloud cover
(%)
1982
20 July
1015
wasp on ground with hera 3 as prey
0923-1031
100
22 July
0923
1 st wasp seen in hera hovering area
0914-1051
16.0
24.0
92
4200
5.6
100F 3
0947
wasp hovering
16.5
25.5
75
4300
4.8
100F
23 July
0928
1st wasp seen flying close to ground
0932-1102
14.0
21.0
82
4200
9.7
100F
0932
wasp foraging close to ground
14.0
20.5
80
9.7
100F
1000
wasp caught hovering hera 3 and flew off with it
14.0
23.3
72
4900
100F
28 July
1012
1 st wasp seen on ridge
0909-1034
12.0
22.5
93
5300
11.3
100F
1013
wasp attacked hovering hera 3 but fly escaped
12.0
22.5
93
5300
11.3
100F
1022
wasp on ground with hera 3 as prey
12.6
24.3
91
100F
31 August
0857
1 st wasp seen flying close to ground
0847-0903
14.0
22.3
86
3850
8.0
100
0903
wasp flew off ridge with hera as prey
14.5
23.3
78
4450
8.9
100
0904
wasp hunting within 2.5-5.0 cm of ground
14.5
23.3
78
4450
8.9
100
0912-
6 wasps seen foraging, landing, or flying over ridge
15.5-
25.0-
54-
3850-
7.2-
0-100
0954
21.5
40.5
79
8500
12.1
1983
27 July
0809
wasp caught hovering hera 3
<0737-0845
16.7
27.2
50-100
2 August
0918
wasp foraging within 15 cm of ground
0826-0947
17.2
25.0
100
8.8
100F
1 Converted from Pacific Daylight Time to Pacific Standard Time.
2 Hovering by 1 or more 3 occurred sporadically during hovering periods, not continuously.
3 F = foggy.
260 PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
261
Table 2. Weather conditions at onset of Bembix americana comata daily flight activity, North
Beach, Pt. Reyes National Seashore, California, 1983.
Date
Time'
Temperature (°C)
Air Soil surface
RH (%)
Wind (km/hr)
Cloud cover
26 July
0945
19.4
33.3
N/A
N/A
sunny
27 July
0927
17.8
31.1
N/A
N/A
sunny
3 August
1031
17.2
29.4
89
9.7
fog burning off
10 August
0833
15.0
22.8
94
5.6
sunny
19 August
1005
20.5
30.5
90
9.7
70%
24 August
0930
21.1
33.3
77
4.0
sunny
Mean ± SD
0938 ± 40
18.5 ± 2.3
30.1 ± 3.9
87.5 ± 7.3
7.3 ± 2.9
1 Converted from Pacific Daylight Time to Pacific Standard Time.
0809 and 1013 hr (Pacific Standard time) during late July (Table 1). One male
had been hovering for 19 sec when a wasp collided with it, but the fly escaped.
The other flies were captured and stung immediately, presumably in flight, since
both individuals were paralyzed when collected moments later as the wasps alight¬
ed on the ridge. Also, five wasps were seen with B. hera adults as prey either on
the ground in the tabanid hovering area or in the midst of the wasp colony as
they returned to their nests, and three paralyzed B. hera adults were found lying
unattended among the nests.
On six occasions when B. hera hovering/mating periods were observed in their
entirety, the first Bembix females were seen hunting in the hovering area from 4
min before to 63 min (x = 30.3 ± 28.5 min) after tabanid flight activity began
(Table 1). A mean of 1.8 ± 0.8 wasps was seen foraging during these hovering/
mating periods. One day when hovering lasted for 16 min, wasps were observed
9 times as they foraged on the ridge over a 57 min period, but seven of the
sightings were made after hovering had ended.
Wasps observed (n = 11) returning from successful foraging trips held the prey
with their middle pair of legs as they relocated and uncovered their burrow
entrances. They were quite efficient in finding their burrows. Most (64%) hovered
over or scanned the colony before landing, and more than V 2 found their burrow
entrance at the first spot they dug. The mean number of landings prior to success¬
ful burrow relocation was 1.5 ± 0.7, and the mean time spent digging before the
burrow was reopened was just 9 sec. After entering the burrow, the wasp invariably
covered the entrance with sand (n = 39). The mean time wasps spent inside their
burrows was 66.5 ± 28.9 sec (range = 18-130 sec, n = 29). Upon exiting the
burrow, 90.5% (n = 21) of the wasps covered the entrance.
The nests of female B. americana comata consisted of a narrowly elongate
burrow with a single terminal brood cell. Dimensions of the burrows and cells
are given in Table 3. Year-to-year variations in the various parameters were not
significant at the 5% level (Mann-Whitney test) except for the widths of the cells.
A significantly higher percentage of burrows were curved (65.4%) rather than
straight (34.6%) for their length (x 2 Adj = 4.33, 0.025 < P < 0.05).
Six wasp cocoons found in 1982 and 1983 were predominantly brown in color,
18.0 ± 1.4 (range = 16.0-19.5) mm long, 6.5 ± 0.4 (range = 6.0-7.0) mm wide,
and somewhat bullet-shaped. A male B. americana comata emerged on or about
262
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 3. Physical characteristics of Bembix americana comata burrows and brood cells in a coastal
sand dune, North Beach, Pt. Reyes National Seashore, California, 1982-1983.
Mean ± SD («)'
Parameter
1982
1983
Burrows
Length (cm) 2
17.34 ± 3.20(34)
18.95
± 4.56 (28)
Diam. (mm)
9.95 ±2.92(21)
8.86
± 0.96 (28)
Cells
Length (cm)
3.27 ± 1.90(6)
3.51
± 0.77 (26)
Width (cm)
1.60 3 ± 0.20 (6)
1.36 3
± 0.43 (26)
Height (cm)
1.70 ± 0.71 (6)
1.22
± 0.31 (26)
Volume (cm 3 )
9.23 ± 8.06 (6)
6.22
± 3.81 (26)
Depth (cm) 4
9.94 ± 2.76 (8)
11.40
± 3.46 (28)
1 n = sample size.
2 Includes length of cell.
3 Significantly different from each other (P < 0.05, Mann-Whitney test); all other parameters mea¬
sured did not differ significantly between years at the 5% level.
4 Depth below ground surface.
14 July 1983 from a cocoon collected 31 August 1982. None of the other cocoons
yielded an adult wasp within 1 to 2 years of observation.
In total, 311 flies or remnants of flies were removed from 26 brood cells in
1982. The number of flies per cell averaged 12.0 ± 9.6 and ranged from 1 to 48.
Of these, 113 (36%) representing 32 taxa in 11 families were determined to genus
or species, and a twelfth family, Tephritidae, was represented by a single unde¬
termined species (Table 4). All flies belonged to the suborder Brachycera, and
75% of the determined taxa were members of the infraorder Muscomorpha (ter¬
minology after McAlpine et al., 1981). In descending rank, the three most abun¬
dant flies were the muscid, Orthellia caesarion (Meigen), the tabanid, Brennania
her a, and the asilid, Nicocles aemulator (Loew). Both O. caesarion and B. her a
were present in at least 35% of the brood cells; the tachinid, Reinhardiana sp.,
was found in 27%.
Brennania hera adults were present in 35% and 46% of the nests examined in
1982 and 1983, respectively (i.e., exclusive of nests unoccupied by larval wasps).
The difference in the percentages of burrows yielding B. hera between years was
not significant (x 2 Adj = 0.32, 0.50 < P < 0.75). A mean of 1.9 horse flies was
found in B. /z^ra-positive nests in both years. The distribution of B. hera adults
in burrows was adequately fitted by a Poisson distribution in 1982 (x 2 = 2.60,
0.10 < P < 0.25) and in 1983 (x 2 = 1.75, 0.10 < P < 0.25). More males than
females were found in brood cells both years, and these differences were significant
in 1983 (x 2 Ad j = 5.88, 0.01 < P < 0.025) and when data from both years were
pooled (x 2 A dj = 6.62, 0.01 < P < 0.025).
One of two paralyzed B. hera adults removed from separate burrows on 18
August 1982 was largely nulliparous and partly uniparous, the other uniparous.
Ovarioles of the uniparous fly were in the sac-stage (i.e., dilated) and contained
no residual eggs, whereas the nulliparous/uniparous specimen was partly gravid
and partly in the sac-stage (e.g., one of her ovaries contained 83 mature eggs and
Table 4. Partial list and relative abundance of Diptera taken as prey by Bembix americana comata
females at North Beach, Point Reyes National Seashore, 20 July to 31 August 1982. 1 New familial,
generic or specific prey records are indicated by f. The number of questionable determinations for a
few taxa are given in parentheses in column 2.
Taxon
No. individuals
Tabanidae
Brennania her a (Osten Sacken)
17
Asilidaef
Asilus sp.f
1
Nicocles aemulator (Loew)f
11(2)
Bombyliidaet
Hemipenthes sp.f
2
Villa sp. If
1
Villa sp. 2f
1
Dolichopodidae
Dolichopus sp.f
1
Hercostomus sp.f
1
Syrphidae
Allograpta sp.f
2(1)
Carposcalis sp.f
1
Eristalis arbustorum (L.)
1
Eristalis sp. 3
4
Melanostoma sp.f
1
Tephritidaef
Undet. sp.f
1
Sciomyzidaef
Limnia inopa (Adams)f
1
Anthomyiidaef
Fucellia sp.f
1
Hylemya {Delia) deviata Huckettf
1
Scatophaga stercoraria (L.)f
1
Muscidae
Coenosia tigrina (Fabricius)
5
Helina Imultiseriata Mallochf
1
Musca autumnalis De Geerf
4
Muscina assimilis (Fallen)
4
Orthellia caesarion (Meigen)f
20
Calliphoridae
Paralucilia wheeled (Hough)f
1
Phormia regina (Meigen)
3
Sarcophagidae
Sarcophaga sp.
1
Tachinidae
Blondelia sp.f
2
Gymnosoma filiola Loewf
1
Madremyia saundersi (Williston)f
5(2)
Protodejeania sp.f
8
Ptilodexia conjuncta (Wulp)f
2
Reinhardiana sp.f
8(1)
1 26 burrows were examined on 7 dates.
2 More than one species may be represented.
264
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
more than 30 sac-stage ovarioles). A third B. hera female taken from a wasp
returning to its nest also was nulliparous and gravid; her ovaries each contained
62 mature eggs. All three flies were inseminated and contained a moderate quantity
of fat body in their hemocoelic cavities. None had hematin granules in their rectal
papillae or blood in their digestive tracts, but all three had a dark green to nearly
blackish substance in their alimentary canals, particularly in the midgut region.
Twenty paralyzed flies taken from wasps comprised 11 species and 7 families
of Brachycera. These included five B. hera, three M. autumnalis, two each of O.
caesarion, Pollenia rudis (Fabricius) (Calliphoridae), and Sarcophaga sp., and
single specimens of Eristalis sp., Melanostoma sp., Pegomya duplicata (Malloch)
(Anthomyiidae), S. stercoraria, Helina obscurata (Meigen) (Muscidae), and Arc-
tophyto sp. (Tachinidae). Of these, H. obscurata and Arctophyto sp. represent new
prey records for B. americana comata. They lived a mean of 4.1 ± 2.5 (range =
1-10) days after onset of paralysis. Signs of life detected among paralyzed flies
included occasional isolated or quivering movements of the abdominal tip, tarsi,
antennae, mouthparts, and, in one instance, a wing. There was a highly significant
positive correlation between time to death and dry weight of flies when all species
were lumped (0.005 < P < 0.01, Fig. 1). By contrast, the correlation between
these variables for the five B. hera, all of which were males, was not significant
(r = -0.553, 0.20 < P < 0.50).
Discussion
Females of B. americana comata inhabiting the North Beach area forage over
widely varying weather conditions including foggy or overcast to sunny days and
temperatures ranging from ca. 12 to 23°C. On the other hand, populations of this
wasp (reported as B. comata ) from two other localities in the San Francisco Bay
region (i.e., Alameda and San Francisco) were inactive on overcast days and, at
one location, at temperatures below 19 to 20°C (Parker, 1925; Evans, 1957).
According to Evans (1957), the minimum flight temperature-threshold of 19 to
20°C that he recorded for B. americana comata is unusually low for a member
of the genus. Thus it appears that different populations of this wasp, even those
from the same region, possess the genetic capacity to adjust their diel activity
patterns to various local meteorological conditions. At North Beach, flight activity
in the colony area was first noted when soil surface temperatures reached ca. 3CPC,
irrespective of cloud cover. Flight did not occur on rainy days, presumably because
precipitation either affected it directly or indirectly by cooling soil to temperatures
below those eliciting adult activity. Light was not involved because flight occurred
on both heavily overcast and clear days when illumination ranged between 3850
and 8500 foot-candles.
Bembix americana comata is the most important predator of B. hera adults at
North Beach. Ants and Bam Swallows, Hirundo rustica L., occasionally prey on
this horse fly, but their combined impact on the population is substantially less
than that of the sand wasp. However, Bam Swallows are significant predators of
adults of Apatolestes actites Philip and Steffan, another psammophilous horse fly
that breeds along the Point Reyes National Seashore (Lane et al., 1983). In ap¬
parently the only other North American report of predation of hovering horse
flies by a Bembix wasp, Blickle (1959) observed five captures of Tabanus bishoppi
Stone males by B. belfragei Cresson. In every case, the wasp approached the
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
265
Figure 1. Relationship between survival of paralyzed flies (11 species) and their dry weights. Data
points for five Brennania hera males are represented by solid triangles.
hovering fly from the rear, captured it, and then flew away. As the tabanid flight
season progressed, the appearance of Bembix wasps in the hovering area seemed
to evoke increased wariness by T. bishoppi males. Similar behavior was not shown
by B. hera males, but the sporadic occurrence and short duration of hovering by
B. hera males may be behaviors that evolved specifically to reduce their exposure
to potential natural enemies (Lane and Anderson, 1985).
That female wasps returning to the colony area with prey spent, on average,
only 9 sec digging at 1.5 spots before entering their nests demonstrates that they
have a highly efficient mechanism for nest relocation. Experimental evidence
shows that other species of Bembix, such as B. niponica Smith and B. rostrata
Fabricius use prominent landmarks in the general vicinity of the nest for orien¬
tation (Tsuneki, 1956; Iersel and Assem, 1964). Such landmarks seem to be learned
by B. niponica females during a special “orientation flight” undertaken directly
after the nest has been constructed. It is not known whether B. americana comata
engages in a similar flight following nest construction.
The duration of foraging trips for B. americana comata in San Francisco was
determined by Parker (1925), who observed four wasps for nearly two hours; the
mean duration of these trips was 13 min per fly. After returning to their nests,
wasps remained inside for approximately 1 min (range: V 2 -IV 2 min), which agrees
closely with our findings (x = 66.5 sec) as well as those of Evans (1957).
In general, nest dimensions and other characteristics of the colony at North
266
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Beach are in remarkable accord with those reported for this species by Evans
(1957) and disagree in several respects from data presented by Parker (1925) and
Essig (1926). Burrow lengths given by Parker are slightly greater than our mea¬
surements, whereas those recorded by Essig (i.e., “16 to 20 inches”) appear to be
grossly in error. Further, unless B. americana comata displays an inordinate
amount of variation in nest construction, the latter authors misinterpreted the
shapes of the burrows; they are neither equipped with three brood chambers
(Parker) or shaped like an inverted Y (Essig). As noted by Evans (1957) and
reconfirmed by us, the burrows are usually slightly to strongly curved or sometimes
straight, and they are invariably unicellular.
To the list of 28 determined species of flies in 9 families recorded as prey of
B. americana comata previously (Parker, 1925; Evans, 1957), we added 25 genera
or species and five families of Diptera representing at least 27 specific taxa. Only
seven (25%) of the flies determined in the former investigations were also found
during the present study. Thus, B. americana comata, like nearly all North Amer¬
ican Bembix species, is a catholic predator of Diptera. The greater numbers of
some flies in the nests of B. americana comata during July and August 1982,
notably O. caesarion and B. hera, may reflect their greater abundance locally and/
or their relative accessibility to foraging wasps. It would be of considerable interest
to compare the population levels of potential dipterous prey and the numbers of
prey actually found inside nests in future Bembix studies.
Although analyses of nest contents revealed that B. hera is a significant dietary
item of wasp larvae, an even better indication of its importance would have been
obtained had we recorded biomass as well. The mean dry weight of B. hera adults
(25.44 ± 4.33 mg) exceeded that for each of the other flies (4.06-14.89 mg) used
in the prey-longevity experiment by nearly two to several-fold. In Alameda and
San Francisco, B. hera was of comparatively minor or no importance in the diet
of B. americana comata larvae when collections were made (Parker, 1925; Evans,
1957), but prey abundance was not systematically quantified in either study.
The random distribution of B. hera adults in B. americana comata burrows
indicates that wasps do not selectively prey on horse flies despite the proximity
of a major B. hera hovering/mating site. These findings lend additional weight to
our speculative opinion that the sporadic and brief hovering episodes of B. hera
males are effective anti-predator behaviors. On the other hand, the nearness of
the male tabanid hovering site may account for the observed sex-biased predation
by Bembix females. Brennania hera females are less vulnerable to wasp predation
because they do not swarm and they appear to be dispersed more evenly through¬
out the sand dune ecosystem. Sex-biased predation resulting from increased risk¬
taking reproductive activities by the competitive sex has been documented in
several orders of insects, and it generally involves males (Gwynne and Dodson,
1983).
That the ovaries of one of the dissected tabanid females captured by Bembix
females contained many mature eggs plus ovarioles in the sac-stage reveals that
the fly had probably been caught while ovipositing. An alternative explanation,
namely, that B. hera females can lay two or more partial egg masses per gono-
trophic cycle seems less likely since most gravid B. hera females lay a single,
autogenously-produced egg mass during the first gonotrophic cycle (R. S. Lane
and J. R. Anderson, unpubl. data). Females presumably oviposit deep in dense
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
267
vegetation since repeated efforts to locate egg masses or observe oviposition on
the periphery of dune plants were fruitless.
In discussing paralysis of Bembix prey, Evans (1966) recommended that future
students of these wasps pay attention to the effects of the sting since specific
differences seem to exist. Dipterous prey of B. americana comata lived on the
average about as long as those of B. niponica, i.e., 4.1 vs. 4.5 days, respectively,
though the value for B. niponica is an underestimate because Tsuneki (1956) did
not know how long flies had been in the nests he dug. Additionally, the regression
analysis revealed that there is a significant positive correlation between size of
prey and survival after onset of paralysis when all species are lumped. There was
no association between dry weights of the five B. hera males and survival, but
this may merely reflect the small sample size {n = 5) involved. The observed
association between size and longevity may not be dose-dependent but due instead
to the fact that smaller flies may desiccate sooner because the ratio of surface area
to volume increases with decreasing size. If this is so, then larger flies would be
expected to live longer because they would lose body water more gradually.
Finally, in contradistinction to Parker (1925) and in agreement with Evans
(1957), all flies captured by B. americana comata at North Beach were stung
immediately and suffered permanent paralysis. Several wasps observed by Parker
(1925) did not sting their prey immediately with the result that the flies escaped
while the wasps were entering their nests. These disparate findings demonstrate
that there can be significant intraspecific differences in the predatory behavior of
B. americana comata within a fairly restricted geographical region.
Acknowledgments
We thank J. L. Sansing for permission to conduct this study at the Point Reyes
National Seashore, R. M. Bohart and S. C. Kuba for taxonomic assistance, P.
Gambino and S. A. Manweiler for field assistance, R. Amundson for characterizing
the soil, and W. Pierce for providing meteorological data.
Literature Cited
Blickle, R. L. 1959. Observations on the hovering and mating of Tabanus bishoppi Stone (Diptera,
Tabanidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 52:183-190.
Bohart, R. M., and D. S. Homing, Jr. 1971. California bembicine sand wasps. Bull. Calif. Insect
Surv., 13:1-32.
Cooper, W. S. 1967. Coastal dunes of California. Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 104.
Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. The MacMillan Co., New York.
Evans, H. E. 1957. Studies on the comparative ethology of digger wasps of the genus Bembix.
Comstock Publishing Associates, Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, N.Y.
-. 1966. The comparative ethology and evolution of the sand wasps. Harvard Univ. Press,
Cambridge.
-. 1978. A solitary wasp that preys upon lacewings (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae; Neuroptera:
Chrysopidae). Psyche, 85:81-84.
Gwynne, D. T., and G. N. Dodson. 1983. Nonrandom provisioning by the digger wasp, Palmodes
laeviventris (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 76:434-436.
Iersel, J. J. A. van, and J. van den Assem. 1964. Aspects of orientation in the diggerwasp Bembix
rostrata. Pp. 145-162 in W. H. Thorpe and D. Davenport (eds.), Learning and associated
phenomena in invertebrates. Animal Behaviour Supplement No. 1. Bailliere, Tindall & Cassell,
Ltd., London.
Lane, R. S., and J. R. Anderson. 1982. The reproductive life history and blood meal sources of
Chrysops hirsuticallus (Diptera: Tabanidae). J. Med. Ent., 19:157-163.
268
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-, and-. 1985. Biology of autogenous horse flies native to coastal California: Brennania
hera (Diptera: Tabanidae). Pp. 433-461 in P. H. Arnaud, Jr. and R. S. Lane (eds.), Contributions
to the study of Tabanidae (Diptera) in honor of Cornelius Becker Philip. Myia, Vol. 3.
-,-, and C. B. Philip. 1983. Biology of autogenous horse flies native to coastal California:
Apatolestes actites (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., 76:559-571.
McAlpine, J. F., B. V. Peterson, G. E. Shewell, H. J. Teskey, J. R. Vockeroth, and D. M. Wood. 1981.
Manual of Nearctic Diptera, Yol. 1. Res. Br. Agric. Canada Monograph No. 27.
Munz, P. A. 1968. A California flora. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles.
Parker, J. B. 1925. Notes on the nesting habits of Bembix comata Parker. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
27:189-195.
Tsuneki, K. 1956. Ethological studies on Bembix niponica Smith, with emphasis on the psycho-
biological analysis of behaviour inside the nest (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) I. Biological Part.
Mem. Fac. Lib. Arts, Fukui Univ. Ser. II, Nat. Sci. No. 6, pp. 77-172.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(3), 1986, pp. 269-272
Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1985
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SIXTH MEETING
The 436th meeting was held Friday, 18 January 1985, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 14 December 1984 were read and accepted. Two persons were
proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Kevin M. Spollen as a student member and Dr. Norman
D. Penny as a regular member.
Dr. Edwards announced that the latest issue of Pacific Discovery contains an article on monarch
butterflies. Mr. Vincent F. Lee read the names of three additional members who elected to be sponsoring
members for 1985: Dr. Richard K. Allen, Dr. and Mrs. William E. Ferguson, and Mr. David G.
Marqua. Dr. Cornelius B. Philip presented a scientific note, “A Collection of Four Species of Tabanid
Flies Taken from an Anaconda Snake in Peru in May, 1984.” He also announced that the latest
newsletter of the Pacific Division of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
mentioned the Society’s participation in the Montana meetings this year.
The featured speaker Dr. Edward S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences, presented the lecture
entitled “Entomological Highlights of a Recent Journey to Turkey, North Africa, and Europe.” His
well-illustrated slide lecture recounts part of a 26,000 mile trip taken in seven months of 1984, with
emphasis on embiid collecting, Ophrys orchids and their pollination by scoliid wasps, and archeological
sites of Tunisia, Morocco, Spain, Greece, Sicily, and Turkey.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 83 persons was present, of which 35 signed as members and 35 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SEVENTH MEETING
The 437th meeting was held Friday, 15 February 1985, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 18 January 1985 were read and accepted. Mr. Vincent F. Lee
announced that another member Dr. E. Eric Grissell had elected to be a sponsoring member for 1985.
Four persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Michael S. Arduser as a student member,
and Mr. Tadese Gebre-Hawariat, Dr. Lee R. Johnson, and Dr. Barry M. Wilk as regular members.
Dr. Edwards announced that Mr. David L. Wagner, who gave an excellent talk on hepialids to our
Society in 1984, recently won the Snodgrass Memorial Research Award from the Entomological Society
of America. Mr. Jett S. Chinn presented slides showing infection of the raphidophorids Pristoceutho-
philus pacificus (Thomas), Pristoceuthophilus sp., and Ceuthophilus sp. by the fungus Entomophthora
sp. in Pacifica. Dr. D. Dee Wilder presented slides showing exposed combs of a honeybee colony. Dr.
Edward L. Smith presented slides of sawfly ( Euura scoulerianae E. L. Smith) and cecidomyiid {May-
etiola sp.) galls on willows ( Salix sp.) and commented on the remarkable survivorship of last instar
larva or prepupa of the cecidomyiid to submersion in the fixative FAA. Dr. Harvey I. Scudder
announced that the Bureau of Land Management has set aside the areas in the Stewart Valley, Nevada
where he had been studying insect fossils.
The featured speaker Dr. Edward S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences, presented the lecture
entitled “Entomological Highlights of a Recent Journey to Turkey, North Africa, and Europe.” This
lecture was a continuation of the talk given in January of his trip taken in 1984, with emphasis on
the Alps portion of the trip. Excellent slides on the entomology, general natural history, geology, and
human culture of Europe and England were shown.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 85 persons was present, of which 38 signed as members and 33 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-EIGHTH MEETING
The 438th meeting was held Friday, 15 March 1985, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
270
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The minutes of the meeting held 15 February 1985 were read, corrected, and accepted. Mr. Vincent
F. Lee announced that two additional members Dr. John E. Hafemik Jr. and Mr. Benjamin Keh
elected to be sponsoring members for 1985. Six persons were proposed and elected as new members:
Mr. Steven H. Dreistadt and Mr. David H. Jensen as student members, and Dr. Gordon Gordh, Dr.
Tohko Y. Kaufman, Dr. Peter G. Mason, and Dr. Richard C. Wilkerson as regular members.
Dr. Edwards announced that the annual meeting of the Pacific Slope Section of the Lepidopterists’
Society will be held in June this year at Camp Norris, San Bernardino Mountains. Mr. Dean Jamieson
presented a recent collection of unusual Lepidoptera belonging to the family Alucitidae. Dr. Stanley
C. Williams announced a course on beekeeping, offered by the San Francisco Community College
District. Dr. Edward L. Smith announced the recent monograph on fossil scorpions by the late Dr.
E. N. Kjellesvig-Waering.
The featured speaker Ms. Valerie Brown, staff entomologist, California Department of Food and
Agriculture, Sacramento, presented a lecture entitled “The Status of Gypsy Moth Program in California
and the Northwest.” She presented information on the general biology of the gypsy moth and the
current control measures taken against it, showed a movie produced in Canada on the gypsy moth,
and traced the history of gypsy moth infestations in the Pacific Coast states, with special reference to
California.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 34 persons was present, of which 20 signed as members and 13 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-NINTH MEETING
The 439th meeting was held Friday, 19 April 1985, at 8:15 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with Past President Dr. Harvey
I. Scudder presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 15 March 1985 were read, corrected, and accepted. Mr. Vincent
F. Lee announced that an additional member Mr. Eric M. Fisher elected to be a sponsoring member
for 1985. Five persons were proposed and elected as new members: Mr. John J. Dayton, Mr. Arthur
V. Evans, and Mr. Nathan Schiff as student members, and Mr. Edmund F. Giesbert and Dr. William
F. Kraus as regular members.
Dr. Edward L. Smith showed slides of a primitive crustacean and some interesting primitive insects.
Dr. Kirby W. Brown showed slides of the fern and magnolia white scales.
The featured speaker Dr. Reg F. Chapman, Visiting Professor, University of California, Albany,
lectured on “The Paradoxical Biology of an African Grasshopper.” He presented some ingenious
experiments to some interesting paradoxes in the biology of the variegated grasshopper, Zonocerus
variegatus (Linnaeus), a native pest of the cassava plant in the rain forest belt of Nigeria.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 35 persons was present, of which 27 signed as members and 8 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTIETH MEETING
The 440th meeting was held Friday, 17 May 1985, at 8:10 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 19 April 1985 were read and accepted. Mr. Vincent F. Lee
announced that Mr. Arthur L. Chan elected to be a sponsoring member for 1985. Four persons were
proposed and elected as new members: Mr. Craig C. Allison, Ms. Sharon S. Mead, and Mr. Curtis Y.
Takahashi as student members, and Mr. William T. Pyles as a regular member.
Dr. Edwards reminded the audience about the Pacific Division of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science meeting in Montana in June. Dr. Kirby W. Brown showed slides of the eggs
of Prionus californicus Motschulsky. Mr. Larry G. Bezark showed several slides of Cyrtopogon princeps
Osten Sacken and C. montanus Loew and their microhabitats near Placerville. Dr. Norman D. Penny
talked about a three day trip in which he was able to collect all three species of bittacid Mecoptera of
California.
The featured speaker Mr. Dean W. Jamieson, entomologist at Instar Pest Consultants, Inc., San
Jose, presented a lecture entitled “Entomology, Public Health, and Pest Control.” He talked about
his experiences with arthropod infestations of human and human habitation when he was employed
by the Santa Clara County Department of Health. Slides of human myiasis, house dust mite and other
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 3
271
mites causing dermatitis, and other arthropod vectors and pests were shown, and case histories were
discussed. Sampling procedures and control measures were briefly described. He stressed how much
misinformation and incorrect arthropod identification abound among public health workers.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 29 persons was present, of which 23 signed as members and 6 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-FIRST MEETING
The 441st meeting was held Friday, 25 October 1985, at 8:20 p.m., in the Goethe Room, California
Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon Edwards
presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 17 May 1985 were read and accepted. Fifteen persons were proposed
and elected as new members for 1985 (those for 1986 indicated in parentheses): Mr. David A. Carmean,
Mr. David L. Wagner, and Ms. Marianne A. Wong (1986) as student members; and Mr. Robert L.
Allen (1986), Dr. Ranit K. Bhattacharjee (1986), Dr. John F. Burger, Mr. James W. Cornett, Mr.
Parker V. Gambino, Dr. Joseph R. Holomuzki, Mr. Clive D. Jorgensen (1986), Dr. Robert W. Longair
(1986), Mr. Jay W. Nelson, Dr. Laurence Packer (1986), Dr. Kenneth W. Stewart, and Dr. Leonard
S. Vincent as regular members.
Mr. Larry G. Bezark announced the 1986 annual meeting of the Pacific Division of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada,
in 8-13 June 1986, in which the Society will be a participant. Dr. Edwards reported on this year’s
meeting in Missoula where there was a get-together of entomologists and a field trip to Glacier National
Park, led by him. Dr. Norman D. Penny reported that the eggs of two of the three species of bittacid
Mecoptera of California he collected in May have not hatched yet. Dr. Ronald E. Stecker reported
that Dr. William E. Ferguson wrote a long letter from South Africa. Mr. Vincent F. Lee announced
three books published in 1985: J. D. Polhemus. Shore bugs (Heteroptera-Hemiptera; Saldidae); A. S.
Menke and D. R. Miller (editors). Entomology of the California Channel Islands; and International
Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition.
The featured speaker Dr. Marjorie A. Hoy, University of California, Berkeley, presented a lecture
entitled “Genetic Improvement of Biological Control Agents: Status and Prospect for Biotechnology.”
She gave a brief history of insects used in biological control and her own experiences with the braconid
Apanteles melanoscelus (Ratzeburg) as a control agent for the gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar (Linnaeus).
She talked about laboratory cross-breeding experiments to produce a heterotic strain which theoret¬
ically improves the effectiveness of the parasitoid on the moth. However, field efficacy of the heterotic
strain has not yet been demonstrated. Improved resistance of the western predatory mite, Metaseiulus
occidentalis (Nesbitt), a predator of eriophyid and tetranychid mites on almonds, grapes, and other
citrus crops, to carbaryl, sulfur, and organophosphate pesticides by artificial selection techniques,
showed high promises and cost effectiveness. Similar experiments have been done on the common
green lacewing, Chrysoperla carnea (Stephens), the first insect predator selected for pesticide resistance.
New biotechnological techniques with potential promise for improving the genetic stock of biological
control agents, such as recombinant DNA, cell culture transformation, virus vector, and minichro¬
mosomes, were briefly discussed.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 42 persons was present, of which 23 signed as members and 19 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-SECOND MEETING
The 442nd meeting was held Friday, 15 November 1985, at 8:20 p.m., in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon
Edwards presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 25 October 1985 were read and accepted. Four persons were
proposed and elected as new members for 1986: Mr. Patrick A. Luft and Mr. Michael P. Kennedy as
student members, and Mr. Joe E. Clopton and Mr. Robert C. Wilson as regular members.
Dr. Edwards announced the formation of two ad hoc committees: the nominating committee,
consisting of Dr. Marius S. Wasbauer as chairperson, and Dr. Jerry A. Powell and Dr. Ronald E.
Stecker as members, and the auditing committee, with Mr. H. Vannoy Davis as chairperson, and Dr.
Paul H. Amaud Jr. and Mrs. Helen K. Court as members. Mr. Vincent F. Lee suggested that the
Society purchase an automatic coffee maker and provide freshly ground coffee for the social hour. Mr.
272
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Larry G. Bezark announced that, starting in 1986, the Society will send out newsletters, instead of
postcards, to announce the upcoming Society meetings and also other entomological or related meet¬
ings, notices, etc. Dr. Edwards showed slides of beautiful butterfly art objects crafted by artisans of
the Haus der Schmetterlinge in Koblenz, Federal Republic of Germany and of the Matterhorn and
surrounding areas.
The featured speaker Dr. Edward J. Rogers, medical entomologist at the Disease Vector Ecology
and Control Center, Naval Air Station, Alameda, presented a lecture entitled “Natural History of
Dance Flies.” He summarized the known information on the predatory, swarming, ballooning, dance,
and mating behavior of the Empididae, with special reference to his own observations of some
Californian species of Hilara, Rhamphomyia, and Empis. His field experiments on swarming patterns
of several species of empidids demonstrated the environmental conditions under which these flies
swarmed.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 45 persons was present, of which 29 signed as members and 16 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
FOUR HUNDRED AND FORTY-THIRD MEETING
The 443rd meeting was held Friday, 13 December 1985, at 8:10 p.m., in the Goethe Room, California
Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, with President Dr. J. Gordon Edwards
presiding.
The minutes of the meeting held 15 November 1985 were read and accepted. Two persons were
proposed and elected as student members for 1986: Mr. Arash Agah and Mr. Michael D. Schwartz.
Dr. Edwards asked for committee reports. Mr. Vincent F. Lee reported that in 1985 the Society
had 46 sponsoring members and added 11 regular and 17 student members to its membership roll.
Dr. Edwards announced that Dr. John A. Chemsak will remain as editor of the journal through 1986.
Dr. Jerry A. Powell announced the slate of candidates for 1986: Mr. Larry G. Bezark as president,
Dr. Stanley C. Williams as president-elect, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski as treasurer, and Mr. Vincent
F. Lee as secretary. The members present elected these candidates to their respective offices. Dr.
Edwards then passed the gavel to the new president. Mr. Bezark.
Mr. Lee announced that an automatic coffee maker was purchased for use during the social hour.
Dr. Edward L. Smith announced that Dr. Jarmila Kukalova-Peck will be speaking on fossil insects at
the February 1986 meeting. Mr. Lee announced that the Entomology Department of the Academy is
offering used U.S. National Museum and Cornell insect trays for sale. He suggested that a local member
might set up a small business of evaluating insect collections donated to museums.
Mr. Benjamin Keh showed slides taken from a world reknowned insect zoo near Tokyo. Mr. Michael
P. Kennedy showed slides of processionary caterpillars in the Vatican. Mr. Bezark reported collecting
the first specimens of a European syrphid fly Eristalinus sp. for North America, when he attended the
Entomological Society of America meetings in Hollywood, Florida. Dr. Williams announced that the
Association of Biologists for Computing will be hosting a series of seminars in January 1986 at San
Francisco State University. Mr. Bezark mentioned some anecdotes from Dr. Edwards’s former students
and himself.
The featured speaker Dr. J. Gordon Edwards, professor at San Jose State University, gave the
presidential address entitled “Natural History of Costa Rica.” He lectured on the geological, phys¬
iographic, and topographic features and showed slides of the interesting insects and flowers from his
several trips to this biologist’s paradise.
The social hour was held in the entomology conference room following adjournment of the meeting.
A total of 54 persons was present, of which 38 signed as members and 16 as guests.—V. F. Lee,
Secretary.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General. — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation”.
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8 '/2 X 11 inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4% X 7 l /s inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink, or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be stated in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format:
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e. . . . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted .. .”.
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author’s changes after the manuscript has been sent to the printer.
Announcement
PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930.
Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50
per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or
$3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and
subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages.
Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, postage, and
handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California
U.S. orders, or $ 1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special
price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961, U.S.A.
* (Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara, and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ‘/ 2 °/o). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount
on the price of the books.)
Vol. 62
October 1986
No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
HEPPNER, J. B.—Revision of the New World genus Lotisma (Lepidoptera: Copromorphi-
dae). 273
TEPEDINO, V. J. and F. D. PARKER—The relationship between cocoon weight and prepupal
weight in Megachile rotundata (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae).. 289
MYLES, T. G. —Reproductive soldiers in the Termopsidae (Isoptera). 293
ALLEN, R. K—Mayflies of Vietnam: Acerella and DrunelJa (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerelli-
dae)________ 301
KORMILEV, N. A.—Notes on American Macrocephalinae with descriptions of two new species
(Hemiptera: Phymatidae). 303
SKEDROS, D. G. and D. A. POLHEMUS—Two new species of Jappa from Australia (Ephem¬
eroptera: Leptophlebiidae)..... 311
NELSON, J. W.—Ecological notes on male Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) (Diptera: Mydidae)
and their interactions with Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbohm (Hymenoptera: Pompili-
dae)_ 316
HALSTEAD, J. A. — Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks, male description and new distribution
records (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae)___ 323
GOEDEN, R. D.—New records of Tephritidae (Diptera) from Santa Cruz Island, Cali¬
fornia .„.. 326
WILSON, R. C. and L. A. ANDRES—Larval and pupal parasites of Rhinocyllus conicus (Co-
leoptera: Curculionidae) in Carduas nutans in northern California_ 329
CHANDLER, D. S.—New Pselaphidae from Oregon (Coleoptera). 333
BOHART, R. M. and L. D. FRENCH—Designation of chrysidid lectotypes in the Mocsary
Collection at the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest (Hymenoptera: Chrysidi-
dae) ....,__._ 340
STEIN, J. D. and R. F. NAG AT A—Response of Plagithmysus hilinealus Sharp (Coleoptera:
Ceramycidae) to healthy and stressed Ohia trees___ 344
WILLIAMS, S. C. and B. T. BURKE—A new species of Serradigitus from Central California
(Scorpiones: Vaejovidae)_ 350
WILLIAMS, S. C.—A new species of Vaejovis from Jalisco, Mexico (Scorpiones: Vaejovi¬
dae) ____.._ 355
WILLIAMS, S. C.—A new species of Uroctonus from the Sierra Nevada of California (Scor¬
piones: Vaejovidae)_ 359
KENNETT, C. E.—A survey of the parasitoid complex attacking black scale, Saissetia oleae
(Olivier), in Central and Northern California (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea; Homoptera:
Coccidae).._... 363
POWELL, J. A.—Synopsis of the classification of Neotropical Tortricinae, with descriptions
of new genera and species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). 372
SCIENTIFIC NOTES....... 300, 310, 370
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED. 325
ANNOUNCEMENT.. 399
INDEX TO VOLUME 62. 400
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1986
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. Chemsak, Editor
R. S. Lane, Associate Editor
W. J. Pulawski, Treasurer J. T. Doyen
R. M. Bohart J. A. Powell J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings appearing in the October number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Wojciech J. Pulawski, California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Vincent F. Lee, California Academy of Sciences, Gold¬
en Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-9961.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters should
be addressed to Editor, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 201 Wellman Hall,
University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. See back cover for instructions.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $ 15.00 for regular members of the Society,
$7.50 for student members, or $20.00 for subscription only. Members of the
Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent numbers
are $5.00 each or $20.00 a volume. See back cover for prices of earlier back
numbers. Make all checks payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1986
Larry G. Bezark, President Wojciech J. Pulawski, Treasurer
Stanley C. Williams, President-Elect Vincent F. Lee, Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly (January, April,
July, and October) for $20.00 per year by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Cahfomia 94118-9961. Second-class postage paid at
San Francisco, Cahfomia, and at additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes
to THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST, Cahfomia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, Cahfomia 94118-9961.
This issue mailed December 12, 1986
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 273-288
Revision of the New World Genus Lotisma
(Lepidoptera: Copromorphidae) 1
J. B. Heppner
Center for Arthropod Systematics, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Bu¬
reau of Entomology, DPI, FDACS, Gainesville, Florida 32602.
Abstract. —Lotisma Busck is revised for the two included species: L. trigonana
(Walsingham), from western North America and L. vulcanicola Meyrick, from
Costa Rica. A new subspecies, L. trigonana durangoensis, is described for a dis¬
junct population from Durango, Mexico. The larva of L. trigonana is described
and illustrated, showing relationships closest to Ellabella Busck.
The genus Lotisma is a small western North American genus encompassing
one very widespread species, Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham), and one species
from Costa Rica, Lotisma vulcanicola Meyrick. The genus has had a history of
varying family placement. Walsingham (1879) described the first species in Tor-
tricidae, inasmuch as they resemble some species of Decodes. Busck (1909, 1925)
and Meyrick (1932) placed the genus in Glyphipterigidae and Yponomeutidae.
More recently, following a study of world genera of Glyphipterigidae, this amor¬
phous family was segregated into several families, with a number of odd genera
being transferred to other families, among these Lotisma (Heppner, 1978) to
Copromorphidae. Lotisma clearly is not a glyphipterigid, but head morphology,
wing venation, genitalia characters, and characters of the immature stages point
to a placement in Copromorphidae. MacKay (1972) was the first recent scientist
to note that the genus had some relationship to Carposinidae, a family related to
Copromorphidae, by comparison of larval characters.
Lotisma is here characterized morphologically in detail, along with the adults
and immature stages of L. trigonana, plus redescription of L. vulcanicola. Lo¬
tisma trigonana is known from Alaska to Costa Rica, but the disjunct nature of
the Mexican and Costa Rican populations has prompted the naming of this seg¬
regate as a separate subspecies.
Lotisma Busck
Lotisma Busck, 1925:98 (Type-species: Sciaphila trigonana Walsingham, 1879,
orig. design).
Adult. —Small moths, 6.5-11.0 mm forewing lengths. Head (Figs. 1, 3): vertex
somewhat roughened; frons similar; labial palpus slightly upcurved, with long
median segment (2x basal or apical segments); maxillary palpus (Figs. 2, 4)
relatively large, 3-segmented; haustellum well-developed, long, unsealed; pilifer
1 Contribution No. 613, Bureau of Entomology, Fla. Dept. Agric. & Consumer Serv.
274
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1,2. Head morphology of Lotismatrigonana (Walsingham). 1. Head profile (USNM 77335,
California). 2. Same, detail of haustellum base, maxillary palpus, and pilifer.
large; compound eye large (% of head height); ocellus absent; antenna (Fig. 3)
filiform, with ventral setae, and normal length (V 2 forewing length), not noticeably
sexually dimorphic; antennal scape without pecten. Thorax: normal; legs 0-2-4
spur formula, with small foreleg epiphysis. Forewing (Fig. 5): subelongate (ca.
3 x long as wide); apex slightly pointed, termen somewhat oblique to rounded
tomus; all veins present and separate; R 5 to termen near apex; chorda absent; cell
closed, with slight vestigial median vein evident; M 1 -M 3 nearly equidistant, with
M 3 very near to CuA^ cubital veins curved near end of cell, becoming parallel
toward termen; CuP present near tomus; A 1+2 with basal fork; A 3 very small.
Hindwing (Fig. 5): subovate-elongate (ca. 2x long as wide); apex distinct but
rounded; termen a broad oblique curve to rounded tomus; all veins present; Rs
separate from Sc; median veins with M! close to M 2 at base and M 3 stalked with
CuAj; cell with vestigial median vein evident; CuA 2 becoming parallel to CuA t
at termen; CuP evident along most of wing to tomus; A l+2 with small basal fork;
A 3 long; A 4 small. Abdomen: normal; <5 with pair of external coremata on stemite
7. Male genitalia: uncus a well-developed, narrow projection; gnathos undevel¬
oped; socius absent (but many setae on uncus); transtilla absent; valva elongate,
setaceous, with an overlapping sacculus with separate appendages; anellus a
U-shaped plate; tegumen rounded; vinculum small, half-hexagonal; saccus absent;
aedeagus short, with phallobase and single rugose comutus. Female genitalia:
ovipositor short (1.5 x length of segment 7), setaceous papilla analis; apophyses
average, with posterior pair twice length of anterior pair; ostium a simple funnel
(sclerotized) on intersegmental membrane between stemites 7 and 8; ductus bursae
membranous after sclerotized area, merging into ostium, subequal in length to
bursa length or short; corpus bursae a simple oval or with elongate extension;
ductus seminalis emergent from sclerotized part of ductus bursae; signum absent.
Immature stages. — Larvae bisetose (prothoracic L-group); crochets uniordinal
mesal penellipse (or incomplete circles); D1 absent on A9. Pupae unspined.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
275
Figures 3, 4. Head morphology of Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham). 3. Head frontal view (USNM
slide 7771 1), Washington. 4. Same, detail of maxillary palpus and haustellum.
Hosts. — Borers of Ericaceae fruits.
Distribution. — Southern Alaska to southern California, along the Pacific Coast;
disjunct records in Durango, Mexico, and Costa Rica.
Species. — Two known species.
Remarks. —Lotisma appears nearest to Ellabella Busck, although each genus is
relatively isolated in Copromorphidae (Heppner, 1984). Characters of the adult
head and wing venation, together with the morphology of the immature stages,
support this conclusion. The larval and pupal similarities have been pointed out
by DeBenedictis (1984), in that most of the larval chaetotaxy is the same for both
genera, likewise for the pupae. Head characters vary more in the two genera, since
Lotisma lacks ocelli and has only 3 maxillary palpi segments evident, but pilifers
are equally large as in Ellabella, as is the relative length of the 2nd labial palpus
segment; antennal setae are also similar. Wing venation is similar in each genus,
with Lotisma having M3 more distant from M2 in the forewing and Ml more
276
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 5. Wing venation of Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham), British Columbia (USNM 77070).
approximate to M2 in the hindwing than in Ellabella, and with the hindwing M3
connate with CuA, near the cell end; the pterostigma seems absent in Ellabella.
Lotisma lacks the anterior and posterior corematal hairs of the abdomen of El¬
labella.
Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham)
Sciaphila. trigonana Walsingham, 1879:22.
Hemerophila kincaidiella Busck, 1904:747.
Lotisma trigonana. —Busck, 1909:98.
This species is here divided into two subspecies, the nominate subspecies oc¬
curring from south Alaska to southern California and the new subspecies occurring
in western Mexico.
Male. —Head: gray with white on frons and laterally from vertex; antenna gray
with white on anterior side of scape; labial palpus brown and gray with apical
segment white and white on mesal side of palpus. Thorax: gray with white on
posterior ends of patagia; venter white; legs dark gray and brown, with white
bands on distal ends of each segment. Forewing (Fig. 6): white mixed with gray
near anal and costal margins, with dark brown at base near costa and as a large
median triangular patch having a sharp diagonal border from costa diagonally
directed toward mid-wing; usually more diffuse border distally; large dark patch
with white midway on costal margin, two small dark brown spots, one at Vz from
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
277
Figures 6-9. Adults of Lotisma. 6. L. trigonana trigonana (Walsingham), <3 California (UCB). 7.
2, California (CAS). 8. L. t. durangoensis, n. subsp., 2 holotype (UCB), Durango, Mexico. 9. L.
vulcanicola Meyrick, <3 holotype (NHMV), Costa Rica.
base (sometimes two small spots at this point) and one at % from wing base; apical
quarter with two more or less distinct subterminal dark brown lines, with the
more distant from termen being more broken into irregular spots; apical border
dark brown; fringe gray; venter gray-brown. Hindwing: uniform pale gray-brown,
becoming more white centrally; fringe gray and white; venter pale gray and white.
Abdomen: gray-brown or tan and white.
Female. — Similar to male (Fig. 7).
Immature stages. —Larva white, head capsule amber; pinacula distinct but little
sclerotized (not amber). Head (Figs. 22, 23) hypognathous; frontoclypeus % dis¬
tance to epicranial notch; stemmata in oval, 6 in number; labrum as illustrated
(Figs. 21, 23); submentum as illustrated (Fig. 24), with posterior sclerotized arms
bifurcate and with tuberculate central setae; mandible with 5 teeth (Fig. 25).
Prothorax with sclerotized dorsal shield; L-group bisetose on single pinaculum;
D1 close to D2; SD1 distant from SD2; SV setae approximate on single pinaculum.
Meso- and metathorax with D1 approximate to D2 and SD1 approximate to SD2,
each group on a single pinaculum; LI approximate to L2 on one pinaculum but
together distant from L3. Abdominal segments with prolegs on A3-6; crochets
uniordinal in mesal penellipse (or incomplete circle); setae D1 closer together
dorsally than D2 on A1-8; SD2 minute; LI approximate to L2 on single pinac-
278
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
ulum, distant from L3; SV group trisetose except on A8 and A9; segment A9 with
D1 absent; segment A10 with 6 terminal setae and 2 dorsal setae.
Pupa unspined but with simple setae on abdominal tergites.
Hosts. — The following host data is available from specimen labels or literature
references:
Arbutus menziesii Pursh (Ericaceae) (Berkeley Hills, California; British Columbia).
Arctostaphylos sp. (Ericaceae) (Marin County, California).
Gaultheria shallon Pursh (Ericaceae) (Steelhead, British Columbia).
Oxycoccus sp. (Ericaceae) (Sea View, Oregon).
Vaccinium sp. (Ericaceae) (Olympia, Washington; Baudon, Oregon).
Vaccinium sp. (Ericaceae) (Sierra Morena, San Mateo Co.).
Vacinium ovatum Pursh (Ericaceae) (Jig Harbor & Rosedale, Washington (James,
1955)).
Distribution. — Alaska to southern California, along the Pacific Coast; disjunct
populations near Durango, Mexico, and Costa Rica.
Lotisma trigonana trigonana (Walsingham)
The nominate subspecies occurs along the Pacific Coast, Alaska to southern
California.
Forewing length.— 6.5-11.0 mm (<3); 6.5-10.8 mm (2).
Male (Fig. 6).—As described for the species. Male genitalia (Fig. 10): as de¬
scribed for the genus but with the following particulars: uncus long (ca. 2 x anellus
height); valva evenly narrow to apex after basal width; anellus with basal invag¬
ination; aedeagus (Fig. 11) with apical spines.
Female (Fig. 7).—Not significantly different in coloration from the male. Female
genitalia (Figs. 14, 15): as described for the genus but with the following partic¬
ulars: papilla anales subequal to anterior apophyses; ductus bursae sclerotized
area about 2 x length of ostial funnel (Fig. 16), overall length subequal to bursa;
corpus bursae ovate without extension.
Flight period. — Feb.-Apr., June (Alaska); May-early Sept, and Oct.-Dec. (Wash.-
B.C.); Jan.-Dee. (Calif.),
Types. — Lectotype <3 (BMNH) (Sciaphila trigonana Walsingham): nr. Mendo¬
cino City (Mendocino Co.), Cahf. 3-5-1871, Walsingham (desig. by Heppner,
1982:279); 1 <3, 4 $ paralectotypes, (same data) (BMNH). Lectotype <3 (USNM)
(Hemerophila kincaidiella Busck): Seattle [King Co.], Washington, [no date], Kin¬
caid (hereby designated); 2 <3 paralectotypes, (same data), 1-III-1896, “Type No.
7809” (USNM); 1 8 paralectotype, (same data), 16-VI-1901 (LACM). [Lectotypes
are chosen from the best specimen among the syntypes.]
Additional specimens.— (2- 43 8, 163 2): CANADA. British Columbia.—Fitzger¬
ald, 17-IV-1922 (2 8), W. R. Carter (USNM). Fraser Mills, 10-IV-1921 (3 <3), 24-
VII-1921 (1 2), [no date] (1 8), L. E. Marmont (USNM). Goldstream, 18-IV-1921
(3 2), E. H. Blackmore (USNM). Maple Bay, Vancouver Id., 13-VII-1933 (3 2),
J. H. McDunnough (CNC). New Westminister, 5-VII-1900 (2 2), 6-VTI-1900 (1
3, 1 2), ll-Vn-1900 (1 <3), 15-VH-1900 (1 <3), 22-VII-1900 (2 2), C. Durrant
(BMNH). Saanich Dist., 1-III-1922 (5 8), W. Downes (CNC); 4-XII-1953 (4 5, 1
2—CNC; 2 <3, 1 2—USNM), O. Peck, “Arbutus menziesii berries.” Steelhead, VIII-
1933 (2 <3, 1 2), H. B. Leech, em. 21-XI-1933 “berries of Gaultheria shallon ”
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
279
Figures 10-13. Male genitalia of Lotisma. 10. L. trigonana trigonana (Walsingham), <3, California
(JBH 290, CAS). 11. Same, detail of aedeagus [enlarged]. 12. L. vulcanicola Meyrick, <3 holotype
(NHMV), Costa Rica (JBH 912) [sacculus pushed down]. 13. Same, detail of aedeagus [enlarged].
(CNC). Uctuetet, ll-VII-1909 (2 <3, 1 2), (CNC). Vancouver, 4-III-1905 (1 <3),
4-III-1906 (1 <3), 13-III-1905 (1 2), 24-III-1906 (1 <3), 29-III-1903 (1 <3), 5-IV-1903
(1 <3), W. Downes (CNC). Victoria, 18-VII-1921 (1 2), (USNM); 23-11-1921 (4 <5),
24-11-1921 (8 <3), 10-X-1922 (1 <3), W. Downes (CNC). Wellington, 25-III-1899
(1 2), [W. G. Dietz] (MCZ); 1-IV-1904 (2 <3), 3-IV-1904 (2 <3), (INHS); 7-IV-1902
(1 2), (USNM); 8-IV-1903 (1 2), G.W. Taylor (USNM); 10-IV-1902 (1 2), (ANSP);
14-IV-1902 (1 2), (ANSP); 14-IV-1903 (1 <3), (INHS); 16-IV-1903 (1 <3), 18-IV-
1902 (1 <3), 20-IV-1903 (1 6), (USNM); IV-[1903] (3 3, 3 2-ANSP; 2 <3-LACM;
4 <3, 2 2—USNM), G. W. Taylor; VI-1902 (1 <3), W. G. Dietz (MCZ); 10-XI-1956
(1 <3), R. Guppy (CPK).
UNITED STATES. Alaska.-Orca, 27-VI-1899 (1 2), T. Kincaid, “Harriman
Expedition ’99” (USNM).
California.— Alameda Co.: Berkeley, 23-1-1965 (1 2), 24-1-1966 (1 <3), 4-II-1966
(1 2), 20-11-1966 (1 <3), 11-III-1963 (1 6), 10-V-1965 (1 2), 23-V-1965 (1 <3), 19-
IX-1965 (1 6), R. L. Langston (UCB); 22-V-1960 (1 2), V. Bert (UCB); 14-XII-
280
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 14-16. Female genitalia of Lotisma. 14. L. trigonana (Walsingham), 2 lectotype (BMNH
slide 20212), California. 15. L. trigonana (Walsingham), 2 (CAS), California (JBH 911). 16. Same,
detail of ostium.
1960 (1 2), J. A. Powell (UCB). Moraga Ridge, ll-VI-1926 (1 $), H. H. Keifer
(CAS). Strawberry Cyn., Berkeley, 15-1-1963 (1 2), J. A. Powell (UCB). Contra
Costa Co.: Berkeley Hills, 14-IV-1966 (1 2), r. f. Arbutus menziesii (9-V-1966),
J. A. Powell (UCB). El Cerrito, 19-VI-1960 (1 $), C. D. MacNeill (CAS); 23-X-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
281
Figure 17. Distribution map of Lotisma (with inset of Costa Rica): L. t. trigonana (Walsingham)
(•); L. t. durangoensis, n. subsp. (■); L. vulcanicola Meyrick (A). [1500 m elev. shaded]
1960 (1 2), T. R. Haig (CAS). Orinda Village, 25-V-1970 (1 2), E. I. Schlinger
(UCB). Richmond, 9-IV-1966 (1 2), J. Slater (UCB); 23-V-1959 (1 2), 28-V-1959
(2), C. D. MacNeill (CAS). Humboldt Co.: Areata, 15-VII-1969 (2 3), 16-VII-1969
(1 3), J. A. Powell (UCB). Briceland (5 mi NW), 2-3-IX-1973 (1 2), J. A. Powell
(UCB). Myers Hat, 23-VIII-1960 (1 3, 1 2), J. A. Powell (UCB); nr. Myers Hat,
31-VIII-1960 (1 3), 2-IX-1960 (1 3), C. D. MacNeill (CAS). Los Angeles Co.:
Chinese Harbor (ridge), Santa Cruz Id., 9-VI-1966 (1 2), J. A. Powell (UCB).
Marin Co.: Inverness, 1-10-1964) (2 3, 1 2), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 3-II-1963 (1
3), 6-VII-1963 (3 3, 1 2), 7-VII-1963 (1 3), 20-VII-1962 (1 3), 8-VIII-1962 (1 3,
1 2), 19-VIII-1962 (1 3), 2-IX-1962 (1 2), 8-IX-1962 (4 3), C. A. Toschi (UCB).
Inverness Ridge, 15-V-1970 (2 3), J. A. Powell (UCB). Mill Valley, 17-1-1926 (1
2), 4-II-1926 (1 3, 3 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 11-11-1910 (1 2), F. X. Williams
(CAS); 11-11-1926 (2 3, 1 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS); 14-11-1926 (1 2), 25-11-
1926 (2 2), 28-11-1926 (2 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 1-6-III-1966 (7 3), 7-11-HI-
1966 (1 3, 2 2), R. H. Amaud (CAS); 5-III-1926 (1 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS);
7-III-1926 (1 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS); 12-III-1920 (1 2), E. P. Van Duzee
(CAS); 12-III-1926 (3 3, 5 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS); 16-III-1926 (1 3), W. Wild
(CU); 17-III-1926 (1 2), 18-III-1924 (1 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 19-22-III-
282
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
1965 (1 2), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 21-III-1926 (1 1 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS);
30-III-1966 (2 3), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 3-4-IV-1966 (2 3, 1 2), 5-7-IV-1966 (2
3), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 7-IV-1926 (1 3), 9-IV-1926 (1 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS);
8-12-IV-1966 (4 3 2), 19-23-IV-1966 (22 5 2), 25-IV-1965 (4 3), 26-IV-1965
(4 5, 1 2), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 28-IV-1958 (1 3), C. W. O’Brien (UCB); 29-1V-
1958 (1 3), H. B. Leech (UCB); l-V-1958 (1 2), H. B. Leech (UCB); 3-V-1924 (1
<3), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 6-V-1926 (1 2), M. C. Van Duzee (CAS); 6-10-V-
1965 (11 5, 13 2), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 14-V-1924 (1 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS);
18-20-V-1965 (4 3 2), 21-23-V-1965 (4 6 2), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 25-V-
1924 (1 3, 2 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 4-VI-1957 (1 3), J. A, Powell (UCB); 4-
5-VI-1965 (1 3), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 12-13-V-1965 (6 3, 1 2), P. H. Amaud
(CAS); 27-VI-1925 (2 3), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 1-2-VH-1965 (1 <3, 3 2), 3-6-
VII-1965 (6 1 2), 7-8-VII-1965 (1 3), P. H. Amaud (CAS); 8-VH-1925 (1 8),
E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 9-12-VII-1965 (4 3, 1 2), 13-15-VII-1965 (5 8), P. H.
Amaud (CAS); 13-VII-1924 (1 8), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 19-VII-1925 (6 2
2), 8-VIII-1925 (2 <3, 2 2), H. H. Keifer (CAS); 6-X-1958 (1 8), H. B. Leech (UCB);
7-XI-1925 (1 8), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 5-XII-1925 (1 3, 4 2), E. P. Van Duzee
(CAS). Phoenix Lake, 8-VI-1936 (2 2), r. f. manzanita berries (4-VTI, 12-VII-
1936), H. H. Keifer (USNM). Mt. Tamalpais, 15-VI-1960 (1 2), “on stem Erio-
phyllum J. A. Powell (UCB). Tomales Bay St. Park, 1-VIII-1969 (1 8, 2 2), ex
manzanita berries (11-VIII, 22-VIII, 2-IX), J. A. Powell (UCB). Mendocino Co.:
Mendocino, 19-V-1957 (1 2), J. R. Heifer (UCB). Novarro River, 29-V-1871 (1
3, 6 2—BMNM; 2 2—USNM), T. Walsingham [undesignated syntypes]. “Cal.
Wlsm.” (1 8) (USNM). Ukiah, 18-V-1966 (1 2), J. A. Powell (UCB). Monterrey
Co.: Carmel, 1-1-1926 (1 2), 14-X-1933 (1 8), L. S. Slevin (CAS); IV (1 2-CU;
3 3, 2 2—USNM), VI (1 3-CU; 6 3, 7 2-USNM), A. H. Vachell. San Francisco
Co.: San Francisco, 24-1-1920 (1 2), E. P. Van Duzee (CAS); 9-V-1909 (1 2), F.
X. Williams (CAS). San Mateo Co.: Sierra Morena, 22-tV-1947 (1 2), r. f. Vac¬
cinium, J. W. Tilden (ANSP). Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz, 1 l-X-1932 (1 3), 24-
X-1932 (1 3), (USNM). Sonoma Co.: Guemeville, I [no year] (1 2), (CAS).
Oregon. — Coos Co.: Bandon, 16-X-1946 (1 2), 18-X-1946 (1 3), (USNM). Tug-
man St. Park, nr. Lakeside, 10-VIII-1976 (1 3), J. A. Powell (UCB). Douglas Co.:
Glide, 24-VIII-1954 (1 2), D. R. Davis (USNM). Tiller, 30-VI-1954, D. R. Davis
(USNM). Lane Co.: Honeyman St. Park, 6 mi S Florence, 18-VIII-1962 (1 3), W.
E. Ferguson (UCB).
Washington .—Baker Co.: Crosby, 11-VI-1934 (1 2), r. f. huckleberry, W. W,
Baker (USNM). King Co.: Factoria, 9-IV-1949 (3 3, 3 2), E. C. Johnston (CNC).
Seattle, 1-III-1896 (1 3), (USNM). Mason Co.: Shelton, 16-IV-1949 (2 2), E. C.
Johnston (CNC). Pacific Co.: Sea View, 6-IV-1919 (1 2), 12-X-1918 (1 2), H. K.
Plank (USNM). Pierce Co.: Jig Harbor, XI-1935 (5 3, 1 2), ex Vaccinium ovatum
fruits, Baker & Wilcox (USNM). Rosedale, 20-IX-1963, ex Vaccinium ovatum
fruits (em. 11-1964), E. P. Breakey & E. G. Tinius (USNM). Thurston Co.: Olym¬
pia, 3-IV-1893 (2 3), T. Kincaid (CU); l-XI-1944 (1 3), 20-XII-1944 (1 2), ex
huckleberry (USNM). Tenino, 23-IV-1949 (1 3), E. C. Johnston (CNC). Whatcom
Co.: Morovitz R. S., 10-VIII-1931 (1 3), J. F. G. Clarke (USNM).
Remarks. — The great distance between the Pacific Coast populations and the
Mexican populations, has prompted the use of subspecies for L. trigonana. There
appear to be no differences between the two races that are not within the range
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
283
of variation from the different localities. Northern specimens of the nominate
subspecies (British Columbia) tend to be larger and darker than specimens from
central or southern California. The Mexican specimens, however, tend to be as
large and dark as the specimens from British Columbia. There are no records of
typical L. trigonana from localities very far inland from the Pacific Coast. Records
are lacking south of Monterrey and Carmel, California, except for a unique spec¬
imen from Santa Cruz Id., Los Angeles Co. The ericaceous hosts, such as Arbutus
and Arctostaphylos, range south into northern Baja California, but thus far no
moths have been found from these southern areas. The extreme northern record,
in Alaska, indicates that L. trigonana should be found all along the Pacific Coast:
there is a possibility, however, that the Alaska locality (“Orca”) refers to the Oras
Islands of Puget Sound, Washington, since the 1899 Harriman Alaska Expedition,
which collected the single specimen, may have started collecting in Puget Sound.
Lotisma trigonana and L. vulcanicola show no major differences in the female
genitalia except in the bursa, but the male genitalia have significant differences
in the uncus, the shape of the valvae, and the aedeagus. Likewise, the adult
maculation shows some differences, although it is obvious that the species are
very closely related.
Lotisma trigonana durangoensis , New Subspecies
A Mexican and Central American race of L. trigonana, not of significant dif¬
ference morphologically but generally darker or more gray.
Forewing length. — 7.5-7.8 mm (6); 8.5-10.0 mm (2).
Male (see Fig. 8).—As in L. trigonana but with forewing subterminal lines
usually more distinct; overall wing pattern darker, a higher frequency of adults
having the forewing basal dark spot at Vz from wing base as a dual spot (this is
less frequent in the nominate subspecies). Male genital characters as in the typical
subspecies.
Female (Fig. 8).—Same as male in wing pattern. Female genitalia: same as in
the typical subspecies but apophyses tending to be slightly longer.
Immature stages. — Unknown.
Host. — Unknown (presumably Ericaceae as in the nominate subspecies).
Distribution. —Mexico (Durango and nearby border area of Sinaloa); Costa Rica.
Flight period. - July-August; May (Costa Rica).
Types. — Holotype $ (UCB): Mexico: 10 mi W El Salto, Durango, 21-VII-1964,
8800 ft, Chemsak & Powell (Slide JBH 294).
Paratypes (12 6, 12 2).—MEXICO. Durango: 30 mi W Durango, 8400 ft [2554
m], 3-7-VIII-1972 (2 2), Powell, Yeirs & MacNeill (UCB). El Salto (9 mi W),
8800 ft [2675 m], 2-VII-1964 (2 2), Chemsak & Powell (UCB). Las Rusias, 12
mi E La Ciudad, 9200 ft [2797 m], 14-18-VIII-1972 (2 6), Powell, Veirs &
MacNeill (UCB). La Ciudad (24 mi W) 7500 ft [2280 m], 19-VII-1964 (10 6, 3
2), J. A. Powell (UCB). Sinaloa: El Palmito (4 mi W), 20-VI-1964 (1 6, 1 2), J.
A. Powell (UCB); (8 mi W), 6400 ft [1945 m], 8-12-VIII-1972 (4 2), Powell, Veirs
& MacNeill (UCB).
Additional specimens. —COSTA RICA. Cartago: Cerro de la Muerte, Pension
La Georgina, 3000 m, 23/25-V-1985 (2 2), J. A. Powell & P. A. Opler (UCB).
Remarks.—As noted for the typical populations of L. trigonana, there are no
significant differences between the Mexican and Costa Rican segregates and the
284
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 18-23. Larval characters of Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham). 18. Larval chaetotaxy. 19.
Caudal segments (dorsal view). 20. Proleg and crochets. 21. Labrum (ventral view) (scale line = 0.5
mm). 22. Head (lateral view). 23. Head (front view, with labrum attached) (scale line = 0.5 mm).
Pacific Coast populations. The two subspecies are extremely disjunct, especially
so when one notes that typical L. trigonana is found only along the Pacific Coast,
with no interior records south or in Arizona or the Great Basin. L. trigonana
durangoensis may well range over much of the Sierra Madre Occidental south to
Costa Rica where more recent collections have located another segregate popu¬
lation.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
285
Figures 24, 25. Details of Lotisma trigonana (Walsingham) larva. 24. Submentum (ventral view)
(scale line = 0.5 mm), with details (at arrows) enlarged. 25. Mandible (ventral side) (scale line = 0.2
mm).
Lotisma vulcanicola Meyrick
Lotisma vulcanicola Meyrick, 1932:285.
A Central American species superficially very similar to L. trigonana. Diag¬
nostic characters are in the male genitalia, where the valvae have a distinct nar¬
rowed area near the apex and the uncus is short.
Forewing length.— 7.8-8.3 mm (6); 8.0-9.1 mm (9).
Male (Fig. 9).—Head: tan, with white on frons; antenna tan, with long central
cilia; labial palpus dark brown with white on apical segment and on mesal side.
Thorax: tan, with some white posteriorly; patagia dark brown anteriorly and white
on posterium; venter white; legs tan and white. Forewing (Fig. 9): lustrous white,
with dark brown patch at base along costal margin; a mid-wing diagonal dark
brown bar from costa at CuP fold, directed toward toraus; another dark brown
patch on costal margin at % from base; a small dark brown spot at end of discal
call; apical quarter with various dark brown marks forming an indistinct subter¬
minal line; apex with dark brown bar near end and tan along costal margin; fringe
white, brown with white on anal field. Hindwing: lustrous white, somewhat trans¬
lucent centrally; fringe white, venter white. Abdomen: white and tan; venter white.
286
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 26. Female genitalia of Lotisma vulcanicola Meyrick plesiotype, Costa Rica (JBH 1855,
UCB).
Male genitalia (Fig. 12): as described for the genus but with the uncus short (ca.
1 x k x anellus height); valva with narrow distal end having distinct “neck” following
the basal width; anellus basally straight and without an invagination; aedeagus
without distal spines (Fig. 13).
Female.— As in the male. Female genitalia (Fig. 26): as for the genus but with
papilla anales slightly longer than anterior apophyses; ductus bursae little scler-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
287
otized and short, merging into large corpus bursae having a narrow extension
twice bursa length.
Immature stages. —Unknown.
Host. —Unknown (conceivably Ericaceae hosts as in L. trigonana).
Distribution. — Costa Rica (2200-3000 m).
Flight period. — May.
Types. — Holotype <3 (NHMV): Costa Rica: Irazu, 21-28-V-1930, Reimoser,
2200-2500 m. Plesiotype 9 (UCB): Costa Rica: Cartago Prov., Cerro de la Muerte,
Pension La Georgina, 3000 m, 23/25-V-1985, J. A. Powell & P. A. Opler (UCB).
Additional specimens. —COSTA RICA. Cartago: Cerro de la Muerte, Pension
La Georgina, 3000 m, 23/25-V-1985 (5 5, 2 9), J. A. Powell & P. A. Opler (UCB).
7 km SE El Canon, 2500 m, 28-V-1985 (1 6), J. A. Powell & J. T. Doyen (UCB).
Remarks. — Lotisma vulcanicola has been found again only recently, since the
unique male was originally collected in 1930. It is conceivable that the distribution
of this species may be much wider in Central America but this will require more
extensive collections of microlepidoptera in the region to determine. Various
Ericaceae should be searched as the possible host of this species at appropriate
elevations. Fresh adult specimens have the dark forewing markings more pro¬
nounced than shown for the somewhat worn holotype (Fig. 9) but the species
retains the more extensive silvery white areas of the forewings that distinguish it
markedly from L. trigonana. At Cerro de la Muerte recent collections have also
for the first time found both L. vulcanicola and L trigonana flying at the same
time, with L. trigonana being noticeably darker and gray in coloration compared
to L. vulcanicola.
Acknowledgments
This revision is an outcome of research on North American Glyphipterigidae
in part funded by a National Science Foundation grant (DEB 76-12550), and the
University of Florida. Curators from the following institutions are thanked for
loan of specimens for study: Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penn¬
sylvania (ANSP); American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York
(AMNH): British Museum (Natural History), London, England (BMNH); Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California (CAS); C. P. Kimball
Collection, [now at MCZ] (CPK); Canadian National Collection, Biosystematics
Research Institute, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa (CNC); Cornell University, Ith¬
aca, New York (CU); Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, Illinois (INHS);
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, California (LACM);
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachu¬
setts (MCZ); Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, Austria (NHMV); University
of California, Berkeley, California (UCB); U.S. National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Victor Krantz,
Smithsonian Institution Photographic Services, completed the photographs; line
drawings are by the author. I particularly wish to thank Dr. J. A. Powell, University
of California, Berkeley, for his continued efforts to secure additional specimens
of Lotisma for this study.
Literature Cited
Busck, A. 1904. Tineid moths from British Columbia, with description of new species. Proc. U.S.
Natl. Mus., 27:745-778.
288
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-. 1909. Notes on microlepidoptera, with descriptions of new North American species. Proc.
Ent. Soc, Wash., 11:87-103.
-. 1925. A new North American genus of Microlepidoptera (Glyphipterygidae). Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash., 27:46-48, pi. 3.
DeBenedictis, J. A. 1984. On the taxonomic position of Ellabella Busck, with descriptions of the
larva and pupa of E. bayensis (Lepidoptera: Copromorphidae). J. Res. Lepid., 23:74-82.
Heppner, J. B. 1978. Transfers of some Nearctic genera and species of Glyphipterigidae (auctorum)
to Oecophoridae, Copromorphidae, Plutellidae, and Tortricidae (Lepidoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent.,
54:48-55.
-. 1982. A world catalog of genera associated with the Glyphipterigidae auctorum (Lepidoptera).
J. New York Ent. Soc., 89:220-294 (1981).
-. 1984. Revision of the Oriental and Nearctic genus Ellabella (Lepidoptera: Copromorphidae).
J. Res. Lepid., 23:50-73.
James, M. T. 1955. A new tachina fly of economic importance. Pan-Pac. Ent., 31(2):83-85.
MacKay, M. R. 1972. Larval sketches of some microlepidoptera, chiefly North American. Mem.
Ent. Soc. Canada, 88:1-83.
Meyrick, E. 1932. Hyponomeutidae. Exotic Microlep., 4:283-285.
Walsingham, T. de G. 1879. North-American Tortricidae. In A. G. Butler, Illustrations of typical
specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of the British Museum, 4:1-84, pi. 61-
77. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 289-292
The Relationship Between Cocoon Weight and Prepupal Weight in
Megachile rotundata (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae ) 1
V. J. Tepedino and F. D. Parker
USDA, ARS, Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah State University,
Logan, Utah 84322-5310.
The utilization of energy and nutrients by organisms can be viewed as a problem
in the efficient allocation of limited resources to the various processes and char¬
acteristics necessary for survival and reproduction. In a broad sense, a trade-off
exists between survival and reproduction (Calow, 1977) such that requisites di¬
rected to one process are generally unavailable to, and prevent the maximization
of, the other. Among some species of bees, one characteristic linked to survival
is the cocoon. Cocoons are thought to improve the chances of survival to the
adult stage by maintaining a favorable environment for continued development,
and by affording protection from enemies (Stephen et al., 1969). Yet, cocoon
construction must reduce adult size and/or the requisites available for reproduc¬
tion when the adult stage is reached. Despite this interesting interaction, little
information exists on the amount of energy or biomass that immature stages
direct to cocoon synthesis.
This note supplements the detailed energy and nitrogen budgets presented by
Wightman and Rogers (1978) for unsexed, immature alfalfa leafcutting bees
(Megachile rotundata (F.) (Megachilidae)) and provides data on 1) cocoon and
prepupal wet weights and 2) overwintering weight loss from the prepupal to the
adult stage. The following questions are considered: 1) Is cocoon size related to
prepupal size and, if so, what is the form of the relationship? Wightman and
Rogers (1978) reported that the cocoon averaged 12.4% of cocoon and prepupal
dry weight. However, Stephen and Torchio (1961) noted that small individuals
frequently spin incomplete cocoons. Thus, the relationship between the weights
may be sigmoidal rather than parabolic or linear as might be predicted. 2) Do
the sexes differ in the proportion of body weight used in cocoon construction? If
the relationship between cocoon and prepupal weight is parabolic, then males
might be expected to use a greater proportion of body weight in cocoon construc¬
tion. 3) How much weight is lost during the transition from pupa to adult and is
weight loss related to size or sex of the immature, or to the time during the flight
season when an individual is produced?
Materials and Methods
Nests were obtained from paper soda straws (5 mm diameter, 6.7 cm depth)
from artificial wooden domiciles at two sites in northern Utah. Data comparing
cocoon and prepupal weights were obtained from Greenville Farm, North Logan,
1 Contribution from Utah Agricultural Experiment Station, Utah State University, UMC 48, Logan,
Utah 84322, Journal Paper No. 3187, and USDA, ARS, Bee Biology & Systematics Laboratory, Utah
State University, Logan, Utah 84322-5310.
290
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. The relationship between weight of cocoon and weight of prepupae for female (a) and
male (b) M. rotundata.
Utah (see Tepedino, 1983 for details). After collection in September, nests were
maintained at room temperature (24-28°C) until mid-October when they were
opened and separated into their component cells. Leaf pieces and feces were
carefully removed from the cocoons of 100 randomly selected cells and cocoon
and resident prepupa were weighed on an electronic balance (mg -1 )* Prepupae
were stored in individual gelatin capsules at 4-5°C for the overwintering period.
They were incubated at 29°C the following June and sex and mortality were
recorded. Nests for the study of overwintering weight loss were obtained from a
population housed adjacent to a commercial alfalfa field in Clarkston, Utah.
Completed nests were collected weekly from mid-July through September and
maintained in the laboratory at room temperature. In mid-October, 100 randomly
selected cells from each collection date were opened and the prepupae weighed
(mg -1 ). Subsequent treatment was as described above except individuals were
weighed again upon emergence the following June.
Results
The correlation between cocoon and prepupal weights was highly significant
for both sexes ( r(6 ) = 0.71, n = 39, P < 0.001; r(2) = 0.67, n = 27, P < 0.001),
and was best described by linear equations (Fig. 1). There was no significant
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
291
Table 1. Overwintering weight loss of male and female alfalfa leafcutting bees by week of collection.
n = sample size, SD = standard deviation.
Male
Female
Week
n
% loss
SD
n
% loss
SD
1 (7/14)
23
4.1
2.5
10
5.4
4.4
2(7/21)
67
3.4
2.4
35
4.2
3.7
3 (7/29)
80
5.2
2.8
25
5.4
3.5
4 (8/5)
34
5.0
4.4
11
4.0
3.6
5 (8/18)
60
3.3
1.1
14
3.6
1.2
6 (8/25)
56
4.5
3.7
18
3.4
1.4
7 (9/2)
57
5.6
1.7
18
5.9
4.1
8 (9/9)
69
4.2
2.2
20
3.6
0.9
9 (10/1)
21
1.9
1.4
10
3.1
3.8
467
4.3
2.8
161
4.4
3.2
difference between the sexes in the slopes of the regression lines (P > 0.05).
Combining data for both males and females yielded the equation: y = 0.33x —
3.10 where y and x are cocoon and prepupal weights, respectively (r = 0.74, P <
0.001). In addition, there was no significant difference between the sexes in the
ratio of cocoon weight to cocoon plus prepupal weight (x(<3) = 0.201, SD = 0.038;
x (2) = 0.202, SD = 0.037; P > 0.05).
Data on overwintering weight loss were subjected to arcsin transformation and
analyzed by two-way unbalanced factorial ANOVA with sex and week of pro¬
duction as factors (Table 1). There was no significant difference between the sexes
(P > 0.05) nor was there a significant interaction between sex and weeks (P >
0.05). There was, however, a significant difference among weeks (P < 0.001); the
only clear pattern was that prepupae produced during the last collection week lost
less weight over winter than did those from other collection dates.
Discussion
The estimate of cocoon weight as a percentage of cocoon and prepupal weight
(20.1%) is substantially higher than that calculated from the data of Wightman
and Rogers (1978) (12.4%). Their data are probably more accurate because dry
weights rather than wet weights were used. It was impossible to use dry weight
in this study because of the need to determine the sex of the specimens. Never¬
theless, it is unlikely that the differences between the studies are due to the accuracy
of measurement. Rather, populations of M. rotundata may differ in the energy
and nutrients they invest in cocoons. In some species of bees, cocoon spinning
appears to be facultative rather than obligatory, while in others, some individuals
in a population spin cocoons but others do not (Rozen, 1984; Torchio and Trostle,
1986).
The only comparable data on cocoon and immature weights in non-social bees
appears to be that of Parker (1984) for the megachilid bees, Osmia latisulcata
Michener and its parasite, Stelis depressa Timberlake. In S. depressa, the cocoon
represents 19.1% of cocoon and prepupal weight. For O. latisulcata, it was nec¬
essary to adjust Parker’s (1984) measurements because he weighed adults rather
than post-spinning prepupae. We used the overwintering weight loss estimate of
292
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
4.3% for M. rotundata to increase the adult weights reported by Parker (1984).
After this adjustment, the estimate of cocoon weight as a percentage of cocoon
and prepupal weights is 27.5% for males and 21.3% for females. The estimates
for O. latisulcata are actually somewhat lower than those presented here because
the cocoon weight includes weight of the feces. Thus, in both species, cocoon
weight as a percentage of immature weight appears to be similar to that of M.
rotundata. It would be instructive to know the relative amounts of calories or
biomass that other species channel to cocoon construction and to relate this to
other parameters such as incidence of parasitism, overwintering mortality and
fecundity. Such comparisons await additional studies.
Acknowledgments
We thank K. Ruggeri for technical assistance and W. A. Brindley, D. R. Frohlich,
and P. F. Torchio for reviewing the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Calow, P. 1977. Ecology, evolution, and energetics: a study in metabolic adaptation. Adv. Ecol.
Res., 10:1-62.
Parker, F. D. 1984. The nesting biology of Osmia ( Trichinosmia ) latisulcata Michener. J. Kans.
Entomol. Soc., 57:430-436.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1984. Comparative nesting biology of the bee tribe Exomalopsini (Apoidea, An-
thophoridae). Amer. Mus. Novit. No. 2798, pp. 1-37.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart, and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of
bees with a synopsis of the genera of northeastern America. Agric. Exp. Sta., Oregon St. Univ.,
Corvallis, 140 pp.
Stephen, W P., and P. F. Torchio. 1961. Biological notes on the leaf-cutter bee, Megachile ( Eutri-
charea ) rotundata (Fabricius). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 37:85-93.
Tepedino, V. J. 1983. An open-field test of Megachile rotundata as a potential pollinator in hybrid
carrot seed fields. J. Apic. Res., 22:64-68,
Torchio, P. F., and G. E. Trostle. 1986. Biological notes on Anthophora urbana urbana and its
parasite, Xeromelecta californica, including descriptions of late embryogenesis and egg eclosion.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. (In press).
Wightman, J. A., and V. M. Rogers. 1978. Growth, energy and nitrogen budgets and efficiencies of
the growing larvae of Megachile pacifica (Panzer) (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Oecologia, 36:
245-257.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 293-299
Reproductive Soldiers in the Termopsidae (Isoptera)
Timothy G. Myles
Department of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721.
Abstract. — In addition to nonreproductive soldiers, reproductive soldiers are
reported to occur in six of the 17 species of primitive, rotten-wood termites in
the world. All three species in the genus Zootennopsis from the western United
States occasionally produce reproductive soldiers in colonies that are orphaned
from the primary reproductives. New records of reproductive soldiers of both
sexes are reported from Zootennopsis laticeps (Banks). It is suggested that if
reproduction by termite soldiers is primitive, then soldiers may have originally
evolved by individual-level selection under intracolonial competition among re¬
placement reproductives, rather than by group selection for colony defense.
Polymorphism has evolved in at least 20 different orders of insects (Richards,
1961). Most polymorphism involves color or wing development. But, examples
in which one of the morphs is soldier-like are more common than is generally
recognized. These include virtually all termites (soldiers lost in Apicotermitinae)
in which soldiers are monophyletic (Hare, 1937), about 17% of ant genera in
which the soldiers are polyphyletic (Wilson, 1979), some thrips, assassin bugs,
bark beetles, fig wasps, and others (Hamilton, 1979), one bee (Houston, 1970),
some aphids (Aoki, 1982, 1983), and lammellicom beetles (Otte and Stayman,
1979). In many of these cases behavioral studies have shown that the primary
function of the hypertrophied mandibles of the soldier-like morph is not colony
defense but intracolony combat (Hamilton, 1979). Thus it appears that these
morphs have evolved by selection pressures resulting from reproductive com¬
petition, i.e., social selection, or more specifically intrasexual selection (West-
Eberhard, 1981). In view of this it seems significant that the most socially primitive
termites have occasional reproductive soldiers. In this paper records of repro¬
ductive soldiers in the family Termopsidae are assembled for the first time along
with new records in Zootennopsis laticeps from Arizona.
Review of Reproductive Soldiers in Termopsidae
Records of reproductive soldiers are widely scattered through the literature,
interspersed among mostly old descriptions of natural history. Consequently these
records have never before been assembled. The earliest observations were on
Zootennopsis angusticollis and Z. nevadensis by Heath (1903). He observed three
such “monstrosities” and noted that they occurred only when the primary repro¬
ductives were absent. All three laid eggs in captivity and these hatched into normal
nymphs and workers. Heath later (1907) stated that reproductive soldiers “ap¬
peared in small fragments of wood, which have broken off from the main trunk
inhabited by an extensive colony . . . .” He regarded them as developmental
294
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
abnormalities possibly induced by an abnormal “mode of feeding” associated
with the disturbed conditions.
Imms (1919) made numerous references to reproductively functional soldiers
in his monograph on Archotermopsis wroughtoni. He observed that the testes and
ovaries of soldiers were normally developed to the same extent as those of the
alates before flight and showed no signs of “degeneration or arrestation of de¬
velopment.” He found five females with ovaries more developed than those of
preflight alates. He stated that “it is likely that all the individuals of that caste
[soldiers] are potentially capable of reproduction.” He also referred to studies by
Muller (1873) on Calotennes [= Kalotermes ] canellae and observations on C.
nodulosus and C. rugosus that soldier ovaries are developed almost to the same
extent as in the winged caste but have the spermathecae undeveloped. Thus he
felt that a general trend existed from primitive termite soldiers with well developed
and sometimes functional gonads, through more advanced soldiers with gonads
reduced “primarily by an arrestation of development,” to the most advanced
soldiers with a “variable amount of atrophy or degeneration.”
Heath (1927) added an additional observation of a “fertile soldier,” bringing
to four the number of specimens he had observed. He also made actual obser¬
vations of copulation between the female fertile soldier and a male neotenic
reproductive and again observed ovipositing of eggs and hatching of normal
progeny. Heath (1928) reported observation of 14 additional fertile soldiers of Z.
nevadensis all of which had been collected from fragments of a broken limb of
Pinus radiata. He illustrated the fertile soldiers’ relatively small heads compared
to normal soldiers and described their tendency to congregate with neotenics rather
than to “move about from place to place” in the manner of typical soldiers.
Castle (1934) also observed fertile soldiers of both sexes of Z. nevadensis from
colonies collected in the field and in isolated groups in the laboratory. He stated
that they developed in groups having neither soldiers nor functional reproductives.
Light (1943) stated that in Zootermopsis angusticollis “Intercastes such as wing-
padded soldiers, and various soldier-nymphal-neotenic or alate-soldier-nymphal-
neotenic intergrades indicate that several of these influences may affect the ter¬
minal characteristics of a single individual.” Light (1944) reported experiments
in which typical soldiers when isolated were found incapable of transformation
to reproductive soldiers, an indication that reproductive soldiers do not develop
through the transformation of typical soldiers.
Zootermopsis and Archotermopsis belong to the termopsid subfamily Termop-
sinae, in many respects the most primitive of living termites (Emerson, 1933,
1955). Reproductive soldiers have also been reported from the monogeneric
subfamily Stolotermitinae. Morgan (1959) referred to small-headed “emergency
soldiers” which develop under disturbed conditions in Stolotermes ruficeps. It
seems likely that these are reproductive soldiers. Gay and Calaby (1970) reported
that “soldiers with obvious wing pads, and functional gonads have been dem¬
onstrated in male soldiers ...” of Stolotermes brunneicornis. This has been con¬
firmed by J. A. L. Watson (pers. comm.) who observed “soldiers that on histo¬
logical grounds appear to be fertile in Stolotermes brunneicornis (Hagen) from
Tasmania . . . .” Emerson and Krishna (1975) state that “In the most primitive
termites [presumably termopsids] soldiers occasionally lay unfertilized eggs which
may hatch into parthenogenetic nymphs.”
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
295
New Records of Reproductive Soldiers in Z. laticeps
Recently I have made observations of reproductive soldiers in Zootermopsis
laticeps from Arizona. The first individual was found in a 1.5 meter section of
willow about 30 cm in diameter which had been sawn from a standing tree near
Tumacacori, Arizona, in July, 1982 and stored at ambient conditions in Tucson
until extracted on November 29, 1982. The log fragment, which contained only
a portion of the original colony and was orphaned from the primary reproductives,
had the following population at the time of extraction: 779 immatures of various
instars, 8 normal soldiers, 3 neotenic females, and 1 small-headed male repro¬
ductive soldier (see Fig. 1). Because the small-headed soldier resembled Heath’s
(1928) illustration of a fertile soldier in Z. nevadensis, it was dissected to ascertain
the condition of its reproductive system. The reproductive tract proved to be well
developed and apparently functional on the basis of size. In contrast, the repro¬
ductive tracts of the normal soldiers from the same colony were completely un¬
developed. In comparison to the reproductive tract of a mature primary king,
from another colony with a population of 913 individuals, the width and length
of the vasa deferentia and the width, length, and number of accessory gland tubules
were comparable. The testicular diameter of the reproductive soldier was even
greater than that of the primary king (Fig. 2). Unfortunately, no attempt was made
to find sperm.
Another colony of Z. laticeps was collected from a willow branch near Rio
Rico, Arizona, on March 4, 1984. From this colony four groups were set up in
petri dishes: (Group #1: 11 nymphs with wing pad abscission scars; Group #2:
57 short-wing-padded (N1 and N2) nymphs; Group #3: 52 long-wing-padded
(N3) nymphs; Group #4: 66 workers and 5 soldiers). A total of 3, 12, 2, and 8
neotenics developed within these groups, respectively. Over an observation period
of 160 -f days, first eggs appeared from 72-91 days and first larvae after 131 days.
Presoldiers appeared only in Group #2. Four presoldiers developed between day
16 and 20 and transformed to soldiers between day 34 and 46. All four were
dissected on day 103. The smaller two were females, whose ovaiy development
was comparable to neotenics of the same age. The other two soldiers were a male
and a female and had underdeveloped gonads. As with the field-collected specimen
the two reproductive soldiers had noticeably smaller heads than typical soldiers.
Summary
The Termopsidae contains 17 species in 5 genera and 3 subfamilies. Six species
in 3 genera and in 2 subfamilies have been reported to have reproductive soldiers
or at least soldiers with apparently functional gonads. Table 1 gives a full listing
of the family Termopsidae with all references to reproductive soldiers. Three
species whose biologies have been moderately investigated and yet are unknown
to possess reproductive soldiers are Porotermes adamsoni (Mensa-Bonsu, 1976;
Lenz, 1985), P. planiceps (Coaton and Sheasby, 1976), and Stolotermes africanus
(Coaton and Sheasby, 1978). The remaining species without reports of repro¬
ductive soldiers have not been well studied. Reproductive soldiers may be ex¬
pected in additional termopsid species when their biologies are more closely
examined.
The possible relevance of reproductive soldiers to theories on the origin to
296
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
-1
1mm
Fig. 1 A
I-1
1mm
Fig. IB
Figure 1. A. Head and pronotum of a typical non-reproductive soldier of Zootermopsis laticeps
from Colony #3 (right mandible slightly disjointed). B. Head and pronotum of male reproductive
soldier of Zootermopsis laticeps from Colony #3 collected near Tumacacori, Arizona (see text).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
297
Fig. 2B
Figure 2. A. Testes (t), vasa deferentia (vd), and accessory glands (ac) of reproductive soldier of
Zootermopsis laticeps from Colony #3 (see Fig. IB), trachea (tr). B. Testes, vasa deferentia, and
accessory glands of king of Zootermopsis laticeps from Colony #4 with population in excess of 900
individuals (diagrams A and B to same scale).
298
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Synopsis of Termopsidae with notes and references to species having records of probable
reproductive soldiers.
Termopsidae
Termopsinae
1. Archotermopsis wroughtoni soldiers with functional gonads. Imms (1919)
2. Archotermopsis deodare (=.4. wroughtonil) no information
3. Hodotermopsis japonicus no information
4. Hodotermopsis sjostedti no information
5. Zootermopsis angusticollis fertile soldiers. Heath (1903, 1907, 1927); Castle (1934); Light
(1943, 1944); S. L. W. Greenberg (pers. comm.)
6. Zootermopsis nevadensis fertile soldiers. Heath (1903, 1907, 1927, 1928); Castle (1934); Light
(1943, 1944); one apparent example (not dissected), M. I. Haverty (pers. comm.)
7. Zootermopsis laticeps reproductive soldiers
Stolotermitinae
8. Stolotermes africanus no information
9. Stolotermes australiensis no information
10. Stolotermes brunneicornis soldiers with functional gonads. Gay and Calaby (1970); J. A. L.
Watson (pers. comm.)
11. Stolotermes inopinatus no information
12. Stolotermes queens landicus no information
13. Stolotermes ruficeps emergency soldiers. Morgan (1959)
14. Stolotermes victoriensis no information
Porotermitinae
15. Porotermes adamsoni reproductive soldiers not reported
16. Porotermes planiceps no information
17. Porotermes quadricollis no information
termite soldiers must await a better understanding of the conditions under which
they develop and behavioral studies to determine whether they engage in combat
with other replacement reproductives. There is reason to believe that reproductive
soldiers do fight since lethal siblicidal fighting is known to occur between replace¬
ment reproductives of several lower termites (see references in Myles and Chang,
1984).
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank the following people for reviewing various copies of this
manuscript: S. L. Buchmann, D. N. Byrne, S. L. W. Greenberg, A. Kodric-Brown,
W. L. Nutting, J. O. Schmidt, R. L. Smith, B. L. Thome, P. S. Ward, and F. G.
Werner.
Literature Cited
Aoki, S. 1982. Soldiers and altruistic dispersal in aphids. Pp. 154-158 in M. D. Breed, C. D. Michener,
and H. E. Evans (eds.). The biology of social insects. Proceedings 9th Congr. Int’l. Union for
the Study of Social Insects. Boulder, CO.
-. 1983. A new Taiwanese species of Colophina (Homoptera, Aphidoidea) producing large
soldiers. Kontyu, Tokyo, 51(2):282-288.
Castle, G. B. 1934. An experimental investigation of caste differentiation in Zootermopsis angus¬
ticollis. Pp. 292-310 in C. A. Kofoid (ed.), Termites and termite control. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley, 795 pp.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
299
Coaton, W. G. H., and J. L. Sheasby. 1976. National survey of the Isoptera of southern Africa. 12.
The genus Porotermes Hagen (Termopsidae: Porotermitinae). Cirabebasia, (A) 3:173-181.
-, and-. 1978. National survey of the Isoptera of southern Africa. 14. The genus Sto-
lotermes Hagen (Termopsidae: Stolotermitmae). Cimbebasia, (A) 3:207-213.
Emerson, A. E. 1933. A revision of the genera of fossil and recent Termopsinae (Isoptera). Univ.
Calif. Pub. Ento., 6(6): 165-196.
Emerson, A. E. 1955. Geographical origins and dispersions of termite genera. Fieldiana: Zool., 37:
465-521.
Emerson, A. E., and K. Krishna. 1975. The termite family Serritermitidae (Isoptera). Am. Mus.
Novitates, 2570:1-31.
Gay, F. J., and J. H. Calaby. 1970. Termites of the Australian region. Pp. 393-448 in K. Krishna
and F. M. Weesner (eds.), Biology of termites, Vol. 2. Academic Press, New York.
Hamilton, W. D. 1979. Wingless and fighting males in fig wasps and other insects. Pp. 167-220 in
Tinkle (ed.), Sexual selection and reproductive competition. Academic Press, New York.
Hare, L. 1937. Termite phylogeny as evidenced by soldier mandible development. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Am., 30:459-486.
Heath, H. 1903. The habits of California termites. Biol. Bull., 4(2):47-63.
-. 1907. The longevity of members of the different castes of Termopsis angusticollis. Biol. Bull.,
13(3): 161—164.
-. 1927. Caste formation in the termite genus Termopsis . J. Morph, and Physiol., 43:387-425.
-. 1928, Fertile termite soldiers. Biol. Bull. 54(4):324-326.
Houston, T. F. 1970. Discovery of an apparent male soldier caste in a nest of a halictine bee
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae), with notes on the nest. Aust. J. Zool., 18:345-351.
Imms, A. D. 1919. On the structure and biology of Archotermopsis, together with descriptions of
new species of intestinal protozoa, and general observations on the Isoptera. Phil. Trans. Roy.
Soc. London, 209:75-180.
Lenz, M. 1985. Is inter- and intraspecific variability of lower termite neotenic members due to
adaptive thresholds for neotenic elimination?—considerations from studies on Porotermes
adamsoni (Froggatt) (Isoptera: Termopsidae). Pp. 125-145 in Current themes in tropical sci¬
ences, Vol. 3. Caste differentiation in social insects. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
Light, S. F. 1943. The determination of caste of social insects. Quart. Rev. Biol., 18:46-63.
-. 1944. Parthenogenesis in termites of the genus Zootermopsis. Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool. 43(16):
405-412.
Mensa-Bonsu, A. 1976. The production and elimination of supplementary reproductives in Poro¬
termes adamsoni (Isoptera: Hodotermitidae), Insectes Sociaux, 23(2): 133-154.
Morgan, D. F. 1959. The ecology and external morphology of Stolotermes ruficeps Brauer (Isoptera:
Hodotermitidae). Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, 86(1): 155-195.
Muller, F. 1873. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Termiten. I. Die Geschlechtstheile der Soldaten von
Calotermes. Jen. Zeits., 7:332-340.
Myles, T. G., and F. Chang. 1984. The caste system and caste mechanisms of Neotermes connexus
(Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). Sociobiology, 9(3): 163-321.
Otte, D., and K. Stayman. 1979. Beetle horns: some patterns in functional morphology. In M. S.
Blum and N. A. Blum (eds.), Sexual selection and reproductive competition in insects. Academic
Press, New York.
Richards, O. W. 1961. An introduction to the study of polymoprhism in insects. Pp. 1-10 in J. S.
Kennedy (ed.). Insect polymorphism. Symp. Roy. Ento. Soc. London, Classey Ltd, Oxon, UK,
115 pp.
West-Eberhard, M. J. 1981. Intragroup selection and the evolution of insect societies. Pp. 3-17 in
R. D. Alexander and D. W. Tinkle (eds.), Natural selection & social behavior. Chiron, NY.
Wilson, E. O. 1979. The evolution of caste systems in social insects. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 123(4):
204-210.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 300
Scientific Note
A Note on Predation of Caddisflies ( Cheumatopsyche logani and
Hydropsyche wineman, Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae) by the
Wolf Spider, Pardosa steva (Lycosidae)
On 4 June 1975 (1045-1145 hr) a large emergence of caddisflies (Trichoptera:
Hydropsychidae) Cheumatopsyche logani Gordon & Smith and Hydropsyche
wineman Denning) was observed along the banks of the Snake River below C. J.
Strike Dam, Owyhee County, Idaho, elevation 750 m. As the adult caddisflies
fluttered around the large rocks on the river bank individuals of the wolf spider,
Pardosa steva Lowrie & Gertsch (Lycosidae) were observed feeding on some of
them. The spiders were common on the rock surfaces (ca. 5/m 2 ). As the adult
caddisflies fluttered along the shore and landed on the rocks many would be
approached by P. steva. The success of the predators was about 12 percent. The
day was warm (20°C) and windy and the water temperature was 10°C.
H. wineman has not previously been reported from Idaho (Anderson, 1976,
Tech. Bull. 134, Agr. Expt. Sta., OR State Univ., Corvallis, 152 pp.; Newell and
Minshall, 1977, Great Basin Natur., 37:253-257; and Newell and Minshall, 1979,
Jour. ID Acad. Sci., 15:33-51). The record for H. wineman represents a range
extension of approximately 260 km to the west and southwest of previous Oregon
records (Anderson, 1976, Tech. Bull 134, Agr. Expt. Sta., OR State Univ., Cor¬
vallis, 152 pp.). C. logani has been previously reported for Idaho (Roemhild,
1982, NW Sci., 56:8-13) with no specific locality given. P. steva has previously
been reported for Idaho (Barnes, 1959, Amer. Mus. Nov., 1960:1-20, Fig. 4 [what
appears to be Valley County]). No feeding records were presented. There are
apparently no published prey records for P. steva (C. D. Dondale, pers. comm.,
1986). These also appear to be the first records of predation on C. logani and H.
wineman.
Voucher specimens of P. steva have been deposited in the American Museum
of Natural History (AMNH), New York, and of all species involved in the College
of Idaho Museum of Natural History (CIDA), Caldwell.
N. Platnick identified Pardosa steva and D. G. Denning determined the caddisfly
species. C. D. Dondale, J. McCaffrey and P. E. Blom assisted with the spider
literature.
William H. Clark, Idaho Department of Health & Welfare, Division of Envi¬
ronment, 450 West State Street, Boise, Idaho 83720 and Museum of Natural
History, College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho 83605.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 301-302
Mayflies of Vietnam: Acerella and Drunella
(Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae)
Richard K. Allen
22021 Jonesport Lane, Huntington Beach, California 92646.
Mayfly nymphs of the family Ephemerellidae collected in Vietnam by Dr.
Tomas Soldan, Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, included species of Acerella
Allen and Drunella {Drunella) Needham.
Drunella ( Drunella ) Needham
Drunella s.s. now contains three Asian species, D. gilliesi Allen & Edmunds,
described from Nepal, D. perculta Allen, new combination, described from Viet¬
nam, and D. soldani, new species.
Drunella ( Drunella ) perculta Allen, New Combination
Ephemerella {Acerella) perculta Allen, 1971:520.
Acerella perculta Allen, 1980:82.
Type locality. — Stream 6 km S Delat, Vietnam.
New record.— Stream nr. Due Trong, Lam Dong Prov., Vietnam, 30-X-84, T.
Soldan.
Diagnosis. — Head with paired submedian occipital tubercles. Pronotum with
an anterior median and paired posterior submedian tubercles; mesonotum with
paired anterior submedian tubercles, paired middle submedian tubercles, a me¬
dian tubercle near posterior margin, and paired submedian tubercles near posterior
margin; middle coxae with short tubercle on lateral margin; hind femora without
distinct apical projections; claws with 5-7 denticles. Abdominal terga 1-9 with
paired submedian tubercles, tubercles short and narrowly separated tergum 1,
tubercles longer and more widely separated terga 2-3, tubercles longest and more
widely separated terga 4-9; posterolateral projections 8-9 well developed, pro¬
jection segment 9 long, extending beyond posterior margin segment 10 (see Allen,
1971, fig. 28).
Remarks.— This species was described from nymphs collected in Vietnam, and
the nymphs from Due Trong are unquestionably this species. They possess all of
the morphological characters of the type series except for a mesonotal spine. A
careful examination of nymphs described as Acerella perculta reveals that the
lateral mesonotal spine that was described as being possessed by this species, and
is a primary character of nymphs of Acerella, is attached to the coxae of the middle
legs and not to the mesonotum. The absence of a mesonotal spine, the absence
of spines or tubercles on the anterior margin of the fore femora, and the presence
of tubercles on the head, thoracic nota and abdominal terga suggest that the correct
placement of this species is with Drunella s.s.
302
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Drunella ( Drunella ) soldani Allen, New Species
Nymph. —Length: body 7.0-8.0 mm; caudal filaments 4.0-5.0 mm. General
color light brown without distinctive markings. Head fight brown; head with
paired suboccipital tubercles between compound eyes; maxillary palpi 3-seg¬
mented, third segment rudimentary. Thorax fight brown; mesonotum with a
median posterior tubercle between bases wing pads; legs fight brown; claws with
8-9 denticles. Abdominal terga fight brown; terga 2-9 with paired submedian
tubercles, tubercles small segment 2 and increasing in size to segment 8, spines
on segment 9 smaller than 8; posterolateral projections segments 8-9 small, 9 not
projecting beyond posterior margin segment 10; abdominal sterna pale. Caudal
filaments brown with whorls small spines at apex each segment, without inter-
segmental spines.
Types. — Holotype. Mature female nymph, San Binh nr. Ba Vi, Vietnam, 15-
XI-82, T. Soldan, in collection Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, Praha.
Remarks. — This species is distinguished from the other two Asian species by
the following combination of characters: (1) pronotum without tubercles; (2) hind
femora without apical projection; (3) abdomen with paired submedian tubercles
on terga 2-9; and (4) posterolateral projection on segment 9 not extending to nor
beyond posterior margin segment 10.
Acerella Allen
The genus Acerella now includes only three species, A. longicaudata (Ueno),
A. commodema Allen and A. uenoi Allen & Edmunds (=undatella Allen).
Acerella longicaudata (Ueno)
This species was described from Honshu, Japan, and the following record ex¬
tends its known range to Vietnam.
New record.— Stream at Ba Vi, Wa Son Binh, Vietnam, 15-XI-84, T. Soldan,
in collection California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K. 1971. New Asian Ephemerella with notes (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). Can.
Entomol., 103:512-528, figs. 1-46.
-. 1980. Geographic distribution and reclassification of the subfamily Ephemerellinae (Ephem¬
eroptera: Ephemerellidae). Pp. 71-91 in J. F. Flannagan and K. E. Marshall (eds.), Advances
in ephemeroptera biology. Plenum Publ. Corp., N.Y., 552 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 303-310
Notes on American Macrocephalinae with Descriptions of
Two New Species (Hemiptera: Phymatidae)
Nicholas A. Kormilev 1
Abstract. — The author proposes two new taxa: Lophoscutus schaffneri, n. sp.
(Mexico), and L. virginensis, n. sp. (Virgin Is.). Macrocephalus (. Lophoscutus )
spiculiger Kormilev, 1968, was put into synonymy with Lophoscutus spiculosus
(Champion), 1898, and Macrocephalus similis Kormilev, 1972, was put into syn¬
onymy with Macrocephalus dorannae Evans, 1931, as their junior synonyms. List
of species belonging to Macrocephalus Swederus, 1787, and Lophoscutus Kor¬
milev, 1951, is given.
American Macrocephalinae have thus far 69 species distributed within 3 genera:
Extraneza Barber, 1939, Lophoscutus Kormilev, 1951, and Macrocephalus Swed¬
erus, 1787. Extraneza Barber with a single species, E. nasuta Barber, 1939, is the
most primitive, having an archaic character of three segmented fore tarsi (Macro¬
cephalinae generally have no fore tarsi). Of the other two genera, Lophoscutus
Kormilev is more primitive than Macrocephalus Swederus, having a simple,
straight scutellar carina, some times slightly enlarged at base, and parameres in
the shape of a simple hook. Macrocephalus Swederus is more advanced having
the scutellar carina enlarged at basal half in the shape of a lancet, some times
truncate, or even tricuspidate posteriorly, and parameres with a subapical branch.
Until 1951 all American Macrocephalinae, with the exception of Extraneza
Barber, were assigned to Macrocephalus. In 1951 I separated Lophoscutus from
Macrocephalus as a subgenus and in 1956 Maa and Lin elevated it to the generic
rank. In 1966 Zayas again assigned all Cuban species to Macrocephalus, though
some of them belong to Lophoscutus. There is still some confusion about which
species belong to Macrocephalus and which to Lophoscutus. To correct this sit¬
uation I give a list of species belonging to each of these genera. There is still some
doubt about a few species, which I could not examine, which are indicated in the
lists.
Having received more material, I could see that Macrocephalus ( Lophoscutus )
spiculiger Kormilev, 1968, is identical with Lophoscutus spiculosus (Champion),
1898, and should go into synonymy. The same also with Macrocephalus similis
Kormilev, 1972, which is identical with Macrocephalus dorannae Evans, 1931.
In continuation two new species are described: Lophoscutus schaffneri, n. sp.,
and L. virginensis, n. sp.
1 Research Associate in Entomology at the B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii. Mailing
address: 5924 Gulfport Blvd. So., Gulfport, Florida 33707.
304
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Species Belonging to Lophoscutus
acunai (Bruner), 1946
affinis (Guerin), 1843
alayoi (Zayas), 1966
angustatus (Champion), 1898
asper (Stal), 1876
aterrimus Kormilev, 1981
attenuatus (Champion), 1898
bailout (Bruner), 1926
bergrothi (Handlirsch), 1897
chemsaki. Kormilev, 1984
crassimanus (Fabricius), 1803
dominicanus Kormilev, 1963
dudichi (Kormilev), 1949 (=Af. obscu-
rus Dudich, 1922, preoccupied)
falleni (Stal), 1862
gracilis (Handlirsch), 1897
granulatus (Champion), 1898
inaequalis (Champion), 1898
Israeli (Zayas), 1966
julianus (Bruner), 1951 (=L. drakei
Kormilev, 1962)
kormilevi (Zayas), 1966
lepidus (Stal), 1862
leucographus (Westwood), 1843
macilentus (Westwood), 1843
margaritis Kormilev, 1962
marmoratus Kormilev, 1966
michelbac.heri Kormilev, 1984
niopsus (Handlirsch), 1897
paraspiculosus (Kormilev), 1953
parvulus (Handlirsch), 1897
patriciae (Zayas), 1966
prehensilis (Fabricius), 1803
productus (Barber), 1939
pulchellus { Westwood), 1843
pulcher Kormilev, 1981
rugosipes (Guerin), 1857
schaffneri Kormilev, new species
spiculissimus (Barber), 1939
spiculosus ( Champion), 1898 (=L. spi-
culiger Kormilev, 1968, new synon¬
ymy)
stall (Handlirsch), 1897
subproductus Kormilev, 1962
subsimilis (Dudich), 1922
testaceus Kormilev, 1963
uhleri (Handlirsch), 1898
virginensis Kormilev, new species
viridis Kormilev, 1984
wygodzynskyi (Kormilev), 1949
To Lophoscutus also probably belong:
insignis Kormilev, 1957; insularis
Dudich, 1922; thoracicus Valdes,
1910
Species Belonging to Macrocephalus
argentinus Kormilev, 1951
arizonicus Cockerell, 1900
aspersus Champion, 1898
barberi Evans, 1931
cimicoides Swederus, 1787
crassus Handlirsch, 1897
dissolutus Kormilev, 1984
dollingi Kormilev, 1984
dorannae Evans, 1931 (=M. similis
Kormilev, 1972, new syn.)
incisus Stal, 1862
manicatus (Fabricius), 1803
notatus Westwood, 1843
panamensis Champion, 1898
peruvianus Dudich, 1922
reuteri Handlirsch, 1897
tuberosus Westwood, 1843
vorax Hussey, 1953
To Macrocephalus also probably be¬
long: vesiculosus Handlirsch, 1897;
westwoodi Guerin, 1857
Lophoscutus schaffneri Kormilev, New Species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Female. — Head, pronotum, pleurae, abdomen and femora with concolorous
granulation; scutellum with setigerous granulation, which is lighter than back¬
ground, setae very short and incumbent.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
305
2 .
Figures 1, 2. Lophoscutus schaffneri, n. sp., 2. 1. Dorsal aspect. 2. Genital segments from behind.
Head longer than its width across eyes (30:22); clypeus with a row of brown
granules; similar rows flanking clypeus and extending backward between ocelli,
reaching hind border of head; other granulation is concolorous. Antennae short,
only 1 Vi X as long as width of head across eyes; relative length and width (in
parentheses) of antennal segments I to IV are: 9(5):5(3):6(3):11(6). Relative length
of labial segments I to III are: 15:12:10.
306
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Pronotum shorter than its maximum width across lateral angles (45:57); anterior
angles acute and slightly diverging; anterior border with a row of spiculoid gran¬
ulation; antero-lateral-anterior borders straight, crenulate; antero-lateral-posterior
borders straight then slightly rounded; lateral angles truncate, their exterior border
with three small granules; postero-lateral borders rounded than sinuate; hind
border rounded. Fore disk convex and granulate; interlobal depression deep. Hind
disk 3 x longitudinally depressed; carinae conspicuous on fore %, then evanescent;
along fore border of hind lobe extends a transverse row of white granules; rest of
granules are concolorous. Hind disk roughly punctured and with dispersed gran¬
ulation; in some specimens granules are placed inside punctures.
Scutellum long and narrow (85:46), slightly constricted at base; median carina
slightly enlarged at basal V*, then thin, reaching tip of scutellum. Disk roughly
punctured at base, finely punctured elsewhere; between punctures are dispersed
fine, whitish, setigerous granules with very short, incumbent hairs.
Hemelytra mostly covered by scutellum; corium sparsely granulate.
Abdomen ovate, longer than its maximum width across segment III (80:66);
lateral borders evenly rounded; postero-exterior angles of connexiva not protrud¬
ing. Connexiva and venter granulate.
Pleurae: Fore border of propleuron sinuate and denticulate, disk densely gran¬
ulate; other pleurae less granulate.
Legs: Fore femora longer than their maximum width (33:16).
Color. - Orange-yellow; hind lobe of pronotum, scutellum and corium red brown;
pale yellow strip along scutellar carina.
Measurements. —Total length 6.52 mm; width of pronotum 2.28 mm; width
of abdomen 2.64 mm. One paratype is smaller: 5.52, 2.00 & 2.48 mm.
Holotype. —2, MEXICO, Oaxaca, 11.3 mi SE Totalapan, 21.VH.74; Clark, Mur¬
ray, Ashe and Schaffner, coll.; deposited at the Department of Entomology, Na¬
tional Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
Paratypes. — 1 2, MEXICO, Puebla, 11.8 mi NW Irucar, 15.VII.74; Clark, Mur¬
ray, Ashe and Schaffner, coll.; 2 2, MEXICO, 13.3 mi NE Tehuitzingo, 13-
14.VII.74; same collectors; 1 2, MEXICO, Morelos, 10 mi E Cuernavaca, 8.VTI.74;
same collectors; deposited at the Department of Entomology, Texas A&M Uni¬
versity, College Station, Texas and Kormilev collection.
It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to one of its collectors Dr. Joseph C.
Schaffner.
Lophoscutus schajfneri, n. sp. is related to L. margaritis Kormilev, 1962, also
from Mexico, but is smaller, the scutellum more constricted at base and with
setigerous granulation; the antennae relatively shorter and the color is different.
Lophoscutus virginensis Kormilev, New Species
(Figs. 3, 4)
Female. — Elongate ovate; head posteriorly and laterally, fore lobe of pronotum
anteriorly, laterally and at the base of carinae, with fine, white granulation; a few
fine, white scattered granules on connexivum, pro- and mesopleuron. Mesostemal
cross granulate on fore branch. Hind lobe of pronotum and base of scutellum
roughly punctured, rest of scutellum finely punctured.
Head longer than its width across eyes (33:22); ocelli placed nearer to eyes than
to hind border of head; genae rounded anteriorly; bucculae with two flaps. An-
308
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
tennae thin, IV 2 X as long as width of head across eyes (34.5:22); relative length
and width of antennal segments I to IV are: 8(5):5(3):7(3):15(6). Relative length
of labial segments I to III are: 18:12:7.
Pronotum short and wide (48:72); fore border sinuate and with white granu¬
lation; anterior angles spiculoid and slightly diverging; antero-lateral-anterior bor¬
ders slightly convex and finely granulate; antero-lateral-posterior borders slightly
convex; lateral angles incised, forming two teeth; postero-lateral borders sinuate;
posterior border convex medially, sinuate laterally. Fore lobe convex, interlobal
depression clearly visible; carinae raised and granulate at base, then diverging in
an arc, evanescent posteriorly.
Scutellum tongue-shaped, longer than its maximum width at % of its length
(95:50); median carina raised and enlarged at base, then depressed, forming an
ovate, yellow callosity and produced backward as a narrow, straight carina, reach¬
ing tip of scutellum. At base of median carina a few white granules; rest of
scutellum with dispersed, light granulation. Disk roughly punctured at base, finer
elsewhere.
Hemelytra mostly covered by scutellum; corium with a few scattered granules.
Abdomen cordate, shorter than its maximum width across segment III (90:92);
connexiva II and III semifused; lateral borders straight at II, convex at III, straight
from IV to VII; hind border (VIII) rounded; postero-exterior angles of connexiva
slightly protruding on II and III, not protruding from IV to VII.
Legs: Fore femora longer than their maximum width (45:22); disk granulate on
upper border.
Color. — Head, hind lobe of pronotum, corium and transverse band of abdomen
testaceous; base of scutellum red brown laterad of median yellow spot; fore lobe
of pronotum, connexivum before and behind transverse band and ventral side of
the body, yellow; legs and labium yellow v/ith greenish tinge; antennal segments
I to III yellow, IV dark brown.
Measurements.— Total length 7.20 mm; width of pronotum 2.98 mm; width
of abdomen 3.68 mm.
Holotype.—2 , VIRGIN ISLANDS, St. Thomas, Frenchman’s Bay, 2 mi (3 km)
E Charlotte-Amalia, 16.VII.1979; C. B. Marsha, coll., deposited at the California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Type No. 15181.
Lophoscutus virginensis, n. sp. is closely related to L. subproductus Kormilev,
1962, from Puerto Rico, but is larger, the abdomen wider than long, granulation
very scarce, the color is different, and the transverse band of the abdomen is
testaceous, not orange with a carmine tinge.
Acknowledgments
I express my sincere gratitude to Dr. Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Curator of Entomology
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, and Dr. Joseph C. Schaffner,
Professor at the Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College
Station, Texas, for the privilege to study Macrocephalinae under their care.
I am also indebted to Dr. Thomas E. Moore, Museum of Zoology, the University
of Michiga n, Ann Arbor, Michigan, for the loan of the holotype of Macrocephalus
vorax Hussey, 1953, and to Dr. Tamas Vasarhelyi, Hungarian National Museum,
Budapest, Hungary, for sending me photos of Macrocephalus insularis Dudich,
1922, that permitted me to place them into appropriate genus.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
309
Literature Cited
Barber, H. G. 1939. Scientific survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. New York Academy of
Sciences, 14(3):373-381.
Bruner, S. C. 1926. On the genus Macrocephalus in Cuba. (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). Mem. Soc.
Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey,” 7(12):55-61.
-. 1946. Cuban Phymatidae with description of a new Macrocephalus (Hemiptera). Mem. Soc.
Cubana Hist. Nat., 18(1): 13—19.
-. 1951. A new species of the genus Macrocephalus from Cuba. (Hemiptera: Phymatidae).
Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., 20(2):71-74.
Champion, G. C. 1898. Biologia Centrali-Americana, London, Heteroptera, Phymatidae, 2:49-64,
Tab. IV.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1900. New insects from Arizona and a new bee from Mexico. Entomology, 23:
61-66.
Dudich, E. 1922. Die Phymatiden des Ungarischen National-Museums. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 19:
162-181.
Evans, J. E. 1931. A preliminary revision of the Ambush bugs of North America (Hemiptera,
Phymatidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 24:711-736.
Fabricius, J. C. 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum, Brunsvigae, p. 123.
Guerin-Meneville, F. E. 1843. Iconographie du Regne Animal de G. Cuvier, etc. Paris, 7:349, T.
56, Fig. 10.
-. 1857. Animaux articules a pieds articules. In Sagra Histoire physique, politique et naturelle
de Hie de Cuba. Paris, 7:405.
Handlirsch, A. 1897. Monographic der Phymatiden. Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, 12:127-230.
-. 1898. Zwei neue Phymatiden. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges., Wien, 48:382-383.
Hussey, R. F. 1953. Some new and little known American Hemiptera. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ.
Michigan, 550:1-12.
Kormilev, H. A. 1949. A new species of the genus Macrocephalus Swederus (1787) from Brasil, and
M. dudichi n.n. (Hemiptera, Phymatidae). Rev. Entom., 20(1—3):583—588.
-. 1951. Phymatidae Argentinas (Hemiptera). Rev. Inst. Nac. Invest. Cien. Nat., 2(2):45-l 10.
-. 1953. Notas sobre Phymatidae Neotropicales, V (Hemiptera). Mision Estudios Patologia
Nacional Argentina, 83-84:57-61.
-. 1957. On some Phymatidae in the American Museum of Natural History (Hemiptera,
Heteroptera). Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 65:33-40.
-. 1962. Notes on American Phymatidae II (Hemiptera, Reduvioidea). Jour. New York Ent.
Soc., 70:47-58.
-. 1963. Notes on American Phymatidae III (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash¬
ington, 65(3):215-226.
-. 1966. On some Phymatidae from the Old and New Worlds (Hem.-Heteroptera). EOS, 42(1-
2):277-286.
-. 1968. A new species of the genus Macrocephalus Swederus from Mexico (Hemiptera: Phy¬
matidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 70(3): 142-145.
-. 1972. A new species of Ambush bugs from Arizona (Hemiptera: Phymatidae). Bull. South
California Acad. Sci., 71:93-95.
-. 1981. On some Neotropical species of the genus Macrocephalus (Hemiptera: Phymatidae).
Sociobiology, 6(2):214-219.
-. 1984. Keys to the genera and descriptions of new taxa of macrocephaline ambush bugs
(Heteroptera: Phymatidae). Jour. Nat. Hist. 18:623-637.
St&l, C. 1862. Hemiptera mexicana enumeravit novae speciesque descripsit. Stett. Ent. Zeit., 23:
439-441.
-. 1876. Enumeratio Hemipterorum V. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., 11(2): 135.
Swederus, N. S. 1787. Et nytt genus, och femtio nya species of Insekter beskrifne. Vet.-Akad. Nya
Handl., 8:185, T. 8, Fig. 1.
Valdes-Ragues, P. 1910. Classification Gundlach de Hemipteros cubanos, conforme a los ejemplares
que existan en el Museo del Instituto de la Ensenanza de la Habana. Pp. 193-217 in Mis
Trabajos Academicos. Habana.
Westwood, J. O. 1841-43. Observations upon the hemipterous insects composing the genus Syrtis
310
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
of Fabricius, or the family Phymatites of Laporte with a monograph of the genus Macroceph-
alus. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (1)3:18-31.
Zayas, F. 1966. La familia Phymatidae (Hemiptera) en Cuba, con adicion de cinco especies nuevas
y un nuevo registro. Poeyana, Sr. A, 32:1-30.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 310
Scientific Note
Early Seasonal Records for Three Halictine Bees on Isomeris arborea
in Southern California (Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
On December 25, 1985, between 0930 and 1000 PST, my wife and I collected
12 native bees visiting Isomeris arborea (sometimes known as “bladder pod”),
near Desert Hot Springs, Riverside County, California, on the mountain slopes
opposite Palm Springs. This was the only plant species in bloom at the time and
the flowers were densely populated with honeybees, making the native species,
all small halictines, very difficult to see and capture.
Isomeris is an attractive nectar plant which, in the desert, presumably blooms
whenever it rains. However, published records of bees taking pollen from it are
lacking. Of 23 species recorded by Hurd (1979) as visitors to this plant (9 an-
drenids, 1 halictid, 3 megachilids, 7 anthophorids), all are polylectic or oligoleges
of some other plant (Hurd does not include the sex of the bees in his records)
(additional data are presented by Moldenke and Neff (1974)). It may be of interest,
therefore that the three species of halictines making up our sample (kindly iden¬
tified by George C. Eickwort), included two that were gathering pollen. Of six
females of Dialictus microlepoides (Ellis), each was carrying substantial loads of
pollen, and the single female of Evylaeus amicus (Cockerell) had just begun to
pack pollen near the bases of the hind legs. The five females of Evylaeus pulveris
(Cockerell) were taking only nectar and had no evidence of pollen on the body.
As far as known, these are the earliest seasonal records for these presumably
polylectic species of bees, as well as verified pollen sources for two.
Literature Cited
Hurd, Paul D., Jr. 1979. Subfamily Apoidea. In Krombein et al., Catalog of Hymenoptera in
America north of Mexico, 2:17412209. Smithsonian Institution Press.
Moldenke, A. R., and J. L. Neff. 1974. The bees of California: a catalogue with special reference to
pollination and ecological research. Origin and Structure of Ecosystems (IBP) Technical Reports
74-1 to 74-6. University of California, Santa Cruz.
E. Gorton Linsley, Department of Entomological Sciences, University of Cali¬
fornia, Berkeley, California 94720 .
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 311-315
Two New Species of Jappa from Australia
(Ephemeroptera: Leptophlebiidae)
Demetrios G. Skedros and Dan A. Polhemus 1
(DGS) Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112;
(DAP) University of Colorado Museum, 3115 S. York St., Englewood, Colorado
80110.
Abstract. — Two new species of homed Jappa, J. edmundsi and J. serrata are
described from North Queensland on the basis of larval characters. Comparisons
are made with the only other known horned Jappa, J. kutera Harker. Illustrations
of head characters and notes on biology are provided.
The burrowing mayfly genus Jappa was erected by Harker (1954) to hold J.
kutera Harker (type species) and J. tristis Harker. The original description of the
larvae of this genus (Harker, 1950) was based only on J. kutera in which the
larvae possess frontal horns on the head that are superficially similar to the
mandibular tusks present in most Ephemeroidea. Riek (1970) reports that there
are 7 species of Jappa, of which several are without frontal horns. The two species
originally assigned to the genus remain the only named species in the genus.
Two new species of Jappa bearing frontal horns are described herein; they were
collected by the junior author in the Cape Tribulation area of northern Queensland.
This extends the known range of the burrowing species with frontal horns, which
were previously reported by Riek (1970) to occur from central Queensland to
southern New South Wales. Numerous adults of Jappa were also taken by the
junior author as far north as Cape York, but without associated larvae.
The descriptions and discussions below are based on larvae only, preserved in
80% ethanol. CL numbers following locality data refer to codes used by the junior
author to reference ecological notes. Types are deposited in the Australian Na¬
tional Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC).
Jappa edmundsi, New Species
Nymph. —Length: body 14.5 mm (including horns), caudal filaments 7.2 mm.
Head. —Frontal horns approximately 2x head capsule length, bifurcate into
dorsal and ventral prongs, dorsal prongs small and divergent laterally, ventral
prongs 4 x longer than dorsal prongs and curving strongly toward each other (Fig.
1); two clumps of fine setae present basally on each horn to either side of dorsal
surface, third setal clump present at median horn base on head dorsum; small
protruberance present at base of each horn on dorsal surface; antennae long,
bearing whorls of short setae at apex of each segment, setae 1-1.5 x diameter of
antennae.
1 Reprint requests should be directed to the junior author.
312
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Thorax. — Pronotum roughly quadrate, broader anteriorly, lateral margins ex-
planate, bearing long pale setae; legs with femora, tibia and tarsi covered with
very long fine pale setae; fore femur broad, flattened; fore tibia cylindrical, longer
than femur.
Abdomen.— Abdominal terga 4-9 bearing many long fine setae; posterolateral
spines on segments 8 and 9 small; 3 caudal filaments present posteriorly, bearing
long pale setae.
Coloration. — Dorsum generally with brown markings on yellowish white back¬
ground; venter pale, unmarked; dorsum of head light, area bordered by ocelli and
frontal suture slightly darker, distinct dark brown markings present posterior to
lateral ocelli and medial to eyes (Fig. 1); pronotum with laterally placed, longi¬
tudinal dark brown markings at same distance from midline as eyes; mesonotum
with dark brown markings just lateral to midline; abdominal terga bearing distinct,
paired brown longitudinal stripes on segments 1-7, segment 8 with longitudinal
stripes closer to midline and faint, segments 9 and 10 unmarked.
Material examined.— Holotype, immature larva: AUSTRALIA, Queensland,
Hutchinson Creek at Cape Tribulation road, north of Daintree Landing, CL 1733,
VIII-17-83, D. A. and T. J. Polhemus (ANIC). Paratypes: 8 immatures, same
data as types, 2 in ANIC, remainder in University of Utah.
Etymology. — The name “edmundsi” is in honor of George F. Edmunds, Jr.
Jappa serrata, New Species
Nymph. —Length: body 10 mm (includes horns), caudal filaments 5.5 mm.
Head. — Frontal horns approximately 1 x head capsule length; dorsal horn mar¬
gins serrate distally (Fig. 3), serration number typically 4, excluding horn tip,
occasionally 3 on smaller specimens; 2 clumps of fine setae present basally on
each horn to either side of dorsal surface; small protruberance present between
setal clumps on dorsal surface of horn base; antennae long, bearing whorls of long
setae at apex of each segment, setae 2-2.5 x antennal diameter.
Thorax. —Pronotum roughly quadrate, broader anteriorly, lateral margins ex-
planate, bearing long pale setae; legs with femora, tibiae and tarsi covered with
very long fine pale setae; fore femur broad, flattened; fore tibia cylindrical, longer
than femur.
Abdomen. — Posterior halves of abdominal tergites bearing many long fine setae;
posterolateral spines on segments 8 and 9 small; 3 caudal filaments present pos¬
teriorly, bearing long pale setae.
Coloration. — Dorsum generally with brown markings on yellowish white back¬
ground; venter yellowish white with some dark brown markings on thorax; pro-
sternum with two longitudinal dark brown markings medial to coxae on either
side of midline, small horizontal dark brown marking on posterior aspect; meso-
stemum with two pairs of longitudinal dark brown markings, first pair anterior,
larger and closer to midline, second pair posterior, just medial to coxae; head
mostly light with darker area between ocelli, eyes, and posterior margin of head
capsule; pronotum yellow, with four brown bilaterally arranged markings, lateral
markings longer and darker than more medial ones; mesonotum yellow with
distinct curving horizontal brown line near posterior margin, apex of curve ori¬
ented towards abdomen; metanotum yellow with irregular brown line near pos¬
terior margin; abdomen yellowish white, tergites 4-9 marked with single longi-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
313
Figure 1. Jappa edmundsi, n. sp., dorsal view of head.
tudinal light brown stripe, stripe slightly divided on segment 8, inconspicuous on
segment 9.
Material examined. — Holotype, immature larva: AUSTRALIA, Queensland,
Hutchinson Creek at Cape Tribulation road, north ofDaintree Landing, CL 1733,
VIII-17-83, D. A. and T. J. Polhemus (ANIC). Paratypes: 4 immatures, same
data as types, 1 in ANIC, 3 at University of Utah.
314
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
1mm
Figures 2-4. Frontal horns of Jappa spp., lateral view. 2. J. kutera Harker. 3. J. serrata, n. sp. 4.
J. edmundsi, n. sp.
Etymology. — The name “serrata” refers to the distinctive frontal horns of this
species.
Discussion
J. edmundsi may be distinguished from the other known larvae of Jappa by
the strongly bifurcate frontal horns (Figs. 1, 4). Additional distinctive features
include the three fine setal clumps basally on the horns and adjacent head dorsum,
the length of the setae on the antennae, the length of the front tibiae and the dorsal
coloration.
J. serrata may be distinguished from the other known larvae of Jappa by the
serrate dorsal margins of the frontal horns (Fig. 3). Additional distinctive features
include the two fine setal clumps present basally on the horns, the length of the
setae on the antennae and the dorsal coloration.
J. serrata and its sympatric congener J. edmundsi can also be distinguished
from each other by size (/. edmundsi 7-12 mm and J. serrata 6-8 mm) and by
the difference in horn versus head length. Because of the paucity of available
specimens and the lack of mature nymphs, caution should be used when consid¬
ering such characteristics as color for identification.
J. kutera Harker, the other known homed species of Jappa, differs from J.
edmundsi and J. serrata by the frontal horns, which in J. kutera are without
serrations or bifurcations (Fig. 2). These horns are generally 1-1.5 x the head
capsule length, with a small setal clump present on the dorsum of each horn tip.
Setal clumps at the hom bases appear to be variable, with either 2 or 3 present
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
315
on the specimens examined. The setae on the antennae of J. kutera are also
distinctive, with the basal V* of the antenna bearing long setae (2-2.5 x diameter
of antenna) while the distal 3 4 bears short setae (1-1.5 x diameter of antenna).
The abdominal dorsum is usually more heavily setiferous than in the other species,
with segments 3-9 bearing many long fine setae. Posterolateral spines on abdom¬
inal segments 8 and 9 are larger than in J. edmundsi and J. serrata. Dorsal
coloration varies between different localities but in general differs from J. ed¬
mundsi and J. serrata in that the abdominal terga have paired brown markings
that are larger than those in the preceding two species.
Biology
The type series of J. edmundsi and J. serrata were both taken at the same
locality in the same section of Hutchinson Creek just upstream of the Cape
Tribulation road crossing. Specimens were collected from a coarse sandy substrate
overlain by a layer of heavy, black, rounded stones in swiftly flowing water ap¬
proximately 0.6 meters deep. The stream at the type locality was heavily shaded
by rain forest.
Acknowledgments
We thank Janis G. Peters (Florida A&M University) for loan of specimens and
initial suggestions on the status of this genus. Additional thanks go to Ian Campbell
(Chisholm Institute of Technology, Australia) and David R. Towns (Dept, of
Internal Affairs, New Zealand) for their aid in consolidating the previous literature
pertaining to this manuscript, to Thomas J. Fink and John G. Skedros for cri¬
tiquing and proofreading the manuscript, and to Mark T. Nielson for his support
and computer assistance. We are especially indebted to George F. Edmunds, Jr.
(University of Utah) for the use of his laboratory facilities, his helpful suggestions,
and his final review of the manuscript; without his support this project would not
have been possible. This research was supported in part by a grant from the
National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C.
Literature Cited
Harker, J. E. 1950. Australian Ephemeroptera. Part 1. Taxonomy of New South Wales species and
evaluation of taxonomic characters. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 75:1-34.
-. 1954. The Ephemeroptera of eastern Australia. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. London, 105:241—
268.
Riek, E. F. 1970. Ephemeroptera. In CSIRO, The insects of Australia. Melbourne Univ. Press,
Melbourne, 2079 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 316-322
Ecological Notes on Male Mydas xanthopterus (Loew)
(Diptera: Mydidae) and Their Interactions
with Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbohm
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae)
Jay W. Nelson
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona. Present address: U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Alaska Fish and Wildlife Research Center, 1011 East Tudor
Road, Anchorage, Alaska 99503.
Abstract. —Observations of the hilltopping male Mydas xanthopterus (Loew)
were made on a ridge near Portal, Arizona during June-August 1978. Male flies
were active from sunrise until late morning, defending portions of hilltop bushes
and small trees. Territories were defended prior to study initiation in late June
until about 18 July after which only scattered individuals remained on the hilltop.
Territorial aggressiveness was directed toward all nearby flying objects. The co¬
occurring wasps Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbohm and Polistes canadensis (Cresson)
also defended sites on the hilltop. H. ustulata males more aggressively defended
their territories against Mydas males than against Polistes males, possibly due to
mimetic similarity of Mydas to Hemipepsis.
The biology of flies of the family Mydidae is little known (Borrer et al., 1976),
although this uncommon group is widespread in the warmer areas of the world.
Biological information in taxonomic works by Wilcox and Papavero (1971) and
Papavero and Wilcox (1974) and scattered descriptions of larval forms make up
the bulk of the recent literature on this group (e.g., Genung, 1959; Krivosheina,
1977).
Male territorial behavior was discussed by Norris (1938), and Zikan (1942),
both of whose published accounts of mydids included mention of mating systems
resembling leks. Meyers et al. (1984) recently noted the superficial similarity of
Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) and tarantula hawk wasps, specifically Pepsis formosa
Say. This paper describes seasonal and daily activity patterns of Mydas xanthop¬
terus (det. by J. Wilcox) males and relates that to the male’s reproductive role.
In addition the interactions and possible mimicry between M. xanthopterus and
the tarantula hawk wasp, Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbohm, are discussed.
Methods
The study site consisted of three hills along the backbone of an 1800 meter
mountaintop, 1.5 km south of Portal, Arizona in the Coronado National Forest.
To the east, west and north, the terrain dropped steeply away to a dry plain of
1100 to 1500 meters in elevation. From the study site the ridgeline rose gently
to the south culminating in 2600 m Portal Peak, 3.5 km to the south. Vegetation
at the hilltop site consisted of scattered trees and shrubs with a sparse ground
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
317
cover of annuals and perennial grasses characteristic of the upper Chihuahuan
desert (Lowe, 1964; Linsley and Cazier, 1972).
Observations of Mydas activity were made between 30 June and 23 August
1978, incidental to and coincident with studies of the behavior of Hemipepsis
males (Nelson, 1986). Each male Mydas defended a territory consisting of a small
bush or portion of a shrubby tree along the hilltop study site. Daily and seasonal
activity patterns of Mydas males were obtained from records of interspecific
encounters between Mydas and color-marked Hemipepsis males during behavioral
studies of the latter species. None of the 20 to 30 Mydas males present on the
one hectare study site were marked. Observations were made primarily between
sunrise and noon when study animals were most active.
Results
Mydas xanthopterus were found only near the tops of three hills along the ridge
at the study site ( n = 20-30). Ten Mydas were collected and sexed; eight were
males. Males exhibited evidence of hilltopping behavior (Shields, 1967; Downes,
1969; McFarland, 1976) by perching on the tops of chihuahua pines ( Pinus leio-
phylla ), one-seed juniper (Juniperus monosperma), and several species of scrub
oak ( Quercus spp.), and aggressively investigating flying objects such as other
insects, birds, or even small stones. Exclusive use of these perches and territory
sites by resident males was taken as further evidence of “classic” hilltopping
behavior (McFarland, 1976).
H. ustulata are known to use hilltopping as a reproductive strategy (Alcock,
1981). Each Hemipepsis male at the study defended a small bush or tree against
intruders much as did M. xanthopterus. However Mydas territories were smaller
and thus several Mydas males were frequently present within the territory of one
Hemipepsis male. M. xanthopterus bear a strong resemblance to Hemipepsis us¬
tulata in terms of body color (black), wing color (orange), and body size. M.
xanthopterus antenna are long and wasplike, further accentuating the similarities.
There was evidence that H. ustulata males were fooled by this superficial resem¬
blance.
Encounters between Mydas and H. ustulata males often involved chases of long
distance and duration as well as mid-air clashes. Male encounters usually began
when the male of one species flew out from its perch, either spontaneously or
aggressively towards another flying object. Adjacent males then flew out in re¬
sponse, following the first male. Upon close approach and investigation one male
then typically broke off the encounter, soon returning to its territory. However
the length of each pairwise encounter in both time and distance varied between
various species pairs. Both Hemipepsis males and Polistes canadensis (Cresson)
males were involved in two-way and three-way conflicts with Mydas. A record
of intra- and interspecific clashes between Hemipepsis-Hemipepsis, Hemipepsis-
Mydas, and Hemipepsis-Polistes (Table 1) showed that the intensity of the ter¬
ritorial encounters as measured by the length in distance of each territorial chase
was distinctly different for each couplet of combatants. As one might expect, the
intraspecific Hemipepsis encounters were of longer distance than similar encoun¬
ters with the other two species (ANOVA, P < 0.05). However, encounters between
Hemipepsis and Mydas males were also significantly greater in distance than
Hemipepsis-Polistes encounters.
318
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Number and percentage of male-male territorial chases (>4 m) between Hemipepsis and
three species of flying insects. Territorial flights are summarized from June-July 1978.
Species
Total territorial
flights
No. flights >4 m
in length
% flights >4 m
in length
Hemipepsis-Hemipepsis
140
75
53.6
Hemipepsis-Mydas
59
15
25.4
Hemipepsis-Polistes
1164
69
5.9
I recorded the number of territorial defense flights/hour by Hemipepsis and the
reasons for those flights. Fewer than 10% of those flights were in response to
My das. We can infer seasonality of My das males from this data (Fig. 1). Peak
numbers of territorial defense encounters occurred between Mydas and Hemi¬
pepsis between 9 and 17 July, dropping to almost nil after 18 July. Data for one
9 day period prior to the peak activity indicate fewer territorial encounters. No
data were collected prior to 30 June but Mydas males were observed on the study
site at least as early as 23 June.
Daily numbers of territorial encounters between Hemipepsis and Mydas peaked
between 0700 and 0800 Mountain Standard Time (MST) even though territorial
defense flights by Hemipepsis males did not reach a maximum until 0900-1000
MST (Fig. 2). It can be reasonably inferred that the rate of Hemipepsis-Mydas
encounters reflected the Mydas territorial activity with a 3 hour period in the
morning as well as a period of activity beginning after 1200 MST. Mydas males
(and Hemipepsis males) are only active on afternoons characterized by cooler
temperatures following morning thundershowers or heavy clouds. In general,
fewer Mydas were active during the afternoon period.
Discussion
Hilltopping. —Males of Mydas xanthopterus may employ hilltopping as a strat¬
egy to secure mates. Shields (1967) clearly shows the reproductive nature of hilltop
sites for butterflies, the main advantage being to facilitate encounters between the
sexes. Downes (1969) viewed hilltopping as merely a special case of the well
known tendency of many insects to be attracted to “optical markers” for the
purposes of breeding. Competition for dominance within a reproductive assem¬
blage of males, and greatly skewed sex ratios are identifying characteristics of such
lek territoriality (Emlen and Oring, 1977). Hilltopping exhibits these key char¬
acteristics. However, the development of hilltopping in M. xanthopterus repre¬
sents only one solution to the problem of acquiring mates. Numerous other species
of at least 4 genera of Mydidae inhabit the locality of the study site; only this
species and one other were observed in the vicinity of hilltops.
Another possible meeting place for rare and/or widely scattered species of
Mydidae would be at food sources. Not much is known of the feeding habits of
adults, although Genung (1959) stated that adult Mydidae are known predators
of insects. Meyers et al. (1984) collected specimens of Mydas xanthopterus on
food plants in the Chiricahua Mountains 25 km E of my study site. It is possible
that site was also used for mating. Zikan (1942) found Mydas spp. males but
never females feeding on flowers, a situation which suggests the skewed sex ratios
typical of mating arenas. This apparently was not true for M. xanthopterus since
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
319
DC
3
O
X
CO
I-
X
o
_l
u_
<
H
o
SUMMER 1978
Figure 1. Seasonal variation in the total number of Hemipepsis ustulata territorial defense flights/
hour (dashed line), and the number of Hemipepsis territorial defense flights/hour caused by Mydas
xanthopterus (solid line).
Meyer et al. (1984) reported approximately equal numbers of male (5) and female
(4) flies collected at the feeding site. If the flower patch were used as a mating site
one might expect a skewed sex ratio. However in the megachilid bee Anthidium
maculosum males defend patches of flowers and both sexes mate promiscuously
(Alcock et al., 1977). Sex ratios in that case are closer to unity.
One advantage hilltopping may confer is a means of avoiding confusion among
males and females of closely related species all trying to mate at the same location.
Hilltopping could be viewed as one workable, alternative mating system with the
principle advantage of spacial separation from the mating aggregations of related
species that may use different mechanisms for mating. Seasonality and diurnal
periodicity may further reproductively isolate M. xanthopterus. Figure 1 suggests
that most reproductive activity is completed by late July; daily activity of males
seems to be restricted to the cooler parts of the day (Fig. 2). Hilltopping as a
reproductive strategy is also useful for those species whose larval forms are widely
scattered, as mydid larva probably are. Nothing has been published on the larval
foods of M. xanthopterus ; however other species of Mydidae are suspected of
having juvenile forms which are predatory of coleopterous larva (Genung, 1959;
Krivosheina, 1977). Such a mode of existence which would necessitate a wide
320
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
TIME
Figure 2. Daily variation in the total number of Hemipepsis ustulata territorial defense flights/
hour (dashed line), and the number of Hemipepsis territorial defense flights/hour caused by Mydas
xanthopterus (solid line).
dispersion of larva. Particular preference by Mydidae larvae has been shown for
sandy soils (Steyskal, 1956; Genung, 1959; Wilcox and Papavero, 1971), an abun¬
dance of which occurs in the vicinity of the study site. Thus, when adult Mydas
emerge, probably asynchronously, finding mates may involve a difficult and time-
consuming search without some reproductive mechanism such as hilltopping. For
relatively rare species such as Mydas xanthopterus, such a strategy becomes even
more important.
Mimicry. — Mydidae have previously been noted as mimics of pompilid and
other species of wasps (Howard, 1907; Zikan, 1942, 1944). Meyer et al. (1984)
noted the marked resemblance of M. xanthopterus to the co-occurring Pepsis
formosa. Zikan (1942) recorded Mydas spp. males trying to mate with large black
Pompilidae, which they seem to mimic. J. Wilcox (in litt.) examined a M. xan¬
thopterus specimen on which a note stated that the fly closely resembled Pepsis
thisbe (Lucas), a pompilid similar in appearance to Hemipepsis.
Polistes-Hemipepsis encounters rarely (5.9%) resulted in long chases. One might
reasonably expect that territorial defense flights between these two pugnacious
species would involve encounters more aggressive than those between the distantly
related Hemipepsis and Mydas (Nelson, 1986). This suggests that Hemipepsis
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
321
males reacted to the superficial similarity between themselves and Mydas males
with the resulting intense (longer in time and distance) territorial defense en¬
counters. However, other possibilities exist that could adequately explain the
levels of aggression (as defined by territorial defense chases greater than 4 meters):
1) Because of the large number of Hemipepsis-Polistes encounters (Table 1), the
combatants may have become habituated to each other and as a result, engaged
in more passive territorial defense, or 2) Mydas may be a stronger flier than
Polistes, thereby drawing Hemipepsis into longer pursuits. In the first case, how¬
ever, encounters between Polistes males and Hemipepsis males were not longer
early in the morning before habituation presumably would have occurred (Nelson,
1986). Flights between those two species were invariably short in distance. For
the second possibility, both Polistes and Mydas are relatively strong and aggressive
fliers. Casual observations did not reveal any behavioral traits that would account
for the relative lengths of territorial defense flights except that Hemipepsis males
appeared to exhibit more interest in the visually more similar Mydas flies.
Female Hemipepsis defend themselves with a powerful sting; at least some
predators probably avoid them as a result. Therefore, successful mimicry of pom-
pifid wasps by M. xanthopterus would presumably increase their adult survival.
The close associations of pompilids and M. xanthopterus noted in at least two
situations (Meyers et al., 1984; present study) might help maximize the many
advantages conferred by mimicry by providing a larger number of appropriate
mimics for predators to see. And in this case the male Hemipepsis could them¬
selves be considered mimics of conspecific females, part of the large number of
insects that use presumed mimetic advantage of black and orange. Whatever
selective advantages accrue to Mydas males through pompilid mimicry could well
be similar to advantages that accrue to Hemipepsis males from their resemblance
to Hemipepsis females.
Acknowledgments
I am most grateful to J. Wilcox for his identification of Mydas xanthopterus
and to D. P. Bleicher for sexing the specimens. Comments by A. R. DeGange
greatly improved the manuscript. I thank C. N. Slobodchikoff for his help while
in the field, and J. Alcock for his initial suggestion of the study site.
Literature Cited
Alcock, J. 1981. Lek territoriality in the tarantula hawk wasp Hemipepsis ustulata (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). Behav. Ecol. Sociobio., 8:309-317.
Alcock, J., G. C. Eickwort, and K. R. Eickwort. 1977. The reproductive behavior of Anthidium
maculosum (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) and the evolutionary significance of multiple cop¬
ulations by females. Behav. Ecol. Sociobio., 2:385-396.
Borrer, D. J., D. M. DeLong, and C. A. Triplehom. 1976. An introduction to the study of insects,
5th ed. Saunders College Pub., Philadelphia, 827 pp.
Downes, J. A. 1969. The swarming and mating flight of Diptera. Ann. Rev. Entom., 14:271-298.
Emlen, S. T., and L. W. Oring. 1977. Ecology, sexual selection, and the evolution of mating systems.
Science, 197:215-223.
Genung, W. G. 1959. Biological and ecological observations on Mydas maculiventris Westwood
(Diptera: Mydaidae) as a predator of white grubs. Florida Entom., 42:35-37.
Howard, L. O. 1907. The insect book. Doubleday Page Co., New York, 429 pp.
Krivosheina, N. P. 1977. New data on the biology of flies of the family Mydidae (Diptera, Brachycera).
Entomol. Rev., 55(3):40-45. Translated from: Entomol. Obozr., 55(3):558-566.
322
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Linsley, E. G., and M. A. Cazier. 1972. Diurnal and seasonal behavior patterns among adults of
Protoxaea gloriosa (Hymenoptera, Oxaeidae). Amer. Mus. Novit., 2509:1-25.
Lowe, C. H. 1964. Arizona landscapes and habitats. In C. H. Lowe (ed.), The vertebrates of Arizona.
Univ. Ariz. Press, 270 pp.
McFarland, N. 1976. Hilltopping and defence behaviour in a diurnal agaristid moth. Aust. Entom.
Mag., 3(2):25-29.
Meyer, R. P., T. L. McKenzie, and F. G. Zalom. 1984. Association of Mydas xanthopterns (Loew)
(Diptera: Mydidae) and Pepsis formosa Say (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) in the Chiricahua
Mountains of southeastern Arizona. Pan-Pac. Ent., 60(4):357.
Nelson, J. W. 1986. Territory selection and use by male tarantula hawk wasps Hemipepsis ustulata
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). M.S. thesis, Northern Arizona Univ., Flagstaff, AZ.
Norris, K. R. 1938. Western Australian Mydaidae (Diptera). J. Royal Soc. West. Aust., 24:43-49.
Papavero, N., and J. Wilcox. 1974. Studies of Mydidae (Diptera) systematics and evolution. I. A
preliminary classification in subfamilies, with the descriptions of two new genera from the
Oriental and Australian regions. Arq. Zool., 25:1-60.
Shields, O. 1967. Hilltopping. J. Research Lepid., 6(2):69-178.
Steyskal, G. 1956. The eastern species of Nemomydas Curran (Diptera, Mydaidae). Occas. Pap.
Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 573:1-5.
Wilcox, J., and N. Papavero. 1971. The American genera of Mydidae (Diptera), with the description
of three new genera and two new species. Arq. Zool., 21(2): 11-119.
Zikan, J. F. 1942, Algo sobre a simbiose de Mydas com Atta. Rodriguesia, 5(15):61-67.
-. 1944. Novas observances sobre a biologia de Mydas (Dipt.) e sua rela^ao com os formigueiros
de sauva. Bol. Minist. Agric., Rio de Janeiro, 33:43-55.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 323-325
Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks, Male Description and New
Distribution Records (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae)
Jeffrey A. Halstead
California State University Fresno, Department of Biology, Fresno, California
93740. Present address: 2110 N. Hayes, Fresno, California 93722.
Abstract. — The male of Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks is described from
material collected in California, United States. The petiole of the male plesioal-
lotype and the male of C. meteori Burks, a closely related species, are illustrated.
The range of C. campoplegicus was California (Burks, 1979) though should also
include Oregon and Arizona (Burks, 1968). New distribution data extends this
range into Baja California Norte, Morelos, and Puebla (Mexico). Additional lo¬
cality data for Oregon and Arizona are presented.
Recently, while conducting studies on the family Chalcididae, the undescribed
male of Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks was discovered in several collections.
Ceratosmicra campoplegicus was described from females in Burks’ (1968) second
treatment of the genus Ceratosmicra Ashmead in America north of Mexico. At
present, males of two (C. campoplegicus and C. provancheri Burks) of the six
species of Ceratosmicra in America north of Mexico are not described. I therefore
take this opportunity to describe one of these, C. campoplegicus.
In Burks’ (1968) key to species, the male of C. campoplegicus keys to the female
of C. campoplegicus. Males of C. campoplegicus and C. meteori Burks, a closely
related species, are sometimes difficult to distinguish from each other because the
key character identifying C. meteori (middle area of the petiole enlarged—see Fig.
2) is not prominant in some individuals. These two species can be separated by
the shape of the flange at the base of their petiole. The flange of campoplegicus
is broad (Fig. 1); the flange of meteori is narrow (Fig. 2).
Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks
Plesioallotype male.— Length 4.0 mm. Black with yellow and white markings.
The following areas are yellow: ventral surface of scape, pedicel, flagella, and club;
antennal sockets, genae, frons, clypeus, labrum, mandibles except teeth, thin band
along posterior margin of compound eye extending from gena to lateral ocelli;
dorsal submedial area of pronotum; lateral, outer margin of mesopraescutum;
lateral, outer margin of mesoscutellum; tegulae, anterior half of fore coxae, fore
and middle legs except middle coxae and tarsal claws; anterior, dorso-anterior,
and ventro-posterior areas of outerside of hind femora, hind tibiae except in
middle, hind tarsus except claws, dorso-basal half of hind coxae, median triangular
area of tergite 1 (T1), T2 dorso-laterally, submedial spot on T6, and ventral margin
of tergites. Basal x k of petiole white.
Scape reaching level of anterior ocellus, widened apically; flagella of equal length,
324
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1, 2. Lateral view of petiole of male (1) Ceratosmicra campoplegicus, male plesioallotype
and (2) Ceratosmicra meteori.
all slightly longer than wide; ring segment l A as long as flagella, club 2.5 x flagellar
length, pedicel slightly longer than flagella, scrobe cavity shallow, margins acar-
inate, coriaceous. Frons, genae, and clypeus coriacious. Clypeus triangular, labrum
3 x as wide as long. Distance between antennal sockets equal to antennal socket
diameter. Anterior ocellus round, lateral ocelli oval. Anterior ocelli separated
from lateral ocelli by anterior ocellar diameter. Lateral ocelli separated from
margin of compound eye by Vi lateral ocellar diameter. Remainder of head and
thorax dorsally with shallow setigerous umbilicate punctation, integument acic-
ulate. Head in dorsal view wider than width of thorax. Anterior margin of prono-
tum acarinate though squared off. Lateral sides of pronotum coriaceous. Meso-
pleural acetabulum shallow, transversely carinate. Petiole in lateral view linear,
7 x as long as widest point, anterior flange angled dorsally, prominant (Fig. 1).
Petiole in dorsal view slightly wider in posterior half than anterior half, integument
coriaceous. Length of petiole equal to length of mesopraescutum and pronotum
together. Propodeum with a strong inverted “Y” shaped carina, remainder co¬
riaceous, without ventral or lateral teeth. Outer dorsal area of hind coxae centrally
glabrous and heavily coriaceous. Hind coxae 1.2 x as long as petiole. Hind femora
with a distinct, sharp tooth on inner side near base. Ventral margin with 17 teeth.
Type locality.—C alifomia, Tulare County, Ash Mountain, Kaweah Powerhouse
#3, X-29-1982, J. A. Halstead, R. D. Haines, and D. J. Burdick. This specimen
is in the collection of the United States Museum of Natural History, Washington,
D.C.
The recorded range for C. campoplegicus is California (Burks, 1979) but should
also include Oregon and Arizona (Burks, 1968). New distribution data extends
the range of this wasp into Baja California Norte, Morelos, and Puebla (Mexico).
Additional locality data for Oregon and Arizona and the new records for Mexico
include:
UNITED STATES. OREGON, Yamhill Co.: 27-1-1934, E. S. Ross (1 2). AR¬
IZONA, Pima Co.: Santa Catalina Mts., 15-VHI-l938, Bryant (1 9); Cochise Co.:
Chiricahua Mts., E. Turkey Creek, 6.5 mi W Portal, 6400 ft, 20-VH-1981, on
Quercus, H. A. Hespenheide (1 2); Chiricahua Mts., Sunny Flat, 5700 ft, 26-V-
1980, on Quercus, H. A. Hespenheide (1 2, 1 $); Chiricahua Mts., Onion Saddle,
7600 ft, 22-VII-1981, on Quercus, H. A. Hespenheide (1 2).
MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE, Arroyo Santo Domingo, 5.7 mi E
Hamilton Ranch, dam site, 23-IV-1963, H. B. Leech and P. H. Amaud (1 2).
PUEBLA, 20 mi W Puebla, 29-XII-1940, G. E. Bohart (1 2). MORELOS, 6 mi
E Cuernavaca, 1-IX-1974, G. E. Bohart and W. J. Hansen (1 2).
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Dr. D. J. Burdick, California State University Fresno for the
use of laboratory facilities and for reviewing this manuscript and R. D. Haines,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
325
Tulare County Agricultural Commissioner’s Office, Visalia, California, for edi¬
torial comments. I thank Utah State University, Logan (Dr. W. J. Hansen), the
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (Dr. W. Pulawski), and Dr. H. A.
Hespenheide (University of California Los Angeles) for the opportunity to ex¬
amine their material. Finally, I thank the Kings River Conservation District,
Fresno, California for the use of word processing equipment.
Literature Cited
Burks, B. D. 1979. Chalcididae. Pp. 860-874 in K. V. Krombein et al. (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera
in America north of Mexico, Vol. I. Smith. Inst. Press, Washington, D.C., 1198 pp.
-. 1968. New North American species of Ceratosmicra Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae).
Ent. Soc, Wash., Proc., 70:170-174.
Publications Received
California Sand Wasps of the Subtribe Stictiellina. By R. M. Bohart and J. E.
Gillaspy. Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, vol. 27, vi + 89 pp., 16 pis.,
37 maps. Issue date on review card given as September 1985. Received by PCES
at CAS 10 February 1986. Published by University of California Press, 2223
Fulton Street, Berkeley, California 94720, telephone (415) 642-4562. Price $ 19.00
paperbound. ISBN 0-520-09697-5.
Seasonal Adaptations of Insects. By Maurice J. Tauber, Catherine A. Tauber,
and Sinzo Masaki. Oxford University Press, New York, Oxford, xv + 411 pp.,
figs. Publication date given as “12/5/85” on review card. Received by PCES at
CAS 17 February 1986. Price $39.95 hardbound. ISBN 0-19-503635-2.
The Encyclopedia of Insects. Edited by Christopher O’Toole. Advisory editors
Professor Tom Eisner and Dr. Borge Petersen. With 21 contributors. Facts On
File Publications, New York. 252 pp., 160 illustrations and photographs in full
color, 8V2 x 11. Publication date given as 6 May 1986 on review card. Received
by PCES at CAS 5 May 1986. Price $24.95, hardbound. ISBN 0-8160-1358-6.
Pesticide Application: Principles and Practice. Edited by P. T. Haskell. With
25 contributors. Clarendon Press, Oxford. Advance copy from Oxford University
Press, 200 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10016. xviii + 494 pp., figs.
Publication date given as 12 December 1985. Received by PCES at CAS 12 May
1986. Price $85.00 hardbound. ISBN 0-19-854542-8.-P. H. Amaud, Jr., Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 326-328
New Records of Tephritidae (Diptera) from
Santa Cruz Island, California
R. D. Goeden
Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, California
92521.
Abstract.— Published records for five species of Tephritidae from Santa Cruz
Island are reviewed. Nineteen species and nine genera of Tephritidae are newly
reported from this island. Six new host-plant-species rearing records are included
in these distribution data.
During annual or biannual visits to Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara Co.,
California, in conjunction with our continuing, long-standing evaluation of bio¬
logical control of prickly pear cacti by means of sequential photography (Goeden
et al., 1967; Goeden and Ricker, 1981), I have collected the Tephritidae recorded
herein. Heretofore, only the following species were recorded from this large, coastal
island: Tomoplagia cressoni Aczel in Foote and Blanc (1963); Paroxyna genalis
(Thomson) in Novak (1974) and Goeden and Blanc (1986); Tephritis californica
Doane, Tephritis araneosa (Coquillett), and P. americana Iiering in Goeden and
Benjamin (1985).
The following new island records are listed alphabetically and include only
those of my collections involving the greatest number of flies reared or swept of
each species. Voucher specimens of each species reported are stored in my col¬
lection of California Tephritidae at the University of California, Riverside, and
are marked with a bright yellow place-label to allow ready location as suggested
by Miller and Menke (1981). Their entomological bibliography of the California
Islands partly inspired this study. The plant nomenclature follows Munz (1974);
the insect nomenclature, mostly Foote and Blanc (1963) and Stoltzfus (1977).
Aciurina. thoracica Curran, 2 8 and 1 $ swept from riparian shrubs near Cascada
in east, central valley, 15 IV 1983.
Dioxyna picciola (Bigot), 1 8 and 2 2 swept from unidentified annual herbs in
wash, Cervada Canyon, 1 X 1981.
Euaresta bullans (Wiedemann), 2 $ and 2 2 swept from the introduced weed,
Xanthium spinosum L. (Hilgendorf and Goeden, 1983), mouth of Laguna Canyon,
30 1X 1981.
Euarestoides acutangulus (Thomson), 6 6 and 8 2 reared from a quantity of
flower heads of Ambrosia chamissonis Lessing collected at Christy Beach, 8 X
1985.
Euarestoides arnaudi Foote, 1 8 and 2 2 reared from a quantity of flower heads
of Baccharis pilularis deCandolle ssp. consanguinea (deCandolle) C. B. Wolf col¬
lected in central valley, 11 X 1983.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
327
Neaspilota sp., 1 9 reared from a quantity of flower heads of Haplopappus
venetus (Humboldt) Blake ssp. vernonioides (Nuttall) Hall at Stanton Ranch air¬
port, 13 X 1983.
Tephritis baccharis (Coquillett), 5 6 and 5 9 reared from stem galls on Baccharis
glutinosa Persoon collected in Cebada Canyon, 8 X 1985.
Tephritis stigmatica (Coquillett), 3 6 and 2 9 reared from mature flower heads
of Senecio douglasii deCandolle collected in central valley, 9 X 1985.
Trupanea californica Malloch, 25 <5 and 25 9 reared from flower heads of Gna-
phalium microcephalum Nuttall collected in central valley, 7 X 1985.
Trupanea femoralis (Thomson), 2 9 reared from quantity of flower heads of
Haplopappus squarrosus Hooker and Amott ssp. grindeloides (deCandolle) Keck
collected in central valley, 21 X 1983.
Trupanea maculigera Foote, 1 9 swept from B. glutinosa in central valley, 21 X
1981.
Trupanea nigricornis (Coquillett), 8 $ and 10 9 reared from same flower heads
of H. venetus ssp. vernonioides collected at Stanton Ranch airport on, 13 X 1983.
Trupanea radifera (Coquillett), 4 6 and 2 9 reared from flower heads of Het¬
erotheca grandiflora Nuttall collected atop west end of South Ridge just east of
pine forest, 8 X 1985.
Trupanea signata Foote, 1 6 swept from B. pilularis ssp. consanguinea on South
Ridge, 12 X 1983.
Trupanea wheeleri Curran, 27 6 and 28 9 collected from flower heads of H.
squarrosus ssp. grindeloides collected atop South Ridge just east of pine forest,
7 X 1985.
Urophora formosa (Coquillett), 23 <3 and 24 9 reared from same flower heads
of H. venetus ssp. vernonioides collected at Stanton Ranch airport, 13 X 1986.
The above rearing records also represent new host-plant species records for
Euarestoides arnaudi, Trupanea calif ornica, T. femoralis, T. nigricornis, T. ra¬
difera, and T. wheeleri (Wasbauer, 1972; Coeden, 1983, 1985). In addition, my
collection houses 4 6 and 6 9 of Euaresta bellula Snow swept at Christy Beach,
23-26 IV 1976 by J. D. Pinto. And, F. L. Blanc, Calif. Dept, of Food and Agric.
(Ret.) kindly furnished me with new Santa Cruz Island records for Chetostoma
californicum Blanc, 1 9 on Pinus muricata D. Don (a non-host), Canada de la
Cuesta, 5 III 1969, and Euaresta stigmatica Coquillett, 1 9 from the central valley,
26 IX 1978, both collected by J. A. Powell.
All tephritid species reported also occur on the California mainland (Foote and
Blanc, 1963; Novak, 1974). Interestingly, I consider Trupanea nigricornis the
most widespread and common tephritid in interior parts of southern California.
In coastal areas it is replaced largely by another generalist, Trupanea wheeleri.
Yet, the former species also occurs in the central valley of Santa Cruz Island, a
topographic feature unique among all the California islands. Also, I sampled
mature flower heads of Brickellia calif ornica (Torrey and Gray) Gray in the central
valley in 1981, 1983, and 1985, which on the southern California mainland
commonly yield Procecidochares flavipes Aldrich. This fly never was reared from
island samples, although it apparently is restricted to the genus Brickellia (unpubl.
data). This finding, my negative sweep records, and other rearings from island
and mainland Asteraceae suggest that Procecidochares may be absent from the
island.
328
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Acknowledgments
My sincere thanks to Louis Blanc, Dick Foote, and George Steyskal for their
advice, encouragement, and help with identification of “problem children.” Thanks
too, to Don Ricker for his patience during my plant sampling forays, and to John
Pinto for his comments on the draft of this paper.
Literature Cited
Foote, R. H., and F. L. Blanc. 1963. The fruit flies or Tephritidae of California. Bull, of Calif. Insect
Survey, 7:1-117.
Goeden, R. D. 1983. Initial host-plant records for five species of fruit flies from southern California
(Diptera: Tephritidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 85:399-400.
-. 1985. Host plant relations of Trupanea spp. (Diptera: Tephritidae) in southern California.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 87:564-571.
-, and R. K. Benjamin. 1985. New records for Stigmatomyces verruculosus Thaxter (Asco-
mycetes: Laboulbeniaceae), a fungal parasite of adult Tephritidae in southern California. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Wash., 87:392-394.
-, and F. L. Blanc. 1986. New synonymy, host-, and California records in the genera Dioxyna
and Paroxyna (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol., 62:88-90.
-, C. A. Fleschner, and D. W. Ricker. 1967. Biological control of prickly pear cacti on Santa
Cruz Island, Cahfomia. Hilgardia, 38:579-606.
-, and D. W. Ricker. 1981. Santa Cruz Island—revisited. Sequential photography records the
causation, rates of progress, and lasting benefits of successful biological weed control. Pp. 355—
365 in E. S. Delfosse (ed.), Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Biological
Control of Weeds, Brisbane, Australia, 1980.
Hilgendorf, J. H., and R. D. Goeden. 1983. Phytophagous insect faunas of spiny clotbur, Xanthium
spinosum, and cocklebur, Xanthium strumarium, in southern California. Environ. Entomol.,
12:404-411.
Miller, S. E., and A. S. Menke. 1981. Entomological bibliography of the California Islands. Santa
Barbara Mus. of Nat. Hist. Occas. Paper, No. 11:1-78.
Munz, P. 1974. A flora of southern California. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, 1086 pp.
Novak, J. A. A taxonomic revision of Dioxyna and Paroxyna for America north of Mexico. Melandria,
16:1-53.
Stoltzfus, W. B. 1977. The taxonomy and biology of Eutreta (Diptera: Tephritidae). Iowa State J.
Res., 51:369-438.
Wasbauer, M. S. 1972. An annotated host catalog of the fruit flies of America north of Mexico
(Diptera: Tephritidae). Calif. Dept, of Agric., Bur. Entomol., Occas. Papers, 19:1-172.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 329-332
Larval and Pupal Parasites of Rhinocyllus conicus
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in Carduus nutans
in Northern California
Robert C. Wilson and Lloyd A. Andres
(RCW) Hermiston Agricultural Experiment Station, Oregon State University,
Hermiston, Oregon; (LAA) USDA Biological Control of Weeds Unit, 1050 San
Pablo Avenue, Albany, California 94706.
Abstract.— Thirteen species of parasitic Hymenoptera were found emerging
from Carduus nutans Linnaeus (Compositae: Cynarae) stems and seedheads in¬
fested with Rhinocyllus conicus Froelich (Coleoptera: Curculionidae); a European
weevil introduced into North America to control Carduus spp. thistles. Seven
Hymenoptera identified are believed to be primary parasites and include two
species in genera which have unidentified members previously reported as par¬
asites; and three species not previously reported in this association. Parasitism
averaged 1.78% overall with no apparent impact on the weevil population. The
attack rate for the stems was roughly 100 times greater than in the seedheads.
Rhinocyllus conicus Froelich (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) was introduced suc¬
cessfully from Europe into the United States in 1969 for the control of Carduus
spp. (Boldt and Kok, 1982). It was first released in California at Mt. Shasta in
1974 on a localized population of C. nutans Linnaeus.
Although indigenous parasites often have little impact on the effectiveness of
insects introduced for the biological control of weeds, in some cases they can
severely limit the effect of the biological control agent (Goeden and Louda, 1976).
Zwolfer and Harris (1984) present a list of reported parasites of R. conicus in its
native range as well as its introduced range. Some of the parasites in Europe are
well adapted to R. conicus’, Bracon unnator Fabricius (Hymenoptera: Braconidae)
achieves 40-50% parasitism and Exeristes roborator (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera:
Ichneumonidae) reaches 13-43%. In contrast, parasites reported from R. conicus
infesting Carduus spp. in Virginia and Montana, and infesting Silybum marianum
in southern California were all found at very low levels and did not appear to
limit the impact of R. conicus. Total parasitism in Montana did not exceed 1%
(Rees, 1982). In Virginia, parasitism ranged from 1.8-2.5% for the flower heads
but was much higher in the peduncles averaging 16.9% over two years (Dowd
and Kok, 1982).
This study was undertaken to determine what larval and pupal parasites of R.
conicus are present in the Mt. Shasta area and whether they may impose a lim¬
itation to the biological control of C. nutans.
Methods and Materials
Fifty flowering stems of Carduus nutans with mature seedheads were collected
from an infestation located on the west side of Mt. Shasta, three miles north of
330
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Mt. Shasta City, Calif., on July 25 and again on July 31, 1985. The material was
taken to the laboratory where heads were removed from the stems. Stems were
cut to retain the top 30 cm, which contain the weevil larvae and pupae, and the
remainder was discarded.
Heads and stems from each date were held in cages to observe parasite emer¬
gence. Emerging parasitic Hymenoptera were collected every 2-3 days until no
further emergence occurred.
Infestation of the material by R. conicus was estimated by dissecting 10 stems
or heads randomly selected from each cage, counting the weevil pupation cells,
and multiplying the average by the number of heads or stems in each cage. The
total number of cells present in the heads and stems and the number of parasites
collected were used as a basis for calculating percent parasitization.
Parasite ovipositor lengths were measured by dissection of five females of each
species. The correlation of average ovipositor length of a species with attack rate
in the heads was computed to detect the degree of relationship.
Results
Thirteen species of parasitic Hymenoptera emerged from the plant material.
The seven most abundant species were Neocatolaccus tylodermae (Ashmead),
Trimerocerus maculata Gahan, and Pteromalus sp. in Pteromalidae; Eurytoma
sp. (Eurytomidae); Microdontomerus anthonomi (Crawford) (Torymidae); and
Macroneura vesicularis (Ratzenburg) and Eupelmus sp. poss. brevicauda (Craw¬
ford) in Eupelmidae. These parasites and their abundances are presented in Ta¬
ble 1.
In addition, four pteromalid, one encyrtid and one scelionid species were re¬
covered but in very low numbers. The encyrtid, Apoanagyrus californicus Com¬
pere, is a parasite of mealybugs; and members of Scelionidae are egg parasites.
These are considered unlikely larval or pupal parasites of R. conicus and are
excluded from further discussion.
Dissections of C. nutans material provided an estimate of 17,828 pupal cells
in the cages with heads, and 1649 cells in the cages with stems. Although the
number of parasites emerging from the stems was roughly 10 times that from the
heads, the greater number of hosts made the attack rate roughly 100 times greater
in the stems. The correlation between species ovipositor length and proportion
of the attack in the heads is low ( r 2 = 0.40) and not significantly different from 0
when tested using the /-statistic (df = 5, a = 0.05).
Our dissections found Neocatolaccus tylodermae, Pteromalus sp. and Eurytoma
sp. adults present in the pupal cells of R. conicus. In addition, some secondary
ectoparasitism was observed but it is unclear which species were involved.
Two other Coleoptera found in the plant material were Phyllobaenus scaber
(LeConte) (Cleridae) and an unidentified Anobiidae. Both are considered unlikely
hosts of any of the identified parasites because they are quite small.
Discussion
From previous host records and our dissections of the plant material, it appears
that all named parasites are probably primary parasites of R. conicus. Microdon¬
tomerus anthonomi and Macroneura vesicularis occasionally are recorded as sec¬
ondary parasites but only rarely so (Krombien et al., 1979). The unidentified
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
331
Table 1. Parasitic Hymenoptera emerging from heads and stems of Carduus nutans infested with
Rhinocyllus conicus.
Number emerged
% parasitism 1
Proportion
Species
Total
Heads
Stems
Heads
Stems
in heads
Eupelmidae
Macroneura vesicularis
25
2
23
0.01
1.39
0.08
Eupelmus sp.
11
2
9
0.01
0.55
0.18
Torymidae
Microdontomerus anthonomi
29
9
20
0.05
1.21
0.31
Pteromalidae
Trimerocerus maculata
71
2
69
0.01
4.18
0.03
Neocatolaccus tylodermae
68
3
65
0.02
3.94
0.04
Pteromalus sp.
35
4
31
0.02
1.88
0.11
Eurytomidae
Eurytoma sp.
91
12
79
0.07
4.79
0.13
Overall
346
34
312
0.19
18.92
0.10
1 Based on an estimated total of 17,828 R. conicus in the heads and 1649 in the stems, and assuming
that all species listed are primary parasites of R. conicus.
pteromalids may include some secondary parasites since they are smaller than
the others and since some secondary parasitism was discovered during plant
dissections.
Previous lists of parasites of R. conicus in the U.S. include Eupelmella sp.
{=Macroneura), Eurytoma sp., Habrocytus sp. ( —Pteromalus ), and Neocatolaccus
sp. (Zwolfer and Harris, 1984). Although these are only reported to the level of
genus, further work may show that some are the same species as ours and confirm
their status as primary parasites. Trimerocerus maculata was not listed by Zwolfer
and Harris but is one of the more abundant parasites here. Another major dif¬
ference is that no Braconidae or Ichneumonidae were recovered here whereas
they were found at other locations in the U.S. and include the most abundant
parasites in Europe.
Host records of our parasites were examined to determine if any common
biological or ecological thread could link these native parasites that have quickly
adopted a new host. Reported host ranges of the parasites indicate that some are
generalists. These include Microdontomerus anthonomi, Trimerocerus maculata
and Macroneura vesicularis, the latter having hosts in the orders Orthoptera,
Hemiptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and Hymenoptera. Neocatolaccus
tylodermae and Eupelmus brevicauda are more specialized; the former having ten
recorded hosts, all Curculionidae; and the latter having one recorded host in
Bruchidae, although other members of the genus attack Curculionidae and Bru-
chidae. Both the Eurytoma sp. and the Pteromalus sp. are members of large,
diverse genera making it difficult to generalize about their host ranges (Krombein
et al., 1979).
All known hosts of the parasite species identified are found in concealed lo¬
cations, as is R. conicus. This suggests that the location of the host is more
important than its taxonomic category in determining host acceptance.
332
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The difference in attack rate of the parasites for hosts in the stems from those
in the heads may be due to a preference of the parasites for searching the stems,
a difference in ability to locate the host in the heads, or an inability to reach the
host in the heads with the ovipositor. Of these, ovipositor length was the only
quantifiable character within the means of this investigation. The fact that the
correlation between ovipositor length and attack rate in the heads is low doesn’t
rule out ovipositor length as an important factor in the ability of the parasites to
reach R. conicus in the heads for some of the species, but its role is clouded by
other factors.
Conclusions
Since total parasitism of Rhinocyllus conicus was only 1.78%, it seems unlikely
that the parasites in the Mt. Shasta area present any limitation to the level of
biological control of Carduus nutans. This is similar to the findings of researchers
in Virginia and Montana (Dowd and Kok, 1982; Rees, 1982).
Parasitism in the stems was 18.9%, much higher than in the heads, and again
very similar to the 16.9% parasitism in the peduncles found by Dowd and Kok
(1982). The weevils in the heads make up a large reservoir of currently unpar¬
asitized hosts and it is possible that at some time a parasite better adapted to
parasitizing R. conicus in the heads might be able to exploit this resource and
upset the current level of biological control.
Further study would provide a clearer picture of the impact of parasitism by
the different species reported in this paper, but from the standpoint of biological
control, it does not appear necessary at this time.
Acknowledgments
The authors would like to thank E. E. Grissell and M. E. Schauff of the USDA
Systematic Entomology Laboratory, and K. S. Hagen of the University of Cali¬
fornia at Berkeley for their assistance with insect identifications; and R. W. Pem¬
berton, L. E. Caltagirone and K. S. Hagen for their helpful review of the manu¬
script.
Literature Cited
Boldt, P. E., and L. T. Kok. 1982. Bibliography of Rhinocyllus conicus Froelich (Coleoptera: Cur-
culionidae), an introduced weevil for the biological control of Carduus and Silybum thistles.
Bull. Ent. Soc. Am., 28(4):355-358.
Dowd, P. F., and L. T. Kok. 1982. Parasitism of Rhinocyllus conicus in Virginia. Environ. Entomol.,
11:71-77.
Goeden, R. D., and S. M. Louda. 1976. Biotic interference with insects imported for weed control.
Ann. Rev. Ent., 21:325-342.
Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith, and B. D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of Hymenoptera in
America north of Mexico. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C., 2735 pp.
Rees, N. E. 1982. Enemies of Rhinocyllus conicus in southwestern Montana. Environ. Entomol.,
11:157-158.
Zwolfer, H., and P. Hams. 1984. Biology and host specificity of Rhinocyllus conicus (Froel.) (Col.,
Curculionidae), a successful agent for biocontrol of the thistle Carduus nutans L. Zeitschrift fur
angewandt Entomologie, 97:36-62.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 333-339
New Pselaphidae from Oregon (Coleoptera ) 1
Donald S. Chandler
Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New
Hampshire 03824.
Abstract. —Three new species from the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest in
central Oregon and four others from western Oregon are described: Sonoma
petersi, n. sp., Sonoma cascadia, n. sp., Sonoma quercicola, n. sp., Sonoma co-
nifera, n. sp., Sonoma russelli, n. sp., Hylotychus schuhi, n. sp., and Oropus
micropthalmus, n. sp.
In the course of characterizing the pselaphid fauna of the H. J. Andrews Ex¬
perimental Forest in central Oregon, three undescribed species of Pselaphidae
were discovered. These species are here described to provide names for a forth¬
coming paper on the species and habitats of the Pselaphidae of this experimental
forest. Four other new species occurring near the experimental forest also are
described.
Holotypes of four species were cleared, disarticulated, and mounted in Canada
balsam on slides. The other holotypes have the genitalia cleared, placed in mi-
crovials, and pinned beneath the specimens. Holotypes are deposited at the Uni¬
versity of California, Davis, with paratypes of five of the species being deposited
in the Systematic Entomology Laboratory of Oregon State University. All mea¬
surements are in millimeters.
I would like to thank Dr. John D. Lattin, Oregon State University, for arranging
my visits to Oregon as a participating scientist in the Long Term Ecological
Research Program at the H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest. Gary Parsons is
thanked for his assistance during my travel in Oregon. Several individuals pro¬
vided specimens examined in this work, and following their affiliations are the
initials of institutions (four letter) or private collections (three letter) where spec¬
imens are placed: John D. Lattin, Oregon State University (OSUO); Gary L.
Peters, Oregon State University (GLP); Paul J. Johnson, University of Idaho (PJJ);
and Lee H. Herman, Jr., American Museum of Natural History (AMNH). Spec¬
imens whose deposition are not indicated are in the author’s collection. Loren
Russell, Oregon Environmental Protection Agency, and the late Joe Schuh, kindly
allowed me to examine their collections. J. F. Burger and J. S. Weaver, University
of New Hampshire, deserve my appreciation for checking the manuscript.
Sonoma petersi, New Species
(Fig- 1)
Length 1.50-1.62. Head with eyes possessing about 48 facets, frontal fovea
short, roughly triangular, head with base subtruncate, wider than distance across
1 Scientific Contribution Number 1411 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station.
334
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 1-7. Line to right of illustrations equals 0.5 mm. 1. Sonoma petersi, n. sp., dorsal view
male genitalia. 2. Sonoma cascadia, n. sp., dorsal view male genitalia. 3. Sonoma quercicola, n. sp.,
dorsal view male genitalia. 4. Sonoma conifera, n. sp., dorsal view male genitalia. 5. Sonoma russelli,
n. sp., dorsal view male genitalia. 6. Hylotychus schuhi, n. sp., male; a. dorsal view genitalia; b. left
lateral view genitalia. 7. Or opus micropthalmus, n. sp., male; a. dorsal view tergite IV; b. ventral view
stemites V and VI.
eyes. Pronotum with median antebasal fovea inserted in deep rectangular impres¬
sion which extends laterally to medio-lateral antebasal foveae, discal foveae dis¬
tinct. Tergite I with transverse microsetigerous line.
Males with metatrochanters posteriorly angulate and carinate, metatibiae with
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
335
small obscure tubercle on mesal margin near middle; head venter with transverse
gular ridge, ridge densely setose on posterior margin and obscuring gular foveae;
genitaha with phallobase asymmetrical, shortened on right side, left paramere
with two tuberculate conical projections.
Females lack modifications of metatrochanters and metatibiae, and the head
venter is simple at the area of the gular foveae; stemite VI apex with rounded
midapical lobe deflexed, extending posteriorly just past middle of stemite VII,
lobe about one-fourth the apical width of VI.
Male holotype.— Head 0.21 long, 0.25 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.23 long,
elytra 0.42 long, genitalia 0.18 long.
Specimens examined, 6. HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Benton Co.: MacDonald
Forest, Oak Creek area, II-3-1973, G. L. Peters. Holotype mounted on slide.
PARATYPES: 1 male, 3 females, eutopotypical (GLP, OSUO); 1 male, same data
except, III-12-1973.
Discussion. — This species is clearly quite close to corticina Casey which is found
from coastal Oregon into northwestern California. They share the angulate tem-
pora of the head, microsetigerous line of tergite I, and the males with a modified
gular area, weak tubercle of the metatibiae, strongly asymmetrical phallobase, and
tuberculate processes of the left paramere. The gular area of petersi is developed
into a transverse ridge obscuring the gular foveae, the discal foveae of the prono¬
tum are distinct, and the median lobe and right paramere of the genitalia are
different in form from those of corticina. Named for Gary L. Peters, the collector
of the type series.
Sonoma cascadia, New Species
(Fig. 2)
Length 1.38-1.47. Head with eyes possessing about 60 facets, frontal fovea
lengthily triangular, tempora slightly angulate at head base. Pronotum with deep
median antebasal fovea in narrow rectangular impression which extends laterally
to medio-lateral antebasal foveae, discal foveae distinct. Tergite I with transverse
microsetigerous line.
Male metatrochanters with angulate projection of posterior margin, metatibiae
lacking tubercle on inner margin; genitalia with left paramere bearing two tuber¬
culate projections, left paramere elongate, median lobe with thin heavily sclero-
tized bifurcate spine and more median slender lightly sclerotized spine which is
curved at apex.
Female with metatrochanters simple, not angulate; stemite VI with wide evenly
rounded apical lobe deflexed and projecting posteriorly to middle of stemite VII,
lobe one-half apical width of stemite VI, VII granulate.
Male holotype.— Head 0.18 long, 0.24 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.22 long,
elytra 0.45 long, genitalia 0.22 long.
Specimens examined, 2. HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Lane Co.: HJAndrews
Exp. For., Road 1508, 1750', 1-24-1981, G. Cassis, site 5, old growth, Tsuga/
Pseudotsuga litter. Holotype mounted on point. One female not designated para-
type bears the data: same locality, 1450', R.S. 7, V-l3-1983, D. S. Chandler, sift
rotten Douglas-fir.
Biology.— Collected in conifer leaf litter and a rotten Douglas-fir log in old
growth forests at the lower elevations of the experimental forest.
336
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Discussion. — The two tuberculate projections of the left paramere place cascadia
nearest corticina Casey and petersi, n. sp. The somewhat angulate basal angles of
the head and the smaller right half of the phallobase reinforce this placement.
Cascadia is perhaps closest to petersi by the presence of two processes of the
median lobe. Males of cascadia are separated by the metatibiae lacking any trace
of an inner tubercle, the simple gular area, angulate projection of the metatro¬
chanters, and the long right paramere. Females of these species share the deflexed
apical lobe of stemite VI, but in cascadia it is half as wide as the apical width of
stemite VI, and stemite VII is granulate. The name is derived from the collection
of this species in the Cascade Mountains.
Sonoma quercicola, New Species
(Fig. 3)
Length 1.62-1.71. Head with eyes possessing about 80 facets, frontal fovea
elongate, widening slightly toward apex, tempora evenly rounded to head base.
Pronotum with median antebasal fovea in deep depression which extends laterally
to medio-lateral antebasal foveae, discal foveae lacking. Tergite I with transverse
microsetigerous line.
Male with metatrochanters posteriorly angulate and carinate, metatibiae with
small tubercle on mesal margin near middle; genitalia with each paramere bearing
a supplementary tubercle, parameres lightly granulate, median lobe with thick
apical hook.
Female with metatrochanters and metatibiae simple, lacking angulations or
tubercles; stemite VI bearing a rounded apical lobe which is offset to the right
and extends over stemite VII to stemite VIII, stemite VII visible only to left of
lobe.
Male holotype. — Head 0.24 long, 0.28 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.30 long,
elytra 0.54 long, genitalia 0.18 long, median lobe of genitalia with apex detached
but retained in microvial.
Specimens examined, 2. HOLOTYPE male: MacDonald Forest, Oak Creek
area, III-12-1973, G. L. Peters, collected by Berlese funnel. Holotype mounted
on point. One female not designated paratype with same data as the holotype
except, III-6-1973.
Discussion. — The male genitalia are similar to several other species in having
granulate parameres bearing supplementary processes, and a large median lobe.
The form of these structures is different from that in other known species, and
quercicola cannot be placed near any at this time. The name is derived from the
collection of the specimens along Oak Creek.
Sonoma conifera, New Species
(Fig. 4)
Length 1.71-1.92. Head with eyes possessing about 48 facets, frontal fovea
elongate, enlarged at apex, tempora evenly curved to head base. Pronotum with
median antebasal fovea in semicircular impression which extends laterally to
medio-lateral foveae, discal foveae weakly impressed. Tergite I with transverse
microsetigerous line.
Males with metatrochanters posteriorly angulate and carinate, metatibiae lack¬
ing mesal tubercle; genitalia with elongate parameres, median lobe well developed.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
337
Females with metatrochanters simple; stemite VI medially produced at apex
over VII to reach VIII, medial projection lightly bidentate at apex, projection and
area anterior to it lightly granulate.
Male holotype. —Head 0.27 long, 0.33 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.27 long,
elytra 0.41 long, genitalia 0.17 long.
Specimens examined, 8. HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Benton Co.: Mary’s Peak,
1800', II-1-1976, L. Russell, sift cedar litter. Holotype mounted on slide. PARA-
TYPES: 1 male, same data except, 11-22-1976, sift hemlock litter; 1 male, same
data except, 8 mi SE Hwy. 20, III-6-1976, Douglas-fir Utter; 1 male, 6.5 mi SW
Philomath, III-12-1975, G. L. Peters. Lane Co.: 1 male, HJAndrews Exp. For.,
Road 1508, 1750', 11-19-1979, G. Cooper, old growth, moss; 1 male, same locality.
Road 1506, III-12-1981, G. Cassis, site 8, 1970 clearcut, litter (OSUO). Two
females associated with these males are not designated paratypes and bear the
data: Lane Co.: HJ Andrews Exp. For., Road 359, 4100', V-13-1984, D. S. Chand¬
ler, sift alder litter; same locality, Road 1508, 1750', 1-24-1984, G. Cassis, site
5, old growth, Tsuga/Psudotsuga litter (OSUO).
Biology. — Collected primarily in several types of conifer leaf litter, in both old
growth and recently clearcut forests
Discussion. — Conifera approaches only Sonoma hespera Park and Wagner in
the stout, relatively simple median lobe of the male genitalia. They differ in the
apical armatures of the parameres, and both parameres are of equal length in
conifera. The name is derived from the primary collection habitat, conifer litter.
Sonoma russelli, New Species
(Fig. 5)
Length 2.22-2.58. Head with eyes possessing about 55 facets, frontal fovea
broadly T-shaped, tempora evenly rounded to head base; pronotum with median
antebasal fovea encircled by deep depression, lacking medio-lateral antebasal
foveae, discal foveae usually distinct but occasionally absent. Tergite I lacking
transverse microsetigerous band.
Males with metatrochanters angulate and carinate on posterior margin, meta¬
tibiae lacking mesal tubercle; genitalia with supplementary tubercle on each par-
amere, parameres granulate, median lobe with long thin spine abruptly hooked
near apex.
Females with posterior margin of metatrochanters simply curved; stemite VI
with rounded lobe on apical margin slightly offset to left, inserted in impression
of stemite VII which extends to posterior margin, impression of VII with carinate
margins along lobe of VI.
Male holotype.— Head 0.39 long, 0.41 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.39 long,
elytra 0.60 long, genitalia 0.29 long.
Specimens examined, 31. HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Benton Co.: Mary’s Peak,
1800', II-1-1976, L. Russell, sift Utter around log. Holotype mounted on slide.
PARATYPES: 2 males, same data except, 1-18-1976, sift alder Utter, sift Douglas-
fir Utter; 8 males, 3 females, same data except, II-1-1976, sift litter around log
(4), sift moss (2), sift cedar litter (2), sift hemlock Utter (2), sift alder Utter (1); 5
males, 2 females, same data except, 1750', 11-16-1976, stump Utter (4), sift hem¬
lock Utter (3); 1 male, 1 female, same data except, 1700', III-16-1976, Douglas-
fir Utter; 2 males, same data except, 2000', IV-11-1976, moss on logs; 1 male,
338
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Mary’s Peak, Funny Bug Notch, 3000', XII-5-1976, P. J. Johnson, litter (PJJ); 1
female, 10 mi W Philomath, 1700', XII-5-1976, P. J. Johnson (PJJ); 1 male, 1
female, 14 mi WSW Philomath, NE slope Mary’s Peak, 2000', Chintimini Creek,
VII-5-1978, L. & N. Herman, #1604 (AMNH); 2 males, MacDonald Forest, VI-
16-1975, L. Russell.
Biology. — This species has been collected in various leaf litters, and rotten
wood.
Discussion. — This species and several others share the supplementary tubercles
that originate from the granulate parameres of the male genitalia. At this time
russelli cannot really be placed close to any particular species. The long thin spine
of the median lobe is abruptly angulate near the apex, and permits ready recog¬
nition. Named for Loren Russell, who has collected many uncommon pselaphids
from western Oregon.
Hylotychus schuhi , New Species
(Fig. 6)
Length 1.23-1.32. Males with eyes possessing approximately 32 facets; pro-
and mesotibiae with small apical tubercle on inner margin; metastemal area
simple; stemite VI broadly impressed medially, distinctly emarginate at apex.
Genitalia with dorsal lobe acutely pointed at lateral margins of apex, lateral
margins expanded and denticulate anteriorly, ventral lobe with margins slightly
expanded before apex, parameres reaching to tuberculate area of dorsal lobe.
Females with eyes possessing about 20 facets; lacking apical tubercles of pro-
and mesotibiae.
Male holotype. —Head 0.24 long, 0.21 wide across eyes, pronotum 0.25 long,
elytra 0.47 long, genitalia 0.31 long.
Specimens examined, 5: HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Klamath Co.: above Geary
Ranch, X-25-1971, J. Schuh, aspen duff at swamp. Holotype mounted on point.
PARATYPES: 1 female, same data except, X-26-1971, pine-aspen duff; 1 male,
same data except, XI-1-1971, willow duff; 1 female, same data except, XI-6-1972,
duff under pine (OSUO); 1 female, Geary Canal, III-17-1972, J. Schuh, mixed
duff.
Biology.— Collected in pine, willow, and aspen leaf litters.
Discussion. — Members of Hylotychus can only really be compared by the form
of the male genitalia, as they are otherwise quite similar. The genitalia is most
similar to that of simplicis Grigarick and Schuster from the west coast of Oregon
by the form of the apices of both dorsal and ventral lobes. The dorsal lobe of
schuhi separates this species from all others by the laterally denticulate medial
expansion. The parameres of schuhi are straight, while those of simplicis are curved
laterally near the apices. Named for the late Joe Schuh, who greatly contributed
to the knowledge of the beetle fauna of south-central Oregon.
Oropus micropthalmus, New Species
(Fig. 7)
Length 1.26-1.47. Head with vertex lightly and sparsely punctate, granulate
only at lateral margins posterior to eyes. Pronotum with small blunt baso-lateral
tooth. Elytra with four basal foveae, innermost discal stria no more than one-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
339
third elytral length, second discal stria two-thirds elytral length. Second tergite
0.6 x as long as first.
Males with eyes possessing 7-8 facets; tergite IV with narrow transverse sulcus
at base, microsetigerous band medially constricted, lateral lobes expanded pos¬
teriorly; stemite IV with long setae originating on anterior margin, stemite V with
about 8 pits widely dispersed in transverse row, row interrupted at center.
Females with eyes possessing 5-7 facets; tergite IV smoothly convex at base,
not impressed.
Male holotype.— Head 0.22 long, 0.29 wide across eyes, left mandible with 5
teeth on inner margin, right with four teeth, none abruptly larger, pronotum 0.32
long, elytra 0.39 long, tergite I 0.22 long, 0.36 wide, tergite II 0.14 long, stemite
IV with four long setae on anterior margin.
Specimens examined, 15. HOLOTYPE male: Oregon: Lane Co.: H. J. Andrews
Experimental Forest, Watershed 10, XI-15-1972, J. Wemz. Holotype mounted
on slide. PARATYPES: all from H. J. Andrews Experimental Forest. 2 males,
same data as holotype except, 11-26-1973 (GLP); 1 female, same data except,
X-5-1972; 1 male, 1 female, Road 134, 1750', 1-24-1984, G. Cassis, site 4, 1975
clearcut, Pseudotsuga litter; 2 males, 3 females. Road 320, L502, 2000', 11-21-
1981, G. Cassis, site 6, 1959 clearcut, Pseudotsuga litter (OSUO); 1 female, Road
320, 2000', 11-21-1981, G. Cassis, site 7, old growth, Pseudotsuga litter (OSUO);
1 female. Road 1506, III-12-1981, G. Cassis, site 8, 1970 clearcut, litter (OSUO);
1 male, 1 female, Road 1507, 2000', III-25-1981, G. Cassis, site 10, old growth,
Tsuga litter.
Biology. —Adults were collected in Tsuga and Pseudotsuga leaf litter at the
lower elevations of the forest. Both old growth and clearcut forests of different
ages yielded specimens.
Discussion. — This species has the ratio of length of tergites I/II 1.66, and tergite
I with a width/length ratio of 0.62, which is intermediate to the ratios used by
Schuster and Grigarick (1960) to separate the genus into two groups. However,
presence of the long setae medially at the base of stemite IV clearly places this
species into Group A. In Schuster and Grigarick’s key to species, micropthalmus
runs readily to couplet 9. It is separable from the three species of this couplet,
and indeed the entire group, by its small size, few facets of the eyes, and in the
males by the form of the impression and microsetigerous area of tergite IV. The
name was suggested by the small size of the eyes in both sexes.
Literature Cited
Schuster, R. O., and A. A. Grigarick. 1960. A revision of the genus Oropus Casey (Coleoptera:
Pselaphidae). Pacif. Insects, 2:269-299.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 340-343
Designation of Chrysidid Lectotypes in the Mocsary
Collection at the Hungarian National Museum,
Budapest (Hymenoptera: Chrysididae)
Richard M. Bohart and Larry D. French
Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616.
Abstract. —Lectotypes of 105 species and subspecies described by A. Mocsary
found at the Hungarian National Museum are designated. Fifteen of these are
from the chrysidid subfamily Elampinae and 90 from the subfamily Chrysidinae.
Comments on Mocsary’s life and notes on collection of Chrysididae at the Museum
are included.
In April-May of 1985 we visited the Hungarian National Museum in Budapest
to study the Mocsary collection of Chrysididae. We were ably assisted by hy-
menopterists Jeno Papp and Lajos Zombori.
Alexandro (Sandor) Mocsary (1841-1915) contributed more than any other
worker to our knowledge of Chrysididae. Bom and educated in Nagyvarad, Hun¬
gary, he later became Abteilungsdirektor of the Hungarian National Museum,
where he worked for 44 years. His first paper on chrysidids appeared in 1878 and
his last in 1914. According to Viereck (1922), his bibliography comprises 178
titles and 2594 pages, mostly devoted to Chrysididae. He is best known for his
“Monographia Chrysididarum Orbis Terrarum Universi” (1889), a work of mon¬
umental proportions. The chrysidid collection at Budapest is one of the five largest
in the world, and probably the most important with respect to numbers of type
specimens. We found it in good order, but were told that Mocsary’s assistant,
Ludovici Biro, arranged the species and added “type” labels after 1915. Most
specimens were correctly identified as original type series, but in some instances
they have been mislabeled. This has necessitated careful comparison with original
descriptions, and workers should be aware that some of the specimens from these
type series have also found their way into other European collections. It is inter¬
esting to note that Mocsary traveled very little, and his large accumulation of
specimens came from others. For instance, Biro collected for him in New Guinea,
the Greek Islands, and in southern U.S.S.R., and the many species from southern
Africa were largely sent to him by Hans Brauns. Many of Mocsary’s species and
subspecies were based on syntypes. Moczar (1964a, 1964b, 1965) selected lec¬
totypes for species of chrysidids occurring in the Carpathian Basin. Here, we
designate others in the Elampinae (L. D. French) and Chrysidinae (R. M. Bohart).
Species are listed alphabetically and include their original citation. Correct generic
placement follows each citation, and we have made no attempt to show species
level synonymy.
Publication charges paid by NSF Grant #BSR 84-07392.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
341
Elampinae
Ellampus auratus gasperinii Mocsary, 1889:92. Lectotype female, Yugoslavia: Dalmatia. Omalus.
Ellampus chilensis Mocsary, 1911:444. Lectotype female, Chile: Concepcion. Pseudolopyga.
Ellampus herbstu Mocsary, 1911:445. Lectotype male, Chile: Concepcion. Omalus.
Ellampus imbecillus Mocsary, 1889:98. Lectotype female, Turkmen S.S.R.: Pendgikent. Omalus.
Hedychrum marianum Mocsary, 1911:450. Lectotype female, China.
Hedychrum punctigerum Mocsary, 1909:2. Lectotype female, Kazakh S.S.R.: Mt. Karatau.
Hedychrum rutilans velerrimum Mocsary, 1914:11. Lectotype male, Turkey: Mt. Ararat.
Hedychrum shiratiense Mocsary, 1911:453. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Katona, Shirati.
Hedychrum simile Mocsary, 1889:157. Lectotype female, China (“borealis”): Ta-schian-sy.
Holopyga almasyana Mocsary, 1911:445. Lectotype female, Kirgiz S.S.R.: Naryn. Haba.
Holopyga elegans Mocsary, 1911:450. Lectotype female, Turkey: Izmir (Smyrna). Hedychridium.
Holopyga incensa Mocsary, 1914:7. Lectotype female, U.S.S.R.: “Turkestania.” Hedychridium.
Holopyga obscurata Mocsary, 1902b:536. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Algoa Bay.
Hedychridium.
Holopyga punctatissima turkestanica Mocsary, 1909:1. Lectotype male, Kazakh S.S.R.: Mt. Karatau.
Holopyga ujhelyiana Mocsary, 1914:7. Lectotype female, Colombia: Atlantico, Baranquilla.
Chrysidlnae
Chrysis abdominalis Mocsary, 1912b:579. Lectotype female, Peru: Puno.
Chrysis acheron Mocsary, 1913a:28. Lectotype female, “Asia Arch., Insula Key.”
Chrysis angustula. Mocsary, 1908b:514. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Willowmore.
Chrysis armata Mocsary, 1889:187. Lectotype female, Brazil: Santa Catarina, Blumenau. Caeno-
chrysis.
Chrysis asmarana Mocsary, 1913a: 16. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Asmara.
Chrysis assabensis Mocsary, 1912a:391. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Assab.
Chrysis auromarginata Mocsary, 1912a:376. Lectotype female, Tanzania: Dar-Es-Salaam. Trichrysis.
Chrysis biangulata Mocsary, 1902b:544. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Uitenhage.
Primeuchroeus.
Chrysis bidenticulata Mocsary, 1914:289. Lectotype male, Philippine Islands: Luzon, Los Banos.
Trichrysis.
Chrysis biroi Mocsary, 1899:483. Lectotype female, Papua New Guinea: Stephensort, Astrolabe Bay.
Primeuchroeus.
Chrysis breviceps Mocsary, 1914:23. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Keren.
Chrysis bucculenta Mocsary, 1908a:262. Lectotype female, Madagascar: Antongil. Chrysidea.
Chrysis buddhae Mocsary, 1913a:25. Lectotype male, Taiwan: Takao.
Chrysis callizona Mocsary, 1904:411. Lectotype male, South Africa: Cape Province, Willowmore.
Chrysis chalcopyga Mocsary, 1914:48. Lectotype female, U.S.A.: “Colorado.”
Chrysis colonialis Mocsary, 1908b:518. Lectotype male, South Africa: Cape Province.
Chrysis concinna Mocsary, 1902b:560. Lectotype female, South Africa: Orange Free State, Bothaville.
Chry?sis concolor Mocsary, 1912b:586. Lectotype male, U.S.S.R.: eastern Siberia, Raddefka.
Chrysis confinis Mocsary, 1912a:404. Lectotype female. South Africa: Transvaal, Shilouvane.
Chrysis consobrina Mocsary, 1889:458. Lectotype female, U.S.S.R.: “Transcaspia.”
Chry’sis costaricana Mocsary, 1912b:567. Lectotype female, Costa Rica: San Jose.
Chrysis csikiana Mocsary, 1912a:406. Lectotype male, U.S.S.R.: western Siberia, “Altai.”
Chrysis cubensis Mocsary, 1913a:32. Lectotype female, Cuba: Guantanamo.
Chtysis cuprata Mocsary, 1890:64. Lectotype female, Greece (“Graecia”).
Chrysis cyanescens Mocsary, 1913a:l. Lectotype male, Asia Minor: Bimbirkilisse.
Chrysis duckei Mocsary, 1902a:343. Lectotype female, Brazil: Para ( Neochrysis )
Chrysis elevata Mocsary, 1913a:4. Lectotype male, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Asmara. Praestochrysis.
Chrysis ellampiformis Mocsary, 1914:13. Lectotype female, Costa Rica: San Jose. Caenochrysis.
Chrysis engone Mocsary, 1889:239. Lectotype female, U.S.S.R.: “Kaukasus.” Chrysura.
Chrysis exsecata Mocsary, 1908b:509. Lectotype male. South Africa: Cape Province.
Chrysis femorata Mocsary, 1912a:385. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Asmara.
Chrysis formosanu Mocsary, 1912a:380. Lectotype female, Taiwan: Takao. Trichrysis.
Chrysis gazella Mocsary, 1904:407. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Willowmore.
Chrysis heliaca Mocsary, 1902b:551. Lectotype female, South Africa: Orange Free State, Bothaville.
342
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Chrysis hemipyrrha Mocsary, 1889:488. Lectotype female, “S. Celebes: Patuhuang.”
Chryisis horvathi Mocsary, 1912b:591. Lectotype female, Turkey: Ismir (“Smyrna”).
Chrysis hyalinipennis Mocsary, 1912a:392. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Assab.
Chrysis inimica Mocsary, 1902b:5 52. Lectotype female. South Africa: Cape Province, Uitenhage.
Chrysis inquisitor Mocsary, 19l3a:31. Lectotype female, Australia: Queensland, Cooktown.
Chrysis inseriata Mocsary, 1902a:342. Lectotype female, Brazil: Para. Neochrysis.
Chrysis insolita Mocsary, 1913a: 10. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Takkeseh.
Chrytsis japonica Mocsary, 1889:490. Lectotype male, Japan.
Chrysis kerenensis Mocsary, 1912a:387. Lectotype male, Ethiopia: Eritrea, Keren.
Chrysis kirbyana Mocsary, 1912a:402. Lectotype female, South Africa: Transvaal, Potschestrom.
Chrysis korbiana Mocsary, 1912a:412. Lectotype female, Uzbek S.S.R.: Gouldscha, Fergana.
Chrysis laminata Mocsary, 1902b:568. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Sunday River.
Chrysis lepida Mocsary, 1889:278. Lectotype female, U.S.S.R.: “Kaukasus,” Jerivan (“Erivan”).
Chrysis leucocheila Mocsary, 1889:408. Lectotype female, “Mexico.” Ipsiura.
Chrysis leucostigma Mocsary, 1889:410. Lectotype female, Brazil: Amazonas, Fonte Boa. Exochrysis.
Chry’sis longicollis Mocsary, 1902b: 556. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province (“Capland”).
Chrysis mongolica Mocsary, 1914:24. Lectotype female, “Mongolia.” Trichrysis.
Chrysis montivaga Mocsary, 1912a:409. Lectotype male, U.S.S.R.: “Turkestania,” Mt. Alexander.
Chrysis namaquensis Mocsary, 1914:42. Lectotype male, South Africa: Cape Province (“Caffreria,
Namaqualand”).
Chrysis natalica Mocsary', 1913a:2. Lectotype female, South Africa: Natal, Howick. Praestochrysis.
Chrysis nigeriaca Mocsary, 1913a: 1. Lectotype female, Tanzania: Shonga. Praestochrysis.
Chrysis nitidularia Mocsary, 1912a:411. Lectotype male, Kazakh S.S.R.: Narynkol.
Chrysis papuana Mocsary, 1889:493 ( lincea ssp.). Lectotype male, Papua New Guinea: Stephensort,
Astrolabe Bay.
Chrysis papuana Mocsary, 1889:454. Lectotype female, Papua New Guinea: Stephensort, Astrolabe
Bay. Primeuchroeus.
Chrysis partita Mocsary, 1889:492. Lectotype female, Papua New Guinea: Stephensort, Astrolabe
Bay.
Chrysis pauperata Mocsary, 1908b:519. Lectotype male, South Africa: Transvaal, Lichtenburg.
Chrysis perezi Mocsary, 1889:461. Lectotype male, Algeria: Bone.
Chrysis pleuralis Mocsary, 1904:405. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Willowmore.
Spintharina.
Chrysis pleuretica Mocsary, 1912b:582. Lectotype male, Argentina: Mendoza.
Chrysis polychroma Mocsary, 1908b:509. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, Willow-
more. Spintharina.
Chrysis porphyrea Mocsary, 1889:284. Lectotype female, Greece: Morea Peninsula, Cumani.
Chrysisporphyrophana Mocsary, 1890:64. Lectotype female, South Africa: Cape Province, “Cap.b.sp.”
Chrysis practicola Mocsary, 1914:50. Lectotype female, U.S.A.: Texas, Fedor.
Chrysis quadridens Mocsary, 1912b:569. Lectotype female, Costa Rica: San Jose.
Chrysis regalis Mocsary, 1912a:408. Lectotype male, U.S.S.R.: “Turkestania,” Mt. Alexander.
Chrysis relegatus Mocsary, 1911:469. Lectotype male, Australia: New South Wales, Sydney. Primeu¬
chroeus.
Chrysis ribbei Mocsary, 1889:524, Lectotype female, “S. Celebes: Bonthain.” Praestochrysis.
Chrysis rubricata Mocsary, 1902a:340. Lectotype male, Egypt: Cairo.
Chrysis rubroviolacea Mocsary, 1913a:20. Lectotype male, South Africa: Cape Province, Willowmore.
Chrysis salisburyana Mocsary, 1914:37. Lectotype female (not male), Zimbabwe: Salisbury.
Chrysis sat rapes Mocsary, 1913a: 19. Lectotype female, Ethiopia: Shirati.
Chrysis schencklingi Mocsary, 1913b:618. Lectotype female, Taiwan: Anping.
Chrysis scutata Mocsary, 1912a:382. Lectotype female, Tanzania: Lukuledi.
Chrysis secernenda Mocsary, 1912a:376. Lectotype male, Uzbek S.S.R.: Gouldscha, Ferghana. Tri¬
chrysis.
Chrysis sejuncta Mocsary, 1914:51. Lectotype female, U.S.A.: Missouri.
Chrysis semiviolacea Mocsary, 1889:484. Lectotype female, Algeria.
Chrysis sornalina Mocsary, 1889:512. Lectotype male, Somalia.
Chrysis spinicollis Mocsary, 1912b:580. Lectotype male, Argentina: Salta.
Chrysis szalayana Mocsary, 1912a:397. Lectotype male, Ethiopia: Katona.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
343
Chrysis thakur Mocsary, 1913a:22. Lectotype male, Burma: Tenasserim.
Chrysis transmutata Mocsary, 1914:26. Lectotype female, Burma: Tenasserim. Trichrysis.
Chrysis transvaalensis Mocsary, 1908b:520. Lectotype male. South Africa: Transvaal, Lichtenbur#.
Chrysis triangulifera Mocsary, 1890:55. Lectotype female, Brazil: Piauhy. Caenochrysis.
Chrysis iurneri Mocsary, 1914:22. Lectotype female, Australia: Tasmania, Eaglehawk Neck. Primeu-
chroeus.
Chrysis variipes Mocsary, 1911:467. Lectotype male, India: Maharashtra, Lonauli.
Chrysis vicaria Mocsary, 1913a: 11. Lectotype male, Taiwan: Taihorina.
Chrysis wollmanni Mocsary, 1909:4. Lectotype female, Kazakh S.S.R.: Baikagum near Djulek.
Literature Cited
Mocsary, A. 1889. Monographia Chrysididarum orbis terrarum universi. Academia Scientarum
Hungarica, Budapest, 643 pp.
-. 1890. Additamentum primum ad monographiam Chrysididarum orbis terrarum universi.
Termes. Fuzetek, 13:45-66.
-. 1899. Species Chrysididarum novae in collectione Musaei Nationalis Hungarici. Termes.
Fuzetek, 22:483-494.
-. 1902a. Species aliquot Chrysididarum novae. Termes. Fuzetek, 25:339-349.
-. 1902b. Chrysididae in Africa meridionali a Dre. H. Brauns collectae et ab Alexandro Mocsary
recensitae. Termes. Fuzetek, 25:536-572.
-. 1904. Chrysididae in Africa meridionali a Dre H. Brauns collectae. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.,
2:403-413.
-. 1908a. Chrysididae Madagaskar, den Comoren und Ostafrika. In A. Voeltzkow, Reisen in
Ostafraika, 2:259-263.
-. 1908b. Chrysididae in Africa meridionali a Dre. H. Brauns collectae. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.,
6:505-526.
-. 1909. Chrysididae in Territorio Syr-Dariae a Leone Wollmann collectae. Arch. Zool., 1:1-9.
-. 1911. Species Chrysididarum novae. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 9:443-474.
-. 1912a. Species Chrysididarum novae. II. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 10:375-414.
-. 1912b. Species Chrysididarum novae. III. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 10:549-592.
-. 1913a. Species Chrysididarum novae. IV. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 11:1-45.
-. 1913b. Chrysididae in insula Formosa a Joanne Sauter collectae. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 11:
613-619.
-. 1914. Chrysididae plerumque exoticae novae. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 12:1-72.
Moczar, L. 1964a. Ergebnisse der Revision der Goldwespenfauna des Karpatenbeckens. Acta Zool.
Acad. Sci. Hung., 10:433-450.
-. 1964b. Uber die Notozus- arten Ungams. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. (Zool.), 56:439-
447.
-. 1965. Weitere Ergebnisse der Revision der Goldwespenfauna des Karpatenbeckens. Acta
Zool. Acad. Sci. Hung., 11:168-180.
Viereck, H. L. 1922. Obituary. A. Mocsary. 1841-1915. Ent. News, 33:157-158.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 344-349
Response of Plagithmysus bilineatus Sharp
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) to Healthy
and Stressed Ohia Trees
John D. Stein and Roddy F. Nagata
(JDS) Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Forest Service,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, P.O. Box 245, Berkeley, California 94701; (RFN)
Pacific Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, Forest Service, U.S.
Department of Agriculture, 1643 Kilauea Ave., Hilo, Hawaii 96720.
Abstract. — The attraction of both male and female Plagithmysus bilineatus
Sharp beetles to stressed ohia {Metrosideros polymorpha Gaudichaud) trees was
studied on the island of Hawaii in 1979 and 1980. Ohia trunks were severed to
determine if stressed ohia were more attractive to P. bilineatus than were non-
severed trees. Beetles initially were attracted to severed trees before they dem¬
onstrated any external signs of stress. There was no host attraction or oviposition
response to control trees. The number of beetle captures did not differ significantly
between the upper and lower trap bands of stressed trees, the number of adult
captures and subsequent larval infestations were not correlated. When adults were
caged on severed and nonsevered trees, however, severed trees had a significantly
greater abundance and survival of larvae.
The decline of ohia lehua {Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., Myrtaceae) on the
island of Hawaii intensified between 1954 and 1972 and now covers 49,762 ha
(122,912 acres) of ohia-koa forested land on the eastern slopes of Mauna Loa and
Mauna Kea (Petteys et al., 1975; Hodges et al., 1986). These decline areas appear
as even-aged ohia forests with definite boundaries between dead and healthy trees.
This boundary corresponds to distinct types of lava flo ws with obvious differences
in elevation and drainage. Sites with trees declining in vigor are characterized by
very moist soil habitats found on poorly drained pahoehoe or ’a’a lava (Jacobi,
1983).
The native, host-specific, cerambycid beetle {Plagithmysus bilineatus Sharp)
has often been found associated with tree mortality or reduced tree vigor in
declining ohia stands (Papp et al., 1979). Although several workers have reported
the association of P. bilineatus with ohia trees in poor vigor (Swezey, 1954; Papp
et al., 1979; Papp and Samuelson, 1981), definitive studies have not been con¬
ducted to demonstrate when beetle visitation (oviposition) takes place and what
effect stressed trees have on survival of larvae. Adult beetles have repeatedly been
observed mating and ovipositing on felled trees. Larvae have been recovered from
felled and standing stressed trees. On occasion, larvae have been found in ap¬
parently healthy trees, and late-stage larvae have completed their development
as implants in healthy trees (Papp and Samuelson, 1981).
We studied P. bilineatus on the island of Hawaii to determine: (a) its attraction
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
345
to severed hosts; (b) when this attraction takes place; and (c) the association
between adults captured on boles and subsequent larval development in the boles.
The hypothesis was that, given the choice, P. bilineatus will use trees already
under stress from a complex of undetermined edaphic or climatic factors.
Methods
The study was conducted in a presumably even-aged ohia stand, at 1260 m
elevation on the northeast flank of Mauna Loa on the island of Hawaii. The trees,
of unknown age (lava flow was 125 years old), averaged 6 m in height and 9 cm
in diameter. Trees were randomly selected — 3 pairs in 1979 and 15 pairs in 1980—
from a stand of apparently vigorous and healthy trees. Half of the sample trees
from both years were braced with wire and turabuckles and severed within 10
cm of the roots. The saw kerf was sealed with Tree Seal® and all traces of sawdust
removed. 1 This procedure, similar to Heikkenen’s (1977), maintained the tree’s
vertical position, provided a known time for the onset of stress, and prevented
emission of potentially attracti ve chemicals from the wound. The other trees were
designated as controls and left uncut. To trap adult beetles, two tanglefoot bands,
8-cm wide, encircled the trunk of each sample tree 1 and 2 m above the ground.
A weather station was established in the study area to record hourly changes in
temperature and rainfall.
Each tree was checked three times weekly for the number of adult beetles caught
in the trap bands. During each visit, adult beetles were removed from the tan¬
glefoot to prevent recounting. After 136 days, all trees were lowered to the ground
and dissected. Larvae feeding in the cambium were counted. Analysis of variance
or regression was used to test significance and functional relationships between
variables.
Four additional healthy trees, randomly selected in 1980, were used with caged
adults to determine oviposition and larval survival in healthy and severed trees.
Two of these trees were braced and severed, the other two trees were controls. A
30 cm x 45 cm screen cage was constructed and fitted to the trunk of each tree.
Six pairs of beetles were placed in each cage along with a sugar-water solution.
After 35 days, that portion of bark under the cages was examined, the trees were
debarked, and beetle larvae were counted.
Results
Trees began to wilt and show discoloration of the foliage 5 days after severing.
Within an average of 10.3 days, crown coloration progressed from green to brown
without turning yellow. Both male and female adult beetles were initially attracted
to the severed ohia trees before any visual detection of wilting. The P. bilineatus
adults were first captured 4 days after the trees were cut. Although beetle captures
continued on severed trees for the study duration, most were captured during the
first 60 days.
The time lag betwen severing of the trunk and initial capture differed between
1979 and 1980 (Fig. 1). In 1979, 50% of the 41 responding beetles were captured
within 14 days; whereas, in 1980, 50% of the 78 responding beetles were captured
1 Trade name is mentioned only for information. No endorsement by the U.S. Department of
Agriculture is implied.
346
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
o
Figure 1. Capture of adult Plagithmysus bilineatus beetles on severed ohia trees in 1979 and 1980.
after a lapse of 46 days. No evidence of attraction to nonsevered trees was ob¬
served. Dissection of severed trees, however, revealed larvae. No larval infestation
was found in nonsevered trees in either year.
Most adults were captured when it was sunny with a combination of average
daily temperatures greater than 17.5°C and maximum temperatures above 21.1°C
and no precipitation (Fig. 2). However, 17% of adult beetles were captured when
daily precipitation was greater than 8.6 mm and the average temperature was
below 17.0°C.
During the two field seasons, adults were captured on both the upper and lower
tanglefoot bands on treatment trees; none were captured on the control trees.
There was no significant difference (P > 0.05) in adult counts on the upper and
lower tanglefoot bands of treatment trees, and no significant correlation between
number of adults captured and the abundance of larvae. But the distribution of
larvae in the tree differed significantly (P < 0.05). The mean difference of larvae
between the top and bottom halves of trees was Xj — X 2 = 11.7. The 95% con¬
fidence interval for this mean difference is given by Lj = 0.68 and L 2 = 22.79.
However, a positive correlation, expressed as Y = 8.92 + 1.23X(r = 0.9124, SE =
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
347
Days of stress
Figure 2. Percent of adult beetles captured on severed ohia trees together with a 3-day running
average of temperature and precipitation (bars) in 1980.
10.1419), was found between the number of larvae in the upper half of the tree
and total larvae in the entire tree. The estimating equation explained 83% of the
variation in this relationship, with an estimate of 42.1 (SE = 2.62) total larvae
for 27 larvae sampled in the upper half of the tree. This standard error of estimate
suggests that the regression is an effective estimate of total larvae in a stressed
tree by counting larvae in its top half.
Larval abundance and mortality differed significantly (P < 0.05) between sev¬
ered and control trees with caged adults. The proportion of larvae in severed hosts
was 47% greater than that in control trees (X Yl _ Y , =46.5, SE = 8.7321). The
proportion of dead larvae was 75% greater in control trees (X Yl _ Y , = 75.29, SE =
4.7241). The bark beneath the cages on the control trees had a total of 29 larvae.
Twenty-six larvae died after tunneling 2 to 5 cm in the bark and cambium. The
3 surviving larvae averaged 4.0 mm in length. The 48 live larvae from galleries
originating in bark sections beneath cages from the severed trees averaged 16 mm
in length and produced an average gallery length of 39 cm. An additional 66 live
larvae were recovered from galleries initiated beyond the caged portion of the
348
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
severed trees, while none were found beyond the caged portion of the healthy
trees.
Discussion
Both bark beetles and ambrosia beetles show an attraction response to their
host plants. Water stress in Douglas-fir caused anaerobic respiration and a release
of volatiles that induced the “primary attraction” of the striped ambrosia beetle
Trypodendron lineatum (Oliver) (Graham, 1968). Similarly, P, bilineatus initially
responded to severed trees before any visual evidence of stress was detected. The
strong preference of this beetle for the severed rather than nonsevered ohia trees
in this study suggests that this cerambycid was attracted to stimuli (presumably
volatiles) produced by physiological changes in the host associated with extreme
water stress.
The initial response of adult beetles to standing stressed ohia trees (as defined
in this study) was relatively slow compared with beetle response to open wounds.
In this study beetles responded after 4 days; whereas, beetles can respond to
exposed wounds on a tree within 516 hours (Papp and Samuelson, 1981).
Abrupt physiological changes in ohia, which include alterations in the sugar
and amino acids, may benefit the survival of first stadium larvae (Baldwin, 1934;
Mittler, 1958). Papp et al. (1979) found that beetle attacks increased as the tree
crown deteriorated, but larval survival did not correlate with host condition.
However, our data suggest host physiology (condition) is related to survival. Larval
survival increased from 10% for healthy trees to 83% for severed trees. Therefore,
adult preference for host material may ensure a measure of success by first stadium
larvae.
We found that weather is significant in determining P. bilineatus response. Dry,
sunny conditions were optimal for beetle activity. During the first month of the
experiment, capture of adults was nearly ensured in favorable weather; however,
we also captured adults in temperatures below 17.0°C. This is lower than any
previously recorded temperature for adult flight (Papp and Samuelson, 1981) and
indicates more activity during cool, wet days than was previously suspected.
Differences in weather in 1979 and 1980 could account for some of the 32-day
difference in reaching 50% accumulative trap catch on severed trees. A slightly
different temperature and moisture regime occurred between the 2 years.
The results suggest that P. bilineatus beetles prefer trees that presumably pro¬
duce a primary attractant under induced stressed conditions. This hypothesis of
primary attraction may explain the high incidence of beetles in unhealthy trees
associated with progressive stages of wetland dieback on the northeast slope of
Mauna Loa (Papp et al., 1979). Beetles seldom attack vigorous trees growing
adjacent to dieback boundaries on healthy sites. Water-stressed trees attract bee¬
tles, provide aggregation sites for mating and oviposition, and provide host con¬
ditions favorable for increased survival of larvae. What actually predisposes ap¬
parently healthy ohia trees to beetle attack is still unknown.
Acknowledgments
We are indebted to the Hawaii Division of Forestry and Wildlife, for access to
the study site. We thank Drs. Charles S. Hodges, Jack Fujii, G. Albert Samuelson
and William D. Bedard for their reviews of earlier drafts of the manuscript.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
349
Literature Cited
Baldwin, H. I. 1934. Some physiological effects of girdling northern hardwoods. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club, 61:249-257.
Graham, K. 1968. Anaerobic induction of primary chemical attractancy for ambrosia beetles. Can.
J. Zool., 46:905-908.
Heikkenen, H. J. 1977. Southern pine beetle: a hypothesis regarding its primary attractant. J. For.,
75:412-413.
Hodges, C. S., K. T. Adee, J. D. Stein, H. B. Wood, and R. D. Doty. 1986. Decline of ohia
(Metrosideros polymorpha) in Hawaii: a review. USDA Forest Service Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-
86, 22 pp.
Jacobi, J. D. 1983. Metrosideros dieback in Hawaii: a comparison of adjacent dieback and non-
dieback rain forest stands. New Zealand J. Ecol., 6:79-97.
Mittler,T. E. 1958. Studies on the feeding and nutrition ofTuberolachnussalig(Gme\in) (Homoptera:
Aphididae). II. The nitrogen and sugar composition of ingested phloem sap and excreted
honeydew. J. Exp. Biol., 35:74-84.
Papp, R. P., J. T. Kliejunas, R. S. Smith, Jr., and R. F. Scharpf. 1979. Association of Plagithmysus
bilineatus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) and Phytophthora cinnamomi with the decline of ohia-
lehua forests on the island of Hawaii. For. Sci., 25:187-196.
-, and G. A. Samuelson. 1981. Life history and ecology of Plagithmysus bilineatus, an endemic
Hawaiian borer associated with ohia lehua (Myrtaceae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 74:387-391.
Petteys, E. Q. P., R. E. Burgan, and R. E. Nelson. 1975. Ohia forest decline: its spread and severity
in Hawaii. U.S. Dep. Agric. For. Serv. Res. Pap. PSW-105, 11 pp.
Swezey, O. H. 1954. Forest entomology in Hawaii. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Spec. Publ. 44,
266 pp.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 350-354
A New Species of Serradigitus from Central California
(Scorpiones: Yaejovidae)
Stanley C. Williams and Bennett T. Berke
San Francisco State University, San Francisco, California 94132.
Abstract. — The scorpion genus Serradigitus Stahnke is discussed, redefined, and
resurrected. A new species, Serradigitus torridus Williams and Berke, is described
and named. Sixteen species of Vaejovis are placed in Serradigitus.
In 1974, Stahnke proposed a new genus in the Vaejovidae which he called
Serradigitus. At that time he placed several taxa, associated with the wupatkiensis
group of Vaejovis , into this genus. The main criteria used to define Serradigitus
were as follows: pedipalp tarsus (movable finger) with a continuous row of con¬
spicuously serrate, subequal denticles uninterrupted, or indefinitely so, by larger
denticles; pedipalp chela with a terminal denticle which is abnormally large,
clawlike, and bears on its terminus an elongate whitish cap; inferior lateral, large
flanking denticles (supernumerary denticles of chela movable finger) vary in po¬
sition and number 6 to 16; female pectines with proximal teeth 1-3 more paddle¬
like and somewhat larger than others; and the number and location of pedipalp
trichobothria. Regarding the latter character, Stahnke stated that Serradigitus
possesses 27 trichobothria on the pedipalp chela. However, neither his summary
table nor illustration of Serradigitus supports this statement. All of the Serradigitus
we have examined have had 26 trichobothria on the chela, which is also typical
for Vaejovis. Stahnke also attempted to distinguish Serradigitus from Vaejovis on
the basis of the relative position of trichobothria on the pedipalp brachium.
However, the level of variation observed in the location of these trichobothria
does not support a diagnostic value for this character. The proposal of Serradigitus
was attractive because the genus Vaejovis had become extremely large and diverse.
The interpretation of Serradigitus subsequently became awkward as new species
were found in Baja California, Mexico that appeared to be intermediate between
Vaejovis and Serradigitus (Williams, 1980). This led to placing Serradigitus into
synonymy (Williams, 1980) and restoring the wupatkiensis group of scorpions to
Vaejovis.
Recent study of the wupatkiensis group suggests it was heterogeneous, as pre¬
viously perceived. The following taxa appear to be members of Vaejovis that have
secondarily evolved the elongate terminal denticle on the movable and fixed
fingers of the chela, which is characteristic of Serradigitus: Vaejovis peninsularis
Williams, V. janssi Williams, V. baueri Gertsch, V pacificus Williams, V. bechteli
Williams, V. littoralis Williams, and V minimus thompsoni Gertsch & Soleglad.
Examination of the dentition of the chela fingers of these taxa suggests they are
evolved from forms that had more robust primary row denticles. In these taxa,
the finger denticles are divided into 5-7 linear subrows by distinctly enlarged
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
351
denticles. Of these, V. peninsularis and V. janssi have the primary row denticles
distinctly divided into 6 subrows by enlarged denticles, as is common in Vaejovis.
The fixed finger subrows are reduced to 5 in V. littoralis and to four in V. bechteli,
V. baueri, and V. pacificus.
The genus Serradigitus is closely related to Vaejovis and is characterized as
follows: Carapace frontal margin emarginate, lateral ocelli 3 per group, prosomal
sternum pentagonal; chela with elongate, slender fingers, movable and fixed fingers
terminating in elongate, hook-like denticle (fixed finger terminal-denticle length
no less than 3 4 depth of finger at this point); fixed finger with terminal denticle at
least 5 times longer than first supernumerary denticle; chela with primary row
denticles sharp, serrate, arranged in linear row, not subdivided or subdivided into
2-3 subrows by slightly enlarged denticles; metasoma with dorsal and dorsolateral
keels terminating posteriorly in elongate denticle, ventral keels paired on segments
I-IV, single on V; vesicle often with subtle subaculear tubercule; pectines with
three anterior marginal lamellae, distal middle lamellae subcircular, fulcra tri¬
angular, females with proximal teeth 1-3 often more elongate or more swollen
than more distal ones; genital opercula with genital papillae in males, no papillae
in females; chelicerae similar to Vaejovis, lacking denticles on ventral margin of
movable finger; walking legs with single row of short setae on ventral sole of
telotarsi; two pedal spurs; tarsal spurs lacking; stigma of booklungs short oval.
The following species, previously placed in Vaejovis, are here considered to
belong to Serradigitus : S. adcocki (= V. adcocki Williams), S. armadentis (=V
armadentis Williams), S. calidus (= V calidus Soleglad), S. deserticola (= V de-
serticola Williams), S. dwyeri (=V. dwyeri Williams), S. gertschi (= V. gertschi
Williams), S. gigantaensis (= V gigantaensis Williams), S. gramenestris (= V gra-
menestris Williams), S. haradoni (= V. haradoni Williams), S. harbisoni (= V.
harbisoni Williams), S. hearnei (=V. hearnei Williams), S. joshuaensis (=V. josh¬
uaensis Soleglad), S. minutis (—V. minutis Williams), S. subtilimanus (= V. sub-
tilimanus Soleglad), S. wupatkiensis (=V. wupatkiensis Stahnke). Serradigitus
joshuaensis is included in Serradigitus even though the females are atypical in
having the proximal pectine tooth smaller than the other ones.
Recently an undescribed species of Serradigitus was found in the Mojave Desert
of central California. This species is here described, named, and added to the list
of species recognized as belonging to Serradigitus.
Our appreciation is expressed to our colleagues who have contributed materially
to this study: Vincent F. Lee and Jack T. Tomlinson read and criticized this
manuscript; Paul H. Amaud, Jr. made available research facilities at the Cahfomia
Academy of Sciences; Jett S. Chinn assisted with the illustrations. Research fa¬
cilities were partially provided by the West Point Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Serradigitus torridus Williams and Berke, New Species
(Fig. 1, Table 1)
Diagnosis. — Total length up to 31 mm in males, 34 mm in females; base color
of body golden yellow, pectines white; dorsal and dorsolateral metasomal keels
with 0-1-1-2 pairs of macrosetae on segments I-IV; ventrolateral keels crenular,
with 2-3-3-3-5 pairs of macrosetae on segments I-V; ventral keels smooth to
crenulate on I—II, crenular on III-IV, with 3-3-3-3 pairs of macrosetae on segments
I-IV; chela with supernumerary denticles 6 on fixed finger, 7 on movable finger;
352
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Serradigitus torridus Williams and Berke, holotype (male), dorsal and ventral views.
chela with primary row denticles of fixed and movable finger subtly divided into
2- 3 linear subrows, denticles serrate; chela palm moderately swollen, ratio of
chela length to palm width 3.9 in males, 4.1 in females; fingers moderately elon¬
gate, movable finger equal to carapace in length, or slightly longer; fixed finger
with id and ip trichobothria above and between supernumerary denticles 5-6,
located on proximal half of fixed finger; pectine teeth (single comb) 16-18 in
males, 14 in females.
Related to Serradigitus gertschi, Serradigitus wupatkiensis, and Serradigitus
armadentis. Distinguished from S. gertschi by presence of 2 pairs macrosetae on
dorsal keels of metasomal segment IV (not 1 pair); pedipalp palm more swollen,
ratio of chela length to width 4.3 or less. Distinguished from *S. wupatkiensis by
more swollen pedipalp palm, ratio of palm length to width 1.8 or less. Distin¬
guished from S. armadentis as follows: Telson less hirsute, with about 7 pairs of
ventral macrosetae (not greater than 9 pairs); fixed finger of chela with tricho-
bothrium ip between supernumerary denticles 5-6 (not proximal to 6).
Description of holotype. —Male. Coloration: Base color of exoskeleton uniform
golden-yellow; keels with slightly more contrasting amber coloration; fingers sim¬
ilar to palm in color; pectines white. Prosoma: Carapace anterior margin with
slight median emargination, set with 3 pairs of macrosetae; carapace surface
coarsely granular; median ocelli on slightly raised, smooth ocular tubercule; 3
pairs of sternal setae. Mesosoma: Terga completely and regularly granular; terga
3- 6 with subtle obsolescent median keel, tergum 7 with irregular patch of about
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
353
Table 1. Measurements (mm) of Serradigitus torridus Williams and Berke, new species, holotype
(male) and allotype. Abbreviations as follows: 1 = length, w = width, d = depth, fmd = frontal margin
distance, ditd = distal internal trichobothrium distance, p-row = primary denticle row of chela, ff =
fixed finger, mf = movable finger.
Holotype (male) Allotype
Total length
Carapace (1/w at median eyes)
Diad (width/fmd)
Metasoma, length
Segment I (1/w/d)
Segment II (1/w/d)
Segment III (1/w/d)
Segment IV (1/w/d)
Segment V (1/w/d)
Telson, length
Vesicle (1/w/d)
Aculeus (1)
Pedipalp, Humerus (1/w)
Brachium (1/w)
Chela (1)
Palm (1/w/d)
Movable finger (1/base)
Fixed finger (1/ditd)
Supernumerary denticles (fl/mf)
Fixed finger p-row denticles
Movable finger p-row denticles
Pectine teeth (left/right)
Stigma 3 (1/w)
31.0
33.1
3.7/2.7
4.2/3.1
0.5/1.5
0.5/1.6
14.3
14.4
1.9/2.3/1.9
1.8/2.4/1.9
2.2/2.3/1.9
2.2/2.4/1.9
2.4/2.2/1.9
2.8/2.4/1.9
3.3/2.2/1.9
3.2/2.3/1.9
4.5/2.2/1.8
4.4/2.3/1.8
3.8
4.0
2.5/1.6/1.2
2.6/1.7/1.3
1.3
1.4
3.7/1.1
3.9/1.2
4.1/1.3
4.2/1.4
6.2
6.6
2.8/1.6/1.7
2.8/1.6/1.6
3.9/0.7
4.3/0.7
3.4/2.2
3.8/2.4
6/7
6/7
12-7-22
13-27
8-6-26
8-30
18/17
14/14
0.17/0.7
0.23/0.10
16 granules medially; terga 1-6 lacking lateral keels; tergum 7 with 2 pairs of well-
developed granular lateral keels; basal sternum of pectines with deep anteromedian
groove extending one-fourth length of sternum; pectines with middle lamellae
composed of angular basal sclerite plus 12 subcircular sclerites in single row, most
fulcra with 3 ventral macrosetae, subcircular middle lamellae with 1-2 ventral
macrosetae; sternum 7 with 1 pair of granular lateral keels. Metasoma: Dorsal
and dorsolateral keels granular on I-IV, each terminates in enlarged posterior
denticle; ventral keels smooth to crenulate on I—II, crenulate on III-IV; macrosetal
formulae on metasomal segments I-IV respectively: 0-1-1-2 dorsals, 0-1-1-2 dor-
solaterals, 2-3-3-3 ventrolaterals, 3-3-3-3 ventrals. Telson: Vesicle with 7 pairs
of macrosetae ventrally, small broad subaculear tubercule. Chelicerae: Ventral
margin of movable finger lacks denticles, with ventral setal comb on distal half
of tyne. Pedipalps: Fingers terminate distally in elongated, hook-like tooth; ter¬
minal tooth length approximates finger depth at that point; fixed finger and mov¬
able finger each with primary row denticles subtly divided into 3 linear subrows
by slightly enlarged denticles; palm with well-developed keels; no conspicuous
scallop between fingers when chela closed; chela with 10 trichobothria on fixed
finger, 16 on palm; brachial trichobothria: 2 dorsals, 14 retrolaterals, 2 ventrals,
1 prolateral; humeral trichobothria: 1 dorsal, 1 retrolateral, 0 ventral, 1 prolateral.
Allotype.— Similar to holotype in color and structure except as follows: Larger
in size, pectines smaller, fewer pectine teeth, proximal 2 teeth more elongate than
354
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
others; brachium slightly less elongate, primary row denticles of chela divided
into 2 linear subrows on both fingers.
Paratype variation. — Little significant variation among paratypes except as fol¬
lows: Adults varied in total length 24-32 mm, juveniles 16-20 mm; pectine tooth
counts (per comb) 16-18 (mode = 16-17) in males, 14 in females; pedipalps with
primary row denticles in 2-3 linear subrows on both fingers.
Type data. —Holotype (male), California: Kern Co., Red Rock Canyon State
Recreation Area, 8 Oct. 1980, Coll. S. C. Williams. Allotype, same data except
collected on 16 Aug. 1981. Holotype and allotype depository: California Academy
of Sciences, Entomology Type No. 15750. This species is named Serradigitus
torridus in reference to its hot, dry, desert habitat.
Paratypes. — California. Kem County: Red Rock Canyon State Rec. Area, 8
Oct. 1980, S. C. Williams (7 male topoparatypes); Red Rock Canyon, 16 Aug.
1981, S. C. Williams (1 male, 2 juveniles); Red Rock Canyon, 16 Aug. 1984,
Bennett Berke (1 juvenile, 2 females); Jaw Bone Canyon, 2 Jun. 1972, R. M.
Haradon, J. L. Marks (2 females); 20 miles N Mojave, 13 Apr. 1968, S. C.
Williams, V. F. Lee, R. Lewert (3 females).
Literature Cited
Stahnke, H. L. 1974. Revision and keys to the higher categories of Vejovidae (Scorpionida). J.
Arachnol., 1(2): 107-141.
Williams, S. C. 1980. Scorpions of Baja California, Mexico, and adjacent islands. Occas. Pap. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 135:1-127.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 355-358
A New Species of Vaejovis from Jalisco, Mexico
(Scorpiones: Vaejovidae)
Stanley C. Williams
San Francisco State University, San Francisco, California 94132.
Abstract.— A small, new species of vaejovid scorpion from Jalisco, Mexico is
described and named Vaejovis chamelaensis Williams. This species is placed in
the eusthenura group of Vaejovis, and it is concluded that it is one of the smallest
species of Vaejovis known.
During July and August of 1985,1 spent two weeks studying the scorpion fauna
of the wildlife preserve maintained by the Estacion de Biologia at Chamela, Jalisco,
Mexico. During this period, 385 scorpions belonging to four species were studied.
By far the most common species was Centruroides elegans (Thorell). Lesser num¬
bers of Vaejovis subcristatus occidentals Hoffmann and Vaejovis increpidus in-
crepidus Thorell were also encountered. Of special interest was a tiny Vaejovis of
such a small adult size that, at first, it was mistaken for juveniles of the other
species. This new species is here described and named. The measurements taken
are as described by Williams (1980).
Alfredo Perez J. and Steven Bulloch, of the station staff, kindly made it possible
to carry out the field study at the Estacion de Biologia Chamela that resulted in
finding this new species. They also provided laboratory and library facilities, and
facilitated the field study. Paul H. Amaud, Jr. provided research facilities at the
California Academy of Sciences. Thanks to Vincent F. Lee, Jack T. Tomlinson,
and David Herlocker for reading and criticizing this manuscript, and to Jett Chinn
for assistance with illustrations. This study was partially supported by the Uni-
versidad, Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Instituto de Biologia, Estacion de Bio¬
logia, Chamela.
Vaejovis chamelaensis Williams, New Species
(Fig. 1, Table 1)
Diagnosis. — Member of eusthenura group. Minute in size, total length of mature
males up to 14.5 mm. Base color of body golden-yellow; carapace with variegated
black markings; metasomal keels outlined with dusky markings. Pedipalps with
moderately swollen fingers, ratio of chela length to width 3.8, palm slightly deeper
than wide, ratio of fixed finger length to palm width 1.6, ratio of carapace length
to movable finger length 1.4; fingers with primary row denticles subdivided into
5 subrows on fixed and movable fingers. Telson with distinctly enlarged subaculear
tooth.
Related to Vaejovis puritanus Gertsch and Vaejovis viscainensis Williams in
having primary row denticles of pedipalp fixed finger subdivided into 5 subrows;
356
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 1. Vaejovis chamelaensis Williams, holotype, male, dorsal and ventral views.
distinguished from both species by small size, primary row denticles of pedipalp
movable finger subdivided into 5 subrows (not 6), subaculear tooth present.
Holotype description.— Male. Coloration: Base color of exoskeleton golden-
yellow; carapace with conspicuous variegated black markings; mesosomal dorsum
with two pairs longitudinal black stripes; metasoma with keels outlined with
dusky-black markings; humerus with irregular black markings; walking legs with
distinctive dark markings; pedipalp fingers slightly darker than palm; palm with
keel positions outlined with delicate dusky markings; movable cheliceral finger
with dusky outline; cheliceral palm with dusky outline at movable finger articu¬
lation; pectines whitish; metasoma IY-V darker reddish than metasoma I—HI and
telson. Prosoma: Carapace anterior margin straight, set with 3 pairs stout setae;
carapace finely and regularly granular; three lateral ocelli per group; median ocelli
on raised, smooth ocular tubercule; sternum short, much broader than long; three
pairs sternal setae. Mesosoma: Terga completely and regularly granular, granules
fine textured; slightly developed median keel; tergum 7 with two pairs serrated
lateral keels, terminate posteriorly in enlarged tooth-like denticle. Genital opercula
triangular; distinct genital papillae, four pairs macrosetae on genital opercula,
linearly arranged along posterior margin. Sterna finely granular, sternum 7 lacking
keels. Pectines with basal sternum deeply grooved anteriorly; three marginal la-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
357
Table 1. Measurements (mm) of Vaejovis chamelaensis Williams, new species, holotype and al¬
lotype. Abbreviations as follows: 1 = length, w = width, d = depth, fmd = frontal margin distance,
ditd = distal internal trichobothrium distance, p-row = principal row denticles of chela.
Holotype (male)
Allotype
Total length
14.3
16.3
Carapace (1/w at median eyes)
1.87/1.23
1.94/1.23
Diad (width/fmd)
0.39/0.68
0.42/0.74
Metasoma, length
6.24
5.99
Segment 1 (1/w/d)
0.83/1.06/0.94
0.77/1.10/0.98
Segment II (1/w/d)
0.96/1.03/0.90
0.84/1.10/0.98
Segment III (1/w/d)
1.00/1.03/0.90
0.97/1.10/0.98
Segment IV (1/w/d)
1.39/1.03/0.87
1.35/1.10/0.98
Segment V (1/w/d)
2.06/1.09/0.94
2.06/1.13/0.98
Telson, length
1.74
1.94
Vesicle (1/w/d)
1.19/0.61/0.52
1.29/0.71/0.55
Aculeus (1)
0.55
0.65
Pedipalp, Humerus (1/w)
1.39/0.45
1.42/0.48
Brachium (1/w)
1.58/0.55
1.68/0.58
Chela (1)
2.29
2.35
Palm (1/w/d)
1.32/0.61/0.65
1.29/0.55/0.55
Movable finger (1/base)
1.35/0.29
1.39/0.29
Fixed finger (1/ditd)
0.97/0.84
1.06/0.94
Supernumerary denticles (fT/mf)
6/7
6/7
Fixed finger p-row denticles
5-6-6-6-16
6-7-7-6-11
Movable finger p-row denticles
2-6-6-6-21
2-7-7-8-18
Pectine teeth (left/right)
11/10
10/10
Stigma 3 (1/w)
0.067/0.027
0.080/0.033
mellae; one basal and 6 sub-circular middle lamellae; fulcra triangular. Stigma
tiny, oval, twice as long as wide. Metasoma: Ventral and ventrolateral keels
granular on segments I-V; dorsal and dorsolateral keels terminate in enlarged
pointed denticles posteriorly; standard metasomal keels present, granular; dorsal
and dorsolateral intercarinal surfaces finely granular. Telson: Vesicle long, narrow,
smooth, lustrous; distinct subaculear tooth flanked by four long macrosetae; ves¬
icle with about 15 pairs macrosetae ventrally. Pedipalps: Palm smooth, no keels;
no scallop between fingers; no elongated terminal tooth on fingers; primary row
denticles divided into 5 subrows by four elongate, sharp denticles on fixed and
movable fingers; fixed finger with supernumerary denticle 6 distal to trichobothria
id and ip; supernumerary denticle 6 not paired with enlarged primary row denticle
on fixed finger, supernumerary denticle 7 not paired with enlarged primary row
denticle on movable finger; brachium with two dorsal trichobothria, 14 retrolateral
trichobothria, two ventral trichobothria, one prolateral trichobothrium and four
macrosetae.
Allotype description. — Similar to holotype in color and structure with following
exceptions: Slightly larger size; pectines with 10 teeth per comb; primary row
denticles of chela less robust, supernumerary denticles less robust, proximal two
approaching obsolescence on fixed and on movable fingers, palm more slender;
vesicle more elongate, subaculear tooth slightly less elongate.
Topoparatype variation. —Similar to holotype in size, color and structure with
358
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
the following exceptions: Varied in total length from 13.5 to 14.0 mm; pectine
tooth counts ranged from 10 to 11 (mode =11).
Type.— Holotype (male), allotype and 7 topoparatypes (males), collected at
Estacion de Biologia, Chamela (operated by Universidad Nacional Autonoma de
Mexico), Jalisco, Mexico, 10-11 July 1985, S. C. Williams, ultraviolet detection.
Holotype depository: California Academy of Sciences, type no. 15744. Named
Vaejovis chamelaensis after the biological station where it was discovered.
Habitat .—Type locality is located 122 km north of Manzanillo, about 2 kilo¬
meters from the Pacific Ocean at an elevation of about 100 meters. The climate
is a seasonally dry tropical one with rainy season from June to November. These
scorpions were found on moderately well drained, flat sedimentary soil, in the
center of a little used, unpaved, access road called Eje Central. The habitat was
dominated by dense, deciduous, tropical forest, with stands of cacti in high, more
exposed areas. The soil was fine textured and well packed.
Remarks. — Vaejovis chamelaensis appears to belong to the eusthenura group
of Vaejovis, but has no known close relatives. It is only known from the specimens
collected July 10-11, 1985, at the Estacion de Biologia, Chamela. It is of interest
that during the two weeks of study this species was observed on only two nights,
and 8 of the 9 specimens encountered were located in the center of an unpaved
access road. Field observations suggest that this is an obligate burrowing species
that does not frequent the ground surface and that perhaps the observations of
the males were the result of a synchronized courtship behavior. This species is
distinguished by its small body size. In this respect, it is the smallest member of
the eusthenura group of Vaejovis and is perhaps the smallest sized member of the
genus Vaejovis, with the possible exception of Vaejovis minutis Williams in which
adults can occasionally be found in the 14 mm size range. This species was found
sympatrically with C. elegans, V. subcristatus occidentalis, and V. increpidus in-
crepidus. Land crabs were also found at the type locality.
Literature Cited
Williams, S. C. 1980. Scorpions of Baja California, Mexico, and adjacent islands. Occas. Pap. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 135:1-127.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 359-362
A New Species of Uroctonus from the Sierra Nevada of
California (Scorpiones: Vaejovidae)
Stanley C. Williams
San Francisco State University, San Francisco, California 94132.
Abstract. — A new species of Uroctonus is described and named Uroctonus franckei
Williams. This species has only been found at elevations of over 2133 meters in
the Sierra Nevada of California. The closest relative of this new species appears
to be Uroctonus mordax Thorell.
During 1980, a series of collecting trips was conducted along the eastern slope
of the Sierra Nevada of California. Sampling at higher elevations (i.e., over 2000
meters) indicated an abundant and diverse scorpion community. Of particular
interest was a large, dark, previously undescribed species which was only found
at elevations above 2133 meters on slopes dominated by yellow pine (Pinus jeffreyi
Grer. & Balf.). This new species is here described and named. Measurements cited
are as defined by Williams (1980).
I am indebted to Paul H. Amaud, Jr. for furnishing research facilities at the
California Academy of Sciences which aided this study. Much appreciation is due
Vincent F. Lee, David Herlocker, and Jack T. Tomlinson who critically read this
manuscript. Thanks also to Jett S. Chinn for help with illustrations.
Uroctonus franckei Williams, New Species
(Fig. 1, Table 1)
Diagnosis. — Total length up to 57 mm; base color of body dark reddish-brown,
often appearing blackish; frontal margin of carapace bilobed, median ocelli small,
ratio of carapace width to diameter of diad 6.2-6.8; pedipalps with palm swollen
prolaterally in oblique plane, ratio of chela length to palm width 3.3-3.4; fixed
finger of chela with trichobothrium id at finger origin, supernumerary denticles 7
on fixed finger, 8 on movable finger, primary row denticles divided into 6 subrows
on fixed finger, 7 subrows on movable finger; brachium with three ventral trich-
obothria; soles of telotarsi with single row of spiniform setae ventrally; pectine
teeth 13-14 in males, 9-12 in females.
Related to Uroctonus mordax Thorell in size, structure, and coloration, but
differs as follows: metasomal segments more slender, ratio of metasomal length
to width of widest metasomal segment greater than 8.0; palm of chela more
swollen, ratio of chela length to palm width 2.0 or greater; macrosetae along
metasomal keels reduced in number, dorsolateral keels with macrosetal formula
1-1-1-2 on segments I-IV (not 1-2-2-2).
Description of holotype.— Male. Coloration: Deep reddish-brown with under¬
lying black variegations on dorsum, legs, and metasoma; mesosomal sterna gold¬
en-yellow, lacking dark marbling, except sternum 7 with underlying dark pigment;
Figure 1. Uroctonus franckei Williams, holotype, male, dorsal and ventral views.
pectines whitish; ventral metasomal keels underlined with black pigment, vesicle
ventrally blackish, with 1 pair of submedian and 1 pair of lateral golden-yellow
stripes, telotarsi golden-yellow; pedipalps with keels outlined in black pigment;
chelicerae with dusky variegation on golden cuticle. Prosoma: Anterior carapace
margin bilobed, with distinct anterior median notch, set with 2 pairs of stout
lateral setae and 1 stout seta in median notch; median ocelli small, on low, smooth
ocular tubercule, ocelli separated by more than 1 ocellar diameter; carapace ir¬
regularly granular, lacking distinct keels; 3 lateral ocelli per group; sternum broad,
pentagonal, 2 pairs of sternal macrosetae. Mesosoma: Terga 1-6 finely granular,
lacking keels; tergum 7 lacking median keel, with 2 pairs of irregular, obsolescent
lateral keels; sterna smooth, agranular, lacking keels; stigma oval, length to width
ratio 2.7; genital opercula triangular, 1 pair of genital papillae, 4 pairs of genital
setae; pectines with sternal plate not deeply grooved anteriorly, with only slight
anterior median notch, 5 pairs of ventral macrosetae, 14 teeth per comb, 3 mar¬
ginal lamellae, middle lamellae with proximal trapezoidal sclerite and 9 subcir¬
cular sclerites; fulcra triangular, each with 5-7 macrosetae. Metasoma: Dorsal
keels I-IV granular; dorsolateral keels I-V granular; lateral keels granular along
posterior % of I, composed of 6 irregular granules on II, obsolete on III-IV,
granular on anterior one-half of V; ventral keels smooth on I—II, granular on III-
IV, irregularly serrate on V, single keel branched at posterior terminus of V;
ventrolateral keels smooth on I—II, smooth to crenular on III, granular on IV,
flair laterally at terminus of V. Telson: Vesicle smooth, lustrous, agranular over
most of surface, about 6 pairs of macrosetae ventrally, inconspicuous subaculear
tubercule flanked laterally by 1 pair of macrosetae. Chelicerae: Ventral margin of
movable finger with 6 distinct denticles, fixed finger with ventral surface lacking
denticles; fixed finger base with 2 long, conspicuous macrosetae near movable
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
361
Table 1. Measurements (mm) of Uroctonus franckei Williams, new species, holotype (male) and
allotype. Abbreviations as follows: 1 = length, w = width, d = depth, find = frontal margin distance,
ditd = distal internal trichobothrium distance, p-row = primary row denticles of chela, ff = fixed
finger, mf = movable finger.
Holotype (male)
Allotype
Total length
58
52
Carapace (1/w at median eyes)
7.3/6.2
6.6/5.4
Diad (width/fmd)
1.0/3.0
0.8/2.7
Metasoma, length
26.5
19.5
Segment 1 (1/w/d)
3.6/3.6/2.8
2.6/3.0/2.3
Segment II (1/w/d)
4.2/3.0/2.7
3.1/2.5/2.2
Segment III (1/w/d)
4.7/2.8/2.6
3.5/2.4/2.1
Segment IV (1/w/d)
5.5/2.5/2.4
4.1/2.2/2.0
Segment V (1/w/d)
8.5/2.3/2.0
6.6/2.1/1.6
Telson, length
7.7
6.0
Vesicle (1/w/d)
5.3/2.7/2.6
3.9/2.1/1.8
Aculeus (1)
2.4
2.1
Pedipalp, Humerus (1/w)
7.3/2.5
6.4/2.1
Brachium (1/w)
6.4/3.3
5.8/2.6
Chela (1)
13.9
12.0
Palm (1/w/d)
8.2/4.1/5.4
7.3/3.6/4.4
Movable finger (1/base)
7.5/2.2
6.2/1.9
Fixed finger (1/ditd)
5.7/5.8
4.7/4.8
Supernumerary denticles (ff/mf)
7/8
7/8
Fixed finger p-row denticles
6-8-8-11-11-32
6-8-8-13-12-35
Pectine teeth (left/right)
14/14
11/11
Stigma 3 (1/w)
0.4/0.15
0.35/0.15
finger articulation dorsally. Pedipalps: Palm swollen obliquely; supernumerary
denticles 7 on fixed finger, 8 on movable finger; proximal supernumerary reduced
in size, inconspicuous on both fingers; primary row denticles divided into 6 linear
subrows on fixed finger, 7 linear subrows on movable fingers. Brachial tricho-
bothria: 2 dorsals, 13 retrolaterals, 3 ventrals, 1 prolateral; prolateral surface with
transverse keel armed with 3 large dentate denticles. Humeral trichobothria: 1
dorsal, 1 retrolateral, 0 ventral, 1 prolateral. Legs: Soles of telotarsi each with 11-
12 spiniform setae in single ventral row; basitarsal soles with 2 rows spiniform
setae on legs 1-2, 1 row on leg 3, none on leg 4,
Allotype. — Similar to holotype in color and structure with the following excep¬
tions: Slightly smaller body size; slightly lighter in color; pectine shorter, less
robust, teeth shorter, teeth fewer, 6 middle lamellae; no genital papillae; movable
finger of chela shorter than carapace; brachium length more than twice width;
metasoma less elongate, segment IV length less than twice width.
Paratype variation. — Similar to holotype and allotype in size, color, and struc¬
ture with following exceptions: Total length 39-57 mm in males, 38-54 mm in
females; pectine tooth counts 13-14 (mode = 14) in males, 9-12 (mode = 11) in
females; smaller individuals lighter in coloration than larger ones; population
from near Whitney Portal less reddish in color than those further north.
Type data.— Holotype (male), and allotype, California: Inyo Co., 17.7 km (11
miles) W Big Pine, elevation 2376 meters (7796 feet), 17 Sept. 1980, S. C. Wil-
362
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
liams. Holotype and allotype depository: California Academy of Sciences, Ento¬
mology Type No. 15749. This species is named Uroctonus franckei after Oscar
F. Francke of Texas Tech University in recognition of his many contributions to
scorpion biology and systematics.
Paratypes.— Topoparatypes, 3 males, 2 females. California: Mono Co., Oh Ridge
Camp, June Lake, elevation 2133 meters (7000 ft), 20 June 1980, S. C. Williams,
6 males; Inyo Co., 4.8 km (3 miles) E Whitney Portal, 30 Sept. 1980, S. C.
Williams, 2 females.
Remarks. — This species was never found to be abundant, and was only collected
by ultraviolet detection methods. It occurs sympatrically with Paruroctonus boreus
(Girard).
Literature Cited
Williams, S. C. 1980. Scorpions of Baja California, Mexico, and adjacent islands. Occas. Pap. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 135:1-127.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 363-369
A Survey of the Parasitoid Complex Attacking Black Scale,
Saissetia oleae (Olivier), in Central and Northern California
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea; Homoptera: Coccidae)
C. E. Ken nett
Division of Biological Control, Department of Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Abstract.—O ne hundred eighteen samples of the black scale, Saissetia oleae
(Olivier), taken from a variety of host plants in 22 central and northern California
counties between 1976 and 1983, yielded a total of 10,915 adult parasitoids.
Among these were 9 species of primary parasitoids and 3 species of secondary
parasitoids. By far the most abundant and well distributed among these were the
primary parasitoids Metaphycus helvolus (Compere), M. bartletti Annecke and
Mynhardt and Scutellista cyanea Motschulsky, all of African origin. Together,
these species represented 77% of all parasitoids taken. Conversely, the primary
parasitoids Metaphycus lounsburyi (Howard), a primary species introduced from
Australia, and Coccophagus ochraceous Howard, an accidental introduction, were
much lower in abundance and were poorly distributed. The primary parasitoids
Coccophagus lycimnia (Walker) and C. scutellaris (Dalman), both considered to
be cosmopolitan species, also showed low levels of abundance but both were well
distributed whereas Metaphycus luteolus (Timberlake), a native primary, was
rarely taken and showed a poor distribution. Two of the secondary parasitoids,
Cheiloneurus inimicus Compere and C. noxius Compere occurred in low numbers
but the former showed a good distribution whereas the latter was poorly distrib¬
uted. The third secondary parasitoid, Tetrastichus minutus Howard, was ex¬
tremely rare, occurring at only 1 collection site. Metaphycus inviscus Compere, a
recent (1979) introduction from South Africa, was recovered at colonization sites
in 2 counties during the latter part of the survey. Other parasitoids of S. oleae
introduced from South Africa during 1979-1982 did not show evidence of es¬
tablishment during the later survey years but one of these, Prococcophagus probus
Annecke and Mynhardt, was recovered at colonization sites in 1985.
As an adjunct to ongoing efforts to establish new exotic natural enemies of the
black scale, Saissetia oleae, in central and northern California, a survey of the
resident parasitoid complex in this region was initiated in 1976. Results obtained
during the early stages of the survey concerning the distribution and abundance
of two black scale parasitoids, Metaphycus bartletti Annecke and Mynhardt and
M. helvolus (Compere), were reported earlier (Kennett, 1979). The results reported
herein include data on all parasitoid species taken on S. oleae in central and
northern California during the entire (1976-1983) survey period.
The general area of survey included a majority of the counties within the
Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys (Central Valley), several coastal counties
364
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
abutting on San Francisco Bay and several other coastal-subcoastal counties ex¬
tending from San Luis Obispo County in the south to Napa County in the north.
Counties surveyed in addition to those previously noted (Kennett, 1979) were
Sonoma, Napa, Santa Cruz and Monterey.
Various host plants of Saissetia oleae were examined at approximately 360
sites distributed among 22 counties. Light to heavy infestations of S. oleae were
sampled at 118 sites. At all other sites S. oleae was either absent or of insufficient
density to permit a sampling deemed adequate for assessment of parasitoid ac¬
tivity. Although olive was the most frequently sampled host plant (ca. 60% of all
samples), relatively few of the samples (ca. 10%) were obtained from this host in
commercial orchards. Nearly 70% of the samples were taken from urban and
rural landscaping (olive, Olea europea L.; oleander, Nerium oleander L.; Citrus
cultivars, grapefruit, orange; Modesto ash, Fraxinus velutina var. glabra Rehd.;
English holly, Ilex aquifolium L.) and about 20% from natural stands of native
shrubs (Coyote brush, Baccharis pilularis ssp. consanguinea (DC) Wolf; Toyon,
Photinia arbutifolia Lindl.). The seasonal distribution of black scale samples (all
survey years combined) was as follows: spring, 43%; summer, 16%; autumn, 29%;
winter, 12%.
After sampling, the scale-infested twigs and branches were brought into the
laboratory and held in glass-topped sleeve cages for 4 to 6 weeks. Issuing para-
sitoids were collected thrice weekly and stored in 70% ethanol for later deter¬
mination.
Results
Twelve species of chalcidoid parasitoids were taken on Saissetia oleae during
the survey. Of these, nine were primary parasitoids and three were secondary
parasitoids. Five of the primary parasitoids are exotic species. Among these,
Scutellista cyanea Motschulsky, Metaphycus helvolus, M. bartletti and M. inviscus
Compere were introduced to California from South Africa whereas M. lounsburyi
(Howard) was introduced from Australia. The initial year of introduction for each
of these species was as follows: S. cyanea, 1901; M. lounsburyi, 1916; M. helvolus,
1937; M. bartletti, 1957; M. inviscus, 1979. The remaining primaries, Coccopha-
gus ochraceous Howard, C. lycimnia (Walker), C. scutellaris (Dalman) and Me¬
taphycus luteolus (Timberlake), are of indeterminate origin although C. ochraceous
is thought to be an accidental introduction from South Africa (Bartlett, 1978),
and M. luteolus was originally described from southern California (Timberlake,
1916). Among the secondary parasitoids, Cheiloneurus inimicus Compere and C.
noxius Compere were originally described from S. oleae taken in southern Cali¬
fornia (Compere, 1925). The other secondary, Tetrastichus minutus Howard, has
also been taken on S. oleae in southern California (Smith and Compere, 1928).
Other exotic primary parasitoids of Saissetia oleae reported (Bartlett, 1978) as
permanently established in California but which were not taken during the survey,
were Metaphycus stanlevi Compere, Coccophagus rusti Compere, C. capensis
Compere, C. cowperi. Girault, Diversinervus elegans Silvestri, Encyrtus infelix
Embelton, Lounsburyia trifasciatus (Compere), Lecanobius utilis Compere and
Moranila californica Howard. The latter three species have been reported (Bartlett,
1978) to be extremely rare in California.
All primary parasitoids excepting Metaphycus inviscus and M. luteolus were
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
365
reared from S. oleae taken on olive, oleander, citrus. Coyote brush and Toyon.
Metaphycus inviscus, a recent introduction, was recovered only from olive at
colonization sites in Fresno and Tulare counties. Metaphycus luteolus, a rare
species on S. oleae, occurred in samples from olive and oleander, principally at
Sacramento Valley sites. The single samplings from Modesto ash and English
holly each produced only 3 species of primary parasitoids. The secondary para-
sitoid, Cheiloneunis inimicus occurred in samples from olive and Coyote brush
whereas its congener C. noxius was taken in samples from oleander, Coyote brush
and citrus. Tetrastichus minutus occurred in a sample from olive at 1 site (Tehama
County).
Of the 118 samples, 77 were obtained from interior valley (IV) counties and
41 were obtained from coastal and subcoastal (CSC) counties. Ninety-five percent
of the CSC samples produced one or more parasitoid species whereas 75% of the
IV samples were positive for parasitoids. Total parasitoid emergence for all sam¬
ples combined was 10,915. Nearly 58% of these emerged from the CSC samples.
Parasitoid emergence averaged 135 per sample for the CSC counties and 59 per
sample for the IV counties. The average number of parasitoid species per sample
for the CSC counties was nearly twice that observed for the IV counties (Fig. 1).
About one-half of this difference is attributable to the relatively high number of
IV samples which failed to produce adult parasitoids. Excluding those samples
lacking parasitoids, the average number of species per sample was 4.2 and 3.0,
respectively, for the CSC and IV counties. Approximately 51% of the CSC samples
produced 5 or more species whereas about 14% of the IV samples produced 5 or
more.
Ranking of parasitoids according to overall abundance, frequency of occurrence,
counties of occurrence and months of occurrence showed a relatively consistent
pattern among the various species (Table 1). Metaphycus helvolus and M. bartletti
ranked first and second, respectively, in all categories whereas Scutellista cyanea
and Coccophagus lycirrmia ranked either third or fourth in all categories, with the
exception that the latter species shared the second place ranking for “months of
occurrence.” Rankings of the remaining parasitoids were inconsistent across cat¬
egories except that the 2 least abundant species, Cheiloneunis noxius and Meta¬
phycus luteolus, ranked either last or next to last in all categories.
Grouping of parasitoid emergence data according to geographical areas, i.e.,
coastal-subcoastal (CSC) counties and interior valley (IV) counties, showed sub¬
stantial between-area differences in parasitoid relative abundances (Fig. 2). Al¬
though Metaphycus helvolus, M. bartletti and Scutellista cyanea were the 3 most
abundant parasitoids in both areas, their rankings differed both between areas
and from the overall ranking. In the CSC area Metaphycus helvolus (39.7% of
total emergence) outranked Scutellista cyanea (18.5%) and M. bartletti (11.7%)
whereas in the IV area M. bartletti (40.4%) outranked M. helvolus (35.0%) and
S. cyanea (11.5%). These species represented 70 and 87%, respectively, of the
parasitoid emergence for the CSC and IV areas. The remaining portions of para¬
sitoid emergence were distributed among 7 species in the CSC area and among
6 species in the IV area. Among these parasitoids, Metaphycus lounsburyi, Coc¬
cophagus ochraceous and C. lycimnia showed considerably higher relative abun¬
dances in the CSC area than in the IV area. With the exception of Cheiloneurus
noxius, which was not taken in the IV area, each of the remaining parasitoids in
366
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
0123456789 10
number of parasite species
Figure 1. Frequency distributions of black scale (Saissetia oleae) samples according to the number
of parasitoid species present at coastal-subcoastal (CSC) and interior valley (IV) collection sites in
central and northern California. The mean number of parasitoid species per sample for the CSC and
IV areas were 4.0 and 2.2, respectively.
this group (Cheiloneurus inimicus, Coccophagus scutellaris, Metaphycus luteolus )
showed a similar relative abundance in both areas.
Among the introduced parasitoids, Metaphycus helvolus, M. bartletti and Scu-
tellista cyanea showed good distribution and frequency of occurrence in both
areas although the latter species rarely was taken in the southernmost portion of
the IV area (lower San Joaquin Valley). Conversely, Metaphycus lounsburyi and
Coccophagus ochraceous showed good distribution and frequency of occurrence
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
367
Table 1. Rankings of parasitoids reared from black scale samples taken in central and northern
California according to relative abundance, frequency of occurrence, counties of occurrence and months
of occurrence. 1
Abundance Frequency of
occurrence Counties of Months of
Percent
of total
abundance
Rank
Percent of
samples 2
Rank
occurr
Number 3
ence
Rank
occurr
Number
ence
Rank
Metaphycus helvolus
37.8
1
84.5
1
19
1
12
1
Metaphycus bartletti
23.8
2
56.7
2
17
2
11
2
Scutellista cyanea
15.5
3
46.4
4
15
4
10
3
Coccophagus lycimnia
7.5
4
53.6
3
16
3
11
2
Metaphycus lounsburyi
4.5
5
18.6
7
8
7
8
5
Cheiloneurus inimicus
4.1
6
13.4
8
10
5
6
6
Coccophagus ochraceous
2.8
7
23.7
6
9
6
10
3
Coccophagus scutellaris
2.4
8
38.1
5
15
4
9
4
Cheiloneurus noxius
1.3
9
8.0
9
3
9
6
6
Metaphycus luteolus
0.3
10
8.0
9
6
8
3
7
1 Metaphycus inviscus, a 1979-1980 introduction recovered at only 2 sites, and Tetrastichus minutus,
a hyperparasitic species which was taken at 1 site, are not included in the rankings.
2 Percentage of samples (n = 97) having 1 or more parasitoid species present.
3 Total number of counties sampled was 22.
in the CSC area but both were of extremely limited distribution in the IV area
with M. lounsburyi occurring at a few sites near the confluence of the 2 areas
(Yolo County) and C. ochraceous occurring at a few scattered sites in the northern
half of the IV area (Sacramento Valley). Among the remaining parasitoids, Coc-
cophagiis lycimnia and C. scutellaris showed good distribution and frequency of
occurrence in both areas whereas Cheiloneurus inimicus showed a good distri¬
bution in both areas but exhibited a poor frequency of occurrence. Cheiloneurus
noxius showed a poor distribution in the CSC area and was absent from the IV
area whereas Metaphycus luteolus showed a good distribution in the IV area but
not in the CSC area. Both of these parasitoids showed a poor frequency of oc¬
currence.
Among the introduced parasitoids, Metaphycus helvolus and Scutellista cyanea
each appears to be adapted about equally well to both areas whereas M. bartletti
appears less well adapted to the CSC area than to the IV area. This latter species,
however, is a relatively recent introduction in California and might, in time, show
greater distribution and abundance in the CSC area. Metaphycus lounsburyi and
Coccophagus ochraceous appear to be poorly adapted outside the CSC area, almost
to the point of exclusion. Neither of these parasitoids was taken in the San Joaquin
Valley and both showed a very limited distribution in the Sacramento Valley.
This near complete restriction to one climatic zone suggests that the distribution
of M. lounsburyi and C. ochraceous is limited by climate. The climate of the CSC
counties is highly influenced by the Pacific Ocean and is typified by narrow diurnal
and limited seasonal temperature fluctuations whereas the climate of the IV coun¬
ties is predominantly free of ocean influence and is typified by wider diurnal
fluctuations and much greater seasonal temperature changes (Kimball and Brooks,
1959).
Among the “non-introduced parasitoids,” Coccophagus lycimnia, C. scutellaris
368
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figure 2. Relative abundances of black scale ( Saissetia oleae ) parasitoids which emerged from
coastal-subcoastal (CSC) and interior valley (IV) samples taken in central and northern California.
CSC area, 1 = Metaphycus helvolus, 2 = Scutellista cyanea, 3 = Metaphycus bartletti, 4 = Coccophagus
lycimnia, 5 = Metaphycus lounsburyi, 6 = Coccophagus ochraceous, 7 = Cheiloneurus inimicus, 8 =
Coccophagus scutellaris, Cheiloneurus noxius and Metaphycus luteolus, IV area, 1 = M. bartletti, 2 =
M. helvolus, 3 = S. cyanea, 4 = C. inimicus, 5 = C. lycimnia, 6 = C. scutellaris, M. lounsburyi, C.
ochraceous and M. luteolus.
and Cheiloneurus inimicus each appears equally adapted to both areas whereas
Cheiloneurus noxius and Metaphycus luteolus appear adapted to only one area.
Here again, the complete or near complete absence from one of the two climatic
zones suggests that the distribution of these latter two parasitoids is restricted by
climate.
Coincidental to the survey, several new parasitoids of South African origin were
colonized on Saissetia oleae in central and northern California. Among these
recent (1979-1982) introductions {Metaphycus inviscus, Prococcophagus probus
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
369
Annecke and Mynhardt, P. saissetia Annecke and Mynhardt, Aloencyrtus saissetia
(Compere) and Coccophagus rusti) only M. inviscus has shown early and con¬
tinuing evidence of permanent establishment. However, the recent (1985) recovery
of P. probus at release sites in Tehama County (K. Daane, pers. comm.) some
five years after the initial colonization, suggests that this species may also have
become permanently established in California.
Current efforts to add to the parasitoid complex on Saissetia oleae in California
are concerned with the mass production and colonization of Metaphycus zebratus
Mercet, a recent (1985) acquisition from Spain.
Acknowledgments
I thank L. E. Caltagirone and K. S. Hagen for reviewing the manuscript and
R. W. Hoffmann who conceived and executed the illustrations.
Literature Cited
Bartlett, B. R. 1978. Pp. 57-74 in C. P. Clausen (ed.). Introduced parasites and predators of arthropod
pests and weeds: a world review. Agric. Handbook No. 480.
Compere, H. 1925. New chalcidoid (hymenopterous) parasites and hyperparasites of the black scale,
Saissetia oleae Bernard. Univ. Calif. Pubs. Entomol., 3:295-326.
Kennett, C. E. 1979. Occurrence of Metaphycus bartletti Annecke and Mynhardt, a South African
parasite of black scale, Saissetia oleae (Oliver) in central and northern California. Pan-Pac.
Entomol., 56:107-110.
Kimball, M. H., and F. A. Brooks. 1959. Plant climates of California. Calif. Agric. 13(5):7—12.
Smith, H. S., and H. Compere. 1928. A preliminary report on the insect parasites of black scale,
Saissetia oleae (Bern.). Univ. Calif. Pubs. Entomol., 4:231-334.
Timberlake, P. H. 1916. Revision of the parasitic hymenopterous insects of the genus Aphycus Mayr,
with notice of some related genera. Proc. U.S. Nat’l. Mus,, 50:561-640.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 370-371
Scientific Note
The Antibiotic Properties of Honey
Williams and Tomlinson (1985) observed honey bees collecting rust spores
from willow tree leaves. This is a common phenomenon. Honey bees have a
variable threshold of acceptance for food (von Frisch, 1967). When pollen is not
available they collect a wide variety of things of the right particle size: Apple
mildew conidia (Abushada, 1921); oat rust (Puccinia graminis) (Betts, 1942); rust
spores from poplar leaves (Melampsora populina) (Minz, 1942); azalea flower
spot (Ovulinia azaleae ) (Smith and Weiss, 1942); and sawdust (Morse, 1975). I
think there must be another 50 such references.
In a second paper, Tomlinson and Williams (1985) suggest that part of honey’s
“antibiotic qualities may, at least in part, be derived from fungal foraging by
bees.” However, their small data set does not substantiate their claim for two
reasons. First, although many fungal spores have antibiotic properties, Williams
and Tomlinson (1985) did not plate the spores found in their honey sample to
determine whether they were in fact antibiotic. Second, it is possible to explain
their results on the basis of several known intrinsic properties of honey.
Both articles neglect the extensive literature on honey and its special qualities.
Tomlinson and Williams wrote “Although medicinal qualities have been claimed
for honey since ancient times (Crane, 1980), its curative effect has been attributed
variously to the hyperosmotic sugar content, and to unique, undefined compo¬
nents.” It is true, as they state, that the medical qualities of honey have been
known since ancient times. Majno (1975), a pathologist, states that honey was an
ingredient in 500 of 900 known Egyptian remedies. He undertook some experi¬
ments using honey and found that, as the Egyptians knew, it was an effective
ingredient in wound dressing. Majno reviews the properties of honey that account
for its utility in this context.
Honey’s natural bacteriostatic and bacteriocidal qualities stem from several
factors. Its high sugar content is of great importance (Sackett, 1919; Burgett, 1985);
bacteria introduced into honey are desiccated as water moves out of the bacterial
cells into the hypertonic honey. In addition, honey has a low pH (ca. 3.9; White
et al., 1962) that makes it an inhospitable medium for the growth of many mi¬
croorganisms. Gluconic acid is the chief acid in honey and is largely responsible
for the low pH. Its production is catalyzed by glucose oxidase, an enzyme added
by the bees. The oxidation of glucose also produces hydrogen peroxide, whose
ability to inhibit bacterial growth is well known. Glucose oxidase is first added
to nectar by foraging bees but additional enzyme is probably contributed by hive
bees that process the nectar into honey (White, 1966).
Of particular relevance to the Tomlinson and Williams (1985) paper is the fact
that glucose oxidase is not active in honey with a moisture content of less than
about 19 percent and is also easily destroyed by heat (Crane, 1975). Williams and
Tomlinson (1985) did not measure the moisture content of the honey they tested,
nor did they state whether it was heated or not. Since both factors are highly
variable (Crane, 1975), the differences in antibiotic activity they reported were
perhaps a result of differences in the physical properties of the honey samples.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
371
Known bacteriocidal qualities of honey, coupled with the bees’ irregular tendency
to collect useless substances in lieu of pollen suggest the possibility that fungal
foraging does not contribute significantly to the antibiotic properties of honey.
Literature Cited
Abushada, A. Z. 1921. The press mirror. Bee World, 3:45.
Betts, A. D. 1942. Press mirror. Bee World, 23:36.
Burgett, D. M. 1985. Osmotic pressure. In R. Morse and T. Hooper (eds.), The illustrated encyclo¬
pedia of beekeeping. E. P. Dutton Inc., New York.
Crane, E. (ed.). 1975. Honey, a comprehensive survey. William Heinemann Ltd., London.
-. 1980. A book of honey. Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York.
Frisch, K. von. 1967. The dance language and orientation of bees. The Belknap Press of Harvard
University Press, Cambridge, MA.
Majno, G. 1975. The healing hand. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA.
Minz, G. 1942. Bees gather rust spores of Melampsora populina Kleb. Hassadeh, 22:173.
Morse, R. A. 1975. Bees and beekeeping. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NY.
Sackett, W. G. 1919. Honey as a carrier of intestinal diseases. Colorado Agricultural College, Ag¬
ricultural Experiment Station Bulletin 252.
Smith, F. F., and F. Weiss. 1942. Relationship of insects to the spread of azalea flowerspot. USDA
Tech. Bull. 798.
Tomlinson, J. T., and S. C. Williams. 1985. Antibiotic properties of honey produced by the domestic
honey bee Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 61:346-347.
White, J. W., Jr. 1966. Inhibine and glucose oxidase in honey—a review. American Bee J., 106:
214-216.
-, M. L. Riethof, M. H. Subers, and I. Kushnir. 1962. Composition of American honeys. USDA
Tech. Bull. 1261.
Williams, S. C., and J. T. Tomlinson. 1985. Gathering of aecial spores of willow rust by the honey
bee, Apis mellifera (Hymenoptera: Apinae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 61:345.
Roger A. Morse, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New
York 14853.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 372-398
Synopsis of the Classification of Neotropical Tortricinae,
with Descriptions of New Genera and Species
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)
Jerry A. Powell
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California, Berkeley, Cal¬
ifornia 94720.
The Tortricoidea is a large, worldwide superfamily, consisting of the single
family Tortricidae. Included are more than 5000 described species, members of
two, three, or four subfamilies, and 6 to 19 tribes, varying with taxonomic opinion.
In the Holarctic, the subfamily Tortricinae and its generic and tribal concepts are
fairly well established, and there is general agreement among contemporary re¬
searchers between classifications used in the Old and New World faunas. As one
proceeds into the Neotropical Region, however, many of the generic and tribal
components become less clearly defined, or are replaced by other, often poorly
known taxa. A much greater proportion and diversity of the known fauna has
not been described, even at the species level, and many species which are described
have been assigned artificially to obsolete generic groupings.
Thus there has been no comprehensive modem classification of New World
tortricine moths. After the importance of genitalic characters was recognized,
August Busck began an extensive study of Nearctic and Neotropical tortricid
taxonomy in the 1920’s, but little of his work was published (Busck, 1940),
although some of his concepts were passed on as new generic names on specimens.
Later contributions gradually established a generic classification for most North
American species, particularly Obraztsov’s treatment of the Palearctic fauna (Ob¬
raztsov, 1954-1957), and aided by an unpublished thesis on Sparganothini (Lam¬
bert, 1950), Freeman’s (1958) revision of the Archipini, and our studies of genera
of other tribes (Obraztsov, 1959a, 1962, 1963; Obraztsov and Powell, 1961;
Powell, 1962, 1964; Powell and Obraztsov, 1977).
As a result, we have realistic placements of nearly all of the 250 described
species, which are assigned to 31 genera (Powell, 1983), although several additional
genera are described (Powell, 1985, present paper) or are defined in manuscript
for species of the U.S. or Nearctic parts of Mexico.
In the Americas south of the U.S., about 450 species group names have been
applied to the Tortricinae s. str. (exclusive of the Cochylinae and Chlidanotinae).
About 415 species are considered to be valid; the remainder of the names are
synonyms. This total includes North American species that range into the Antilles
or Mexico. The descriptive era for Neotropical Tortricinae occurred primarily
before the modem period when dissections and illustrations of genitalic characters
had been employed as the main basis of classification. Most of the species (65%)
were described between 1863 and 1920 by Walker, Zeller, Walsingham, Meyrick,
Dognin, and Busck, and many others were added during 1920-1938 by Meyrick,
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
373
who rigidly rejected the use of genitalic characters after they came into widespread
use. Only 16% of the species names originate since 1940, although there are a
great many undescribed species in collections.
Dissections of type specimens and preliminary steps towards refining systematic
placements have been made for most of the described Neotropical species by
Clarke (1949, 1956, 1958, 1963), who illustrated most of Meyrick’s species, by
Obraztsov (1959b, 1966a, 1966b, 1966c, and unpubl. studies), and by Razowski
(1964, 1966, 1979, 1982a, 1982b, 1982c). Nonetheless, about 30% of the species
remain without meaningful generic placements.
N. S. Obraztsov continued the work on a generic classification begun by Busck,
and he studied the type specimens of most of the Neotropical Tortricinae during
tenure at the American Museum of Natural History, New York, under sponsorship
of National Science Foundation grants, during 1956-1965. Unfortunately,
Obraztsov’s research was terminated prematurely by his sudden death in 1966,
and his card catalog of world Tortricidae was transferred to the British Museum
(Natural History), London, making it inaccessible to Western Hemisphere re¬
searchers. Nevertheless, his notes and photographs of type specimens remain at
the AMNH, and these have been invaluable in development of a classification.
I inherited the Neotropical tortricine project and began comprehensive research
in 1970-1971, while a visiting research fellow at the Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. I studied the Neotropical species of Sparganothini, both the
older material used by Lambert, and the extensive more recent acquisitions ac¬
cumulated in Washington and at Berkeley, as well as the type specimens in the
BM(NH). This resulted in considerable revision of Lambert’s (1950) concepts
because he had not seen the type specimens of most of the older Neotropical
species and had misinterpreted application of the names. In addition, I developed
a catalog to all described Neotropical Tortricinae, based on library research and
notes from Obraztsov. I studied the BMNH and U.S. collections and proposed
tentative generic assignments for the described species for all tortricine tribes.
Based in part on further study at the British Museum in 1984, this list has been
revised to provide a basic framework for the classification of Neotropical Tor¬
tricinae (Powell and Razowski, 1986). This checklist defines 6 tribes, with 55
genera (Table 1). Among the described genera, 13 represent taxa described from
the Holarctic, one is introduced from the Australian region, and the rest are
exclusively Neotropical or are distributed in the Boreal Nearctic element of Mex¬
ico, extending northward only to the southwestern U.S. Effectively half the en¬
demic genera, 21, have been described recently by Razowski (loc. cit.), Powell
(1980) or in the present paper. The new genera help to establish a more complete
framework for the described fauna, but it is obvious that much more extensive
generic realignment and descriptions of many new genera will be necessary to
bring an understanding of the Neotropical fauna into perspective with that of the
Holarctic. The new genera are described here in order to make the names available
for the forthcoming checklist.
The wing venation nomenclature follows that of Common (1970) and Horak
(1984). Other abbreviations as follows: DC = discal cell of forewing; FW =
forewing; HW = hindwing. Portions of the ductus bursae are described from basal
(at the ostium bursae) to distal end of the invagination.
374
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Table 1. Synopsis of the classification of Neotropical Tortricinae. (See Obraztsov, 1954-1957, or
Powell, 1983, for synonymies of genera originally described from the Holarctic, indicated by an
asterisk *.)
Tribe ATTERIINI Busck, 1932
ANACR USIINA Diakonoff, 1961
Anacrusis Zeller, 1877
Archipimima Powell, 1986
Atteria Walker, 1863
Holoptygma Powell, 1986
Templemania Busck, 1940
Tina Powell, 1986
Tinacrucis Powell, 1986
Sisurcana Powell, 1986
Tribe SPARGANOTHINI Walsingham, 1913
NIASOMINI Powell, 1964
Aesiocopa Zeller, 1877
*Amorbia Clemens, 1860
Anchicremna Meyrick, 1926
*Coelostathma Clemens, 1860
Paramorbia Powell & Lambert, 1986
*Platynota Clemens, 1860
Rhynchophyllis Meyrick, 1932
Sparganopseustis Powell & Lambert, 1986
Sparganothina Powell, 1986
*Sparganothis Hiibner, 1825
Sparganothoides Lambert & Powell, 1986
TRIBE ARCHIPINI
*Argyrotaenia Stephens, 1852
Subargyrotaenia Obraztsov, 1961, new
synonymy
*Choristoneura Lederer, 1859
*Clepsis Guenee, 1845
Idolatteria Walsingham, 1913
Tribe CNEPHASIINI Stainton, 1859
*Decodes Obraztsov, 1961
Decodina Powell, 1980
Tribe EULIINI Kuznetsov and StekoFnikov,
1977
*Anopina Obraztsov, 1962
Anopinella Powell, 1986
Apolychrosis Amsel, 1962
*Apotomops Powell & Obraztsov, 1986
Bonagota Razowski, 1986
Chileulia Powell, 1986
Chrysoxena Meyrick, 1912
Clarkeuha Razowski, 1982
Deltinea Pastrana, 1961
Deltobathra Meyrick, 1923
*Dorithia Powell, 1964
Ecnomiomorpha Obraztsov, 1959
Neoeulia Powell, 1986
Nesochoris Clarke, 1965
Orthocomotis Dognin, 1905
Sociophora Busck, 1920
Paracomotis Razowski, 1982
Paraptila Meyrick, 1912
Proeuha Clarke, 1962
Pseudomeritastis Obraztsov, 1966
Quasieulia Powell, 1986
Rebinea Razowski, 1986
Rhythmologa Meyrick, 1926
Seticosta Razowski, 1986
Uelia Razowski, 1982
Tribe TORTRICINI Guenee, 1845
*Acleris Hubner, 1825
Apotoforma Busck, 1934
Emeralda Diakonoff, 1960
*Croesia Hubner, 1825
Tribe PHRICANTHINI Diakonoff, 1981
Phricanthes Meyrick, 1881
(introd. from Australia)
Unplaced Genera
Apinoglossa Moeschler, 1890
Hypostromatia Zeller, 1866
TRIBE SPARGANOTHINI
Sparganothidae Walsingham, 1913.
Sparganothinae Busck, 1940.
Sparganothidini Diakonoff, 1961 (in part).
Sparganothidina Diakonoff, 1961.
Sparganothini Kuznetsov & StekoFnikov, 1973.
Niasomini Powell, 1964.
The genera of Sparganothini described here share the following character states.
Head: Antenna unmodified, scaling in two bands per segment. Labial palpus
elongate, porrect; II segment length greater than 2x eye diameter, enlarged 1.8-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
375
2.0 x basal diameter. Maxillary palpus minute or rudimentary. Chaetosema small.
Forewing: Broad, length 2.4-2.6 x width. Length of DC 0.55-0.60 FW length.
Accessory cell (chorda) absent; R 3 separate from R 4 -I- R 5 , which are stalked with
rare exceptions, R 4 to costa, R 5 to termen. No upraised scale rows or tufts (as
there are in Platynota, Synnoma, etc.) Hindwing: Ten veins (including CuP),
humeral vein absent; base of RS lost; CuP remaining, weak or a trace. No costal
penicillus in male. Abdomen: No enlargement of VITI in male; no corethrogyne
ovipositional scaling in female. Male genitalia: Uncus well developed, slender
basally, without ventral setal tuft. Saccus not differentiated. No hami or subsca-
phium. Socii large, flat, kidney bean-shaped, extended posteriorly beyond attach¬
ment near middle; with dense elongate scaling. Transtilla complete, dentate, not
fused to pulvinus. Valva simple, not plicate, pulvinus present, “clasper” absent;
costa narrowly sclerotized or undifferentiated. Aedeagus without external spurs;
vesica with a dense bunch of deciduous comuti, attached laterally near base (base
notched in Sparganopseustis). Female genitalia: Papillae anales weakly sclerotized
compared to Atteriini, without differentiated setae. Ductus bursae well differen¬
tiated from corpus bursae, without antrum or accessory sac. Corpus bursae glo¬
bose, without accessory pouch, signum a nearly straight or curved, well sclerotized
crease.
Based on recent research, J. S. Dugdale (in lift.) believes that Sparganothini
possess a rudimentary gnathos which arises from the gnathos base sclerite, separate
from the socius base sclerite. According to this interpretation, the socii in several
genera (e.g., Sparganothis, Platynota) are complex, two-part structures, and the
so-called “gnathos arms” of prior taxonomists and in the descriptions that follow
actually are lobes of the socii.
Sparganothoides Lambert & Powell, New Genus
Type species.—Sparganothis hydeana Klots, 1936.
Head: Antennal setulae in male >2 x segment diameter, borne on raised ridges.
Labial palpus II segment enlarged at ca. middle, slightly curved; III segment ca.
0.4 as long as II. Scaling of frons slightly roughened or smooth with crown cap.
Ocelli well developed. Periorbital strip bare. Forewing: Length of DC ca. 0.55 FW
length; width of DC ca. 0.17 its length; Cu lb arises 0.50-0.54 along length of cell;
stem of M absent or weak (not visible on unstained wing) in cell, ending between
M, and M 2 ; CuP present. Costal fold in male present or absent. Hindwing: Sc 4-
Rj and Rs closely adjacent, crossvein lost; Rs and M, closely adjacent, connate or
short-stalked; M 3 and Cu la connate. Cubital hair pecten absent or nearly so in
male, present in female. Abdomen: Dorsal pits absent. Male genitalia: (Klots,
1936, fig. 4) Uncus slender, simple or enlarged or forked apically. Gnathos arms
separate, enlarged laterally into broad, paddle-like, setate clubs apically, or rarely
only weakly enlarged. Transtilla finely dentate. Valva large, rounded; sacculus
narrowly sclerotized, simple. Aedeagus slightly bent, pistol-shaped. Female gen¬
italia: (Klots, 1936, fig. 5) Papillae anales parallel-sided, somewhat rectangular.
Sterigma wide, box-shaped, well sclerotized dorsad and ventrad of ostium, lateral
lobes not produced. Ductus bursae rather short, gradually enlarged distally; col-
liculum present, split ventrally, cestum not developed. Corpus bursae large, with
undifferentiated scobination; signum long, nearly straight.
Sexual dimorphism. —Slight; size and color pattern similar, females average
376
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
slightly larger in some species. Males possess well developed antennal setulae, a
costal fold in some species and in one undescribed species a curious, longitudinally
parted scale development on the head and thorax.
This new genus was conceived by Lambert (1950, Genus II), who later proposed
the name Sparganothoides in a partially revised manuscript and assigned the
following species: S. albescens (Walsingham, 1913), S. castanea (Wlsm., 1913),
S. hydeana, S. lentiginosana. (Wlsm., 1879), S. lugens (Wlsm., 1913), S. machi-
miana (Barnes & Busck, 1920), S. morata (Wlsm., 1913), S. schausiana (Wlsm.,
1913), S. spadicea (Wlsm., 1913), and S . vinolenta (Wlsm., 1913). These and
about 20 undescribed species are distributed from Arizona to Costa Rica. Lambert
differentiated the group on the basis of the broadly, laterally expanded apices of
the gnathos arms and by the anellus, which is produced posteriorly, with the
manica attached beyond the middle of the aedeagus. However, the latter feature
is variable in Sparganopseustis n. gen., described below. Sparganothoides also
differs from Sparganothis Hbn., to which it appears most closely related, by having
the sexes subequal in size and appearance.
Sparganothoides albescens, S. lugens, S. schausiana, and at least three unde¬
scribed species possess a forked uncus, yet they are quite dissimilar in other
features. Their assignment to this genus is provisional. Several undescribed species
have the gnathos arms attenuate or only slightly enlarged apically, which will
further complicate the integrity of Sparganothoides when the species are thor¬
oughly studied.
Sparganopseustis Powell & Lambert, New Genus
Type species. — Sparganopseustis martinana Powell, new species.
Head: Antennal setulae in male moderately elongate, 1.60-1.75 x segment di¬
ameter. Labial palpus II segment enlarged distally, slightly curved, with long
scaling; III 0.40-0.67 as long as II. Scaling of frons modified, erect at base, sparse,
smooth above, hidden beneath long, rounded hood of scaling from vertex. Ocelli
rudimentary to well developed. Forewing: Length of DC 0.58-0.60 FW length;
width of DC 0.15-0.17 its length; Cu lb originates 0.60-0.65 along length of cell.
Stem of M present in DC, without trace of fork, ending between M, and M 2 ; R 4
and R 5 usually stalked (usually separate in S. ningorana and S. jlavicirrata)-, CuP
present or a trace. Cubital hair pecten lacking in male, absent to weakly developed
in female. No costal fold in male. Apex acute, subfalcate in most species. Hind¬
wing: Sc + R, and Rs separate, crossvein reduced to a trace; Rs and stalked;
M 3 and Cu la connate or short-stalked. Abdomen: Dorsal pits usually indicated on
II in some species, absent on most. Male genitalia: (Fig. 1) Uncus weakly to
moderately enlarged apically. Socii broadened posteriorly, elongated into clubbed
projections anteriorly (evidently fused with gnathos arms). Gnathos rudimentary
at base, weakly sclerotized, joined to socii by membranous connections, thence
produced as separate, usually clubbed, distally setate arms. Transtilla usually
enlarged medially. Valva oval; pulvinus rudimentary; sacculus narrowly to broad¬
ly sclerotized to beyond middle of valva, with a pronounced emargination in some
species, usually with a free tip. Aedeagus pistol-shaped to evenly curved. Female
genitalia: (Fig. 13) Papillae anales flat, rather oval, diverging anteriorly. Sterigma
a broad plate posterior to ostium, sometimes weakly bowl-shaped but without
pronounced lateral lobes. Ductus bursae straight, membranous, gradually enlarged
378
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
distally; colliculum split ventrally, located just proximal to ductus seminalis;
cestum absent. Corpus bursae large, with pronounced scobination (spiculae in
my rot a complex); signum extending around half the bursa perimeter, a small
membranous pouch protrudes just basad to signum (sometimes rudimentary).
Sexual dimorphism. — Pronounced; color pattern differs in all species, often
markedly so. Males in most species have secondary features: either an expandable
scale tuft of labial palpus; an eversible, densely scaled coremata between abd. II
& III dorsally; or modified, erect scaling of the hindwing dorsally.
The genus is distributed from Arizona to Peru and includes the following de¬
scribed species: S. acrocharis (Meyrick, 1932), S. aurolimbana (Zeller, 1866), S.
elimata (Meyr., 1930), S. Jlaviciliana (Walsingham, 1913), S. flavicirrata (Wlsm.,
1914), S. geminorum (Meyr., 1932), S. myrota (Meyr., 1912), S. ningorana (Wlsm.,
1914), niveigutta (Wlsm., 1913), S. tessellata (Wlsm., 1913), and S. unipunctata
(Wlsm., 1914), each of which is known only from one sex. Sparganopseustis
martinana is selected as the type species because there is an unequivocal collection
of both sexes (27 males, 17 females) from one seasonal sample at one locality. In
addition, I have reared F, sibs of two undescribed species in northern Mexico
and have examined recently collected series of three others from Oaxaca, Mexico,
Costa Rica and Venezuela in which association of the sexes can be inferred.
Although available material was so scant that correlation of males and females
could not be made for any species, Lambert (1950) perceived this series of species
to comprise an undescribed genus (his Genus IV). However, he failed to recognize
the character that I believe is a fundamental synapomorphy, the uniquely derived
socii-gnathos complex. Instead, Lambert defined the genus on a series of features,
no one of which was common to all of the included species. Interpretation of the
morphology is debatable; either the gnathos is rudimentary and its function has
been taken by modification of the socii, or the two structures are fused. In any
case, this is fundamentally different from all other New World Sparganothini. A
similar arrangement occurs in Lambertiodes harmonia (Meyrick) in India, but in
that species the rudimentary gnathos arms are joined medially and are not con¬
nected to the socii, which are drawn out into elongate arms anteriorly. Lambert
(1950) misinterpreted this and described the gnathos as having free arms, as did
Diakonolf (1959) when he described the genus Lambertiodes. Horak (1984) thought
that the gnathos arms are apically separated and fused to the lower edge of the
socii, but I believe the apically free arms are a development of the socii and are
not connected to the joined gnathos arms. The relationships of these structures
are difficult to see on slide-mounted preparations, particularly if they are severely
flattened in the standardized method favored by many lepidopterists, but they
are more easily interpreted in dissections in fluid. Lambert assigned harmonia to
a monotypic new genus (his Genus III), a decision which was followed by Dia-
konoff shortly after Lambert’s death. I consider the development of the gnathos
and socii in Lambertiodes to be separately derived from that of Sparganopseustis,
a parallel event that does not indicate relationship. L. harmonia resembles some
species of Sparganothoides Lambert & Powell in size, color pattern and lack of
appreciable sexual dimorphism.
Sparganopseustis martinana Powell, New Species
Male. —Length of FW 10.0-11.8 mm (30n). Head: Labial palpus moderately
elongate, length of II segment ca. 1.6 eye diameter; scaling white interiorly, pale
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
379
orange-brown exteriorly. Scaling of crown tan flecked with orange-brown. Ocelli
present, reduced. Thorax: Dorsal scaling tan, mottled with orange-brown; venter
white. Legs whitish, prothoracic mottled with brownish. Forewing: Ground color
rosaceous brown to pale purplish brown uniformly mottled with indistinct trans¬
verse strigulae; maculation poorly defined, dull ochreous, and strigulate: two broad,
transverse fasciae, one from costa well before middle, angled outward into cell;
the second beyond middle separated from 1st by a band of ground color of equal
width, extending towards tomus, becoming indistinct or lost in tomal area; a faint
blotch in subapical area; fringe yellowish, preceded by a darker line of ground
color. Underside brownish showing the upperside pattern more distinctly, to
mostly pale ochreous, obscuring pattern. Hindwing: Basal half covered by broad,
erect, pale androconial scales on a brownish to ochreous-brown ground, distal
half becoming pale ochreous except indistinctly brownish at margin. Underside
whitish, faintly brownish in anal area. Abdomen: Dorsal pits readily evident on
II as unsealed depressions but not on descaled pelt. I and II with apparent an¬
droconial scales dorsally; remainder of dorsum shining pale brownish; underside
and genital scaling whitish. Genitalia as in Figure 1 (drawn from paratype, JAP
prep. no. 2885; 4n).
Female. —Length of FW 10.2-12.4 mm (17n). Essentially as described for male
except FW color pattern and lacks specialized scaling of HW and abdomen.
Forewing: Entirely pale rust-brownish, strigulate with slightly darker brownish;
fringe as in male, yellowish preceded by a darker line; maculation absent (2n) or
distinct: two white or ochreous costal triangulate marks, the first at midcosta,
subtended by, sometimes connected to a dot just above cell; second smaller beyond
end of cell; sometimes a dot beyond lower comer of cell. Genitalia: As in Figure
13 (drawn from paratype, JAP prep. no. 5523; 2n).
In both sexes one individual also has black smudges on dorsal margin basally
and before tomus.
Holotype male and allotype female.— Mexico, 10 mi W of El Salto, Durango,
8800 ft, Aug. 1, 2, 1964, at lights (J. A. Chemsak & J. Powell) (UCB). Paratypes
(46): 5 5, 3 9 same data as holotype except VII-23 to VIII-2-64; 21 <3, 13 9 same
data except 9000 ft, VII-23 to VIII-11-64 (J. E. H. Martin & W. C McGuffin); 1
<3 Mex., 8 road mi W El Palmito, Sinaloa, 6400 ft, VIII-8/12-72, at lights (C. D.
MacNeill, D. Veirs & Powell), 3 <3 same data except X-12-75 (Chemsak & Powell)
(CNC, UCB, USNM).
There is a population in the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, that may be con-
specific. Adults are morphologically indistinguishable from typical; specimens
taken in April are comparable in size to the type series, but August moths are
smaller. Most males (6n) resemble the typical but have a paler, more washed-out
FW pattern, while others (2n) have the FW unicolorous tan with only a faint
indication of the pattern. Females (3n) lack the white costal markings. Two males
and one female have some dorsal infuscation, as in the type series (AMNH, CNC,
UCB).
Paramorbia Powell and Lambert, New Genus
Type species. — Oenectra rostellana Zeller, 1877.
Head: Antennal setulae elongate in male, 2 x segment diameter. Labial palpus
II segment nearly straight, enlarged at middle, with widely flared scaling; III
segment ca. 0.3 as long as II. Scaling of frons erect at base, appressed above,
380
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
crown with weak to well developed hood. Ocelli absent or present. Periorbital
strip bare, with a single row of scales ventrally. Forewing: Length of DC ca. 0.58
FW length; width of DC 0.17 its length; Cu lb arises ca. 0.55 along length of DC;
stem of M absent; CuP present. No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Sc + R and
Rs adjacent, a trace of crossvein r persists; Rs and Mj short-stalked; M 3 and Cu la
separate; CuP represented by a crease. No cubital hair pecten. Abdomen: Dorsal
pits absent. Male genitalia (Fig. 2): Uncus very slender, slightly curved. Gnathos
absent. Transtilla finely dentate. Valva with pulvinus weak with sparse setae;
sacculus variable, sclerotized but not distinctly defined posteriorly, extending to
beyond middle of valva, with one projecting spur on or recessed from margin.
Aedeagus short, stout. Female genitalia (Fig. 14): Papillae anales oval, moderately
well sclerotized. Sterigma a rather simple plate posteriodorsad to ostium, with
lateral lobes. Ductus bursae slender, straight, without colliculum; cestum absent,
or as weekly sclerotized lateral bands extending to corpus bursae; latter large,
signum an elaborate, nearly complete ring, elongated into two broad flanges curved
distally into bursa.
Sexual dimorphism. — Slight; males have elongate antennal setulae; females
possess more elongate labial palpi, are larger and tend to be darker in color. The
wing patterns are similar. Associations are based on a short series taken at Rancho
Grande, Ar., Venezuela (males of which compare well with the type of P. rostellana
from Colombia (BMNH)), and on an undescribed species in Costa Rica.
In addition to P. rostellana, the genus includes P. ithyclina (Meyrick, 1926), P.
chionophthalma (Meyr., 1932) and at least two undescribed species, all in Colom¬
bia and Bolivia, and one undescribed species in Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Pan¬
ama.
In an unpublished treatment of Neotropical Sparganothini, Lambert (1950)
included the species fisted above in a proposed new genus (Genus I), with Epagoge
somatina Dognin, 1912, as its type species. I believe this concept was based on
an undescribed species similar to P. ithyclina from Colombia, which had been
misidentified as E. somatina by Busck. Lambert also considered as congeneric
the species here assigned to Sparganothina, n. gen., because he erroneously per¬
ceived members of that group also to lack the gnathos. Later, in a partially revised
manuscript, he had decided that E. somatina was not a sparganothine, and al¬
though he proposed the name Paramorbia for the new genus, he did not designate
another type from the remaining species, nor did he discuss diagnostic characters
that would distinguish the group. The male of E. somatina still is not known with
certainty, but its similarity to Philedone aluminias (Meyrick, 1912), which is
known only from males, suggests that the two, if not a single species, are closely
related. There is no doubt that both are Atteriini.
With the removal of E. somatina and separation of Sparganothina, the restricted
Paramorbia is a discrete group with no close affinity to other described Sparga¬
nothini. Presumably the loss of the gnathos is a parallel reduction in Amorbia
and Paramorbia and is not indicative of relationship. The projecting spur of the
sacculus and the uniquely derived form of the signum, as well as the distinctive
forewing pattern, serve as synapomorphies distinguishing this genus.
Sparganothina Powell, New Genus
Type species.—Sparganothis xanthista Walsingham, 1913.
Head: Antennal setulae in male short, ca. 0.7 segment width; scale band on
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
381
basal part of segment reduced. Labial palpus II segment moderately enlarged,
from before middle to well beyond, scarcely curved, with broad scaling dorsally
and ventrally. Scaling of frons appressed, sparse. Ocelli reduced to a trace or
lacking in male. Periorbital strip scaled. Forewing: Length of DC ca. 0.6 FW
length, width of DC 0.20 its length; Cu lb originates at ca. 0.70 along length of
cell. Stem of M in DC absent, represented by a crease; CuP absent, represented
by a faint crease. No costal fold in male. Transverse band scaling roughened in
fresh specimens but no bands of upraised scales. Hindwing: Sc + R, and Rs
separate, adjacent basally, with partial crossvein; Rs and M t short-stalked; M 3
and Cu la separate. No cubital hair pecten. Abdomen: No dorsal pits. Male genitalia
(Fig. 3): Uncus moderately strongly curved, slightly enlarged apically. Socii not
fused to gnathos, which is a weak transverse ridge dorsad to socii. Transtilla
heavily sclerotized, with large lateral and small median spurs. Valva simple with
weak pulvinus; sacculus large, heavily sclerotized, enlarged distally, with a pro¬
jecting spur. Aedeagus slightly curved. Anellus in S. xanthista greatly elongated
posteriorly, extending beneath aedeagus to its distal end in repose (but not in the
other species). Female genitalia (Fig. 15): Papillae anales narrow, enlarged distally.
Sterigma a shallow bowl subtending a broad, densely spiculate plate ( xanthista )
or with spiculate lateral lobes or unmodified. Ductus bursae without colliculum
or cestum. Corpus bursae large; signum developed into a broad, nearly closed
ring near proximal end of bursa.
Sexual dimorphism.— Slight; forewing pattern and shape similar; female ap¬
parently averages slightly larger.
Sparganothina is characterized by several apparent synapomorphies: the loss
or reduction to a trace of the ocelli and of vein CuP of the forewing; the rudi¬
mentary, joined gnathos; and the heavily sclerotized sacculus, which is enlarged
distally with a free tip or projecting spur. In females, the nearly closed, collar-like
signum constricting the corpus bursae is distinctive.
The genus is proposed for S. xanthista and S. amoebaea (Wlsm., 1913), both
of which were described from Guerrero, Mexico, and I have undescribed species
similar to both from Sinaloa, Durango, and Vera Cruz, Mexico. In addition, S.
nephela (Wlsm., 1913) from Panama and S. decagramma (Meyr., 1932) from
Santa Catharina, Brazil, are provisionally referred to Sparganothina, although
they differ in several details.
Sparganothina xanthista and S. amoebaea were described on the basis of males
from Amula, Guerrero. The type specimen of S. xanthista lacks its abdomen;
however the cotype (USNM), which was dissected by Lambert (RL #433) is
superficially indistinguishable, as are three specimens with the same label data as
the types, a male and two females (BMNH, USNM). My dissections of males
collected recently in Guerrero (JAP 4957, vie. Iguala; JAP 5510, vic.Tixtla) show
variation from the cotype, especially in the transtilla and sacculus, but the close
phenotypic similarity of the moths and their near geographic and seasonal (Aug.-
Sept.) origins are convincing that all represent one species and that the females
are correctly associated. Moreover, in series of three undescribed species that
resemble both S. xanthista and S. amoebaea, males and females are phenotypi-
cally quite similar. Thus, S. xanthista is selected as the type species of Sparga¬
nothina ; the female of S. amoebaea is unknown.
As noted above, Lambert (1950) included S. amoebaea and S. xanthista in his
Genus I, along with members of the genus now described as Paramorbia. Pre-
382
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
sumably this was because he thought the two Mexican species lacked the gnathos,
as there is otherwise little similarity between the two species complexes. His later
pencilled revisions to the manuscript indicated that S. amoebaea “should go with
Philedone aluminias and Epagoge somatina, ” apparently based on a photograph
of the type slide of amoebaea (BMNH 3707, JDB), but S. xanthista was not
included in this imponderable misinterpretation. Hence, Lambert did not rec¬
ognize the relationships presently conceived for Paramorbia and Sparganothina.
TRIBE ATTERIINI
Atteridae Busck, 1932.
Atteriini Powell, 1964.
Anacrusiina Diakonoff, 1961.
The genera of Atteriini described here share the following character states. Head:
Maxillary palpus tiny, not visible on whole specimen. Scaling of frons appressed
or roughened above middle, without hood. Chaetosema well developed. Forewing:
Discal cell short, 0.53-0.60 FW length. R 3 separate from R 4 4- R 5 , R 4 to costa,
R 5 to termen; M 3 and Cu, a separate. No upraised scale rows or tufts. Hindwing:
Ten veins (including CuP), humeral vein absent. No cubital hair pecten or costal
penicillus in male. Abdomen: No dorsal pits. Female with elaborate, differentiated
corethrogyne scaling on venter of VI and VII (unknown in Sisurcana). Male
genitalia: Uncus well developed, strongly sclerotized. Saccus not differentiated.
No hami or subscaphium. Socii large, scaled, not produced posteriorly beyond
basal attachment, not fused to gnathos. Gnathos arms strongly sclerotized, joined,
smooth. Transtilla complete, dentate, not joined to pulvinus. Valva simple, not
plicate, lacking “clasper.” Aedeagus slightly to strongly bent, pistol-shaped, with¬
out external spurs. Female genitalia: (excluding Sisurcana). Papillae anales broad,
comparatively well sclerotized, without differentiated floricomous setae. Ductus
bursae slender, well differentiated from corpus bursae, without accessory sac.
Corpus bursae large, globose, without accessory pouch; signum a large, hollow
keel projecting inward, without capitulum.
Sisurcana Powell, New Genus
Type species. —Sisurcana furcatana Powell, new species.
Head: Antenna thickened basally, short, less than 0.5 FW length; setulae in
male 0.8 to 2.0 x segment diameter; scaling in two bands per segment, sometimes
reduced on basal half. Labial palpus short, stout, upturned against front; II segment
enlarged preapically to 1.5 x basal diameter, nearly straight, scaling rather ap¬
pressed; III segment small, ca. 0.13 as long as II, hidden in its scaling. Ocelli
absent or reduced to a trace. Periorbital strip scaled. Forewing: Broad, length
2.24-2.40 x width; width of DC 0.17-0.19 its length; Cu lb position variable,
arising 0.53-0.66 along length of cell. Stem of M and chorda present, weak (not
visible on unstained wing), M ending at M 2 ; R 4 and R 5 separate; CuP present.
No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Sc + R, and Rs separate, Rs nearly complete
with trace of crossvein; Rs and M, separate, closely adjacent or connate; M 3 and
Cu, connate; CuP weak. Male genitalia (Fig. 4): Uncus slender, attenuate or
shallowly bifid apically, minutely setate ventroapically. Socii sparganothine-like,
with long, dense scaling. Gnathos produced into a slender, broad or bifurcate tip.
Transtilla twisted, usually without median dentate knob. Valva simple, lacking
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
383
pulvinus, costal rim weak, sacculus strong, extending to %, ending in a projection
from margin. Aedeagus slender to stout, only slightly bent; vesica with comuti of
two forms: non-deciduous (?), thin, spine-like ones attached basally, and deciduous
ones, broadened medially, attached laterally.
Female unknown.
The name Sisurcana furcatana was coined by Busck in the 1920’s and used on
specimens and a drawing in the TJSNM, though evidently not in a manuscript,
and by Clarke in the 1940’s on specimens in the BMNH. Included were paratypes
of Eulia umbellifera Meyrick, 1926, and at least one specimen that is conspecific
with neither that species nor S. furcatana. Sisurcana as presently conceived also
includes S. umbellifera, S. defricata (Meyrick, 1926), S. leprana (Felder & Ro-
genhofer, 1875), S. ranunculata (Meyr., 1912) and at least 10 undescribed species
(BMNH, USNM), all from Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, and Peru. Unfortu¬
nately, material is not available in sufficient series to enable association of the
females with any of these; most likely there is marked sexual dimorphism. Until
the female is known, the tribal status of Sisurcana is problematical.
It is possible that S. ranunculata, which has the forewing termen concave below
the apex and a distinctive forewing pattern, is the male of Anacrusis ruptimacula
(Dognin), new combination, or a similar species. The two show differences in
sexual dimorphism comparable to those displayed by other Anacrusis species.
However, there are no unassociated female Anacrusis specimens from the South
American localities that have yielded most of the Sisurcana males, and the num¬
bers of these suggest that females without typical atteriine corethrogyne scaling
are the likely associates. For example, females of “Tortrix” recurvana Zeller have
been taken at Rancho Grande, Venezuela, the type locality of S. furcatana, al¬
though not on the same dates. The comuti deposited in their corpus bursae match
those of S. furcatana. However, the chorda and M stem in recurvana are appre¬
ciably stronger than in S. furcatana.
The BMNH has males of undescribed Siscurcana and female specimens of at
least three species with identical label data, from localities in Colombia and Peru.
If these associations represent mates, females are larger than males, possess slightly
to markedly emarginate costal margin of the forewing, the extreme of which is
seen in recurvana. The forewing patterns provide no convincing clues to associate
the pairs. These females lack specialized atteriine ovipositional scaling, but the
genitalia are Anacrusis-like, with the ductus seminalis attached subbasally, fol¬
lowed by a long ductus bursae having weak sclerotization; the signum is a crease
with shallow keel {recurvana) or a cone with long, acute keel.
Sisurcana furcatana Powell, New Species
Male.— Length of FW 9.9-12.4 mm (5n). Labial palpus short, length 1.15 eye
diameter; scaling short, little flared, tan infused with variable red-brown exteriorly.
Front whitish, crown scaling whitish mixed with red-brown. Thorax: Dorsal scal¬
ing pale to dark red-brown, reflecting a purplish sheen. Underside pale tan, coxae
with variable dark brown, legs variable red-brown. Forewing: Subcostal area ba¬
sally with a costally-directed scale flap (presumably a male secondary character).
Costal half rust-brown with variable darker scaling, costal spots and poorly de¬
fined, subapical, triangular blotch; dorsal half heavily suffused with dark gray and
variable dark brown mottling. Underside dark gray with pale red-brown subcostal
area basally, costa narrowly whitish with dark spots of upperside reproduced,
384
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
termen rust colored. Hindwing: Dark brown, becoming blackish in anal area;
fringe rust colored distally. Underside, disk gray becoming mottled rust distally,
costal and subcostal area rust mottled with white. Abdomen: Dark gray reflecting
purplish sheen; lateral and genital scaling rust colored. Genitalia as in Figure 4
(drawn from paratype, Rancho Grande, JAP prep. no. 5032; 3n).
Female unknown.
Holotype male. — VENEZUELA, Rancho Grande, Aragua, 1100 m, Jan. 17-
20, 1978, blacklight, cloud forest (J. B. Heppner) (USNM). Paratypes: 1 6 same
data as holotype, 1 6 same data except V-16-67 (C. J. Rosales, L. Fernandez S.);
1 6 E Cordillera, Colombia, 7200 ft, “10-20”; 1 $ Rio Toche Quindiu, Colombia,
2400 m (BMNH, UCB, USNM, VIZA).
Archipimima Powell, New Genus
Type species. — Tortrix jlexicostalis Dognin, 1908.
Head: Antenna unmodified; setulae elongate in male, 1.67 x or greater the
segment diameter, on raised ventral ridges; scaling in two well defined bands.
Labial palpus elongate, upturned; II segment length 1.3 x eye diameter, enlarged
beyond middle 2 x basal diameter, slightly curved, with broadly flared scaling;
III segment small, 0.2 as long as II. Ocelli present. Periorbital strip narrowly bare
posteriorly. Forewing: Length 2.5 x width, costa strongly concave beyond middle;
width of DC ca. 0.19 its length; Cu lb arises 0.5 along length of cell. Chorda and
stem of M present, weak, in cell, ending at M 2 ; R 4 and R s separate, CuP weakly
developed. No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Sc + R and Rs separate, base of
Rs and cross vein lost; Rs and M, closely approximate; M 3 and Cu )a separate;
CuP weak. Male genitalia (Fig. 5): Uncus slender, with a small apical hood, setate
ventrally. Socii large, lobed, with short, stiff scales ventrally, long scaling antero-
laterally. Transtilla narrow with dentate protuberances flanking middle. Valva
lacking pulvinus; costal rim and sacculus well sclerotized, latter curving poste-
riorad into valva surface, with an enlarged but not free tip. Vesica with one (or
more deciduous?) comutus. Female genitalia (Fig. 16): Sterigma membranous
with large, sclerotized lateral lobes. Ductus bursae with an elongate colliculum
preceding the ductus seminalis, which originates 0.30-0.55 the length of d.b. from
ostium; no antrum nor cestum. Corpus bursae large, globose, without accessory
pouch, with a small, unsclerotized projecting pouch just basad to signum.
Sexual dimorphism. — Not as pronounced as in other non-mimetic Atteriini.
Males possess moderately elaborate antennal setulae borne on raised ridges and
a penicillus on the prothoracic tibia (weak in jlexicostalis ); the VIII abdominal
tergum is elongated, hood-like over the genitalia. Females average larger and have
slightly broader forewings, with a more deeply emarginate costa; VI, VII ventral
scaling modified as in Anacrusis Zeller and Atteria Walker. The forewing color
patterns are similar in the sexes.
The genus is proposed for four South American species, A. jlexicostalis, A.
concavata (Meyrick, 1930), A. cosmoscelis (Meyr., 1932), and A. labyrinthopa
(Meyr., 1932), which superficially resemble some Holarctic Archips species in
forewing shape and color pattern. The lack of marked sexual dimorphism and
the undifferentiated scaling of the socii distinguish Archipimima from Anacrucis
and related genera. Males and females of A. jlexicostalis and A. concavata have
been collected together in Peru and appear to be imequivocally associated (BMNH).
386
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The former is selected as the type species because the holotype of A. concavata
lacks its abdomen.
Tinacrucis Powell, New Genus
Type species.— Homona aquila Busck, 1914.
Head: Antennae usually unmodified; setulae in males moderately long, equal
to width of flagellar segment (undescribed Venezuelan species), to more typically
1.5 to 2.5 x segment width, in dense whorls; scaling in one band per segment.
Labial palpus upturned, short, thickly scaled; II segment slightly enlarged distally,
to 1.5 x basal diameter, curved basally; III small, ca. 0.28 as long as II, nearly
hidden in scaling of II. Ocelli apparently absent in most species (present in an
undescribed species). Periorbital strip bare posteriorly, scaled anteriorly. Fore¬
wing: Variable in shape, costa in males weakly to strongly sinuate, emarginate in
outer Vi. Breadth ratio correspondingly variable, length 2.55-2.70 x width. Width
of DC 0.17-0.20 its length; Cu lb originates at ca. 0.55 along length of cell; CuP
present. Stem of M in DC well developed, usually with trace of fork, ending at
M 2 ; accessory cell (chorda) present, weak in male; R 4 and R 5 stalked or separate;
CuP present, short. No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Sc + Rs separate, Rs weak
basally; Rs and M, closely approximate or connate; M 3 and Cu, a connate in male,
separate in female; CuP present, short or well developed. Abdomen: VIII segment
enlarged in male, tergum forming a hood over genitalia. Male genitalia (Fig. 6):
Uncus narrow, slightly enlarged apically to broadly capitate, with ventral setation.
Socii triangulate, wrapped around gnathos, scaling differentiated into two types:
huge, thick tufts of elongate scales laterally, shorter, stiff hairs posteroventrally.
Gnathos tip elongate, spatulate. Transtilla narrow, with a pair of dentate projec¬
tions near middle. Valva broad, curved posteriorly; no pulvinus; sacculus weakly
defined basally, separated by a sclerotized band along inner face of valva, set in
from anterior margin. Aedeagus slender, ca. 14-16 elongate comuti, spine-like,
deciduous with lateral attachment. Female genitalia (Fig. 17): Papillae anales
setiferous nipples moderately raised. Sterigma a shallow bowl with large lateral
lobes. Ductus bursae with membranous antrum proximal to a short colliculum,
gradually enlarged and lightly sclerotized distally; ductus seminalis connects just
distad of colliculum. Signum a scobinate patch, preceded by a small blind pouch
(sometimes rudimentary).
Sexual dimorphism. —Extreme, although size not as variable and discrepancy
not as great as in Tina n. gen.; female FW length 1.20-1.25 x that of male.
Forewing pattern differs markedly, males with reticulate patterning on yellow,
females more or less unicolorous brown or with outwardly oblique bands sug¬
gested. Males have the elaborate antennal setulae and enlarged VIII abdominal
segment, while females have specialized corethrogyne scaling of the abdominal
venter, as in Atteria and Anacrusis.
The name Tinacrucis can be interpreted as of feminine gender. T. aquila is
selected as the type because reared sibs from single egg masses are available that
unequivocally demonstrate the association of the sexes.
Diagnosis.— Species of Tinacrucis, while superficially very similar to those of
Tina, are most closely related to Anacrusis and perhaps the group may be treated
best as a subgenus when the extent of variation in Anacrusis is better understood.
The new genus is distinguished by having the sinuate costa similar in both sexes
(unmodified in male Anacrusis, concave termen in females), by the markedly
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
387
different forewing pattern between the sexes, elaborate antennal setulae in males
and by lacking a well developed sacculus in the male genitalia. The valvae are
not strongly curved posteriorly and thus are similar to the form in Tina.
The new genus includes the following described species: T. aquila, with the
female T. consobrina (Bsk., 1914) as a subjective synonym, T. apertana (Wlsm.,
1914), T. patulana (Walker, 1863), and T. sebasta (Wlsm., 1914). The last, which
was described from a male from Guatemala, is virtually indistinguishable mor¬
phologically from the darker T. aquila in Panama and Costa Rica. T. apertana
was based on the female, but 1 have reared F, sibs from Nuevo Leon that dem¬
onstrate the male is not another of the described species. In addition there are
several undescribed species in Mexico, one of which ranges into southern Arizona.
Tinacrucis patulana was described from Oaxaca, Mexico, and the unique female
type is lacking its abdomen (BMNH). Walsingham (1914) considered Tortrix
audaculana Busck, 1907, to be a synonym of T. patulana, but on the basis of
size, it seems more likely that patulana is a Tinacrucis rather than Tina according
to present concepts. The type specimen of T. patulana is larger (FW length 18.9
mm) and has more distinct, black, transverse strigulae on the forewing than any
specimen of Tina audaculana I have seen (FW 12.5-16.0 mm). Material collected
in Oaxaca recently by E. C. Welling and K. Wolf includes at least two species of
Tinacrucis but not in series that permit unequivocal associations of males and
females. One female matches the Walker type in FW pattern but is smaller (FW
16.6 mm).
Tina Powell, New Genus
Type species. —Tortrix audaculana Busck, 1907.
Head: Antenna serrate in male, setulae greatly elongated, 3.0-3.3 x segment
width, in dense segmental whorls from raised ridges; scaling in one band per
segment. Labial palpus upturned, short, thickly scaled; II segment only slightly
expanded distally, to ca. 1.2 x its basal width; slightly curved; III small, ca. 0.20
as long as II, nearly hidden in scaling of II. Ocelli apparently absent, reduced to
a trace. Periorbital strip bare posteriorly, scaled anteriorly. Forewing: Costa sinuate
in both sexes. Length 2.6-2.7 x width at costal concavity. Width of DC 0.17-
0.19 its length; Cu lb originates at ca. 0.53-0.60 along length of cell. Stem of M
present in cell, ending at M 2 , trace of fork sometimes present in female; accessory
cell (chorda) present, weak in male; R 4 + R 5 stalked ‘A—Vs their length in male,
very short-stalked in female; CuP present. No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Sc
and Rs separate, Rs weak basally; Rs and M, stalked or closely approximate; M 3
and Cu la connate; CuP weak. Abdomen: segment VIII normal, not enlarged. Male
genitalia (Fig. 7): Uncus moderately broad basally, simple apically or expanded
preapically to form a triangulate or T-shaped hood, or with enlarged lateral lobes
projecting ventrally; sparsely setate ventrally. Socii elongate, pendant, broadest
at middle, narrowed apically, without differentiated scaling. Gnathos tip broad,
rounded. Transtilla heavily sclerotized with a pair of broad, fan-like, dentate lobes
projecting posteriorly. Valva narrow, not much turned posteriorly, without ar¬
mature or pulvinus; sacculus weakly differentiated in basal area, narrow. Aedeagus
slender; 8-10 slender, spine-like, deciduous comuti. Female genitalia: Papillae
anales, posterior lobes slightly broader, setiferous nipples moderately raised. Ste-
rigma a broad bowl with large lateral lobes, surface scobinate. Ductus bursae with
membranous antrum proximal to a rather elongate colliculum, gradually enlarging
388
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
to corpus bursae; ductus seminalis connects just distal to colliculum. Signum
narrow, originating from a weakly sclerotized patch.
Sexual dimorphism.— Extreme: Females of T. audaculana from Veracruz av¬
erage much larger, range in FW length = 1.05-1.60 x that of males, an impression
that is enhanced by the relatively broader forewing of the female and the much
bulkier abdomen. Females’ forewings have a more sinuate costa. Males have a
delicate network pattern of purplish brown on yellow, with a costal triangle weakly
defined, while forewings of females are brownish, showing a typical Archipini-
like pattern of pre- and postmedian, outwardly transverse bands, of whitish.
Females lack the elaborate antennal setulae of males, while males have none of
the enormous corethrogyne scaling of the abdominal venter.
Tina is a name used by August Busck 1 more than 50 years ago, on specimens
of T. audaculana. Following Walsingham (1914), Busck considered audaculana
to be a synonym of patulana Walker. Later the name Tina was applied to Obraztsov
in manuscript to a diverse conglomeration including A nacrusis rupti macula (Dog-
nin) and Tinacrucis sebasta (Walsingham) but not other described species now
assigned to Anacrusis and Tinacrucis.
As noted above, the type specimen of Tinacrucis patulana is larger than any
known Tina, and is therefore more likely a species of Tinacrucis. Hence, T.
audaculana, which was described from Orizaba, Mexico, is designated as the type;
sufficient collections exist from the area of Orizaba, Cordoba, and Fortin de las
Flores (100+ specimens, BMNH, UCB, USNM) to permit circumstantial asso¬
ciation of the sexes with confidence. In addition, I have reared Fj sibs to associate
the sexes, of T. audaculana in Costa Rica and of two undescribed Costa Rican
species.
Diagnosis. — Tina is most similar to Tinacrucis, differing primarily by the more
extreme difference in size of the sexes, by lacking the enlarged Vffl abdominal
segment of male Anacrusis and Tinacrucis, and by the male genitalia, which differ
markedly; in particular the simple socii without specialized scaling, and the broad,
fan-shaped, transtilla distinguish Tina. Superficially, both males and females of
Tina closely resemble those of several species of Tinacrucis, adding to the con¬
fusion in associating sexes within species.
Holoptygma Powell, New Genus
Type species. — Ctenopseustis lurida Meyrick, 1912.
Head: Antenna in male pectinate, each ridge bearing 10-12 long setulae, ca.
2 x segment diameter, on each side; scaling in 2 bands per segment. Labial palpus
slender, nearly porrect, with broad scaling dorsally; II segment moderately en¬
larged dorsally, to 1.66 basal diameter, slightly curved; III ca. 0.45 as long as II.
Ocelli minute. Periorbital strip bare posteriorly. Forewing: Broad, length ca. 2.1 x
width (costal fold reflexed); width of DC 0.20 its length; Cu lb originates 0.70 along
length of cell; chorda and stem of M with trace of fork present in cell, ending
between M 2 and M 3 ; R 4 and R 5 separate; CuP present. Male with an elongate (0.8
FW length) costal fold. Hindwing: Sc + R, and Rs adjacent, crossvein and base
of Rs lost; Rs and M, closely approximate; M 3 and Cu la connate; CuP represented
by a trace. Abdomen: VIII tergum moderately enlarged. Male genitalia (Fig. 8):
Uncus deeply bifurcate apically, with ventral setae. Socii broad, oval, pendant,
1 Named after Busck’s daughter, according to J. F. G. Clarke (in litt.).
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
389
with elongate, dense scaling. Transtilla heavily sclerotized, dentate except at mid¬
dle. Yalva simple, pulvinus weak; sacculus weakly differentiated, narrow. Aede-
agus slightly bent, cylindrical; vesica with deciduous comuti having basal attach¬
ment. Female genitalia: Papillae anales oval. Sterigma simple, with broad, rounded
lateral lobes. Ductus bursae without antrum, colliculum, or cestum. Corpus bursae
with a small blind pouch posterad to signum.
Sexual dimorphism. —Pronounced; male with pectinate antennae and a huge
costal fold. Female with well developed corethrogyne scaling, differentiated on
VI and VII. Male FW strongly mottled with dark pattern, HW dark; FW of
female primarily yellow, HW white.
The association of female is circumstantial. Meyrick described H. lurida on the
basis of males from San Antonio, Colombia, and there are 7 males that appear
to be conspecific with the types, from 5 localities in The Cordillera de Carabaya,
Peru, collected in 1902-1904 by Ockenden (BMNH). There are 2 females from
2 of these sites which are associated with the males on the basis of similarity in
size and facies. The females differ by lacking the costal fold and having the forewing
primarily yellow, rather than heavily mottled with rust, with rust-brownish discal,
tomal and terminal markings (which are suggested in paler examples among
males), and females have a whitish, lightly mottled rather than a dark hindwing.
The female characters of Holoptygma are summarized from these specimens (BM
slide 23452).
TRIBE EULIINI, New Status
Euliae Kuznetzov and Stekol’nikov, 1977 (subtribe).
The following characters are shared by all the genera discussed here: Head:
Antenna unmodified. Chaetosema well developed. Forewing: stem of M and chor¬
da in cell absent or reduced to a trace; R 3 , R 4 and R 5 separate, R 4 to costa, R 5 to
termen. No upraised scale rows or tufts. No costal fold in male. Hindwing: Ten
veins (including CuP); Sc + R, and Rs separate, crossvein and base of Rs lost.
No cubital hair pecten. No costal penicillus in male. Abdomen: Dorsal pits absent.
Male genitalia: Uncus well developed, without ventral setation. Saccus not dif¬
ferentiated. Neither hami nor subscaphium developed. Gnathos arms joined.
Valva simple, narrow, lacking differentiated pulvinus, “clasper” and brachiola.
Aedeagus without external spurs; vesica without deciduous comuti. Female gen¬
italia: Papillae anales flat, unmodified, without modified setae. Ductus bursae
without antrum, colliculum or cestum. Corpus bursae without accessory pouch.
Sexual dimorphism. —Characteristically slight throughout the tribe, although
the forewing pattern differs in some genera. Females usually slightly larger. Males
lack secondary features except elongated antennal setulae. Females lack specialized
scaling associated with oviposition.
Neoeulia Powell, New Genus
Type species.—Phalonia dorsistriatana Walsingham, 1884.
Head: Antennal setulae in male ca. 0.75 as long as segment diameter; scaling
in two well developed bands per segment. Labial palpus porrect, II segment
moderately enlarged distally, 1.6 x basal diameter, slightly curved, with broadened
scaling; III ca. 0.45 as long as II. Maxillary palpus well developed, upturned,
scaled, longer than pilifer. Scaling of frons appressed, sparse. Ocelli small. Peri-
390
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 9-12. Male genitalia of Tortricinae, ventral aspect with valvae reflexed; aedeagus removed
and shown in lateral aspect. 9. Neoeulia dorsistriatana (Walsingham). 10. Quasieulia mcguffini Powell.
11. Anopinella ophiodes (Walsingham). 12. Apotomops wellingtonana (Kearfott).
orbital strip narrowly bare. Forewing: Length 2.9-3.Ox width; DC ca. 0.55 FW
length; width of DC ca. 0.17 its length; Cu lb arises 0.67 along length of cell. Chorda
and stem of M represented by a trace in cell; M 3 and Cu la separate; CuP present.
392
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Hindwing: Ten veins (including CuP); humeral vein absent; Sc + R, and Rs
separate, base of Rs and crossvein lost; Rs + M stalked; M 3 and Cu 1A separate;
CuP present, Male genitalia (Fig, 9): Uncus slender, unmodified. Socii short,
globose, attached basally, with long setae, not fused to gnathos. Gnathos heavily
sclerotized, dentate. Transtilla a simple, complete band, not joined to pulvinus.
Valva elongate; sacculus differentiated, narrow, costa with heavily sclerotized
ornamentation directed posteriorly. Aedeagus short, curved; vesica with sclero¬
tized, curved band. Female genitalia (Fig. 18); Sterigma a broad band posterior-
dorsad of ostium. Apophyses, VIII—IX + X segmental membrane, and bursa cop-
ulatrix short, so the whole genital structure is compact. Ductus bursae very short,
almost lost. Corpus bursae simple; signum a broad, U-shaped band from proximal
end of bursa.
Neoeulia dorsistriatana was described more than a century ago from a male
specimen labelled ‘Arizona’ and none has been collected there since. However, I
have a series of females from the vicinity of El Salto, Durango, Mexico, that are
phenotypically quite similar to the type. Hence, the association for the female
characters in the generic description is provisional, pending discovery of both
sexes in one population. The El Salto specimens may represent a closely related
species. In addition to N. dorsistriatana, I have two or three undescribed species
from Veracruz and Puebla, Mexico, in which males and females are phenotypically
similar but are not associated in series.
Quasieulia Powell, New Genus
Type species . — Quasieulia mcguffini Powell, new species.
Head: Antennal setulae in male rather short, 0.75 x segment diameter; scaling
in two well developed bands per segment. Labial palpus nearly porrect; II segment
only slightly enlarged distally, ca. 1.5 x basal diameter, slightly curved, with
spreading scaling; III less than 0.25 as long as II. Maxillary palpus rudimentary.
Scaling of frons smooth below middle, roughened above. Ocelli absent. Periorbital
strip with a single row of elongate scales posteriorly. Forewing: Length 2.5 x width;
length of DC ca. 0.55 FW length; width of DC 0.15 its length; Cu lb arises ca. 0.55
along length of cell; M 3 and Cu la separate; CuP represented by a trace. Apex acute,
subfalcate. Hindwing: Humeral vein absent; Sc + R! and Rs separate, crossvein
and base of Rs lost; Rs and M, stalked; M 3 and Cu, connate; CuP short. Male
genitalia (Fig. 10): Uncus heavily sclerotized, strongly curved, Tegumen heavily
sclerotized and sculptured nearly completely to mid-venter. Socii slender, atten¬
uate, pendant from basal attachment; setate, unsealed, not fused to gnathos. Gna¬
thos smooth. Transtilla complete, narrowed medially, not joined to pulvinus.
Valva with sacculus differentiated basally, narrow, simple. Aedeagus simple, grad¬
ually tapered lrom phallobase; vesica with one cornutus. Female genitalia (Fig.
19): Papillae anales narrow, well separated. Sterigma a broad shield dorsad to
ostium, split medially, with prominent lobes posteriorly. Ductus bursae elongate,
slender, straight, with a complete, weakly sclerotized band, possibly homologous
with a colliculum. Corpus bursae simple, small; signum funnel-like, flattened into
a keel projecting into bursa.
In addition to the type species, Quasieulia includes Q . hirsutipalpis (Walsing-
ham, 1914) and Q. endela (WIsm., 1914), both of which are known from single
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
393
Figures 18-22. Female genitalia of Tortricinae, ventral aspect. 18. Neoeulia dorsistriatana (Wal-
srngham). 19. Quasieulia mcguffini Powell. 20. Anopinella ophiodes (Walsingham). 21. Chileulia sia-
lactitis (Meyrick). 22. Apotomops wellingtonana (Kearfott).
394
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
male specimens from Guatemala. Superficially these moths resemble Neoeulia,
but the fundamentally different genitalia features, particularly the modified teg-
umen and lack of costal ornamentation on the valva in the male and the long,
thin ductus bursae in the female of Quasieulia, indicate that the two genera are
not closely related. The genitalia characteristics suggest that Quasieulia may be
most closely related to Apotomops Powell & Obraztsov, among described genera,
although the two are dissimilar phenotypically.
Quasieulia mcguffini Powell, New Species
Male. — Length of FW 8.5-9.3 mm (3n). Head: Labial palpus moderately elon¬
gate, II segment length 1.5 x eye diameter; scaling pale straw yellow with scattered
pale brown exteriorly. Scaling of crown pale straw colored. Thorax: Dorsal scaling
pale straw colored with pale brownish tips; venter whitish, legs dusted with brown.
Forewing: Pale straw colored with faint brownish clouding, highlighted by two
metallic gray-brown lines, one outwardly angled across half the wing from dorsal
margin before middle, the other subterminal before fringe; latter followed by dark
ochreous subtending the fringe which is whitish except brownish at tomus. Un¬
derside pale brown with cream colored patches along outer half of costa, corre¬
sponding to pale areas of upperside. Hindwing: shining whitish; pale brownish
along veins and outer margin. Fringe white. Underside white. Abdomen: Pale
brownish dorsally; genital scaling and underside whitish. Genitalia: As in Figure
10 (drawn from paratype, JAP prep. no. 2621; 2n).
Female. —Length of forewing 9.3-10.4 mm (6n). Essentially as described for
male except FW color pattern appreciably more distinct, the pale brown pattern
contrasting distinctly with the pale yellow ground, which occupies basal area to
the submedian line from before mid-dorsum, curving outward to costa beyond
middle; and in the brownish distal half, a pale costal patch and poorly defined
patches in middle and above dorsal margin; submedian and subterminal lines
apparently not as distinctly metallic as in male. Genitalia as in Figure 19 (drawn
from paratype, JAP prep. no. 5361; 3n).
Holotype male and allotype female. — MEXICO, 10 mi W of El Salto, Durango,
8800 ft, July 19 and 23, 1964 (J. Powell) (UCB). Paratypes: 1 6 same data as
holotype; 1 6, 3 2 same data except 9000 ft, VI-30 to VII-10-64 (W. C. McGuffin),
2 2 same data except VII-18,29-64 (J. E. H. Martin) (CNC, UCB).
Anopinella Powell, New Genus
Type species.—Eulia isodelta Meyrick, 1912.
Head: Antennal setulae elongate in male, equal to segment width at base, 1.3 x
segment width at 'A. Labial palpus porrect, elongate, slightly broadened by scaling;
11 segment expanded, 1.6 x width at base, slightly curved; III ca. 0.4 as long as
II. Maxillary palpus rudimentary, hidden. Frons smooth-scaled with overhanging
crown tuft. Ocelli present, reduced. Periorbital strip partially bare. Forewing:
Length 2.3-2.4 x width, DC 0.55-0.60 x FW length; width of DC ca. 0.21-0.23
length; Cu lb originates at 0.60 the length of DC; M 3 and Cu Ja connate or separate;
CuP absent. Chorda defined by a trace not visible basally. Hindwing: Sc and Rs
closely approximate; Rs and M, closely approximate; M 3 and Cu la connate; CuP
represented by a trace. Male genitalia (Fig. 11): Uncus slender, strongly curved,
slightly enlarged preapically. Socii small, ovate, sparsely setate. Gnathos arms
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
395
joined by membrane, not or slightly flared distally, spinulose apically. Transtilla
complete, thin, non-dentate. Valva with or without a strong spur at lower comer
of cucullus. Aedeagus short, moderately stout, comuti present, one long spine or
crease plus tiny spicules all over vesica. Female genitalia (Fig. 20): Papillae anales
moderately broad, anteriorly narrowed and turned mesad. Sterigma a simple bowl.
Ductus bursae narrow, membranous, ductus seminahs connects at ca. 0.75 distally
along length of d.b. Corpus bursae rather elongate, distally extended caudad. Signa
lacking, bursa with dense lining of spiculae.
Anopinella is a name that August Busck affixed to specimens of an apparently
undescribed species from Panama more than 50 years ago, at a time when Anopina
Obraztsov, 1962, also existed as an unpublished concept, indicated by Busck’s
labels. Obraztsov (1963) thought Anopina originated as an arbitrary combination
of letters and treated it as a Latin noun of feminine gender. Therefore, Anopinella
can be interpreted as feminine.
In addition to the type species, A. isodelta, from Colombia, Anopinella includes
A. ophiodes (Walsingham, 1914) described from Panama, and A. homosacta
(Meyrick 1930), from Argentina. There are at least 3 apparently undescribed,
similar species, from Venezuela, Panama, Jamaica (USNM). In addition, there
are USNM specimens from Volcan Santa Maria, Guatemala, and Juan Vinas,
Costa Rica, that may represent another undescribed species or A. ophiodes . All
of these are similar in wing pattern and in genitalia form. Nothing is known of
the biology of any Anopinella species.
Diagnosis. — Both superficially and structurally, the new genus seems most sim¬
ilar to Anopina Obraztsov, among described genera. Anopinella isodelta differs
primarily in lacking the sacculus armature of Anopina, in having a stout aedeagus
that lacks the expanded phallobase seen in Anopina, and in the female by its
markedly different arrangment of the ductus bursae, ductus seminalis and corpus
bursae positions.
Chileulia Powell, New Genus
Type species.—Eulia stalactitis Meyrick, 1931.
Head: Antennal setulae in male short, ca. 0.4 segment width. Labial palpus
elongate, porrect, smooth scaled basally, flaring distally on II segment, which is
expanded ca. 2x its basal width, slightly curved; III ca. 0.5 as long as II, almost
entirely exposed. Maxillary palpus, ocelli present. Periorbital strip scaled. Fore¬
wing: Length 2.5-2.6 x width; DC ca. 0.60 x FW length; width of DC ca. 0.20 x
its length; Cu Ib originates at ca. 0.63 along length of DC. CuP short, at margin;
M 3 and Cu la separate. Accessory cell defined by a weak chorda. 1A + 2A rather
strongly bowed beyond the basal fork. Hindwing: Sc and Rs separate; Rs and M 1?
stalked; M 3 and Cu la separate; CuP present. Male genitalia (Clarke, 1958, pi. 69):
Uncus short, slender. Socii small, boot-shaped, with long setae. Gnathos strongly
sclerotized, tip flared, smooth. Transtilla partially developed, sclerotized as a frail
bridge only over middle half. Valva with sclerotized costa; well-developed sac¬
culus, ending in a free, flared tip at distal 2 h of valva margin. Aedeagus slender,
pistol-shaped, no visible comuti. Female genitalia (Fig. 21): Papillae anales nearly
parallel-sided, broadest anteriorly. Sterigma a simple bowl. Ductus bursae slender,
elongate, frail. Ductus seminalis connects at proximal end of corpus bursae, which
is without signum or spiculae.
396
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
The name Chileulia can be interpreted as a noun of feminine gender. The genus
is monobasic, but “ Eulia ” wilkinsonii (Butler, 1883), may prove to be congeneric
when its structural characters are known. C. stalactitis has been reared from a
variety of situations associated with fruit crops in Chile: “grape” (1943-1944),
“grape(fruits)” (1954), “orange” (1943), “plum” (1954), “apricot leaves” (1955),
and “larva in fruit Prosopis tamarugo ” (Chilean carob) (1956).
Diagnosis. — Chileulia stalactitis is most similar, both superficially and struc¬
turally, to Anopina, among described genera. Although there is considerable vari¬
ation in phenotype, possibly representing seasonal or local geographical forms,
the variation does not appear to be sex linked, as it is in Anopina triangulana
(Kearfott) in North America. Both a pale form with distinct dark costal triangle,
resembling males of A. triangulana, and a dark form like females of that species,
occur in both sexes of C. stalactitis.
Male genitalia of C. stalactitis have a well developed uncus, not visible in
Clarke’s illustration (1958, pi. 69). It curves towards the venter in unflattened
preparations. The tegumen in short, giving a stout appearance to the genitalia,
similar to that of Decodes Obraztsov.
Apotomops Powell & Obraztsov, New Genus
Type species. — Olethreutes wellingtonana Kearfott, 1907.
Head: Antennal setulae in male minute, less than 0.1 as long as segment width.
Labial palpus upturned, narrow, smooth scaled, II segment moderately expanded
distally, to ca. 1.7 times basal width, slightly curved; III ca. 0.45 as long as II.
Maxillary palpus longer than pilifer, scaled. Frons smooth scaled. Ocelli reduced
in size. Periorbital strip bare. Forewing: Length 2.75 to 2.9 x width, in female
slightly broader than male; length of DC ca. 0.60 FW length; width of DC 0.19
its length; Cu lb originates at 0.55-0.58 along length of cell; M 3 and Cu la separate;
CuP short. Chorda represented by a trace. Hindwing: Sc and Rs separate, Rs and
M 1 closely approximate or stalked; M 3 and Cu la short-stalked; CuP present. Male
genitalia (Fig. 12): Uncus broad, capitate, with ventral expansion at base. Socii
linear but not freely pendant, densely setate. Gnathos with broad lateral expan¬
sions subtending a thin tip, smooth. Transtilla complete, narrow, non-dentate.
Valva parallel-sided, with a weak sacculus to basal x h bearing a 3-pronged pro¬
jection at posterior comer. Aedeagus short, blunt, with dorsal concavity; vesica
with one large spine-like comutus, attached basally. Female genitalia (Fig. 22):
Papillae anales with posterior lobe larger, with elongated setae-bearing nipples.
Sterigma a shallow, bilobed bowl, preceded by lateral, sclerotized concavities.
Ductus bursae with small tapered side pouch, corpus bursae and ductus seminalis
joining at antrum. No signa; corpus bursae lined with fine scobination.
Sexual dimorphism.— Forewing slightly narrower in male.
The new genus was recognized by August Busck, who applied the name Eneria
on specimens many years ago. That designation was continued in manuscript by
Obraztsov, but the name is preoccupied by Eneria Donisthorpe, 1948 (Hyme-
noptera). The new genus contains two described species, P. wellingtonana in the
western U.S. and P. texasana (Blanchard & Knudson, 1984) in west Texas and
Nuevo Leon. Specimens from the western Cordillera of Mexico appear to differ
and may be found to represent a third species. Nothing is known about the biology.
Diagnosis.—Apotomops appears to be most closely related to Bonagota Ra-
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
397
zowski among described genera, although there are marked differences in genitalia.
The wing venation is similar, with R, and R 2 originating widely separated, R 4
and R 5 close together on the forewing. Both genera possess the peculiar accessory
pouch to the antrum, have the ductus bursae greatly reduced, and lack signa, so
there is close similarity in female genitalia, as compared with other genera of
Euliini. The highly modified uncus and tegumen distinguish members of Apoto-
mops from all related genera I have seen.
Acknowledgments
National Science Foundation grants GB-6813X (1967-1970) and BSR84-11459
(1985-), a Visiting Scholar Fellowship from the Office of Academic Programs,
Smithsonian Institution (1970-1971), and travel grants from the Committee on
Research, University of California, Berkeley, funded portions of my studies at
the Smithsonian Institution (1970-1971, 1981, 1983) and British Museum of
Natural History (1971, 1984) and in Costa Rica (1985). Field work in Mexico
was supported in part by N.S.F. grants to the late P. D. Hurd, Jr. (1964) and E.
G. Linsley (1974, 1975, 1976) and by A. E. Michelbacher (1982). J. A. Chemsak,
University of California, Berkeley, and P. A. Opler, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Ft. Collins, Co., assisted with logistics and field work in Mexico and Costa Rica.
I also thank the following for cooperation and hospitality that enabled study at
their respective institutions: F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural History,
New York (AMNH); G. S. Robinson, K. Sattler and K. R. C. Tuck, British
Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); E. G. Munroe, Biosystematics Re¬
search Institute, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa (CNC); J. F. G. Clarke,
D. R. Davis, R. W. Hodges and W. D. Duckworth, Smithsonian Institution, U.S.
National Museum, Washington, D.C. (USNM). Dr. Clarke arranged for loan of
Meyrick types from the Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, and Dr. Duckworth
did so for material from F. Fernandez-Ypez, Venezuela Institute Zool. Agricola,
Fac. Agronomia, Univ. Central, Maracay (VIZA). The illustrations were drawn
by Christina Jordan and Carolyn Mullinex Tibbets; Figures 12 and 22 are from
the N. S. Obraztsov file (AMNH).
Literature Cited
Busck, A. 1940. Notes on North American Microlepidoptera with descriptions of new genera and
species. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39:87-98.
Clarke, J. F. G. 1949. Notes on South American “Tortricidae” (Lepidoptera). Acta Zool. Lilloana,
7:579-588.
-. 1956. Neotropical moths of the genus Orthocomoth Dognin (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).
Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London, 107:139-168.
-. 1958. Catalogue of the type specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Natural
History) described by Edward Meyrick. Vol. 3, Tortricidae, Olethreutidae, Noctuidae. British
Museum, London, iv + 600 pp.
-. 1963. Catalogue of the type specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Natural
History) described by Edward Meyrick. Vol. 4, Phaloniidae, Carposinidae, Chlidanotidae etc.
British Museum, London, 521 pp.
Common, I. F. B. 1970. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). Pp. 765-866 in The insects of Australia.
Melbourne Univ. Press.
Freeman, T. N. 1958. The Archipinae of North America (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Canad. Entomol.
Suppl. 7, 89 pp.
Horak, M. 1984. Assessment of taxonomically significant structures in Tortricinae (Lep., Tortricidae).
Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell., 57:3-64.
398
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Klots, A. B. 1936. New North American Microlepidoptera. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 867:1-6.
Lambert, R. L. 1950. Revision of the moths of the subfamily Sparganothidinae (Lepidoptera, Tor-
tricidae). Ph.D. thesis, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY.
Obraztsov, N. S. 1954-1957. Die Gattungender PalearktischenTortricidae. I. Allgemeine Aufteilung
der Familie und die Unterfamilien Tortricinae und Sparganothinae. Tijdschr. v. Entomol.,
97(3): 141-231, et seq.
-. 1959a. Note on North American Aphelia species (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Amer. Mus.
Novitates, No. 1964:1-9.
-. 1959b. On the systematic position of Tortrix nigrivelata (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Amer.
Mus. Novitates, No. 1959:1-6.
-. 1962. Anopina, a new genus of the Cnephasiini from the new world (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae).
Amer. Mus. Novitates, No, 2082:1-39.
-. 1963. North American species of the genus Eana, with a general review of the genus, and
descriptions of two new species (Tortricidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 16(3): 175-192.
-. 1966a. Neotropical Microlepidoptera VII. New genus Pseudomeritastis and its species (Lep¬
idoptera: Tortricidae). Proc. U.S. Nat’l Mus., 118(3527):221—232.
-. 1966b. Neotropical Microlepidoptera IX. Revision of genus Pseudatteria (Lepidoptera:
Tortricidae). Proc. U.S. Nat’l Mus., 118(3536):577-622.
-. 1966c. Neotropical Microlepidoptera XI. Revision of genus Idolatteria (Lepidoptera: Tor¬
tricidae). Proc. U.S. Nat’l Mus., 119(3543): 1-12.
-, and J. A. Powell. 1961. Data on Decodes . a new North American Cnephasiid genus with
descriptions of new species (Tortricidae). J. Lep. Soc., 14:112-123 (1960).
Powell, J. A. 1962. Two previously undescribed species of Canadian Archipsini, with a report of
the genus Lozotaenia Stephens in North America (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Canad. Ent., 94(8):
841-845.
-. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on tortricine moths, with reference to the species
in California (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). U. C. Publ. Ent., 32:1-317.
-. 1980. A synopsis of Decodes, with descriptions of new species and a related new genus in
Mexico (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Pacific Insects, 22:78-114.
-. 1983. Tortricoidea (Families Tortricidae and Cochylidae). Pp. xvi-xvii, 31-42 in R. W.
Hodges (ed.). Checklist of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. E. W. Classy Ltd. and
Wedge Entomol. Res. Foundation; Curwen Press, London.
-. 1985. Discovery of two new species and genera of shaggy tortricids related to Synnoma and
Niasoma (Tortricidae: Sparganothini). J. Research Lepid., 24:61-71.
-, and N. S. Obraztsov. 1977. Cudonigera : A new genus for moths formerly assigned to
Choristoneura houstonana (Tortricidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 31 (2): 119-123.
-, and J. Razowski. 1986. Tortricidae: Tortricinae. In J. B, Heppner (ed.), Checklist of Neo¬
tropical Lepidoptera. Vol. 2, Pyraloidea to Tortricoidea, 27 ms pp. W. Junk Publ., In press.
Razowski, J. 1964. Meyrick types of Tortricidae (Lepidoptera) in the Vienna Museum. Ann. Zool-
ogici, 22:451-481.
-. 1966. World fauna of the Tortricini (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Panstwowe Wydawnictwo
Naukowe, 576 pp., 41 pis.
-. 1979. Revision of the genus Clepsis Guenee (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Part II. Acta Zool.
Cracov., 24(2): 113-152.
-. 1982a. Description of the new neotropical genus and species of Tortricidae (Lepidoptera).
Sciences Nat., 34:3-4.
-. 1982b. Notes on Orthocomotis Dognin (Lepidoptera; Tortricidae) with descriptions of new
taxa. Polska Akad. Nauk., Warsaw, Bull., 30(1—12):29—36.
-. 1982c. Redescription of Deltinea Pastrana with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera;
Tortricidae). Polska Akad. Nauk., Warsaw, Bull., 30(l-12):37-45.
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
399
Announcement
Biosystematics and Beneficial Insects Institute Established at
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland
Research and service programs in biosystematics, biological control, and bee
biology have recently been realigned and strengthened at the Beltsville (Maryland)
Agricultural Research Center, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of
Agriculture. The Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute
(IIBIII), established in 1973, has been expanded to include systematic botany,
mycology, and nematology, and bee biology. Dr. Amy Rossman is Research
Leader of the new Systematic Botany, Mycology, and Nematology Laboratory,
which consists of 16 scientists formerly affiliated with various laboratories of the
Plant Protection Institute. Dr. Hachiro Shimanuki is Research Leader of the
Beneficial Insects Laboratory, replacing Mr. Jack Coulson, who continues as Di¬
rector of the ARS Biological Control Documentation Center in this Laboratory.
Dr. Douglass R. Miller recently was selected as Research Leader of the Systematic
Entomology Laboratory when Dr. Paul M. Marsh returned to full-time research.
Dr. Lloyd Knutson, who has served as Director of IIBIII since it was formed,
continues as Director of the expanded Biosystematics and Beneficial Insects In¬
stitute.
The realignment reflects the continuing emphasis on taxonomic and biosys¬
tematics research and services, biological control, and apiculture by the Agricul¬
tural Research Service. In the Systematic Botany, Mycology, and Nematology
Laboratory, renewed emphasis has been focused on producing the “Plant Patho¬
genic Fungi of the U.S.,” completing the Nomenclature File for the Germplasm
Resource Information Network, and continuing the computerization of the U.S.
National Fungus Collections, the largest collection of dried fungal specimens in
the world. While maintaining the strong program on morphologically based sys¬
tematic research in the institute, biochemical and molecular biological method¬
ologies also are being applied. The Institute recently obtained state-of-the-art
image analysis equipment to improve its research and service program on Afri¬
canized bees. Computerization of taxonomic and biological control information,
a long-time strength of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory and Beneficial
Insects Laboratory, has been improved with enhancement of Wang Virtual Stor¬
age-100 hardware and software. The other systematic organization at the Beltsville
Agricultural Research Center is the Biosystematic Parasitology Laboratory in the
Animal Parasitology Institute (J. R. Lichtenfels, Research Leader) that was es¬
tablished in 1984. These recent realignments place the Beltsville Center in a unique
position to continue to address major national and international needs in agri¬
culture and in biotic diversity and germplasm conservation.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
62(4), 1986, pp. 400-401
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Index to Volume 62
(New taxa in boldface)
Acerella, 302; longicaudata, 302
Anopinella, 394
Anthonaeus agavensis, 55
Apotomops, 396
Apriona (Cristapriona), 209; chemsaki, 209
Archipimima, 384
Asilidae, 124
Bembix americana comata, 258
Carabidae, 13
Cerambycidae, 140, 171, 209, 344
Ceratosmicra campoplegicus, 323
Chalcididae, 323
Chalcidoidea, 153, 363
Cheumatopsyche logani, 300
Chileulia, 395
Chrysididae, 105, 340
Chrysops dispar, 10 \ fixissimus, 11
Clepsis consimilana, 165
Coccidae, 363
Coleoptera, 13, 55, 58, 83, 140, 171, 209, 257,
329, 333, 344
Copromorphidae, 273
Coptocatus, 248; oblongulus, 251; kinabalu, 252;
tebedu, 254
Curculionidae, 329
Deuterophlebia coloradensis, 111
Deuterophlebiidae, 111
Dioxyna, 88
Diptera, 53, 88, 111, 124, 203, 316, 326
Drunella, 301; perculta, 301; soldani, 302
Ephemerellidae, 301
Ephemeroptera, 301, 311
Erotylidae, 257
Euglossini, 229
Formicidae, 41, 99
Gryllidae, 24
Halictidae, 91
Hemipepsis ustulata, 316
Hemiptera, 248, 303
Heteroptera, 237
Hexatoma ( Hexatoma ) hartmani, 53
Holoptygma, 388
Homoptera, 150, 363
Honey, 370
Hydropsyche wineman, 300
Hylotychus schuhi, 338
Hymenoptera, 41, 84, 91, 95, 99, 103, 105, 119,
121, 128, 150, 153, 214, 226, 229, 258, 289,
310, 316, 323, 340, 363
Isomeris arborea, 310
Isoptera, 221, 293
Joppa edmundsi, 311; serrata, 312
Lepidoptera, 29, 165, 273, 372
Leptophlebiidae, 311
Lophoscutus schaffneri, 304; virginensis, 306
Lotisma, 273; trigonana, 276; trigonana duran-
goensis, 283; vulcanicola, 285
Lycosidae, 300
Megachile rotundata, 289
Megachilidae, 84, 289
Megalodacne fasciata, 257
Membracidae, 150
Miridae, 237
Mutillidae, 103
Mydas xanthopterus, 316
Mydidae, 316
Myrmecocystus ewarti, 4 1
Myrmecophila manni, 24
Naucoridae, 248
Neoeulia, 389
Nitidulidae, 55
Noctuocoris, 237; autlan, 240; conspurcatus, 241;
fumidus, 243
Nomia heteropoda, 9 1
Or opus micropthalmus, 338
Orthoptera, 24
Paramorbia, 379
Pardosa steva, 300
Paroxyna, 88
Pheidole grallipes, 99
Phymatidae, 303
Plagithmysus bilineatus, 344
Pleocoma, 58
Pogonomyrmex californicus, 42
Polistes major, 150
Pompilidae, 214, 316
Priocnemis lasiura, 214; kevini, 215
VOLUME 62, NUMBER 4
401
Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris, 84
Pselaphidae, 333
Quasieulia, 392; mcguffini, 394
Rhinocyllus conicus, 329
Rhinotermitidae, 221
Saisetia oleae, 363
Scarabaeidae, 58, 83
Scorpiones, 77, 350, 355, 359
Serradigitus torridus, 351
Sesiidae, 29
Sierolomorpha barri. 121
Sierolomorphidae, 121
Sisurcana, 382; furcatana, 383
Sonoma petersi, 333; cascadia, 335; quercicola,
336; conifera, 336; russelli, 337
Spalangiopelta felonia, 154; apotherisma, 160
Sparganopseustis, 376; martinana, 378
Sparganothina, 380
Sparganothoides, 375
Sphecidae, 95, 119, 226, 258
Steniolia tibialis, 226
Sternidius, 171; wiltii, 174; centralis, 175; mi-
met icus, 177; schwarzi, 179; chemsaki, 180;
punctatus, 182; misellus, 183; vittatus, 185;
texanus, 186; alpha, 188; fascicularis, 190;
floridanus, 192; nisticus, 195; incognitus, 196;
decorns, 197; imitans, 199
Strangalia hamatipes, 140; linsleyana, 142
Synanthedon sequoiae, 29
Tabanidae, 6, 23
Tabanus agnoscibilis, 6; aurilineatus, 6; brunni-
color, 6; brunnipennis, 7; ceylomcus, 7; dis-
similis, 7; hybridus, 7; subhybridus, 7; konis,
8; leucocnematus, 8; caduceus, 9; griseipalpis,
9; macdonaldi, 9; monilifer, 10; pristinus, 10;
siriatus, 10; unicus, 10
Tachysphex peruanus, 95
Tanystoma maculicolle , 13
Tephritidae, 88, 326
Termopsidae, 293
Thylactus pulawskii, 211
Tina, 387
Tinacrucis, 386
Tipulidae, 53
Tortricidae, 165, 372
Trichogramma minutum, 128; platneri, 128
Trichogrammatidae, 128
Trichoptera, 300
Trypoxylon tridentatum, 119
Umbonia crassicornis, 150
Uroctonus franckei, 359
Vaejovidae, 350, 355, 359
Vaejovis chamelaensis, 355
Valgus californicus, 83
Washingtonia filifera, 224
Yucca whipplei, 55
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME SIXTY-TWO
1986
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. A. CHEMSAK, Editor
R. S. LANE, Associate Editor
R. M. BOHART
J. T. DOYEN
J. A. POWELL
J. E. HAFERNICK, JR.
W. J. PULAWSKI, Treasurer
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1984 1985
R. M. Bohart P. H. Amaud, Jr.
J. G. Edwards M. S. Wasbauer
San Francisco, California
1986
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents for Volume 62
Akre, R. D.—See Henderson, G. 24
Allen, R. K.—Mayflies of Vietnam: Acerella and Drunella (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae).. 301
Anderson, J. R.—See Lane, R. S. 258
Andres, L. A.—See Wilson, R. C. 329
Announcement .,.. ... 399
Arnaud, P. H., Jr.—R obert Cunningham Miller (1899-1984) . 218
Arnaud, P. H., Jr. and H. B. Leech—G eorge Pearson Holland (1911-1985). 167
Babcock, J. M.—See Turner, W. J. Ill
Barthell, J. F. —See Frankie, G. W. 29
Berke, B. T.—See Williams, S. C. 350
Blanc, F. L.—See Goeden, R. D. 88
Blom, P. E.—See Clark, W. H. 99
Bohart, R. M. and L. D. French—D esignation of chrysidid lectotypes in the Mocsary Col¬
lection at the Hungarian National Museum, Budapest (Hymenoptera: Chrysididae). 340
Botsford, J. H.—See Parker, F. D. 91
Buchmann, S. L.—See Schmidt, J. 0. 103
Chandler, D. S.—New Pselaphidae from Oregon (Coleoptera). 333
Clark, W. H. —A note on predation of caddisflies (Cheumatopsyche logani and Hydropsyche
wineman, Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae) by the wolf spider, Pardosa steva (Lycosidae) ... 300
Clark, W. H., P. E. Blom, and A. M. Lowman—C ontents of a nest of the desert ant, Pheidole
grallipes Wheeler, in Baja California, Mexico..... 99
Coher, E. J.—Asian biting fly studies V: Tabanidae. Records from Thailand . 6
Cornett, J. W.—Arthropod visitors of Washingtonia filifera (Wendl) flowers. 224
Coville, R. E.—Spider prey of Trypoxylon tridentatum (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) from Arizona
and California . 119
Darling, D. C. and P. E. Hanson—Two new species of Spalangiopelta from Oregon (Hy¬
menoptera: Chalcidoidea), with a discussion of wing length variation . 153
Dowell, R. V. and M. Johnson —Polistes major (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) predation of the
tree hopper, Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membracidae). 150
Dressler, R. L.—See Kimsey, L. S. 229
Evans, A. V.—Notes on Valgus californicus Horn (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 83
Fellin, D. G.—Movement and distribution of Pleocoma larvae in western Oregon coniferous
forest soils (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) . 58
Frankie, G. W., J. B. Fraser, and J. F. Barthell—G eographic distribution of Synanthedon
sequoiae and host plant susceptibility on Monterey pine in adventive and native stands in
California (Lepidoptera: Sesiidae) . 29
Fraser, J. B.—See Frankie, G. W. 29
French, L. D.—See Bohart, R. M. 340
Giesbert, E. F.—A new species of Strangalia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) from western Mexico 140
Goeden, R. D.—New records of Tephritidae (Diptera) from Santa Cruz Island, California ... 326
Goeden, R. D. and F. L. Blanc—N ew synonymy, host, and California records in the genera
Dioxyna and Paroxyna (Diptera: Tephritidae). 88
Grace, J. K.—A simple humidity chamber for maintaining subterranean termites (Isoptera:
Rhinotermitidae) in the laboratory , . . 221
Griswold, T.—Notes on the nesting biology of Protosmia ( Chelostomopsis ) rubifloris (Cockerell)
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) . 84
Griswold, T.—See Parker, F. D. 91
Hajek, A. E.—See Liebherr, J. K. 13
Halstead, J. A . — Ceratosmicra campoplegicus Burks, male description and new distribution
records (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). 323
Hanson, P. E. —See Darling, D. C. 153
ii
Henderson, G. and R. D. Akre—D ominance hierarchies in Myrmecophila manni (Orthoptera:
Gryllidae) . 24
Heppner, J. B.—Revision of the New World genus Lotisma (Lepidoptera: Copromorphidae).. 273
Hua, L.—New records of longicom beetles from China with the descriptions of a new subgenus
and two new species (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 209
Hynes, C. D.—Description of a new species of Hexatoma {Hexatoma) from California (Ti-
pulidae: Diptera). 53
Jenkins, J. —See Turner, W. J. Ill
Johnson, M.—See Dowell, R. V. 150
Kennett, C. E.—A survey of the parasitoid complex attacking black scale, Saissetia oleae
(Olivier), in central and northern California (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea; Homoptera:
Coccidae) . 363
Kimsey, L. S. —Designation of chrysidid lectotypes . 105
Kimsey, L. S. and R. L. Dressler—S ynonymic species list of Euglossini. 229
Kitayama, C. Y.—A new distribution record for Megalodacne fasciata (Coleoptera: Erotylidae) 257
Kormilev, N. A.—Notes on American Macrocephalinae with descriptions of two new species
(Hemiptera: Phymatidae) . 303
Lane, R. S., J. R. Anderson, and E. Rogers—N est provisioning and related activities of the
sand wasp, Bembix americana comat a (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) . 258
Leech, H. B.—See Arnaud, P. H. 167
Lewis, A. E.—The Sternidius of America north of Mexico (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) . 171
Liebherr, J. K. and A. E. Hajek—G eographic variation in flight wing development and body
size of the tule beetle, Tanystoma maculicolle (Coleoptera: Carabidae) . 13
Linsley, E. G.—Early seasonal records for three halictine bees on Isomeris arborea in southern
California (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) . 310
Lowman, A. M.—See Clark, W. H. 99
Manweiler, S. A.—Development and ecological comparisons of Trichogramma minutum and
Trichogramma platneri (Hymenoptera: Trichogrammatidae) . 128
McCluskey, E. S. and J. S. Neal—T ime of nuptial flight in two ant species (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) . 41
Miller, T. D.—New species of the genus Sierolomorpha from New Mexico (Hymenoptera:
Sierolomorphidae) . 121
Morse, R. A.—The antibiotic properties of honey . 370
Myles, T. G.—Reproductive soldiers in the Termopsidae (Isoptera) . 293
Nagata, R. F. —See Stein, J. D. 344
Neal, J. S.—See McCluskey, E. S. 41
Nelson, J. W.—Ecological notes on male Mydas xanthopterus (Loew) (Diptera: Mydidae) and
their interactions with Hemipepsis ustulata Dahlbohm (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 316
Parker, F. D.—See Tepedtno, V. J. 289
Parker, F. D., T. L. Griswold, and J. H. Botsford—B iological notes on Nomia heteropoda
Say (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) . 91
Philip, C. B. —A collection of four species of tabanid flies taken from an anaconda snake in
Peru in May 1984 . 23
Polhemus, D. A.— A review of the genus Coptocatus Montandon (Hemiptera: Naucoridae) .. 248
Polhemus, D. A.—See Skedros, D. G. 311
Powell, J. A.—Occurrence of the Palearctic tortricid, Clepsis consimilana (Hubner), in Oregon 165
Powell, J. A.—Synopsis of the classification of Neotropical Tortricinae, with descriptions of
new genera and species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) . 372
Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1985 . 269
Pulawski, W. J. — Tachysphex peruanus, a new species related to Tachysphex galapagensis
Williams (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) ..... 95
Rogers, E.—See Lane, R. S. 258
Rust, R. W. —Seasonal distribution, trophic structure and origin of sand obligate insect com¬
munities in the Great Basin . *...... 44
Santiago-Blay, J. A.— Morphological malformations among scorpions of Puerto Rico and the
adjacent islands. 77
Schmidt, J. O. and S. L. Buchmann—A re mutillids scarce? (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) . 103
iii
Schwartz, M. D. and G. M. Stonedahl—R evision of the plant bug genus Noctuocoris Knight
(Heteroptera: Miridae: Orthotylinae) . 237
Shelly, T. E.—Foraging success of Neotropical robber flies: Variation with attack distance and
angle . 124
Skedros, D. G. and D. A. Polhemus—Two new species of Jappa from Australia (Ephemer-
optera: Leptophlebiidae) . 311
Stein, J. D. and R. F. Nagata—R esponse of Plagithmysus bilineatus Sharp (Coleoptera: Cer-
ambycidae) to healthy and stressed Ohia trees. 344
Stonedahl, G. M.—See Schwartz, M. D... 237
Tepedino, V. J, and F. D. Parker—T he relationship between cocoon weight and prepupal
weight in Megachile rotundata (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) . 289
Turner, W. J., J. M. Babcock, and J. Jenkins—N ew record and first observations of adult
flight activity for Deuterophlebia coloradensis Pennak (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae) in Idaho
. Ill
Tyler, T. L.—Sleeping habits of Steniolia tibialis Handlirsch (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) in
Sierra County, California . 226
Udovic, D.—Floral predation of Yucca, whipplei (Agavaceae) by the sap beetle, Anthonaeus
agavensis (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae). 55
Ulrich, G. W.—Construction of a compact submersible aquatic light trap . 144
Wasbauer, M. S.—Two new species of Priocnemis from the Nearctic Region (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae) . 214
Werner, F. G. —Frank Henry Parker, 1910-1984 . 1
Williams, S. C.—A new species of Vaejovis from Jalisco, Mexico (Scorpiones: Vaejovidae) .. 355
Williams, S. C. — A new species of Uroctonus from the Sierra Nevada of California (Scorpiones:
Vaejovidae) . 360
Williams, S. C. and B. T. Berke—A new species of Serradigitus from central California (Scor¬
piones: Vaejovidae) . 350
Wilson, R. C. and L. A. Andres— Larval and pupal parasites of Rhinocyllus conicus (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae) in Carduus nutans in northern California . 329
Young, A. M.—Occurrences of Diptera on tree-trunk mosses in a Costa Rican tropical rain
forest . 203
IV
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Members are invited to submit manuscripts on the systematic and biological phases of entomology, including short notes or articles
on insect taxonomy, morphology, ecology, behavior, life history, and distribution. Non-members may submit manuscripts for publi¬
cation, but they should read the information below regarding editing and administrative charges. Manuscripts of less than a printed
page will be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes. All manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Manuscripts for
publication, proofs, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the editor.
General, — The metric system is to be used exclusively in manuscripts, except when citing label data on type material, or in direct
quotations when cited as such. Equivalents in other systems may be placed in parentheses following the metric, i.e. “1370 m (4500
ft) elevation".
Typing. — Two copies of each manuscript must be submitted (original and one xerox copy or two xerox copies are suitable). All
manuscripts must be typewritten, double-spaced throughout, with ample margins, and be on bond paper or an equivalent weight.
Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8V3 X II inches are not acceptable.
Underscore only where italics are intended in the body of the text. Number all pages consecutively and put authors name on each
sheet. References to footnotes in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes must be typed on a separate sheet.
Manuscripts with extensive corrections or revisions will be returned to the author for retyping.
First Page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript must include (1) the complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses,
(3) the author’s name or names. (4) the institution with city and state or the author's home city and state if not affiliated (5) the
complete name and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author
of a zoological name not abbreviated. Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature must be followed
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be prepared as a line drawing or typed on a
separate page with heading at top and footnotes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively for
each table. Use only horizontal rules. Extensive use of tabular material requiring typesetting may result in increased charges to the
author.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit only photographs on glossy paper and original drawings.
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimension or the printed page (117 X 181 mm; 4% X 7'/«inches). If possible,
allowance should be made for the legend to be placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Photographs should be mounted on stiff card stock, and bear the illustration number on the face.
Loose photographs or drawings which need mounting and/or numbering are not acceptable. Photographs to be placed together should
be trimmed and abut when mounted. Drawings should be in India Ink. or equivalent, and at least twice as large as the printed
illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may be damaged in transit. It is recommended that a metric
scale be placed on the drawing or the magnification of the printed illustration be staled in the legend where applicable. Arrange figures
to use space efficiently. Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should be stated (1) the title
of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and (3) whether he wishes the illustration returned to him. Illustrations
not specifically requested will be destroyed. Improperly prepared illustrations will be returned to the author for correction prior to
acceptance of the manuscript.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed EXPLANATION OF FIGURES and placed
following LITERATURE CITED. Do not attach legends to illustrations.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig 1958), must be listed alphabetically under LITERATURE CITED in the
following format:
Essig, E. O. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212.
Essig, E. O. 1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev. ed. The Macmillan Co., New York, 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow a recent volume of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, BioSciences Information
Service. For Scientific Notes the citations to articles will appear within the text, i.e... . “Essig (1926, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 2:211-212)
noted ..
Proofs, reprints, and abstracts. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order will be sent to authors. Changes in proof will be
charged to the author.
Editing and administrative charges. — Papers by members of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society are charged at the rate of $30.00
per page. Members without institutional or grant funds may apply for a society grant to cover a maximum of one-half of these charges.
Non-members will be charged at the rate of $60.00 per page. Editing and administrative charges are in addition to the charge for
reprints and do not include the possible charges for author's changes after the manuscnpt has been sent to the printer.
Announcement
PUBLICATIONS OF THE PACIFIC COAST
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901-1930.
Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or $2.50
per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per volume, or
$3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58 (1982) and
subsequent issues, $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00 (plus $1.00 postage and handling).*
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00 (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).*
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343 pages.
Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $ 1.00 tax, postage, and
handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-California
U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at this special
price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00 (plus $0.75 postage and handling).*
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, % California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118-9961, U.S.A.
* (Add 6 % sales tax on all California orders (residents of Alameda, Contra Costa, San Francisco,
Santa Clara, and Santa Cruz counties add 6 ‘/ 2 %). Members of the Society will receive a 20% discount
on the price of the books.)